SW ARTHM ORE College Bulletin, 1986-87 ii ODD ■ 1 m I IF¡«1 Swarthmore College Bulletin 1986-1987 Volume L X X X IV Number 1 Catalogue Issue September 1986 D ire c tio n s fo r C o rre sp o n d e n c e SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081 g en eral D a vid W . F ra s e r COLLEGE POLICY President J a m e s W . England ACADEMIC POLICY Provost ADMISSIONS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND CATALOGUES R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r . Dean o f Admissions J a n e H . M u llin s RECORDS AND TRANSCRIPTS Registrar Lo re n H a rt FINANCIAL INFORMATION Vice President L e w is T. C o o k , J r . Associate Vice President— Business Affairs Lu th e r Van U m m e rs e n Controller H . T h o m a s Fra n c is CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT Director ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION K e nda ll La n d is Vice President P a tric ia A . W hitm an Equal Opportunity Officer M a ra ly n O rb iso n Gillesp ie Associate Vice President Swarthmore College is committed to the prin­ ciple o f equal opportunity for all qualified persons without discrimination against any person by reason o f sex, race, color, age, religion, national origin, handicap, or sexual preference. This policy is consistent with rele­ vant governmental statutes and regulations, including those pursuant to Title IX o f the federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and Section 5 0 4 o f the Federal Rehabilitation Act o f 1973. The Swarthmore College Bulletin (ISSN 08845468), o f which this is Volume LXXXIV , number 1, is published twice in September and in November, December, March, and June by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA 19081 and additional mailing offices. Post­ master: Send address changes to Swarthmore College Bulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Printed in U.S.A. Table o f C o n te n ts CALENDAR 5 INTRODUCTION 7 EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 9 ADMISSION 17 EXPENSES 20 FINANCIAL AID 21 III IV V COLLEGE LIFE 34 STUDENT COMMUNITY 40 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 45 FACULTY REGULATIONS 56 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 59 AWARDS AND PRIZES 61 FELLOWSHIPS 64 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 66 Art 68 Asian Studies 74 Astronomy 76 Biology 77 Black Studies 83 Chemistry 85 Classics 89 Computer Science 94 Economics 98 Education 105 Engineering 108 English Literature 115 History 128 International Relations 139 Linguistics 141 VI Literature 144 Mathematics 146 Medieval Studies 155 Modem Languages and Literatures 156 Music 169 Philosophy 177 Physical Education and Athletics 182 Physics and Astronomy 184 Political Science 192 Psychology 200 Public Policy 206 Religion 208 Sociology and Anthropology 214 Women’s Studies 222 THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 224 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 228 THE FACULTY 232 ADMINISTRATION 247 VISITING EXAMINERS 256 DEGREES CONFERRED 258 AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 262 ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 265 INDEX 266 PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 270 DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 272 3 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 2I I * 4 1 10 11 8 7 9 16 18 14 15 17 25 23 21 , 22 24 30 28 29 Fri Sat '.'5 1 6 12 13 19 20 26 27 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 3 10 17 24 31 5 12 19 26 4 11 18 25 OCTOBER Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 2 1 8 9 5 6 15 16 13 14 22 23 21 19 20 28 29 30 26 27 MB im Fri TO 17 24 31 Sat 4 U 18 25 Fri Sat 1 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri 2 3 • 4 : 5 1 11 12 10 8 9 7 18 19 15 16 17 14 25 22 23 24 26 21 29 30 31 28 Sat 6 13 20 27 2 •' 310 9 16 17 23 24 30 4 11 18 25 5 , 6 13 12 19 20 26 27 Fri 2 9 16 23 30 Sat 3 10 17 24 31 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu i 2 3: 4 10 11 8 9 7 18 16 15 17 14 22 25 21 23 24 28 29 Fri 3 10 17 24 31 Sat 4 11 18 25 Sun Mon Tue Wed rhu T •' 2 : 3 9 10 6 M m V8 16 14 15 17 13 21 22 24 20 30 31 29 28 27 Fri Sat j 8 15 22 29 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu w b 1Ó 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 12 Ì9 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 Fri Sat 1 l:\28 : 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 Fri Sat 5 16 12 U f i 19 120 26 27 M ARCH JU LY Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 6 8 9 5 7 16 13 15 12 14 22 23 19 20 21 30 28 29 26 27 2 9 16 23 30 5 FEB R U A R Y 6 13 20 27 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 3 10 8 9 6 7 16 15 17 13 14 22 23 24 20 21 28 29 30 27 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 8 6 5 7 4 15 11 12 13 14 22 18 19 20 21 26 28 29 25 27 Fri 6 13 20 27 Sat 7 14 21 28 Fri 6 13 20 27 Sat 7 14 21 28 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 5 1 2 3 4 12 10 11 8 9 18 19 15 16 17 25 26 22 23 24 30 29 Fri 3 10 17 24 Sat 4 11 18 25 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 2 3 1 8 9 10 6 7 15 16 17 13 14 24 22 23 21 20 30 31 28 29 27 Fri 4 11 18 25 Sat 15 |Ì21 19 IP- A P R IL 7 14 21 28 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 1219 26 6 13 20 27 Fri Sat 1 . 2 ;v7>: 8 | 9 15 m 14 21 22 w 28 29 •30 M AY Fri 4 11 18 25 Sat 5 12 19 26 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 5 3 4 1 2 12 IO 11 8 9 18 19 15 16 17 26 25 22 23 24 30 31 29 Fri 6 13 20 27 i Sat 7 14 21 28 JU N E Fri 2 9 16 23 30 Sat 3 10 17 24 31 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 8 9 5 6 m ? 16 13 15 12 14 22 23 21 19 20 30 28 29 26 27 Fri 3 10 17 24 Sat W rA 11 18 25 JU LY N O VEM B ER A P R IL 4 Sat 6 13 20 27 OCTOBER M ARC H Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 8 9 5 6 7 16 15 12 13 14 23 21 22 19 20 30 28 29 26 27 Fri 5 12 19 26 S EP TEM B ER FEB R U A R Y Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 5 2 3 4 1 11 12 10 8 9 18 19 15 16 17 26 25 22 23 24 30 31 29 Sat 2 9 16 23 30 AUGUST 1987 JA N U A R Y Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 3 4 5 1 2 12 11 8 9 10 18 19 16 15 17 25 26 22 23 24 7 14 21 28 Sun Won Tue Wed Thu Fri 1 8 15 22 29 JU N E D ECEM B ER Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 8 5 6 7 4 15 12 13 14 11 21 22 18 19 20 28 29 25 26 27 6 13 20 27 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 3 4 11 10 8 9 7 16 18 15 17 14 25 21 22 23 24 30 28 29 NO VEM B ER Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1988 JA N U A R Y 1987 M AY 1986 S EP T EM B ER Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri 6 13 20 27 Sat 7 14 21 28 Fri 4 11 18 25 Sat 5 12 19 26 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 6 5 12 ; 13 19 20 26 27 7 14 21 28 Fri Sat 1 •- 2 8 : 9 16 15 23 22 30 29 AUGUST DECEM B ER Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 2 : 4 1 11 10 8 9 ;7 18 15 16 17 14 23 25 22 24 21 31 30 28 29 Fri 5 12 19 26 Sat 6 13 20 27 College C a le n d a r 1986 Fall Semester August 27 August 29 August 27-31 August 29 August 30 September 1 September 26-27 October 10 December 1 December 5-6 December 9 December 10 December 11 December 12 December 15 December 20 Dormitories open for new students Dormitories open for returning students Freshman placement days Meeting o f Honors students Registration Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers October Holiday begins, end o f last class or seminar October Holiday ends, 8:30 a.m. Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class or seminar Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8:30 a.m. Meeting of the Board o f Managers Classes end Enrollment for spring semester Meeting o f Honors students Seminars end Midyear examinations begin Midyear examinations end 1987 Spring Semester January 18 January 19 February 27-28 M arch 6 March 7 M arch 15 March 16 April 10 -12 April 27-M ay 1 May 1 May 1-2 May 4 May 7 May 7 May 16 May 18 May 19, 20 May 21-23 May 31 June 1 June 5, 6, 7 Dormitories open 9:00 a.m. Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Spring vacation begins, 6:00 p.m. Dormitories close 9:00 a.m. Dormitories open 9:00 a.m. Spring vacation ends, 8:30 a.m. Parents Weekend Reading period (at option o f instructor) Classes and Seminars end Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Enrollment for fall semester Written Honors examinations begin Course examinations begin Course examinations end Written Honors examinations end Senior comprehensive examinations Oral Honors examinations Baccalaureate Day Commencement Day Alumni Weekend October 20 November 26 5 I Introduction to Swarthmore College 6 Educational Resources In trodu ction to S w a rth m o re College Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as a coeducational institution, occupies a campus of more than 300 acres o f rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate policy. Its present enroll­ ment is about 1,300 men and women students. The borough of Swarthmore is a residential suburb within half an hour’s commuting distance o f Philadelphia. College students are able to enjoy both the advantages o f a semirural setting and the opportunities offered by Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes possible cooperation with three nearby institu­ tions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the University o f Pennsylvania. OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­ uals and as responsible citizens through exact­ ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied program o f sports and other extra-curricular activities. institutions, each school, college, and univer­ sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. By such selection it contributes to the diversity and richness o f educational opportunity which is part o f the American heritage. The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make its students more valuable human beings and more useful members o f society. While it shares this purpose with other educational Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize their fullest intellectual and personal potential combined with a deep sense o f ethical and social concern. VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exactly alike. The Course and External Examination (Honors) Programs are designed to give recognition to this fact. They provide alternative systems o f instruction for students during their last two years. Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and devel­ opment from each student, the choice of method being determined by individual pref­ erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an enriching and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients close association with faculty members, often in small seminars, concentrated work in various fields o f study, and maximum latitude for the development o f individual responsibility. Within the Course Program, options for independent study and interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for exploration and development over a wide range o f individual goals. These opportunities typ­ ically include considerable flexibility o f pro­ gram choices from semester to semester, so that academic planning may be responsive to the emerging needs o f students. THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION Swarthmore College was founded by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although it has been nonsectarian in control since the beginning o f the present century, and although Friends now compose a minority o f the student body, the faculty, and the administration, the College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its students with the spiritual principles o f that Society. Foremost among these principles is the individ­ ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying truth, and for testing whatever truth one believes one has found. As a way o f life, Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes. The College does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any 7 Introduction to S w a rth m o re College other specific set o f convictions about the nature o f things and the duties o f human beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and religious concern about such matters, and continuing examination o f any view which may be held regarding them. I change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its students, by means appropriate to the times, the standard o f excellence it has sought to maintain from its founding. ! < . TRADITION AND CHANGE A college draws strength from tradition, and energy from the necessity o f change. Its purposes and policies must respond to new conditions and new demands. By being open to ' ■( t t 1 I 1 l 1 1 I I « 8 Ed u cational R e s o u rc e s The primary educational resources o f any college are die quality o f its faculty and the spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as physical resources play an important support tive role, THE ENDOWMENT I The educational resources at Swarthmore College have been provided by gifts and bequests from many alumni, foundations, ■corporations, parents and friends. In addition to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget, these donors have contributed funds for buildings, equipment, collections o f art and literature, and permanendy endowed profes­ sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have not only provided the physical plant, but also have created an endowment fund o f approxi­ mately $230,000,000 at market value on June 30, 1986. Income from the endowment during the academic year 1985-86 contributed ap­ proximately $5,800 to meet the total expense of educating each student and accounted for almost 23% o f the College’s educational and general income. The College’s ability to continue to offer a high quality o f education at a reasonable level of tuition depends on continuing voluntary sup­ port. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and bequests for its current operations, its perma­ nent endowment, and its capital development programs to maintain and strengthen its re­ sources. The Vice President in charge of development will be pleased to provide in­ formation about various forms o f gifts: be­ quests, outright gifts o f cash or securities, real estate or other property, and deferred gifts through charitable remainder trusts and life income contracts in which the donor reserves the right to the annual income during his or her lifetime. LIBRARIES The College Library is an active participant in the instructional and research program o f the College. It seeks to instruct students in the effective and efficient use of the library, and to encourage them to develop the habit o f selfeducation so that books and libraries may contribute to their intellectual development in future years. To this end the Library acquires and organizes books, journals, audivisuals, and other library materials for the use o f students and faculty. While the Library’s collections are geared primarily towards undergraduate in­ struction, the demands o f student and faculty research make necessary the provision of source material in quantity not usually found in undergraduate libraries. Further needs are met through interlibrary loan or other coop­ erative arrangements. The Thomas B. and Jeanette E. L. M cCabe Library, situated on the front campus, is the center o f the College Library system housing reading and seminar rooms, administrative offices, and the major portion o f the College Library collections. Total College Library holdings amount to 620,000 volumes with some 20,000 volumes added annually. About 2,700 periodical titles are received regularly. The Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering (completed in 1982) houses some 56,000 volumes. T he D aniel Underhill Music Library contains around 14,000 books and scores, 12,000 recordings and listening equipment. A small collection o f rel­ evant material is located in the Black Cultural Center. Special Library Collections The Library contains certain special collec­ tions: British Am ericana, accounts o f British travellers in the United States; the works o f the English poets Wordsworth and Thomson bequeathed to the Library by Edwin H. W ells; the W . H. Auden Collection commemorating the English poet who taught at Swarthmore in the mid-forties; the Bathe Collection o f the history o f technology donated by Greville Bathe; the Private Press Collection representing 9 Educational Resources the work o f over 600 presses. The Audiovisual Collection has a variety o f recordings on disc, tape, and videotape. It includes contemporary writers reading from and discussing their works; full length versions o f Shakespearean plays (both videocassettes and discs) and other dramatic literature; the literature o f earlier periods read both in modem English and in the pronunciation o f the time; recordings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore, and videocassettes o f U .S. and foreign film classics. These materials are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature, art, and history and are housed in the McCabe Library. Their acquisi­ tion is partially funded with income from the W illiam Plummer Potter Public Speaking Fund (1950) and the Betty Dougherty Spock ’52 M emorial Fund. Within the McCabe Library building are two special libraries which enrich the academic background o f the College: The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding collections in the United States o f manuscripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is a depository for records o f Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Philadelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. More than 3,200 record books, dating from the 1680’s until the present, have been deposited. Additional rec­ ords are available on microfilm. The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical interest. Special collecitons include materials on various subjects o f Quaker concern such as abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history o f women’s rights. Notable among the other holdings are the Whittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott manu­ scripts (over 500 autographed letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers more than 36 ,0 0 0 volumes. Over 200 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There is also an extensive collection of photographs of meetinghouses and pictures o f representative Friends, as well as a number o f oil paintings, including two versions of "The Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the advantages o f giving to this library any books and family papers which may throw light on the history of the Society o f Friends. T he Swarthmore College Peace Collection is of special interest to research students seeking the records o f the peace movement. The records of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom and the personal papers o f Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago, formed the original nucleus o f the Collection (1930). Over the years other major collections have been added including the papers o f Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cornell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A. J. Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre, William Sollmann, E. Raymond Wilson, and others, as well as the records o f the American Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Business Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship o f Reconciliation, Friends Committee on National Legislation, Lake Mohonk Conferences on International Arbitration, National Interreligious Service Board for Conscientious Objectors, National Council for Prevention o f War, National Council to Repeal the Draft, SANE, War Resisters League, Women Strike for Peace, World Conference o f Religion for Peace, and many others. The Peace Collection serves as the official repository for the archives o f many of these organizations, incorporated here in 7,000 document boxes. The Collection also houses over 12,000 books and pamphlets and about 2,0 0 0 periodical titles. Three hundred periodi­ cals are currently received from 22 countries. The comprehensive Guide to the Swarthmore C ollege Peace Collection, published in 1981, describes the archival holdings. PHYSICAL FACILITIES Laboratories, well-equipped for undergraduate instrucdon and in most cases for research, exist 10 in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology, astronomy, and engineering. The Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center o f much fundamental research in multiple star systems. A 24-inch reflecting telescope on Papazian Hall is used for solar and stellar spectroscopy. The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory provides facilities for work in zoology, botany, and premedical studies. The Pierre S. DuPont Science Building provides accommodations for chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains the engineering laboratories, including a computer laboratory equipped with a DEC P D P11/40 system with disc storage and laboratory peripherals. Papazian Hall provides facilities for work in psychology, and for the engineering shops. Pearson H all contains the Paul M. Pearson Experimental Theatre and studios for various arts and crafts. The Florence W ilcox Gallery for art exhibitions is located in Room 303 on the third floor of Beardsley Hall. The Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Music Building, opened in 1973, contains an auditorium seating approximately 500, the Daniel Underhill Music Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central facility for the program o f the Music Depart­ ment and for musical activities at the College. The Computing Center is located on the first floor o f Beardsley Hall. A Prime 9950 with twelve megabytes o f main memory and 1,600 megabytes o f on-line disk storage is available to students and faculty for instruction and re­ search. Many computer languages such as APL, BASIC, FORTRAN, and Pascal are available, as well as graphics, statistical, and simulation packages and instructional programs for var­ ious academic disciplines. Apple Macintosh computers are also widely used, for word processing and other tasks. Software for use on Macintoshes can be obtained in the College Bookstore. Macintosh and terminal clusters are maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont, Martin, and Trotter Halls, and also McCabe and Cornell Libraries. Terminals may also be found in virtually all academic departments. Some de­ partments also have microcomputers, and the Engineering Department has a DEC PDP 11/40 and three APOLLO graphics worksta­ tions. A Prime Information 750 and a Prime 2250 are used for the College’s administrative data processing. In addition, through EDUNET, an international computer network, faculty and students have access to computing facilities at a number o f major research institutions such as Stanford and M IT for special projects and research. The Center for Social and Policy Studies in Trotter Hall serves as a laboratory for the social sciences. The Center has a social science data archive available for empirical research on social and policy issues, and it provides statistical consulting for faculty and students. The Center also supports the concentration in Public Policy through its physical facilities, data archives and program o f events. The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was newly installed in 1982. It provides stations for 27 students and has equipment for both audio and video instruction. SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation provides a varied program o f lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work o f the College. The Foundation was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College the sum o f $ 100,000 and provided that the income should be used "in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens of this and other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters o f world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge. The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with student organi­ zations in arranging single lectures and con­ certs, and also in bringing to the College speakers o f note who remain in residence for a 11 Educational Resources long enough period to enter into the life o f the community. Some o f these speakers have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should be published under the aus­ pices o f the Foundation. This arrangement has so far produced eighteen volumes. The Promise Fund, established anonymously by an alumnus on the occasion o f his graduation, is administered by the Cooper Foundation Committee. Income fom the Promise Fund brings guest speakers and performers in music, film, and theatre who show promise o f distin­ guished achievement. The W illiam I. Hull Fund was established in 1958 by Mrs. Hannah Clothier Hull, Class o f 1891, in memory o f her late husband. Dr. Hull was Professor o f History and International Law at Swarthmore College for 48 years. The Fund enables the College to bring a noted lecturer on peace to the campus each year in memory o f Dr. and Mrs. Hull who were peace activists. The Scott Arboretum. About three hundred twenty-five acres are contained in the College property, including a large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this tract has been developed as a horticultural and botanical collection o f trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants through the provisions of the Scott Arboretum, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott o f the Class ofl895.T heplant collections are designed both to afford examples o f the better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable for planting by the average gardener, and to beautify the campus. All collections are labeled and recorded. There are exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias, and tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many interested donors have contributed generously to the collections. The Arboretum conducts applied research on ornamental plants, and serves as a test site for two plant evaluation programs: the Styer Award o f Garden Merit through the Pennsyl­ vania Horticultural Society and the Plant Introduction scheme o f the University of 12 British Columbia Botanic Garden. The Arboretum offers horticultural educa­ tional programs to the general public and an extracurricular course in horticulture to Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­ tures, and classes are designed to cover many facets o f the science/art called gardening. Tours are conducted throughout the year for college people and interested public groups. Aiding the Arboretum’s staff, in all o f its efforts, are the "Associates o f the Scott Arboretum.” This organization provides not only financial support but also assistance in carrying out the myriad operations which make up the Arboretum’s total program, such as plant propagation, public lectures, and bus tours to other gardens. The Associates’ newsletter, Hybrid, serves to publicize their activities and provides up-to-date information on seasonal gardening topics. Maps o f the Arboretum’s plant collections and self-guided brochures are available at the Scott Offices (215-328-8025) located in the Cunningham House. The Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs. Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania. The fund has been augmented by the 50-year class gifts from the classes of 1917 and 1919, and other friends. The income from the fund may be used for any activity that contributes to the advancement o f music at the College. It has been used, for example, for concerts on the campus, for the purchase of vocal and orches­ tral scores and other musical literature, and to provide scholarships for students in the Depart­ ment o f Music who show unusual promise as instrumentalists or vocalists. The Gene D. Overstreet M emorial Fund, given by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet (1924-1965), a member o f the Political Science Department, 1957-1964, provides income to bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss problems o f developing or modernizing nations and cultures. T he Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and other friends o f the College, is given annually on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the Benjamin West Society which built up a collection o f paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the American artist, who was born in a house which stands on the campus and who became president o f the Royal Academy. The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma Xi lecture series brings eminent scientists to the campus under its auspices throughout the year. Local mem­ bers present colloquia on their own research. The Lee Frank Memorial Art Fund, endowed by the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of 1921, sponsors each year a special event in the Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a scholar or artist in residence, or a special exhibit. The M arjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Fund was established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of 1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­ tice o f art, on campus. The Suzanne Belkin M emorial Reading, estab­ lished by her family in memory o f Suzanne Belkin, Class o f 1978, makes possible an annual appearance on campus o f a distin­ guished writer. 13 Endow ed P ro fe s s o rs h ip s T he Edmund A llen Professorship o f Chemistry was established in 1938 by a trust set up by his daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college and cousin o f Manager Rachel Hillbom. The Albert L. and Edna Poumall Buffington Professorship was established by a bequest from Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington, Class o f 1898. Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un­ restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign. The Isaac H. Clothier Professorship o f History and International Relations was created in 1888 by Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board of Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its beingachair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved its present designation. T h elsaacH . Clothier, Jr., Professorship o f Biology was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. as a tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr. Spencer Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 1888-1926. The Morris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class of 1890, in 1905. The Julien and Virginia Cornell Visiting Profes­ sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30, member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30, former member o f the Board o f Managers, to bring professors and lecturers from other nations and cultures for a semester or a year. Since 1962, from every comer o f the world, Cornell professors and their families have resided on the campus so that they might deepen the perspective o f both students and faculty. The Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor­ ship o f Q uaker History and Research was en­ dowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon. ’26 and member o f the Board o f Managers, on behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins, member o f the Board o f Managers, to increase the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library and to stimulate interest in American and Colonial history with special reference to Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family, and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall Taylor ’04. The W illiam R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was established in 1973 by a grant from the William R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to "support and encourage a scholar-teacher whose enthusiasm for learning, commitment to teaching and sincere personal interest in stu­ dents will enhance the learning process and make an effective contribution to the under­ graduate community.” The Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship, established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang *38, member o f the Board o f Managers, normally rotates every four years among members o f the Swarthmore faculty and includes one year devoted entirely to research, study, enrichment or writing. It carries an annual discretionary grant for research expenses, books and mate­ rials. The Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship, endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38, brings to Swarthmore College for a period of one semester to three years an outstanding social scientist or other suitably qualified person who has achieved prominence and special recognition in the area o f significant change. The A lexander Griswold Cummins Professorship o f English Literature was established in 1911 in honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins, Class o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f 1890. T he Susan W . Lippincott Professorship o f French was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from Susan W . Lippincott, member o f the Board of Managers, a contribution from her niece Caroline Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts by other family members. The Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor­ ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by a trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose hus­ band graduated in 1895. T he Edward H icks M agill Professorship o f M athe­ matics and Astronomy was created in 1888 largely by contributions o f interested friends of Edward H. Magill, President o f the College 14 1872-1889, and a bequest from John M. George. The Charles and H arriet Cox M cDowell Professor­ ship o f Philosophy and Religion was established in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell, Class o f 1887 and member o f the Board o f Managers, in her name and that o f her husband, Dr. Charles McDowell, Class o f 1877. The Richter Professorship o f Political Science was established in 1962 by a bequest from Max Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L. Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50. The Henry C. and ]. Archer Turner Professorship o f Engineering was established with their con­ tributions and gifts from members o f the Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C. Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the Board o f Managers. The D aniel U nderhill Professorship o f Music was established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha Underhill to honor her husband, Class o f 1894 and member o f the Board o f Managers. T he Joseph W harton Professorship o f Political Economy was endowed by a trust given to the College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President o f the Board o f Managers. The Isaiah V. W illiam son Professorship o f Civil and M echanical Engineering was endowed in 1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson. 15 Il Admission Expenses Financial Aid A d m is s io n Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the Dean o f Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 19081. GENERAL STATEMENT In the selection o f students, the College seeks those qualities o f character, social responsibil­ ity, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the whole personality o f candidates for admission. Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective. The task is to choose those who give promise of distinction in the quality o f their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis o f their individual future worth to society and o f their collective realiza­ tion o f the purpose of the College. It is the policy o f the College to have the student body represent not only different parts of the United States but many foreign countries, both public and private secondary schools, and various economic, social, religious, and racial groups. The College is also concerned to include in each class sons and daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the Society of Friends. Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory completion o f a four-year secondary school program. Under some circumstances, students who have vir­ tually completed the normal four-year program in three years will be considered for admission, provided they meet the competition o f other candidates in general maturity as well as readiness for a rigorous academic program. All applicants are selected on the following evidence: 1. Record in secondary school. 2. Recommendations from the school princi­ pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor, and from two teachers. 3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests o f the College Entrance Examination Board. 4. A brief essay (subject specified). 5. Reading and experience, both in school and out. Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and strong intellectual interests. Other factors of interest to the College include strength of character, promise o f growth, initiative, ser­ iousness o f purpose, distinction in personal and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of social responsibility. The College values the diversity which varied interests and back­ grounds can bring to the community. PREPARATION Swarthmore does not require a set plan of secondary school courses as preparation for its program. The election o f specific subjects is left to the student and school advisers. In general, however, preparation should include: IS Accurate and effective use o f the English language in reading, writing, and speaking. 2. Comprehension and application o f the principles o f mathematics. 3. The strongest possible command o f one or two foreign languages. The College encour­ ages students to study at least one language for four years, if possible. 4. Substantial course work in (a) history and social studies, (b) literature, art, and music, (c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work in each o f the three groups is recommended. Those planning to major In engineering should present work in chemistry, physics, and four years o f mathematics including algebra, geo­ metry, and trigonometry. 17 Ad m issio n APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS Application to the College may be submitted through one o f three plans: Regular Admission, Fall Early Decision, or Winter Early Decision. Applicants follow the same procedures, submit the same supporting materials, and are evalu­ ated by the same criteria under each plan. The Regular Admission plan is designed for those candidates who wish to keep open several different options for their undergraduate edu­ cation throughout the admissions process. Applications under this plan will be accepted at any time up to the February 1 deadline. The two Early D ecision plans are designed for candidates who have thoroughly and thought­ fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­ leges and found Swarthmore to be an unequivo­ cal first choice. The Winter Early Decision plan differs from the Fall Early Decision plan only in recognizing that some candidates may arrive at a final choice o f college later than others. Early Decision candidates under either plan may file regular applications at other colleges with the understanding that these applications will be withdrawn upon admission to Swarthmore; however, one benefit o f the Early Decision plans is the reduction o f cost, effort, and anxiety inherent in multiple application proce­ dures. Application under any o f the three plans must be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­ tion fee o f $30. Timetables for the three plans are: Fall Early Decision Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification o f candidate November 15 November 30 on or before December 15 W inter Early Decision Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification o f candidate 18 January 1 January 15 on or before February 1 Regular Admission Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification o f candidate Candidates reply date February 1 February 15 on or before April 15 May 1 Any Early Decision candidate not accepted through either the Fall or Winter will be reconsidered without prejudice among the Regular Admission candidates. All applicants for first-year admission must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College En­ trance Examination Board. English Composi­ tion is required, and the other two Achieve­ ment Tests should be selected from two different fields. Applicants for Engineering must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­ matics. Application to take these tests should be made directly to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. A bulletin o f information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students who wish to be examined in any o f the following western states, provinces, and Pacific areas — Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Ore­ gon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan — should address their inquiries and send their applications to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, California 94701. Application should be made to the Board at least a month before the date on which the test will be taken. No additional tests are required o f candidates for scholarships. All applicants who would like to be considered for any o f our scholarships should complete their applications at the earliest possible date. Information concerning financial aid will be found on pages 21-32. THE INTERVIEW An admissions interview with a representative of the College is a recommended part of the application process. Applicants should take the initiative in arranging for this interview. Those who can reach Swarthmore with no more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an appointment to visit the College for this purpose.* Other applicants should request a meeting with an alumni representative in their own area. Interviews with alumni representa­ tives take longer to arrange than interviews on campus. Applicants must make alumni inter­ view arrangements well in advance o f the final dates for receipt o f supporting materials. Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­ views can be made by writing the Office of Admissions or calling 215-328-8300. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular courses if they have taken college level courses and the Advanced Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Exam­ ination Board. Decisions are made by the departments concerned. Every effort is made to place students in the most advanced courses for which they are qualified. taken at another college considered for either advanced placement or credit must provide an official transcript from the institution attended as well as written work (papers, examinations), syllabi, and reading lists in order that the course work may be evaluated by the department concerned. Such requests for credit must be made within the freshman year at Swarthmore. Those freshmen who wish to have courses APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER The College welcomes well qualified transfer students. Applicants for transfer must have had a good academic record in the institution attended and must present full credentials for both college and preparatory work, including a statement o f honorable dismissal. They must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board if this test has not been taken previously. Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two o f which must be those o f the senior year. Applications for transfer must be filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance is desired. Decisions on these applications are announced by June 1. Application for transfer at mid-year must be received by November 15. Financial assistance is available for transfer students. See page 37 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons. * Directions for reaching the College can be found inside the back cover o f this catalogue. 19 Expenses STUDENT CHARGES Total charges for the 1986-87 academic year (two semesters) are as follows: Tuition Room Board Student Activities Fee $11,200 2,150 2,150 150 $15,650 These are the only charges billed by the College. Students and their parents, however, should plan for expenditures associated with books, travel, and other personal items. Students engaged in independent projects away from the College for which regular academic credit is anticipated are expected to register in advance in the usual way and pay normal tuition. If the student is away from the College for a full semester, no charge for room and board will be made; but, if a student is away only for a part o f a semester the above charges may be made on a pro rata basis. The regular College tuition covers the normal program o f four courses per term as well as variations o f as many as five courses or as few as three courses. Students who elect to carry more than five courses incur a unit charge for the additional course ($ 1 ,4 0 0 ) or half course ($700), although they may within the regular tuition, vary their programs to average as many as five courses in the two semesters o f any academic year. College policy does not permit programs o f fewer than three courses for degree candidates in their first eight semesters of enrollment. PAYMENT POLICY A deposit o f $100, due before enrollment for each semester, is required o f all new and continuing students. This is credited against the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on July 14 and December 15. Payment for the first semester is due by August 11 and for the second semester by January 12. A late fee may be assessed on payments received after the due date. Many parents have indicated a preference to pay college charges on a monthly basis rather than in two installments. For this reason, Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan, which provides for payment in installments without interest charges. Information on the AMS Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in April. WITHDRAWAL POLICY Total charges will be reduced for students who, for reasons approved by the Dean, withdraw on or after the first day o f classes. Tuition, fees, and room charges will be reduced as follows: Prior to the 2nd week o f classes Prior to the 3rd week o f classes Prior to the 4th week o f classes 80% 60% 40% Prior to the 5th week o f classes None thereafter. Board charges will be reduced by $ 50 for each week the student is absent from the dining room. No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the event o f withdrawal. INQUIRIES All correspondence regarding payment of student charges should be addressed to: 20 20% Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar. Fin a n cial A id The College strives to make it possible for all students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless o f their financial circum­ stances, and to enable them to complete their education when financial reversals take place. Forty-seven percent o f the total student body currently receive aid from the College. Most financial aid awarded by the College is based upon demonstrated financial need and is usually a combination of grant, loan, and student employment. A prospective student must apply for College as well as outside assistance at the time of application for admission: admission and finan­ cial aid decisions are, however, made separately. Instructions for obtaining and filing a Financial Aid Form, the required aid application, with the College Scholarship Service are included on the admissions application. An admitted stu­ dent seeking aid must submit to the Finanical Aid Office a photocopy o f the parents’ 1986 federal income tax return (and business returns if income or losses are derived from parents’ involvements in corporations or partnerships). Information from both parents is needed despite divorce or separation. Financial assist­ ance will be offered if family resources are not sufficient to meet College costs. The amount a family is expected to contribute is determined by weighing the family’s income and assets against such demands as taxes, living expenses, medical expenses, and siblings’ tuition ex­ penses. It also includes the expectation of $ 9 0 0 -$ 1 ,1 0 0 from the student’s summer earnings as well as a portion o f his or her personal savings and assets. For 1986-87 the College bill, which includes tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee and the health insurance fee, will be $15,650. This comprehensive fee covers not only the usual student services — health, library, labora­ tory fees, for example — but admission to all social, cultural, and athletic events on campus. The total budget figure against which aid is computed is $16,800. This allows $1,150 for books and personal expenses. A travel allow­ ance is added to the budget for those who live beyond 100 miles from the College. In keeping with the policy o f basing financial aid upon need, the College reviews each student’s award annually. Mid-year each stu­ dent who has aid must submit a new financial aid application for the next academic year. A student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is no longer demonstrated. Assistance is available only for the duration of a normal-length undergraduate program (8 semesters) and while a student makes satisfactory academic progress. These limitations are applied in our consideration o f a sibling’s educational ex­ penses also. Students who choose to live off campus may not receive College assistance in excess o f their College bill, although the cost of living o ff campus will be recognized in the calculation o f a student’s financial need and outside sources o f aid may be used to help meet off-campus living costs. Students who have not previously received financial aid may apply if special circumstances have arisen. A student who marries may continue to apply for aid, but a contribution from the parents is expected equal to the contribution made were the student single. Eligibility for federal aid funds is now limited to those who are able to complete and submit to us the Statement of Registration Compliance. The College has recently reaffirmed its needblind admission policy and the related practice o f meeting the demonstrated financial need of all admitted or enrolled students by action of our Board. Additional funds have been made available for those who are unable to accept need-based federal aid because they have not registered with the Selective Service. GRANTS For the academic year 1986-87 the College awarded almost $5,000,000 in grants. About one half o f that sum was provided through the generosity o f alumni and friends by special gifts and the endowed scholarships listed on pp. 23-32. The Federal government also makes Pell Grants and Supplemental Educational Oppor­ tunity Grants available. It is not necessary to apply for a specific College scholarship; the College decides who is to receive endowed 21 Financial A id scholarships and others are helped from general scholarship funds. Although some endowed scholarships are restricted by locality, sex, religion or physical vigor, the College’s system o f awarding aid makes it possible to meet need without regard to these restrictions. Financial need is a requirement for a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated. LOAN FUNDS Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen­ erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College to meet the needs o f each student. Although most offers o f support from the College include elements o f self-help (work and bor­ rowing opportunities), the College strives to keep a student’s debt at a manageable level. Aided students will be expected to meet a portion o f their demonstrated need (from $800 to about $ 1 ,6 5 0 ) through the National Direct Student Loan (NDSL), the Swarthmore College Loan (SCL), or the Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) Programs (the College will deter­ mine which source is appropriate for the student). Each o f these programs allows the borrower to delay repayment until after leaving school, and each allows deferment o f the debt if the borrower goes on to graduate school. Up to 10 years may be taken to repay NDSL, SCL, or GSL Loans. No separate application is needed for the NDSL or SCL loans since the College administers these funds. GSL applications must be initiated by the student with the lender, the student’s local bank. Interest on these loans (5% for the NDSL and SCL loans and 8% for GSL loans) does not accrue for an enrolled student although interest does accrue on the unpaid balance once the student is no longer in school. Students whose families do not receive College support may wish to borrow to help meet College expenses. The GSL, and the PLUS, FamilyEd and SHARE loan programs are available for this purpose. Most students whose family income does not exceed $75,000 will be allowed to borrow up to $2,5 0 0 per year through the GSL Program (up to $12,500 for the full undegraduate program). Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year through the PLUS Loan Program. Although a 10-year repayment schedule is possible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must 22 begin soon after the lender (the student’s local bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan currently carries a 12% interest rate. FamilyEd Financing, through Sallie Mae Inc., offers up to $ 10,000 per child each year to credit-worthy parents in the following states: CA, DE, DC, FL, GA, IL, MD, MA, MI, MO, NJ, NY, OH, PA, and VA. The variable interest rate is the 91-day Treasury Bill rate + 3.5% (about 10% as o f 6/86) and parents may take 10 years to repay. If parents borrow $10,000 and if the interest rate is about 10%, the monthly payment would be about $ 200. The Share Loan is offered by Swarthmore College through the Consortium on Financing Higher Education, the Educational Research Institute, and Nellie Mae—the New England Student Loan Marketing Association. The Share Loan program offers up to $15,000 per child each year to credit-worthy parents. The variable-rate interest loan ( 10% as o f 6/86) may be repaid over a period o f 15 years and borrowers may choose variable or equal monthly payments. For example, those who borrow $15,000 should expect to repay about $160 each month and those who borrow $60,000 should expect to repay about $660 each month over a 15-year period. Students who would like more information abut these loan programs should read our Financial Aid Brochure. The College also maintains special loan funds which are listed below: The Class o f 1916 Loan Fund The Class o f 1920 Loan Fund The Class o f 1936 Loan Fund The Class o f 1937 Loan Fund The John A. M iller Loan Fund The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund The Thatcher Family Loan Fund The Ellis D. W illiam s Fund The Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan Fund The Joseph W. Conard M emorial Fund, established by friends o f the late Professor Conard, provides short-term loans without interest to meet student emergencies. Income earned by The Alphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available for this purpose. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­ pus is handled by the Student Employment Office, which is under student direction. Jobs are available in such areas as the dining hall, library, departmental offices, and the post office, and placements can be arranged when students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f pay run from $3.35 to $3.55 per hour. Students receiving financial aid are usually offered the opportunity to earn up to $800 during the year and are given hiring priority, but there are usually jobs available for others who wish employment. The Student Employment Office publicizes local off-campus and temporary employment opportunities. Students are generally able to carry a moderate working schedule without detriment to their academic performance. For students who qualify under the federal College Work-Study Program (most aided students), off-campus placements in public or private, non-profit agencies in the local or Philadelphia area can be arranged through the Financial Aid Office during the academic year or nation-wide during the summer. Among suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse­ ums, social service agencies and local, state or federal government agencies. Swarthmore College National Scholarships On occasion Swarthmore College awards fouryear National Scholarships to the outstanding men and women entering the freshman class. The awards are made to those candidates who, in the opinion o f Committee on Admission rank highest in scholarship, leadership, charac­ ter, and personality. The amount o f the annual award varies from $3,000, the minimum stipend, or enough to cover all expenses, depending on the financial need o f the winner. Other Scholarships (Financial need is a requirement for a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated. No separate application is needed.) The Aetna L ife and Casualty Foundation Scholar­ ship provides assistance to qualified students with financial need. students. The Lisa P. Albert Scholarship is awarded to a young man or woman on the basis o f scholar­ ship and need with preference given to those with a demonstrated interest in the humanities. The Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship, given in memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded, on the recommendation o f the Department o f Art, to a junior who has a strong interest in the studio arts. It is held during the senior year. The Vivian B. A llen Foundation provides schol­ arship aid to enable foreign students to attend Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda­ tion’s interest in the international exchange of The Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each year to a worthy student with financial need in recognition o f the long-standing and affection­ ate connection between the Armington family 23 Financial Aid and Swarthmore College. scholarship is renewable until graduation. The Frank and M arie Aydelotte Scholarship is awarded to a new student who shows promise o f distinguished intellectual attainment based upon sound character and effective personality. The award is made in honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the College from 1921-1940, and originator o f the Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood Aydelotte, his wife. The Book and Key Scholarship, established by the Book and Key men’s senior honorary society in 1965 when the Society dissolved itself, is awarded each year to a senior man who has shown quality o f leadership and has demon­ strated through past performance his eagerness to give service to college and community. He should rank high in scholarship, character and personality. The W . Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was established in 1982 in memory o f W . Herman Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a meritorious student who has financial need. The Edward S. Bower M emorial Scholarship, established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded annually to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. The Philip H. Barley M emorial Scholarship, established in memory o f Philip H. Barley, ’66 , by his family and friends and the Class o f 1966, which he served as president, provides financial assistance for a junior or senior who has demonstrated outstanding leadership qualities at Swarthmore. T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are awarded by the Department o f Music to stu­ dents at the College who show unusual promise as instrumentalists or vocalists and who need help to pay for private instruction. The Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’48 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman student who has broad academic and extracurricular interests and who shows promise o f developing these abilities for the betterment o f society. This scholarship is based on need and is renewable for four years. The D aniel W alter Brenner M emorial Scholarship, established by family and friends in memory of Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is awarded to a senior majoring in biology who is distin­ guished for scholarship and an interest in plant ecology, or wildlife preservation, or animal behavior research. The recipient is chosen with the approval o f biology and classics faculty. The Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship was estab­ lished by a bequest o f Ina Carey Diller in honor o f Leon Willard Briggs T7, to be awarded to worthy engineering students with financial need. In the event there are no engineering students who need the scholarships, they shall be awarded to students engaged primarily in the study o f classics and belles lettres. The John S. Brod ’34 Scholarship is awarded to a deserving student on the basis o f merit and financial need. The B elville Scholarship has been endowed in memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually to an incoming student o f particular promise and is renewable for his or her years at Swarth­ more. The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship was established as a memorial to Professor Brooks by a number his former students. It is available to a major in Political o f Science in the junior or senior year. The Curtis B ok Scholarship was established in the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor of the late Philadelphia attorney, author and jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alumnus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is assigned annually to a junior or senior whose qualities o f mind and character indicate a potential for humanitarian service such as Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have wished to develop in young people. Students in any field o f study, and from any part o f this country or from abroad, are eligible. The The Edna Pownall Buffington Fund was estab­ lished during the College’s Centennial Year of 1964. The income from this Fund is used to provide scholarships for a student or students attending Swarthmore College who are concen­ trating their studies in the field o f the social sciences and who indicate an interest in the objects or purposes o f the American Friends Service Committee and a desire to serve in those fields following their graduation and post-graduate work. Awards are made to students in any o f the four classes. 24 The C hi Omega Scholarship provides an award annually to a member o f the freshman class. Preference is given to daughters or sons of members o f the fraternity. The Eleanor Stabler C larke Scholarship, estab­ lished in her honor by Cornelia Clarke Schmidt ’46 and W . Marshall Schmidt ’47, is awarded to a worthy freshman student with need. Preference is to be accorded to members o f the Society o f Friends. The scholarship is re­ newable for four years. The Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in 1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs, Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a junior or senior student majoring in some branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig­ nated by the Classics Department. The Cochran M em orial Scholarship was estab­ lished by a bequest o f Marie Cochran in memory o f the Cochran family. It is given annually to a student matriculating at Swarth­ more College. The Sarah Antrim C ole Scholarship was founded by her parents in memory o f Sarah Antrim Cole o f the Class o f 1934. Preference is given to a graduate o f the Worthington High School, Worthington, Ohio. The Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund, is awarded every year to a deserving student who is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance with the donor’s will. T he N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established by his family and the Olin Mathieson Charit­ able Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson of the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man or woman. Selection will place emphasis on character, personality, and ability. The Stephanie Cooley ’70 Scholarship, established in loving memory by her parents, is awarded on the basis o f financial need to a worthy student from Kifissia, Greece. The D avid S. Cou/den Scholarship was estab­ lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class of 1942, who taught English Literature at Swarth­ more from 1949 until his death in May 1983. It is awarded on the basis o f financial need. The Ellsworth F. Curtin M emorial Scholarship was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin, Class o f 1918, in memory o f her husband, Class of 1916, to benefit an engineering student with financial need. The Marion L. Dannenberg Scholarship is awarded to a freshman student with financial need who ranks high in personality, character, and schol­ arship. This endowment is in memory o f Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother and grandmother of six students who attended Swarthmore. The D elta Gamma Scholarship is to be awarded to a blind student at Swarthmore College. In any year in which there is no such candidate the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman. The Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory o f Francis W. D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is awarded to a freshman. Selection will place emphasis on character, personality, and ability. The Howard S. and Gertrude P. Evans Scholarship Fund provides scholarships for worthy stu­ dents, preference being given to students with highest scholarship from high schools o f Delaware County, Pa. The J. H orace Ervien Scholarships are awarded annually, with preference given to students who plan to major in engineering. Consideration will be given to academic qualifications, finan­ cial need, character, and qualities o f leadership. The scholarship is renewable for qualified students. These scholarships were named in a bequest by Mrs. Elsa G. Giele Ervien in honor o f her husband, J. Horace Ervien, B.S. ’03, C.E. ’ 10. The Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship is established as an expression o f respect and appreciation by Board members and others who have been associated with them in the service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar­ ship will be awarded each year on the basis o f need to a worthy student. The Joyce Mertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman, and may be renewed for each o f the following three undergraduate years. The recipient is chosen on the basis of mental vigor, Concern for human welfare, and the potential to contribute to the College and the Community outside. The award was estab­ lished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’26 in memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a member of the class o f 1951. The Barbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund 25 Financial Aid was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S. Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref­ erence to a black candidate. The Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is given to a woman student with financial need, who ranks high in character, personality, and schol­ arship. Preference is given to a member o f the Society o f Friends. The Stella and Charles Guttman Foundation Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant from the Foundation to provide scholarships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and fees for students who require financial assis­ tance. Preference is given to students o f recog­ nized ability who have completed two academic years o f college and who are contemplating graduate or professional study. The scholar­ ships are renewable for a second year. The J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman on the basis o f merit and need and is renewable annually to graduation. This award was established by Katharine F. Herrmann ’ 14 and by Margaret Herrmann Ball ’24 in honor o f their father. The A . Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class of 1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from the Middle West. Preference is given to a pre­ medical student. Consideration is given to the candidate’s character, demonstrated concern for the welfare o f others, and participation in team activities, as well as academic standing. The Rachel W. H illbom Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillbom Philips of the Class o f 1892 in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior class who is studying for service in the international field. Preference is given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world understanding through diplomatic service, participation in some inter­ national government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­ ties. The H adassah M.L. Holcombe Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with financial need and is renewable for four years at the discretion of the College. Preference will be given to mem­ 26 bers o f the Society o f Friends. T he C arl R. Horten ’47 Scholarship was created by the Ingersoll-Rand Company. Preference in the awarding is given to students planning to major in engineering or pre-law. T he Richard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro­ vides assistance to a student (or students) of African descent. The Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by the Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved emeritus professor and dean, provides an un­ restricted scholarship to be awarded annually by the College. T he Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P. Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first Black students to attend Swarthmore College, estab­ lished this fund through a bequest "to provide scholarship aid to needy students.” The W illiam Y. Inouye ’4 4 Scholarship, estab­ lished in loving memory by his family, friends, and colleagues in recognition o f his life of service as a physician, is awarded to a worthy junior premedical student with need. The scholarship is renewable in the senior year. The A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila­ delphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College. The George B. Jackson '21 Scholarship has been endowed by Gene Lang ’38 in honor o f the man who guided him to Swarthmore. It is to be awarded on the basis o f need and merit with preference given to a student from the New York metropolitan area. The George K. and S allie K . Johnson Fund provides aid during the senior year for young women who are fitted to become desirable teachers. The Howard Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­ lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is awarded on the basis o f all-around achievement to a male undergraduate who is a member o f the Society o f Friends. T he Richard Kahn Scholarship is given in mem­ ory o f Richard G. Kahn ’45 by his wife. K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship, established by Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore, is awarded annually to a woman student. The K appa K appa Gamma Scholarship provides an award to a member o f the freshman class, renewable each year. Preference is given to a relative o f members o f the fraternity. The Kennedy Scholarship is given in honor o f the parents and with thanks to the children of Christopher and Jane Kennedy. The scholar­ ship is awarded on the basis o f need and merit and is renewable for four years. The Paul and Mary ]an e Kopsch Scholarship Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J. Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each year to a junior premedical student(s) with financial need. The scholarship is renewable in the senior year. The Jessie Stevenson Kovalenko Scholarship Fund, the gift o f Michel Kovalenko in memory o f his wife, is awarded to a student, preferably a woman, in her junior or senior year and a major in astronomy, or to a Swarthmore graduate, preferably a woman, for graduate work in astronomy at Swarthmore or elsewhere. The W alter W. Krider Scholarship was estab­ lished by his wife and daughter for a young man who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. The L afore Scholarship is awarded in memory of John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The College in granting this scholarship gives pref­ erence to qualified candidates who are des­ cendants o f Amand and Margaret White Lafore. The Laurence L afore ’38 Scholarship was estab­ lished in his memory in 1986 by family, friends, classmates, and former students. Pro­ fessor Lafore, author o f numerous books and essays, taught history at Swarthmore from 1945 until 1969. This scholarship is awarded to a needy student showing unusual promise and is renewable for four years. The B arbara Lang Scholarship is awarded to a student in the junior class whose major is in the arts, preferably in music, who ranks high in scholarship and has financial need. It is renewable in the senior year. This scholarship was established by Eugene M. Lang ’38 in honor o f his sister. Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded each year to as many as four entering students. Selection by a special committee on the basis o f distinguished academic and extra-curricular achievement and demonstrable interest in social service. Stipends are based on financial need and take the form o f full grants up to the amount o f total college charges. Each Lang Scholar is also eligible for summer or academic year research or community service support, while an undergraduate, up to a maximum of $5,000 and for a $2,000 fellowship for gradu­ ate study. The program is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38. The Ida and D aniel Lang Scholarship established by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the Class of 1938, provides financial assistance for a man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­ ter, and personality. The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established by family, friends and business associates of Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis of financial need every two years to a student entering the junior year and showing academic distinction, leadership qualities, and definite interest in a career in business. The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor o f a former distinguished Professor of Engineering and, therefore, students who plan to major in engi­ neering are given preference. An award is made annually. The Christian R. and Mary F. L indback Founda­ tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu­ dents from the States o f Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, or Maryland. The Long Island Quarterly Meeting, N.Y., Schol­ arship, is awarded annually by a committee of that Quarterly Meeting. The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory o f her mother and is awarded annually to assist a young woman student to pursue her studies in the College. 27 Financial Aid The D avid Laurent Low M emorial Scholarship, established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940, his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and Kathy Low in memory o f their son and brother, is awarded to a man or woman who gives the great promise that David himself did. The award assumes both need and academic ex­ cellence, and places emphasis, in order, on qualities o f leadership, a concern for others, character, and/or outstanding and unusual promise. The scholarship is awarded to a freshman and is renewable for the undergrad­ uate years. The Leland S. M acPhail, Jr. Scholarship, given by Major League Baseball in recognition o f 48 years o f dedicated service by Leland S. MacPhail, Jr. ’39, will be awarded annually to a deserving student on the basis o f need and merit. The D avid M andelbaum Scholarship is awarded to a freshman student with financial need who ranks high in scholarship and character with preference to residents o f the States o f Penn­ sylvania and New Jersey. The C lara B. M arshall Scholarship, established by the will o f Dr. Clara B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with pref­ erence given to descendants o f her grandfathers, Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillips. The Edward M artin Scholarships, established by a bequest o f Edward Martin, friend o f Swarth­ more College, provides financial aid to juniors and seniors majoring in Biology, or pre-medical students taking substantial work in this field. Awards are made in consultation with the Department o f Biology. T he Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established by the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor of its founder. It provides a grant for the full amount o f need and for music lessons. The awardee will be nominated by the Harlem School o f the Arts and selected by Swarthmore College on the basis o f all-around qualifica­ tions. The Thomas B. M cCabe Achievement Awards, established by Thomas B. McCabe ’15, are awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn­ sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In 28 making selections, the Committee places em­ phasis on ability, character, personality, and service to school and community. These awards provide a minimum annual grant o f tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees, room and board, depending on need. Candidates for the McCabe Awards must apply for admission to the College by January 15. The Peter Mertz Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in mental and physical vigor, who shows promise o f spending these talents for the good o f the college com­ munity and o f the larger community outside. The award was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory o f Peter Mertz, who was a member of the class o f 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate years. The Jam es E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available annually for students from Delaware County (with preference for residents o f Nether Prov­ idence Township). The M argaret M oore Scholarship Fund provides scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­ ence given to students o f South Asian origin. The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship, named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an alumna of the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a student whose past performance gives evidence o f intellectual attainment, leadership, and charac­ ter, and who shows potential for future intellec­ tual growth, creativity, and scholarship, and for being a contributor to the College and ulti­ mately to society. The John H. Nixon Scholarship was established by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third World students, especially those who plan to return to their country of origin. The Howard Osborn Scholarships, established by Howard Osborn in memory o f his mother and father, Viola L. Osborn and Frank Osborn, are awarded to worthy students o f good character who maintain satisfactory grades and who require financial assistance. T he H arriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­ ship for a young woman who is a member o f the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly Meet­ ing)- The Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in 1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926, are awarded to members o f the freshman class who show promise o f leadership and who have need of financial assistance. The scholarships are renewable for a total o f four years at the discretion o f the College. The J. Roland Pennock Scholarships were estab­ lished by Ann and Guerin Todd ’38 in honor of J. Roland Pennock ’27, Richter Professor Emer­ itus o f Political Science. Income from this endowment is to be used to award four scholar­ ships on the basis o f merit and need, preferably to one scholar in each class. The T. H. Dudley Perkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded annually to an entering freshman on the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force o f character, and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor as shown by participating in out-of-doors sports or in other ways. The Cornelia Chapm an and N icholas O . Pittenger Scholarship established by family and friends is awarded to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­ ter, and personality and who has need for financial assistance. The Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh­ man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity. It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class o f 1959. The Presses Foundation Scholarship is awarded annually to one or more students, selected by the President and the Department o f Music, who plan to become teachers o f music. The Mary Coates Preston Scholarship Fund. A sum o f money has been left by the will of Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which provides a scholarship to a young woman student in Swarthmore College. Preference is given to a relative o f the donor. The Robert Pyle Scholarship was established by his sisters, Margery Pyle and Ellen Pyle Groff, in memory o f Robert Pyle o f the Class o f 1897 and for many years a member o f the Board of Managers. Applicants who show promise of intellectual attainment based upon sound char­ acter and effective personality and who reside in Chester County are given preference. The George G. and H elen G askill Rathje ’ 18 Scholarship is awarded to students with charac­ ter, outstanding academic record, and financial need. The Raruay.Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships are given by Renoo Suvarnist ’47 in memory of his parents. They are given in alternate years: the Ruruay-Chandra Scholarship to a woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit Scholar­ ship to a man for his senior year, who has high academic standing and real need for financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate who has divorced or deceased parents or a deceased mother or father. The Fred C. and Jessie M. Reynolds Scholarship Fund, created through a testamentary gift of Jean Reynolds ’32, is awarded each year to a worthy student based on need. The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a woman distinguished for high scholarship, character, personality, and physical vigor. The A dele M ills Riley M emorial Scholarship, founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was awarded for the first time for the academic year 1964-65. An annual award subject to renewal is made to a deserving student, man or woman. Selection stresses the candidate’s capacity for significant development o f his or her interests and talents during the college years. Qualities o f intellectual promise as well as potential for service are sought in making this appointment. T he Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, T2, is awarded annually to an incoming student and is renewable for his or her years o f study at Swarthmore. The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­ lished during the College’s Centennial year by the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson. Mr. Robinson was for many years a member of the Swarthmore College faculty and founder of the Economics Discussion Group. A member o f the junior or senior class who has demon­ strated interest and ability in the study of Economics is chosen for this award. The Alexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab­ lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation, provides aid for a freshman student. It is 29 Financial Aid awarded annually to a worthy student who could not attend the College without such assistance. T he Edith A. Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­ lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the Class o f 1938, provides assistance annually to stu­ dents who have need o f financial aid. The D avid Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­ lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore, Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rushmore Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a worthy student who plans to major in Engineering or Economics. The Katharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded to a student with a primary interest in thé arts and the humanities, having special talents in these fields. Students with other special inter­ ests, however, will not be excluded from con­ sideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable for the full period o f undergraduate study. The W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for men, awarded to a candidate for admission to the College, based upon the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given to men who are residents o f Abington Town­ ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, of the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students interested in engineering and physical science. The committee in making its selection con­ siders character, personality, and leadership. T he Jo e and Terry Shane Scholarship, created in honor o f Joe Shane ’25, who was Vice President o f Swarthmore College’s Alumni, Development, and Public Relations from 1950-1972, and his wife, Terry, who assisted him in coundess ways in serving the College, was established by their son, Larry Shane ’56, and his wife, Marty Porter Shane ’57, in remembrance o f Joe and Terry’s warm friend­ ship with generations o f Swarthmore alumni. This award is made to a freshman student on the basis o f merit and need. It is renewable for four years. The Annie Shoem aker Scholarship is granted annually to a young woman o f the graduating 30 class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College. The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a woman who ranks high in scholarship, charac­ ter, and personality. The W illiam C. and Barbara Tipping Sieck Scholarship is awarded annually to a student showing distinction in academics, leadership qualities and extra-curricular activities and who indicates an interest in a career in business. T he Haney Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab­ lished by her husband and children, is awarded to an incoming freshman with financial need. It is renewable for up to four years. The W illiam W . Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund established in 1981 by a member o f the Class of 1943 is awarded to a deserving student on the basis o f merit and need. The W . W . Smith Charitable Trust provides scholarships to students who qualify on the basis o f need and merit. The Cindy Solomon M emorial Scholarship is awarded by preference to a young woman in need o f financial assistance, and who has special talent in poetry or other creative and imaginative fields. The Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f 1933, is awarded to a student showing very great promise as a creative writer (in any literary form) who has need o f financial assistance. The Department o f English determines those eligi­ ble. The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was established in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell ’32, and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion. It is awarded to a junior or senior with financial need who has a special interest in law or music. The Clarence K . Streit Scholarship is awarded to a student entering the junior or senior year and majoring in history. Preference is given to persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar­ ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in American pre-Revolutionary War History. This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit, author of Union Now: A Proposal For An Atlantic Federal Union o f the Free, whose seminal ideas were made public in three Cooper Foundation lectures at Swarthmore. The K atharine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931, M emorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­ ship is renewable for four years at the dis­ cretion o f the College. Preference is given to a resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula. The Newton E. Tarble Award, established by Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is granted to a freshman man who gives promise of leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­ acter, and personality, and resides west o f the Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in the State o f Illinois. The Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accor­ dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of Friends; then to others. The Phehe Anna Thom e Fund provides an income for scholarships for students whose previous work has demonstrated their earnest­ ness and ability. This gift includes a clause of preference to those students who are members o f the New York Monthly Meeting o f Friends. The Titus Scholarships established by the will o f Georgians Titus o f the Class o f 1898 are to young awarded women in order that they may pursue their studies in the College. The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­ lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is awarded to a freshman man or woman. The scholarship is renewable for four years at the discretion o f the College. In awarding the scholarship, prime consideration is given to the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from a Swarthmore education, and to be a contribu­ tor to the College and ultimately to society. The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship was estab­ lished by a bequest from Edward Clarkson Wilson ’91, and a gift from Daniel Underhill ’94, in memory o f this member o f the first Board o f Managers. The award is made at the discretion o f the College. The W illiam H illes W ard Scholarships, in mem­ ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class of 1915, are awarded annually, preferably to students who plan to major in science. The committee in making its selection has regard for candidates who are most deserving of financial assistance. The Stanley and Corinne W eithom Scholarship Fund was established to provide financial assistance on the basis o f need and merit. The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship is awarded annually by the Music Department to a student o f music. The Samuel W illets Fund. This fund provides an annual income for scholarships. A portion of the fund is assigned for scholarships in the name o f Mr. W illets’ children, Frederick Willets, Edward Willets, Walter Willets, and Caroline W. Frame. The I. V. W illiam son Scholarship. Preference is given to graduates o f Friends Central, George School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore Friends School, Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School, and Brooklyn Friends School. The Edward Clarkson W ilson Scholarship has been established at Swarthmore by friends of Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly Prin­ cipal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is awarded each year to a former student of the Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap­ proved by the faculty o f the school, on the basis o f high character and high standing in scholar­ ship. The Elmer L. W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab­ lished in 1980 by a member o f the class of 1952, is awarded annually to a deserving student on the basis o f merit and need. The Letitia M. Wolverton Scholarship Fund, given by Letitia M. Wolverton of the Class o f 1913, provides scholarships for members o f the j unior and senior classes who have proved to be capable students and have need for financial assistance to complete their education at Swarthmore College. The Mary W ood Fund provides a scholarship which may be awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher. 31 Financial Aid The Roselynd Acherholt W ood ’23 Fund provides a scholarship for a young man or woman with financial need who is distinguished for intel­ lectual promise as well as potential for service. The M ichael M. and Zelma K . Wynn Scholarship was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn ’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis o f need and merit. The income from each o f the following funds is awarded at the discretion of the College. The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1913 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1914 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund The Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund T he Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund T he W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund The George Ellsler Scholarship Fund 32 The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund The Thom as L. Leedom Scholarship Fund The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund The D avid L. Price Scholarship The Reader’s Digest Foundation Endowed Scholarship Fund The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund The Caroline Shero Scholarship Fund The Frank Solomon M emorial Scholarship Fund The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund The Helen Squier Scholarship Fund The W alter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund The Helen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund The Francis Holmes Strozier M emorial Scholarship Fund The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship Fund The Thomas H. W hite Scholarship Fund The Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth T. W ilson Scholarship Fund The Thomas Woodnutt Scholarship Fund College Life Student Community C o lle ge Life HOUSING Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption that the close association o f students and instructors is an important element in education. Most students live in College dormitories, which include coeducational housing as well as single sex dormitories and sections. Many members of the faculty live on or near the campus, and are readily accessible to students. Residence Halls Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity o f housing styles. These dormitories include: Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls, which were opened in 1967; the upper floors in the wings o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall, named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President o f the Board o f Managers; Palmer, Pittinger, and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; one building on the Mary Lyon School property; Worth Hall, the gift of William P. and J. Sharpies Worth, as a memorial to their parents; Willets Hall, made possible largely by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift o f Harold and Esther Mertz. About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are designated as coeducational housing either by floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining areas are reserved for single sex housing. Dormitory sections may determine their own visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation. New students are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­ ences indicated, and to accommodate special needs, such as physical handicaps. Other students choose their rooms in an order determined by lot or by invoking special options—among these are block housing, allow­ ing friends to apply as a group for a section o f a particular hall or dorm; and language hall inclusion in which occupants are expected to conduct conversations in a language other than English to provide an immersion experience of learning. There is also the opportunity to reside at neighboring Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges in a cross-campus housing exchange that proceeds on a matched one-for-one basis. All students are expected to occupy the rooms to which they are assigned or which they have selected through the regular room choosing process unless authorized by the Deans to move. Permission must also be obtained from the Deans to reside outside college housing. Resident Assistants, selected from the junior and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the dormitory sections. Dormitories remain open during October and Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca­ tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester only are expected to vacate their dormitory rooms within twenty-four hours after their last scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho­ mores, and juniors are expected to leave immediately after their last examination in the spring so that their rooms may be prepared for use by Commencement visitors. The insurance program for the College is designed to provide protection for College property and does not include the property of students or others. Students and their parents are strongly urged to review their insurance program in order to be sure that coverage is extended to include personal effects while at college. Sharpies Dining H all All students living on campus are required to subscribe to the College board plan for meals in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The board plan covers 19 meals a week. Although an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f all students, not all special requirements can be 34 accommodated; permission to reside o ff cam­ pus will be extended to any student not able to participate in the board plan. The dining hall is closed during the Christmas and Spring vaca­ tions. I SOCIAL CENTERS I Tarble Social Center I I I I I I I Through the original generosity o f Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913 and his widow, Louise A. Tarble, the newly reconstructed Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial opened in April of 1986. The facility includes recreational areas, a snack bar, lounge, student activities offices, and a multi-purpose per- formance space as well as the bookstore. Under the leadership o f a Director o f Student Activi­ ties and student co-directors, many major social activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.) are held in Tarble. The Club, a student-run coffeehouse, is currently housed in Sharpies II. I Other Centers The A lice Paul W omen’s Center, housed in J Sharpies I, was established to draw all women I o f the Swarthmore community together I through common concerns. The Center, which I serves faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and I alumnae, maintains a library o f resource books, I pamphlets and periodicals, provides informaI tion, and sponsors a variety o f programs, I lectures, discussions and symposia for all I members o f the college community about I issues relating to women. I I I I I I A Black Cultural Center, located in the Caroline Hadley Robinson House, provides a library and facilities for various cultural activities of special interest to black students. The Center and its program are guided by a director and a committee o f black students, faculty, and administrators. Programs planned by the Cen­ ter are open to all members o f the College community. There are three fraternities at Swarthmore; Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are affiliated with national organizations, while Phi Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities are adjuncts to the college social program and maintain separate lodges on campus. The lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda­ tions or eating facilities. New members are pledged during late fell of their first year at the College. In recent years about ten per cent of the freshman men have decided to affiliate with one o f the fraternities. RELIGIOUS LIFE Religious life at the College is a matter of individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker principles. The Society o f Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best expressed in the quality o f everyday living. There are accord­ ingly no compulsory religious exercises. Stu­ dents are encouraged to attend the churches of their choice. Seven churches are located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other churches and synagogues may be found in the nearby towns o f Morton, Media, Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting House is located on the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its meeting for worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty cooperation exist for the study o f the Bible and the exploration o f common concerns o f reli­ gion. They include: The Christian Fellowship and Charitas, both Christian groups; Young Friends, Ruach (Jewish Collective), Newman Club, and Ba’hai. STUDENT SERVICES Health Services The W orth Health Center, a gift o f the W orth family in memory o f William Penn Worth and 35 College Life Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for the college physicians and nurses, outpatient treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychological Services director and staff, and rooms for students who require in-patient care. Registered nurses are on duty under die direction o f the college physicians. The college physicians hold office hours every weekday at the College, where students may consult them without charge. Students should report any illness to the college physicians, but are free to go for treatment to another doctor if they prefer to do so. As a part o f the matriculation process each student must submit a brief medical history and health certificate prepared by the family physician on a form supplied by the College. Pertinent information about such matters as physical reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances will be especially valuable to the college Health Service in assisting each student. All this information will be kept confidential. The Health Center staff cooperates closely with the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics. Recommendations for limited activ­ ity may be made for those students with physical handicaps. In occasional cases a student may be excused entirely from the requirements o f the Physical Education De­ partment, although adaptive programs are offered. Each student is allowed ten days in-patient care in the Health Center per term without charge unless the services o f a special nurse are required. After ten days, a charge o f $5.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a com­ municable disease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed must stay in the Health Center for the period o f their illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished with­ out cost, but a charge is made for special medicines, certain immunization procedures and laboratory tests, and transportation when necessary to local hospitals. The medical facilities o f the College are available to students injured in athletic activ­ ities or otherwise, but the College cannot assume additional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising from accidents. Insurance coverage for all students participating in athletics, however, is included in the mandatory health insurance package as is supplementary coverage for all accident in­ juries. Psychological Services A program o f psychological services for stu­ dents with personal or emotional problems is coordinated by a director, who also sees students for individual or group consultations. The director and the staff o f psychological counselors hold office hours by appointment each week, and a consulting psychiatrist is available as necessary. Brief psychotherapy within the limits o f available time will be given to students without charge. In instances where longer treatment is indicated, the student may be referred to an outside psychiatrist or psychologist. Special educational seminars and workshops on issues o f concern to the entire college community are also sponsored by the coun­ selors, usually with the support o f or in conjunction with student organizations or interest groups and the Deans. The counselors are also available to consult with faculty members, Resident Assistants, and other mem­ bers o f the college’s supportive staff. Student Advising Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as course adviser until this responsi­ bility falls to the chairman o f the student’s major department at the end o f the sophomore year. Requests for a change o f advisor should be 36 addressed to the Dean and will be freely granted, subject only to equity in the number of advisees assigned to individual faculty mem­ bers. The Deans hold overall responsibility for the advising system. They are themselves available to all students for advice on any academic or personal matters, and for assistance with special needs, such as those arising from physical handicaps. A consultant for testing and guidance is available to assist students with special prob­ lems o f academic adjustment, study skills and reading proficiency. In addition, aptitude and interest tests may be given on request. Career Planning and Placement The Career Planning and Placement Office helps students evaluate themselves and their goals in order to plan future career and life style alternatives. Individual counseling sessions and group workshops are conducted to facilitate this planning. The programs are open to students in all classes and are developmental in nature. Workshops are designed to help students expand their career options through exploration o f their values, skills, interests, abilities, and experi­ ences. SIGI Plus (Educational Testing Service’s System o f Interactive Guidance Information), a computerized source o f extensive career in­ formation, is available as well. Sophomore and junior students in particular are encouraged to test options by participating in the Extern Program. This program provides on-site experience in a variety o f career fields by pairing students with an alumnus/a to work on a mutually planned task during one or more weeks o f vacation. Career exploration and experiential education is also encouraged during summer internships and jobs, during a semester or year off, and during the school year. Assistance is provided in helping students locate and secure appropriate jobs, internships, and volunteer opportunities, and efforts are made to help students learn the most they can from these experiences. Additional help is provided through career information panels, on-site field trips, work­ shops on topics such as resume writing and cover letter writing, interviewing skills, and job search techniques. The office cooperates with the Alumni Office, the Alumni Association, and the Parents Council to help put students in touch with a wide network o f people that can be o f assistance to them. The Career Resources Library includes many publications concerning all stages o f the job search process. The office hosts on-campus recruiting by representatives from business, industry, government, non­ profit organizations, and graduate and profes­ sional schools. Notices o f job vacancies are collected, posted, and included in the office’s newsletter. Credential files are compiled for interested students and alumni to be sent to prospective employers and graduate admissions committees. Academic Support A program o f academic support includes indi­ vidual tutorial services; special review sections attached to introductory courses in the natural sciences; a mathematics lab; an expository writing workshop; and a pre-freshman Sum­ mer Program for selected entering students which is sponsored conjoindy with Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges. The Academic Support Program is overseen by the Deans and a faculty committee in cooperation with the academic departments. There are no fees required for any o f these supportive services. W ithdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons Students may withdraw voluntarily because of health problems. Where health problems o f a physical or psychological nature substantially interfere with a student’s academic perform­ ance or safety, or the safety o f others, the student may be withdrawn at the discretion of the College. The College reserves the right to require withdrawal when, in the judgment of either the Director o f Health Services or the Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s 37 College Life functioning is impaired or in jeopardy. A student who has withdrawn for health reasons may apply for readmission. Although application for readmission may be made at any time, the College expects that ordinarily readmission will not be effective except at the beginning o f a semester. A student applying to the College for readmis­ sion must provide evidence from his or her physician or psychotherapist o f increased abil­ ity to function academically or o f decreased hazard to health or safety. After such evidence has been provided, the student will ordinarily be required to be evaluated in person by a physician employed by the College Health Services and/or the Director o f Psychological Services, as appropriate. Recommendations for readmission are made to the Dean o f the College, who makes the final decision. ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS Alumni Relations is the communication chan­ nel between the College and its alumni, enabling them to maintain an on-going rela­ tionship with each other. Some o f the office’s programs and activities include Alumni Day in the spring, Homecoming Day in the fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings o ff campus all over the country, and alumni travel tours. It also plans the annual Parents’ Day/Student Arts Festival. The Alumni Office hires students as events intern, vocational intern, and intern for minority affairs each year to help coordinate these various programs. Students also work as staff for most o f the campus events. The Alumni Office also works closely with the Rapport and Support Committee o f Student Council, a liaison group which promotes understanding between students and alumni and supports the College in whatever ways seem appropriate. The annual Oktoberfest weekend originated in the Rapport and Sup­ port Committee. The Alumni Office also helps officers o f the senior class plan special events. Every other year the Alumni Office and the Office o f Career Planning and Placement spon­ sor a Career Day at which students meet alumni to exchange career and graduate school infor­ mation. The Alumni Office gives staff support to the Alumni Association, which celebrated its 100th anniversary in 1981-82, and to the Alumni Council, the forty-two-person elected gov­ erning body of the Alumni Association. The Alumni Office gives staff support also to the ten regional alumni organizations, called Con­ nections, in Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Washington, D.C., south Florida, Chicago, Boulder, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Seattle. There are 14,848 alumni: 7,708 men, 7,140 women, and 2,136 married to each other, giving substance to the traditional appellation for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.” The College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who has completed one semester. College Publications All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac­ ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available to all students. Other complimentary publica­ tions sent to alumni, parents, and if iends are an annual engagement calendar, the President’s and Treasurer’s Report, and the Garnet Letter. PUBLIC RELATIONS The Public Relations Office works with the print and broadcasting media to provide news and information about the College to its various publics. It responds to requests from the media for information on a variety of subjects by calling on the resources and ex­ pertise o f the faculty and professional staff. The Public Relations Office prepares two publica­ tions: On Campus, a monthly schedule of activities at the College that are open to the public, distributed on request to more than 2,000 households in the Philadelphia area, and the W eekly News, a newsletter o f events and announcements distributed to faculty, staff, and students. S tu d e n t C o m m u n ity Student Conduct Students who choose Swarthmore as their college should understand that they are accept­ ing social and academic standards which, while subject to periodic review, are essential to the well-being o f the community. In general, the life o f students should be governed by good taste and accepted practice rather than elaborate rules. Certain regulations, however, are of particular importance and are listed below. 1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever­ ages on the campus is regulated by State law and limited to those areas o f the campus which are specified by the Student Council and the Dean. The observance o f moderation and decorum in respect to drink is a student obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a serious offense. 2. The use or possession of injurious drugs or narcotics without the specific recommendation o f a physician and knowledge o f the Deans subjects a student to possible suspension or expulsion. 3. The use or possession o f firearms or other dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­ crackers or other explosives are prohibited. The setting o f fires outside of restricted areas is a serious offense, as is tampering with fire alarms or fire prevention equipment. 4. The participation by any student in any disruption or interference with the orderly programs, functions, or conduct o f College activities o f any kind is a serious offense. I ^ I ^ I tl s 5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected to show consideration for other residents. Stu­ dents are held responsible for the behavior of visiting guests. i A 6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto­ n mobile while enrolled at the College without the permission o f the Car Authorization Committee, a student-faculty group. This per­ mission is not extended to freshmen. Day students may use cars for commuting to Col­ lege, but special arrangements for stickers must be made for campus parking. More detailed information may be obtained from the Office o f the Deans. al T I E I I I. S P Penalties for violations of College regulations such as those listed above are set by judicial committees or the Deans and may involve suspensions or expulsion. Standing regulations may be modified and new rules may be added at any time upon notice to the student body. I a< The College reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose conduct it regards as undesirable, and without assigning any further reason therefor. Neither the College nor any of its officers shall be under any liability whatso­ ever for such exclusion. 1 E I ii 1 1 S' e s Judicial Bodies There are two judicial committees with distinct jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Committee, elected by the entire student body, acts on cases of alleged violations o f students’ rules and campus regulations except as they fall within the sphere o f the College Judiciary Committee. The C ollege Judiciary Committee is composed of student, faculty, and administration members. 1 -| It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may I involve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon I ^ cases referred by or appealed from the Student I Judiciary Committee. A more complete de- I ^ scription o f the judicial system is available from I J the Office o f the Dean. I t I1 I1 . I I Student Council The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire undergraduate commu­ nity and is the chief body o f student govern­ ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordina­ tion o f student activities and the expression of 40 student opinion. 1 Committees o f the Council include the Appointments Committee, which selects qualified applicants for student positions on student/ I ] 1 i faculty/administration committees, Board o f Managers committees, and student committees; the Budget Committee, which regulates distri- bution o f funds to student groups, and the Elections Committee, which supervises procedures in campus elections. Social Committee An extensive program o f social activities is managed by the Social Committee which is appointed by the Appointment Committee. The program is designed to appeal to a wide variety o f interests and is open to all students. There is no charge for Social Committee functions and for most other campus events. I EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES I In addition to the foregoing organizations, I Swarthmore students have an opportunity to I participate in a program of extracurricular I activities wide enough to meet every kind of I interest. There are dozens o f formal and in­ formal organizations.They vary as greatly as the interests o f the students vary. The College encourages students to participate in whatever activities best fit their personal talents and inclinations. I The Studio Arts Program I The Studio Arts Program, administered by the I Department o f Art, is an academic program. I The Department, however, encourages that I students organize and carry out independent I extracurricular activities with or without the I supervision o f its staff, and provides assistance I and advice as requested. There are in existence at present the following student-organized groups in art: Photography Club, Student Art Association, Griffin, and Student Life Drawing Class. The Griffin, in Parrish Hall, and Wilcox Gallery, in Beardsley Hall, often display student work. I Music I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The Department o f Music administers and staffs several performing organizations. The College Chorus, directed by Peter Gram Swing, rehearses three hours per week. T he College Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the membership o f the Chorus and conducted by Ann McNamee, rehearses an additional two hours per week. The C ollege Orchestra, directed by Geoffrey Michaels, rehearses twice a week. The Chamber Orchestra, directed by James Freeman, gives two concerts each semester; its rehearsals closely precede the concerts and its members are drawn from The College Orchestra. The W ind Ensemble, which rehearses one night weekly and gives two major concerts each year in addition to several outdoor perform­ ance, is under the direction o f Gerald Levinson. The Early M usic Ensemble, directed by Karen Meyers, meets each week and gives several concerts during the year. Instrumentalists and singers can also participate in the chamber music coaching program coor­ dinated by Dorothy Freeman. The Orchestra (Chamber Orchestra) and Chorus (Singers) both require auditions for membership. Several student chamber music concerts (in which all interested students have an opportunity to perform) are given each semester. These con­ certs also provide an opportunity for student composers to have their works performed. The Swarthmore C ollege String Quartet, composed of 41 Student Com m unity four top-notch student string players who also serve as principal players in the College Orchestra and Chamber Orchestra, performs frequently at the College and at other institu­ tions. The Department each year sponsors a Concerto Competition, open to all Swarthmore College students. Auditions for the competition are normally held the first Thursday after winter vacation. The winner performs later with the Orchestra. Practice and performance facilities in the Lang Music Building include sixteen practice rooms (each with at least one piano), a concert and a rehearsal hall (each with its own concert grand), one organ, two harpsichords, and an electronic studio. The D aniel U nderhill Mtisic Library has excellent collections o f scores, books, and records. The W illiam J. Cooper Foundation presents a distinguished group o f concerts each year on the campus. The Music Department adminis­ ters a separate series o f public concerts. The Swarthmore Music and Dance Festival takes place on campus during the first three weeks of the fall semester. It presents concerts, master classes, and symposia, focusing on contempo­ rary American works performed and discussed by eminent artists. ta lit C st cc In V cl Si P T at cc Dance The Swarthmore College Dancers perform public concerts with works choreographed by students, the dance faculty, and other pro­ fessional choreographers. For the past few years Swarthmore College has been the recipient o f National Endowment for the Arts grants which have enabled the College, in conjunction with the William J. Cooper These residencies typically last from one to three weeks, and include master classes, lec­ tures, performances, and sometimes, the crea­ tion o f a new work by a guest artist for student performers. Each year the Swarthmore Music and Dance Festival brings together guest artists, faculty members, and students in a series o f perform­ ances and symposia focused on specific themes. The Department o f Physical Education and Athletics sponsors a coeducational perform­ ance group in Folk Dance. 42 t; n si s 0 P r student-directed projects each semester. Inter­ ested students should consult the departmental statement in English Literature. Athletics Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any sports program must be justified by the contributions which it can make to the educational development o f the s s Drama Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre. He supervises the drama program, which in­ cludes course work, workshops with guest directors, invited speakers, and a number of c hun- Each year there are a series o f formal concerts at the end o f each semester, as well as informal performances throughout the year. A series of exchange concerts with other area colleges will begin in 1986-87. Lecture demonstrations for public schools and for organizations within the surrounding communities are also a regular part of the yearly dance performance schedule. ti Foundation, to bring outstanding professional dance companies for short term residencies. individual student who chooses to participate. In keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and extensive, offering every student a chance to 1 c take part in a wide range o f sports. Within the j limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the College feels that it is desirable to have as many students as possible competing on its inter1 collegiate or club teams, or in intramural sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for several o f the varsity athletic teams. They work closely with the teams, attending practices and many o f the scheduled contests. Interest Clubs There are a great variety o f special interest clubs, listed more fully in the Student Handbook. Since the interests o f our students change frequendy, new clubs are often formed by student groups. Publications and M edia The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper, and W SRN , the campus radio station, are both I completely student-run organizations. In addi1 tion, there are a variety o f other student publications, including literary magazines, newsletters, and an alternative magazine. The current list can be found in the Handbook. OUTREACH PROGRAMS 1 Swarthmore College Upward Bound 1 1 I I The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore College, begun in 1964 and continued with Federal support, is intended to provide simultaneously a valuable experience for Swarth1 more students and a service to members o f 1 surrounding communities. It offers both a six- week residential summer school in which Swarthmore students may serve as counselors, and a series o f activities during the academic year in which Swarthmore students serve as tutors. The program is administered by Edwin A. Collins, Project Director. 1 Swarthmore College Volunteer Program I Swarthmore students may work as volunteers 1 or paid Interns in community agencies that 1 provide a variety o f services including housing 1 rehabilitation, legal assistance, and counseling. I The localities serviced include the nearby City 1 of Chester, Delaware County, and Philadelphia. The program was begun by students in 1983 and is now overseen by Cynthia Jetter, Coor­ dinator, and a committee of faculty members, alumni, and Chester community leaders. IV Educational Program Faculty Regulations Degree Requirements 44 Awards and Prizes Fellowships Educational P ro g ra m I GENERAL STATEMENT I I I I ‘ I I I ] | I I Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor of Science. The latter is given only to students who major in Engineering; the former, to students in the Humanities, the Social Sciences, and the Natural Sciences. Four years o f resident study are normally required for a Bachelor’s degree (see page 59), but variation in this term, particularly as a result o f Advanced Placement credit, is possible (see page 19). The selection o f a program will depend upon the student’s interests and vocational plans. The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individ­ uals. A liberal education is concerned with the cultural inheritance o f the past, with the cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aesthetic values, with the development o f analytical abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-minded­ ness, perspective, logical coherence, insight, discrimination. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s curriculum (C ritique o f a College, 1967) suggested two principles for a liberal education. "O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the most o f a liberal education, each student must go far enough into some subjects to give him a genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so that he can use them to generate new discoveries on his own. . . . He must go far enough to grasp systematic connections within a field, to see how fundamental principles combine to make intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or phenomena. . . . The other principle is that of Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal education, each student must have enough breadth and variety in his studies so that he can compare and contrast different methods of inquiry . . . , and so that he can have the experience o f making the bright spark of connection leap across wide gaps. It .is this breadth that gives point to the two senses of 'relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal education . . . perception o f the relevance o f one part o f learning to another, even across the boundaries o f fields and subjects (and) . . . perception o f the relevance o f learning to the exigencies o f life .. . . ” To these two principles the study added that the curriculum should aim to encourage resourcefulness and self-reliance and develop the personal conditions o f intellec­ tual progress by placing substantial responsi­ bility upon the student for his or her education, amply allowing individuality o f programs and requiring important choices about the com­ position o f programs. "W hat we are pro­ posing,” the study concluded, "is a curriculum that leans rather sharply toward specialized di­ versity, and away from uniform generality— . Our emphasis is on serious encounters with special topics and problems at a comparatively high level o f competence, and on student programs that reflect individual constellations o f diversified interests.” Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­ quires o f the student both a diversity of intellectual experience sufficient to test and develop different capacities and perspectives and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently intensive to develop a serious understanding of problems and methods and a sense o f the conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal education are reflected in requirements for distribution and for the major. During the first half o f their college program all students are expected to satisfy some if not all o f the distribution requirements, to choose their major and minor subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these subjects by taking certain prerequisites. The normal program consists o f four courses each semester chosen by the student in consultation with his or her faculty advisor. The program for upper class students affords a choice between two methods o f study: the External Examination (Honors) Program and the Course program. Reading for Honors is characteristically the more intensive, Course work the more diversified. An Honors candi­ date concentrates on two or three fields, the major and one or more minors; studies are intensive and will occupy three-fourths o f the student’s working time during the last two years. In addition, the student takes four 45 Educational Pro g ra m courses, or the equivalent, which provide opportunities for further exploration outside the Honors program. At the close o f the senior year, the Honors candidate takes a series o f six examinations given by visiting examiners. A student in the Course program has wider freedom o f election and normally takes four courses or their equivalent in each o f the last four semesters. Before the end o f the senior year, students are required to pass a compre­ hensive examination given by the major depart­ ment. Students in the Course program are admitted to seminars when space is available; but work in colloquia as well as independent work is part o f the Course program. The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with certain variations which are explained on page 108. Courses outside the technical fields are distribute over all four years. 1 ] 1 ! I The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­ mores are members o f the faculty appointed by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisors are the chairs o f their major departments or their representatives. PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES The major goals o f the first two years o f a Swarthmore education are to introduce stu­ dents to a broad range o f intellectual pursuits, to equip them with the analytic and expressive skills required to engage in those pursuits, and to foster a critical stance towards learning and knowing. The College distribution require­ ments are designed to aid students in achieving these goals. To meet the distribution requirements, a student must take at least three credits in each o f the three divisions of the College and complete at least 20 credits outside the major before graduation. A t least two credits in each division must be in different departments and must also be earned in courses designated as Primary Distribution courses. The three divisions o f the College are consti­ tuted as follows: Humanities: Art, Classics, English Literature, Modern Languages and Literatures, Music, Philosophy, Religion. N atural Sciences and Engineering: Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics, Physics. Social Sciences: Economics, Education, History, Linguistics, Political Science, Psychology, Soci­ ology and Anthropology. Courses which count for Primary Distribution are to be designated in the departmental listings. All six Primary Distribution courses must be satisfied by courses taken at Swarth­ more and, with the exception o f literature 46 courses taught in a language other than English, will normally be completed before the student enters the junior year. Extensions in the time allowed to complete the remaining Primary Distribution courses may be granted by the Committee on Academic Requirements to students who study for a semester or more away from Swarthmore. I I I I I ] I I ( Any course in a division (with the exception o f Music courses numbered 40-49 and Dance courses numbered 40-49) may be chosen as the third Distribution course in that division. Some courses may be designated as qualifying for distribution (including Primary Distribution) within more than one division. Onecredit courses so designated can be counted in only one o f those divisions; multi-credit courses so designated may be counted for distribution in two or more divisions. A course cross-listed between departments, within or across divisions, will fulfill the distribution requirement only for the department and division o f the professor who offers the course. I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I Students who have been granted credit and advanced placement by two departments in the same division for work done prior to matriculation at Swarthmore will be exempted from one Primary Distribution requirement in that division on the condition that they take an additional course in one o f those departments. They will be exempted from both Primary Distribution requirements in that division on the condition that they take an additional course in each o f those departments. Students 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I ; ' ' . ‘ who enter Swarthmore with four semesters I remaining to complete their degree will be I exempted from the Primary Distribution comI ponent o f the distribution requirement. I I I I I I I I I I It is most desirable that students include in their programs some work in a foreign language, beyond the basic language requirement (see p. 59). A student who intends to major in one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or engineering should take an appropriate mathematics course in the freshman year. Students intending to major in one of the social sciences should be aware o f the increasing importance of mathematical background for these subjects. I I I I I I I I In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be completed for the work of the last two years in major and minor subjects, and sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up a full program, bearing in mind the requirement that at least 20 credits must be taken outside the major department. Early in the sophomore year, the student should identify two or three subjects as possible majors, paying particular attention to departmental requirements and recommenda­ tions. W hile faculty advisors assist students in pre­ paring their academic programs, it is empha­ sized that students themselves are individually responsible for planning and adhering to programs and for the completion o f graduation requirements. Faculty advisors, department chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans, and the Registrar are available for information and advice. In the freshman and sophomore years all students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. The requirements are stated in full on page 58. COURSE PROGRAM FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS I I I I I I I I I I I I The work o f juniors and seniors in the Course program includes some intensive, specialized study within a general area o f interest. This comprises enough work in a single department (designated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equivalent o f at least eight courses before graduation. There is no upper limit to the number of courses a student may take in the major field, provided that at least twenty credits be taken outside the major field. Before graduation the student must pass a comprehensive examination in his or her major subject. I I I I I I I I I Students must determine a major subject by the end o f their sophomore year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the department or division concerned. Acceptance will be based upon the student’s record and an estimate o f his or her capabilities in the designated major. Students who fail to secure approval o f a major cannot be admitted to the junior class. I With departmental permission it is possible for I a student to plan a Special Major that includes I closely related work in one or more departI ments outside the major department. This work (up to four courses normally) is part of the major program for the comprehensive examination; some o f it may consist o f a thesis or other written research p rojects) designed to integrate the work across departmental bound­ aries. In any case, the program o f the Special Major is expected to be integral in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning (not necessarily conventional) or topic or problems for sus­ tained inquiry that crosses departmental boundaries and can be treated as a sub-field within the normal departmental major. Special Majors consist o f at least 10 credits and normally o f no more than 12 credits. Occa­ sionally, where regular departmental require­ ments unduly constrain the possibilities o f a Special Major, these requirements may be relaxed to a minimum o f six courses in the primary department or by the omission of certain courses in that department normally required for the sake o f breadth o f experience o f the major field; but course requirements central to systematic understanding o f the major field will not be waived. By extension, Special Majors may be formulated as joint majors between two departments, normally 47 Educational P ro g ra m with at least five credits in each department and 11 in both departments, which, in such pro­ grams, collaborate in advising and in the comprehensive examination. During the junior and senior years, Course students are advised by the chairman o f the major department (or a member o f the depart­ ment designated by the chairman) whose approval must be secured for the choice of courses each semester. The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students who have done distinguished work in the Course program and have achieved the grade average established for this degree. EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS) FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS The External Examination Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and modified most recently in 1977, is a distinctive part of Swarthmore’s educational life. While the program is designedly flexible and respon­ sive to new needs, it has been characterized from the beginning by three basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the essence o f the system. (1) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­ tion o f the student’s attention during the junior and senior year upon a limited field o f studies. Normally, the student pursues only two sub­ jects each semester, avoiding fragmentation of interests. Content o f studies is correspondingly broader and deeper, permitting a wide range of reading and investigation and demanding of the student correlations o f an independent and searching nature. (2 ) While Reading for Honors frees students from periodic examination, it exposes their thinking to continual scrutiny from both classmates and instructors. In this program, students are prepared for examinations in six subjects, given at the close o f the senior year. In these, the student is expected to demonstrate competence in a field o f knowledge rather than mere mastery o f those facts and interpretations which the instructor has presented. These examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions who also come to the campus to conduct an oral examination o f each student. (3 ) Reading for Honors is customarily carried on in seminars, in independent projects, or in classes which have been approved as prepara­ tions for external examinations. Seminars meet once a week, in many cases in the home o f the 48 instructor, for sessions lasting three hours or more. The exact technique o f the seminar varies with the subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment. While students preparing for external examina­ tions may under unusual circumstances elect to take as many as eight seminars, an Honors candidate will usually take no more than six seminars; if over six are taken, those six which constitute commitment to be considered for Honors must be designated at the time o f entry into the External Examination program. Once a seminar in a designated subject has been taken, the student must stand for the external examina­ tion as part o f his or her Honors program. Seminars not so designated will be foreclosed from consideration for Honors. Fewer than six seminars may be taken, since it is possible to prepare in other ways for Honors examinations. In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open: (1) The normal program o f reading for Honors consists o f six subjects studied during the last two years in preparation for papers, i.e., examinations, given by the visiting examiners at the close o f the senior year. The usual pattern is four papers in the major department and two in a minor department, but other combinations of major and minor fields are possible. No student is allowed more than four papers in the major; in those cases where three subjects are offered in each o f two fields, one of them is designated as the major. A major includes enough work in a single department to make an equivalent o f at least eight courses before graduation. While there is a general belief that two papers in a minor field are desirable because o f the mutual Educational P ro g ra m reinforcement they provide, there are by custom certain subjects which are allowed to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable flexibility in Honors programs, each being subject to the scrutiny o f the departments and divisions in which the work is done. (2) Students who have a special reason to study for one or two semesters abroad or inanother American institution must take the normal number o f examinations. Such pro­ grams must be worked out in advance, since it may not be possible to provide special visiting examiners for work taken elsewhere and since instruction in some fields o f the student’s choice , may not be available in the other institution. In general the student following this avenue to an Honors degree should weigh carefully the advantage of working independ­ ently or under tutorial guidance against the loss incurred by missing both the stimulus and criticism provided in seminar. (3) Students who at the end o f the sophomore year did not elect or were not permitted to read for Honors, but whose work has subsequently shown distinction, may be encouraged to enter the External Examination program as late as the middle o f the senior year. They shall receive no remission o f the number o f examinations. They must petition the appropriate division before the beginning o f the second semester of the senior year for permission to take the external examinations and must submit an acceptable list o f examinations which they are prepared to take. A candidate for admission to the External Examination program should consult the chair­ men of his or her prospective major and minor departments during the second semester of the sophomore year and work out a program for the junior and senior years. This proposed program must be filed in the office o f the Registrar who will forward it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance o f the candidate by the divisions depends in part upon the quality o f the student’s previous work as indicated by the grades received but mainly upon the student’s apparent capacity for assuming the responsibility o f reading for Honors. The major department is responsible for the origi­ nal plan o f work and for keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester to semester. The division is responsible for ap­ proval o f the original program and o f any later changes in that program. At the end o f the junior year, Honors candi­ dates are required to take the external examina­ tions set at that time for the fields they have studied. These trial papers are read by Swarthmore instructors, not by the visiting examiners. On the basis of the showing made in these examinations, the student may be advised or required to leave the External Examination program. Those students who move to the Course program under these circumstances or for other reasons will receive grades for the work accomplished while reading for Honors, but in no case without taking examinations in the field covered. I f a student wishes to reapply at a later date for readmission to the External Examination program, the new program must include all seminars already taken as part o f the original approved program (see #3, p. 48). At the end o f the senior year the reading o f the examinations and the decision o f the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, successful candidates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High Honors, or with Highest Honors. W hen the work o f a candidate does not in the opinion o f the examiners merit Honors o f any grade, Swarthmore faculty members review the student’s examination papers and assign grades. EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM Although the normal period o f uninterrupted work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees is four years, graduation in three years is freely permitted when a student can take advantage o f Advanced Placement credits, perhaps combining them with extra work by special permission. When circum­ stances warrant, a student may lengthen the continuous route to graduation to five years by carrying fewer courses than the norm o f four: this may be appropriate for students who enter Swarthmore lacking some elements o f the usual 49 Educational P ro g ra m preparation for college, who are physically handicapped, or who wish to free time for activities relating to their curricular work although not done for academic credit. Such five-year programs are possible in Music and Studio Arts for students who are taking instruction o ff campus or who wish to pursue studio or instrumental work without full credit but with instruction and critical supervision; but such programs are possible only on application to and selection by the department concerned, which will look for exceptional accomplishment or promise. In all cases where it is proposed to reduce academic credit and lengthen the period before graduation the College looks particularly to personal circum­ stances and to careful advising and necessarily charges the regular annual tuition (see the provisions for overloads, p. 20). Full-time leaves o f absence for a semester or a year or more are freely permitted and in some cases encouraged, subject also to careful planning and academic advising. NORMAL COURSE LOAD Although normal progress toward the degree of Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of Science is made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses or the equivalent each semester, students may and frequently do vary this by programs of five courses or three courses if it is desirable for them to do so. The object o f progress toward the degree is not primarily, however, the mere accumulation o f 32 credits. College policy does not permit programs o f fewer than three courses within the normal eight semester en­ rollment. Programs o f more than five courses or fewer than four courses require special per­ mission (see p. 20 on tuition and p. 57 on registration). FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION While classes and seminars are the normal curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty regulations encourage other modes as well. These include various forms o f individual study, student-run courses, and a limited amount o f "practical” or off-campus work. The principal forms o f individual work are attachments to courses, directed reading, and tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach­ ments provides that a student may attach to an existing course, with permission o f the instruc­ tor, a project o f additional reading, research, and writing. If this attachment is taken concur­ rently with the course it is normally done for half credit. If it is taken in a later semester (preferably the semester immediately follow­ ing), it may be done for either half or full credit. This kind o f work can be done on either a small-group or individual basis. It is not possible in all courses, but it is in most, including some introductory courses. For freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f developing capacities for independent work, and for Honors candidates it is an alternative to 50 seminars as a preparation for papers. Students who decide before the middle o f the semester to do a half-credit attachment may commonly, with permission, withdraw from a regular course and carry three and a half credits in that term to be balanced by four and a half credits in another term. Students may do as many as two attachments each year. Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but the faculty role in the former is more biblio­ graphical than pedagogical, and, because they require somewhat less faculty time, opportuni­ ties for directed reading are more frequent in most departments than are opportunities for tutorials. In both cases substantial written work and/or written examinations are con­ sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­ able that the work be more specialized or more sharply focussed than is usually the case in courses or seminars; the work may range from a course o f reading to a specific research project. Such work is available primarily to juniors and seniors in accordance with their curricular interests and as faculty time permits. The faculty regulation on student-run courses permits a group o f students to propose a topic to an instructor for half or single credit and to run their own course with a reading list approved by the instructor and a final examina­ tion or equivalent administered by him or her, but normally with no further involvement of faculty. In organizing such a course students obtain provisional approval and agreement to serve as course supervisor from a faculty member by December 1st (for the spring term) or May 1st (for the fell term) on the basis o f an initial memorandum emphasizing the principal subject matter to be studied, the questions to be asked about it, the methods o f investigation, and providing a preliminary bibliography. The course is then registered by its organizers with the Provost, who has administrative supervi­ sion of such work, and who may waive the foregoing deadlines to recognize problems in the organization o f such courses. The course supervisor consults his or her department, and in the case o f an interdepartmental course, any other department concerned, whose represent­ atives together with the Provost will decide whether to approve the course. The supervisor also reviews the course oudine and bibliog­ raphy and qualifications and general eligibility o f students proposing to participate in the course. After a student-run course has been found acceptable by the appropriate depart­ ment (or departments) and the Provost, the course supervisor’s final approval is due ten days before the term begins, following which a revised reading list and class list are given to the Librarian and the course title and class list are filed with the Registrar. At the end o f the course the supervisor evaluates and grades the stu­ dents’ work in the usual way or arranges for an outside examiner to do so. Student-run courses may vary in format and content. In particular, they may be provisional­ ly proposed for half credit to run in the first half o f the semester, and at midterm, may be either concluded or, if the participants and course supervisor find the work profitable, continued for the balance o f the term for full credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may be started after the beginning o f the semester (up to midsemester) for half credit and then be continued, on the same basis, into the follow­ ing term. Or they may be taken for half credit over a full term. The role o f the course supervisor may exceed that in planning and evaluation outlined above and extend to occasional or regular participation. The only essentials, and the purpose o f the procedures, are sufficient planning and organization o f the course to facilitate focus and penetration. The course planning and organization, both analyti­ cal and bibliographical, are also regarded as important ends in themselves, to be empha­ sized in the review o f proposals before ap­ proval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required for graduation may be taken in student-run courses. Finally, as to applied or practical work, the College may under faculty regulations grant up to one course credit for practical work, which may be done o ff campus, when it can be shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis and is likely to contribute to a student’s progress in regular course work, and subject to four conditions: ( 1) agreement o f an instructor to supervise the project; ( 2 ) sponsorship by the instructor’s department, and in the case o f an interdisci­ plinary project, any other department con­ cerned, whose representatives together with the Provost will decide whether to grant permission for the applied or practical work before that work is undertaken; (3) a basis for the project in some prior course work; and (4) normally, the examination o f pertinent litera­ ture and production o f a written report as parts o f the project. This option is intended to apply to work in which direct experience o f the offcampus world or responsible applications of academic learning or imaginative aspects o f the practice o f an art are the primary elements. Because such work is likely to bear a loose relation to organized instruction and the regu­ lar curriculum, the College limits academic credit for it while recognizing its special importance for some students’ programs. INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK The requirements o f the major typically leave room for significant flexibility in students 51 Educational P ro g ra m programs, both within and outside the major. This may be used to pursue a variety of interests and to emphasize intellectual diversity; it may also be used for the practical integration o f individual programs around interests or principles supplementing the major. The Col­ lege offers interdepartmental majors in Medi­ eval Studies, Literature, and Linguistics-Psy­ chology, and formal interdisciplinary programs short o f the major in Asian Studies, Black Studies, Computer Science, International Rela­ tions, Public Policy, and Women’s Studies.. The programs in Education and in Linguistics have departmental status as to staff. It should be recognized that some departments are themselves interdisciplinary in nature; that a considerable number o f courses are cross-listed between departments; that each year some courses are taught jointly by members o f two or more departments; that departments common­ ly recommend or require supporting work for their major in other departments; and that students can organize their work into personally selected concentrations in addition to or as extensions o f their majors, particularly in Special Majors. Such concentration is formally provided in Asian Studies, Black Studies, Computer Science, International Relations, Public Policy, and Women’s Studies. Many other opportu­ nities exist informally—e.g., in comparative literature, in African studies, in American studies, in religion and sociology-anthropology, in engineering and social sciences, in bio­ chemistry, or in chemical physics. Students are encouraged to seek the advice o f faculty members on such possibilities with respect to their particular interests. In some cases faculty members o f several departments have planned and scheduled their course offerings with some consultation so as to afford a de facto concentra­ tion in addition to the major, and students may wish to know and take advantage o f these cases o f overlapping faculty interests. HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM The function of the health sciences advisory program is twofold: to advise students inter­ ested in a career in the health sciences, and to prepare letters o f recommendation for profes­ sional schools to which students apply. The letters are based on faculty evaluations re­ quested by the student, the student’s academic record and non-academic activities. Students intending to enter a career in the health sciences, especially those applying to medical or dental schools, should plan their academic programs carefully to meet the necessary requirements, as well as the general College requirements. The following courses are among the minimum requirements for stu­ dents entering medical or dental schools: Biol­ ogy 1, 2 (students who have earned advanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2 should take two other biology courses); Chemistry 10,22, 32, 36; Physics 1, 2, or 3, 4; Math 5 and one additional math course; and English Literature, two semester courses. Students should note the physics and math prerequisites for Chemistry 36 and plan their sequence o f courses accord­ ingly. In addition to the minimal requirements, some medical schools require and many rec­ ommend the following courses: Cell Biology, 52 Developmental Biology, Genetics, and one year o f calculus. However, the student should bear in mind that requirements change, and should remain in touch with those professional schools in which he or she is interested. The work o f the junior and senior years may be completed in either the Course or the Honors Program, and in any major department o f the student’s choice. However, professional schools in the health sciences generally require a demonstrated proficiency in the basic sciences. All required courses should therefore be taken on a graded basis after the first semester o f the freshman year. Almost all medical schools require applicants to take the New Medical College Admission Test which is given in April and September each year. It is recommended that students take the test in the Spring o f the year that they apply for admission to medical schools. The Student M anual for the New MCAT should be reviewed as early as practical and may be purchased in the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is a testing center for the New MCAT. Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and the Veteri­ nary Aptitude Test, are often required by dental and veterinary schools. Specific requirements for each medical and dental school along with much other useful information are given in two publications which are available in the College bookstore or the Health Sciences Advisory Office: M edical Sclwol Admission Requirements and Admission Require­ ments of Am erican D ental Schools. Catalogs for most medical and veterinary schools are also on file in the Advisory Office. ly with students interested in health careers and is available to assist students in planning their programs in cooperation with students’ own academic advisors. Further information on opportunities, requirements and procedures can be obtained from the Health Sciences Advisor but it is the student’s responsibility to make his or her intentions known to the Advisor at the earliest possible date. The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodical­ CREATIVE ARTS Work in the creative arts is available both in the curriculum o f certain departments and on an extracurricular basis. Interested students should consult the departmental statements in Art, English Literature, and Music. A total of not more than five courses in the creative arts may be counted toward the degrees o f Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor of Science. COOPERATION WITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS W ith the approval o f their faculty advisor and the Registrar, students may take a course offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College or the University o f Pennsylvania without the payment of extra tuition. This arrangement does not apply to the summer sessions o f the University o f Pennsylvania and Bryn Mawr College. STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS To provide variety and a broadened outlook for interested students, the College has student exchange arrangements with Brandeis Univer­ sity, Howard University, Middlebury College, Mills College, Pomona College, Rice Univer­ sity, and Tufts University. Selection is made by a committee o f the home institution from among applicants who will be sophomores or juniors at the time o f the exchange. W ith each institution there is a limited and matched number o f exchanges. Students settle financially with the home institution, thus retaining during the exchange any financial aid for which they are eligible. Exchange arrangements do not permit transfer o f participants to the institution with which the exchange takes place. EDUCATION ABROAD The College recognizes the general educational value o f travel and study abroad and cooperates as far as possible in enabling interested students to take advantage o f such opportunities. It distinguishes, however, between those foreign study plans which may be taken for credit as part o f a Swarthmore educational program, and those which must be regarded as supplemen­ tary. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study must meet Swarthmore academic standards, and must form a coherent part o f the student’s four-year plan of study. The External Examina­ tion (Honors) Program in particular demands a concentration o f study which is not easily adapted to the very different educational systems o f foreign universities. Therefore, while some o f the programs listed below may normally be taken as substitutes for a semester 53 Educational P ro g ra m or a year o f work at Swarthmore, each case is judged individually, and the College may withhold its approval o f a particular program, or may insist that the program be carried out as an extra college year. Plans for study abroad must be approved in advance by the Registrar and the chairmen o f departments concerned, if credit is to be given for courses taken. Students may be asked to take examinations upon their return to the College. Requests for credit must be made within the academic year following return to Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as Art and Modem Languages and Literatures, publish separate instructions for transfer of credits from other institutions. These are available from the respective department offices. 1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France, inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students entering this program spend either one or two semesters at the University o f Grenoble, where their course o f study is the equivalent o f one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This program, under the auspices o f the Department of Modem Languages and Literatures, is open to students from any department, but especially those in the humanities and social sciences. Should there be places available, applications from students at other institutions are accepted. The number o f participants in limited to twenty-five. Students are integrated into the academic life at the University o f Grenoble through regular courses, when their language competence al­ lows, or through special courses for foreign students. Individual programs are arranged to suit the needs and competencies o f students. Preparation o f External Examination papers is possible in certain fields. The program is designed primarily for juniors and second semester sophomores, but seniors can be accommodated in special cases. A member o f the Department o f Modem Languages and Literatures acts as resident Director. The Director teaches a course or a seminar, supervises the academic program and the living arrangements o f the students, and advises on all educational or personal prob­ lems. A coordinator o f the program at Swarth­ more handles such matters as admissions to the 54 program (in consultation with the Deans), financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to departments within the College and to institu­ tions whose students participate in the pro­ gram. Applications for the fall semester must be submitted by March 15 and for the spring semester by October 15. 2. A cadem ic Year in M adrid, Spain. This pro­ gram is administered by the Romance Language Department o f Hamilton College, in coopera­ tion with faculty members o f Williams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Colleges. Students many enroll either for the full academic year or for the fall semester only. (Credit at Swarth­ more must be obtained through the depart­ ments concerned.) The program attempts to take full advantage o f the best facilities and teaching staff o f the Spanish community, while adhering to the code o f intellectual perform­ ance characteristic o f the most demanding American institutions. A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1) the efforts that are made to find homes well suited for student lodging, and ( 2 ) the activities which are planned to insure ample contact with Spanish students. The program is based in Madrid, where the cultural, educational and geographic benefits are optimum. Classrooms and office space are located at the International Institute (Miguel Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally located, it houses a library eminently suited for study and research, and it sponsors a series o f lectures, concerts and social activities. The program is under the general guidance o f a committee comprised o f members o f the Hamilton College Department o f Romance Languages, who, in rotation with professors from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth­ more Colleges, serve also as directors-inresidence in Madrid. Applications and further information are avail­ able from the Department o f Modem Lan­ guages and Literatures. 3. Sw arthm ore-supported Program s o f Study A broad. Swarthmore students may apply their scholarship monies to the cost o f participating in one o f the programs o f academic study abroad listed below, subject to the student’s acceptance to the program in question and the customary regulations which apply to study abroad as outlined above. 1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble (France) for either semester or the entire academic year (see above); 2) Hamilton College Academic Year in Madrid (Spain) for the fall semester or the entire academic year (see above); 3) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany, either at the University o f Freiburg or the Univer­ sity o f Munich (West Germany) for the entire academic year; 4) Smith College Junior Year at the University o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire academic year; 5) Great Lakes College Association Latin America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­ lombia) for either semester or the entire academic year; 6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester or the entire academic year. (See also announcement o f the Art Department, p. 68, and o f the Classics Department, p. 8 9.) 7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris). 8 ) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational (ISLE) Program at the University o f Peradeniya for the fall (August-November) semester. 9) China Educational Tours program (CET) in Beijing, the People’s Republic o f China. Students who wish to apply scholarship funds to the above programs should consult with the Financial Aid officer o f the College. 4. O ther Established Programs. Students who wish to study abroad under formal academic conditions but whose needs would not be met by any o f the programs listed above may apply to one o f the programs administered by other American colleges and universities; for exam­ ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai University the College is also affiliated, Smith College, or Sweet Briar College. These are full-year pro­ grams o f study at foreign universities, under the supervision o f American college personnel. Interested students should consult the Associ­ ate Provost. 5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be made directly to foreign institutions for admis­ sion as a special student. This should be done only after consultation with the Registrar and the appropriate department head. Care must be taken to assure in advance that courses taken abroad will be acceptable for Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities severely limit the number o f students they accept for short periods. The O lga Lam bert M emorial Fund. Income from a fund established in 1979 by students of Olga Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore College from 1949 to 1956, is available to students with demonstrated financial need who wish to attend a Russian summer school program in this country or either the Leningrad or Moscow semester programs in the U SSR. Awards based on merit and financial need will be made on the recommendation o f the Russian section o f the Department o f Modem Languages and Literatures. 55 Fa c u lty R e g u la tio n s ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES Registration to take a course for credit implies regular attendance at classes, unless a student specifically elects to obtain credit in a course without attending classes. The conditions for exercising this option are set forth below. With this exception, students are responsible for regular attendance. Faculty members will re­ port to the Dean the name of any student whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work. The number o f cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which places a heavy responsibility on all students to make sure that their work is not suffering as a result o f absences. Since freshmen must exercise particular care in this respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its greater responsibility toward freshmen in the matter of class attendance, it is expected that freshmen, especially, will attend a ll classes. A student may obtain credit for a course without attending class meetings by reading the material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a final examination, under the following condi­ tions: When illness necessitates absence from classes, the student should report at once to the Health Center. 4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the Registrar exactly as if the student had attended classes normally. 1) The student must signify intent to do so at the time o f registration, having obtained the instructor’s approval in advance. 2 ) If after such registration the student wishes to resume normal class attendance, the instruc­ tor’s approval must be obtained. 3 ) The student may be required to perform such work, in addition to the final examination, as the instructor deems necessary for adequate evaluation o f his or her performance. GRADES Instructors report to the Dean’s and Registrar’s offices at intervals during the year upon the work o f students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take the form o f comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end o f each semester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system, by which A means excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory work, D passing but below the average required for graduation, and NC (no credit) for uncom­ pleted or unsatisfactory work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses and minuses. W signifies that the student has been permitted to with­ draw from the course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X designates a condi­ tion; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in the first half o f a year course, but by creditable work during the second half may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby remove the condition. R is used to designate an auditor or to indicate cases in which the work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated because o f deficiencies in English. Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific assignments or exami­ nations. The Faculty has voted that a student’s final grade in a course should incorporate a zero for any part o f the course not completed by the date o f the final examination, or the end o f the examination period. However, if circumstances beyond the student’s control preclude the completion o f the work by this date, a grade of Incom plete (Inc.) may be assigned with the permission o f the Registrar. In such cases incomplete work must normally be made up and graded and the final grade recorded within five weeks after the start o f the following term. Except by special permission o f the Registrar (on consultation with the Committee on Academic Requirements) all grades o f Inc. still outstanding after that date will be replaced on the student’s permanent record by NC (no credit). Waiver o f this provision by special permission shall in no case extend beyond one year from the time the Inc. grade was incurred. The only grades recorded on students’ records for courses taken during their first semester of the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no credit). In the balance o f their work at Swarthmore, students may select up to four courses for Credit/No Credit by informing the Registrar’s Office within the first two weeks of the term in which the course is taken, except that repeated courses may not be taken Credit/No Credit. For freshmen and soph­ omores CR will be recorded for work that would earn a grade o f D or higher; for juniors and seniors the minimum equivalent letter grade for CR will be C. Instructors are asked to provide the student and the faculty adviser with evaluation o f the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The evaluation for first-semester fresh­ men includes a letter-grade equivalent; for other students the evaluation may be either a letter-grade equivalent, or a comment. Such evaluations are not a part o f the student’s grade record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first semester freshmen courses only, may be pro­ vided to other institutions if requested by the student and absolutely required by the other institution. Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end of each semester. They are not routinely sent to parents or guardians, but such information may be released when students request it. A C (2.0) average is required in the courses counted for graduation. REGISTRATION All students are required to register and enroll at the time specified in official announcements and to file programs o f courses or seminars approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are imposed for late or incomplete registration or enrollment. A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number o f courses in each semester. If more than five or fewer than four courses seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be consulted and a petition filed with the Commit­ tee on Academic Requirements. Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received within the first two weeks o f the semester. Applications involving withdrawal from a course must be received not later than the middle o f the semester, or the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only one-half a semester. A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning students prior to their enrollment in both the spring and fall semesters. This deposit is applied to charges for the semester, and is not refundable. EXAMINATIONS Any student who is absent from an examina­ tion, announcement o f which was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only by special arrangement with the instructor in charge of the course. No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be interpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the College and under direct departmental super­ vision. ACADEMIC HONESTY Members o f an academic community have an unequivocal responsibility to present as the result o f their own work only that which is truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examinations or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most serious offense, and one which strikes at the foundations o f academic life. The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem to those they teach (the Faculty’s statement concerning plagiarism may be found in The Student H andbook), to minimize temptation, and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean for action by the College Judiciary Committee. 57 Fa cu lty Regulations The College Judiciary Committee will consider the case, determine guilt, and recommend a penalty to the President. The order o f magni­ tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious­ ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f the Faculty that for the first offense failure in the course and, as appropriate, suspension for a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the penalty should normally be expulsion. A full description o f College judicial procedure may be obtained from the office o f the Dean. STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted provided the request for leave is received by the date o f enrollment and the student is in good standing. If a student has not enrolled and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he or she is withdrawing. Such students must apply to the Dean for re~admission in order to return to College after an interval. The purpose o f this policy is to assist the College in planning its enrollments. SUMMER SCHOOL WORK Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­ lege credit for work at a summer school are required to obtain the approval o f the chairman o f the Swarthmore department concerned before doing the work. Prior approval is not automatic: it depends upon adequate informa­ tion about the content and instruction o f the work to be undertaken. Validation o f the work for credit depends upon evaluation o f the materials o f the course including syllabus, reading lists, written papers, and examinations, by the Swarthmore department concerned after the work has been done. Validation may include an examination, written or oral, admin­ istered at Swarthmore. An official transcript from the summer school must be presented to the Office o f the Registrar before the work can be validated for credit. Requests for credit must be made within the academic year following the term in which the course is taken. One course credit at Swarthmore is regarded as equivalent to 4 semester hours. PHYSICAL EDUCATION In the freshman and sophomore years all nonveteran students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. All students must pass a survival swimming test or take up to one quarter o f swimming instruction. (See the departmental statement of the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled their Physical Education requirement will not be allowed to enter their junior year. EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE The College reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose academic standing it regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning any further reason therefor; and neither the College nor any o f its officers shall be under any liability whatsoever for such exclusion. WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS (see p. 37) 58 D e g re e R e q u ire m e n ts BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor of Science is conferred upon students who have met the following requirements for graduation. The candidate must have: 1. Completed thirty-two courses or their equi­ valent. 2. An average grade o f C in the courses counted for graduation.* 3. Complied with the distribution require­ ments and have completed at least twenty credits outside the major. (See pages 46-47.) 4. Beginning with the Class of 1987, either: a) passed at least three years’ study o f one foreign language while in high school; or, b) achieved a score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent in a foreign language on a standard achievement test; or, c) passed one year o f a foreign language while at Swarthmore. 5. Met the requirements in the major and supporting fields during the last two years. 6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in his or her major field, or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a degree with Honors. 7. Completed four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College, two o f which have been those o f the senior year. 8 . Completed the physical education require­ ment set forth on page 42 and in statements of the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics. 9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment and library books. MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master of Science may be conferred subject to the following requirements: Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution of satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarth­ more. The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim of the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from the department or departments con­ cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be reported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting o f the year in which the candidate is to begin work. The requirements for the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent o f a full year’s work of *"A n average o f C” is interpreted for this purpose as being a numerical average o f at least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A - = 3.67, B + = 3.33, B = 3 .0 , B - = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 , C = 2 .0 , C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D— 0.67). graduate character. This work may be done in courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members o f the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or in two related departments. A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examination conducted by the department or departments in which the work was done. The candidate shall be ex­ amined by outside examiners, provided that where this procedure is not practicable, excep­ tions may be made by the Curriculum Commit­ tee. The department or departments concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the outside examiners, together with the reports o f the student’s resident instructors, shall make rec­ ommendations to the faculty for the award of the degree. At the option o f the department or depart­ ments concerned, a thesis may be required as part o f the work for the degree. Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the record for work not taken at Swarthmore College are not included in computing this average. 59 Degree Requirem ents A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before admission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by his or her department or departments most essential for the field o f research. Detailed language requirements will be indicated in the 60 announcements o f departments which admit candidates for the degree. The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s degree is $11,200. A w a r d s and P r iz e s The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year to the man of the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. The O ak L ea f Award is made by the Faculty each year to the woman of the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. The M cCabe Engineering Award, founded by Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee o f the faculty of the department of Engineering. The F lack Achievement Award, presented by the Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f 1938, is made to a deserving student who, during the first two years at Swarthmore College, has demonstrated a good record o f achievements in both academic and extracurricular activities while showing leadership potential as a con­ structive member o f the College. The donor hopes these awards will go to students o f demonstrated achievement and high potential who are dedicated to the basic principles of American democracy and o f academic free­ dom. The awards are not related to need. The Academy o f American Poets awards $100 each year for the prize poem (or group of poems) submitted in a competition under the direction o f the Department o f English Litera­ ture. The Adams Prize o f $100 is awarded each year by the Department o f Economics for the best paper submitted in quantitative economics. The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry is endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson ’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson. It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives most promise o f excellence and dedication in the field. The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant, given in memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded by the Department o f Art to a junior who has strong interest and potential in the studio arts. It provides up to $ 2,000 to support purposeful work in the studio arts during the summer between the junior and senior years. American C hem ical Society Award is given to the student who is judged by the Department of Chemistry to have the best performance in chemistry and overall academic achievement. American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to the student who is judged by the Department of Chemistry to have the second best record in chemistry and overall academic performance. The Boyd Barnard Award is awarded annually to one or more students, selected by the Depart­ ment of Music, in recognition o f musical excellence and achievement. The Paul H. B eik Prize in History o f $100 to be awarded each May for the best thesis or extended paper on a historical subject by a History major during the previous academic year. The B lack Alumni Prize is awarded annually to honor the sophomore or junior minority student who has shown exemplary academic performance and community service. The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth­ more from 1925 to 1945, has been established by David H. Scull, o f the Class of 1936. The award o f $100 is presented annually to the student who, in the opinion o f the Department, submits the best essay on any philosophical topic. The W illiam and Sophie Bramson Prize in Sociology and Anthropology is awarded each year on the basis o f outstanding academic performance, with special emphasis placed upon senior thesis. The Heinrich W. Brinkmann M athematics Prize, honoring Heinrich Brinkmann, Professor of Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be presented annually to a Course student and Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the Mathematics Department, have demonstrated excellence in Mathematics. The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class 61 A w a rd s and P riz e s who is judged by the faculty to have had, since entering College, the best record for scholar­ ship, character, and influence. The A lice L . Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f $100 is awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee, submits the best essay on any topic in Asian Studies. The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife, Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a student o f Swarthmore College who, in the opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the best paper on the subject dealing with a literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f about $100 is awarded in the spring semester. Awarding o f the prize will be under the direction o f the Literature Committee. The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered for the best original poem or for a translation from any language. The Philip M. H icks Prizes are endowed by friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor o f English and Chairman o f the Department o f English Literature. They are awarded to the two students who in the opinion o f the Department submit the best critical essay on any topic in the field o f literature. The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $150, donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class o f 1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes, Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso­ phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is awarded to the student who, in the opinion of the Department o f Religion, submits the best essay on any topic in the field o f religion. The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by the campus managerial organization known as the Society o f Kwink, is presented by the faculty of the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics to the senior man who best exempli­ fies the Society’s five principles: Service, Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sportsmanship. for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for visiting poets and writers. T he Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion o f the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for the award. The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the year. The A . Edward Newton Library Prize o f $50, endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the Committee o f Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen collection o f books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not merely upon the size o f the collection but also upon the skill with which the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of their subject-matter. The May E. Parry M em orial Award, donated by the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member, is presented by the faculty o f the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics to the senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsmanship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable contribu­ tion to Swarthmore College. The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by the editors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each staff academic year to a member o f The Phoenix for excellence in journalism. The prize was established by the directors o f The Drew Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson, Class o f 1919. The John W . Perdue M emorial Prize, established in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student of the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the Depart­ ment o f Engineering to the outstanding student entering the junior class with a major in engineering. The Leo M. Leva M emorial Prize, established by his family and friends, is awarded by the Biology Department to a graduating senior whose major is Biology and whose work in the field shows unusual promise. T he W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund, established in 1927, in addition to providing funds for the collection o f recorded literature described on page 14, sponsors awards for the best student short stories, and is a major source o f funds for campus appearances by poets and writers. The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay is an award for a paper on politics or public policy written 62 during the junior or senior year. The paper may be in satisfaction o f a course, a seminar, or an independent project, including a thesis. The paper is nominated by a faculty member and judged by a committee o f the Department of Political Science to be o f outstanding merit based upon originality, power o f analysis and written exposition, and depth o f understanding of goals as well as technique. for the College one or two o f the most outstanding student works from the year’s student art exhibitions. The Rosita S am off Prize for Playwriting is awarded for the best full-length or one-act play as judged by external reviewers in a competition conducted by the Department o f English Literature. The M elvin B. Troy Award o f $250 is given each year for the best, most insightful paper in Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­ raphy by a student, judged by the Department o f Music and Dance. The prize was established by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy, Class o f 1948. The Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize Purchase Fund permits the Art Department to purchase The Peter Oram Swing Prize of $1,000 is awarded each year at commencement to an outstanding student whose plans for graduate study in music indicate special promise and need. The endowment for the prize was established in the name of Ruth Cross Barnard ’ 19. FACULTY AWARD The Flack Faculty Award is given for excellence in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to help meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave devoted to research and self-improvement. This award acknowledges the particularly strong link that exists at Swarthmore between teaching and original scholarly work. The award itself is to be made by the President upon the recommen­ dation o f the Provost and the candidate’s academic department. This award is made possible by an endowment established by James M. Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger Flack ’38. 63 Fe llo w s h ip s Three fellowships (the Leedom, Lippincotc, and Lockwood Fellowships—see below) are awarded annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships—see below) are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the College for the pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are made on recommendation o f the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed program o f study which has the approval o f the Faculty. Applications must be in the hands of the Committee by March 31. The Committee considers applicants for all o f these fellowships for which they are eligible and makes recom­ mendations which overall do not discriminate on the basis o f sex. These fellowships are: T he H annah A . Leedom Fellowship founded by the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom. The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in memory o f his father. T he Joh n L ockw ood M em orial F ellow ship, founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother, John Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the Society o f Friends. The Lucretia M ott Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society and sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior who is to pursue advanced study in an institution ap­ proved by the Committee. The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sus­ tained by the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­ tary or secondary school work. The recipient of the award is to pursue a course o f study in an institution approved by the Committee. Other fellowships are awarded under the conditions described below: Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs, is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics Department to a student majoring in Classics for study in Greece or Italy. The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow­ ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for 64 the first year o f graduate work, is intended to encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an academic career. The recipient, who must be a United States citizen or permanent resident, will receive the amount necessary to cover tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or Computer Science at another institution in the United States. The precise amount o f each fellowship will be based on the costs and policies o f the university and department chosen for graduate work. The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Scholarships, endowed by Frank W . Fetter ’20, Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’5 6 and Ellen Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P. Fetter ’25, subsidize the private instrumental lessons o f four top-notch student string players at the College. Interested applicants should write to the Chairman of the Department o f Music and should plan to play an audition at the College when coming for an interview. Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships provide stipends for attendance at summer workshops in music and dance. Recipients are selected by the Department o f Music and Dance on the basis o f written proposals. Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn­ sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate study to a senior who has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a program o f advanced study in some branch o f the liberal arts. T he Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­ ship. All Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who have completed their Opportunity Project (see Financial Aid) and who have academic achieve­ ment at Swarthmore sufficient to earn Distinc­ tion or Honors may apply for these fellow­ ships. Applicants should submit to the Com­ mittee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan o f graduate study with high potential for service to society. This fellowship is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38. The Thom as B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley M cCabe Memorial Fellowship. This Fellowship, awarded annually to a graduate o f the College, provides a grant toward the first year o f study at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time residents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr. McCabe received the M.B. A. from Harvard and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes follows the standards that determine the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving Special consideration to applicants who have demonstrated superior qualities o f leadership. , Young alumni and graduating seniors are eligible to apply. The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennnock at his retirement in 1976 and in recognition of his many years o f distinguished teaching o f Political Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as much as $2,500 to support a substantial research project (which could include inquiry through responsible participation) in public affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore under­ graduates, would normally be held off-campus during the summer. Preference is given to applicants from the Junior Class. FACULTY FELLOWSHIP ¡The Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is designed to enhance the educational program of Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty development, by promoting original or innovative scholarly achievement o f faculty members, and by encouraging the use of such achievements to stimulate intellectual exchange among scholars. The Fellowship will provide financial support for faculty leaves through a grant of about one half the recipient’s salary ¡during the grant year. Upon recommendation I of the Selection Committee, there may be a • small additional grant for travel and project I expenses and for library book purchases. The I Selection Committee shall consist o f the I Provost, three Divisional Chairmen, and three I other persons selected by the President, o f I whom at least two must be Swarthmore I alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave I may apply, and up to four may be chosen. I Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or I papers resulting from the work o f their leave I year, presented publicly for the College and I wider community. The Selection Committee may support wholly or in part the cost of publishing any o f these papers. These fellow­ ships are made possible by an endowment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38. The Brand Blanshard Faculty Fellowship is an endowed Faculty fellowship in the humanities established in the name of philosopher and former faculty member Brand Blanshard. Blan­ shard taught philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1944. The Fellowship will provide a semester leave at full pay for a member o f the humanities faculty to do research and to write. Upon recommendation o f the Selection Com­ mittee, there may be a small additional grant for travel and project expenses. Any humanities faculty member eligible for leave may apply. Fellows will prepare a paper about the work of their leave year and present it publicly to the College and wider community. The Blanshard Fellowship is made possible by an anonymous donor who was Blanshard’s student at Swarth­ more, and a challenge grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities. Courses o f Instruction The course (semester course) is the unit of credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two courses. A few courses are given for half-course credit. Year courses, the number o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2 ) must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester’s work only, nor is credit given for the first semester if the student fails the second semester. Courses are numbered as follows: Although the course listings in this catalogue cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are intended to facilitate planning by representing probable offerings over a two-year period. Those courses actually offered each semester are listed in the schedule o f classes available before enrollment for that semester. 1 to 10 — introductory courses 11 to 99 — other courses (Some o f these courses are not open to fresh­ men and sophomores.) 100 to 199 — seminars for Honors candidates and graduate students. 67 A rt T. K A O R I K IT A O , Professor o f Art History12 M IC H A E L W . C O T H R E N , Associate Professor o f Art History1 and Chairman, Spring, 1987 C O N S T A N C E C A IN H U N G E R F O R D , Associate Professor o f Art History and Chairman, Fall, 1986 R R IA N A . M E U N IE R , Associate Professor o f Studio Arts 3 R A N D A L L L . E X O N , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts J O Y C E J . N A G A T A , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (part-time) D IA N E M . O ’ D O N O G H U E , Assistant Professor o f Art History C H R IS T IN A S T A D E L M E IE R , Lecturer in Studio Arts (part-time) cor dot req che es» ma; on< fou Ari Rei anc li The Department o f Art offers historical, critical, and practical instruction in the visual arts. Courses in art history consider questions having to do with the forms, traditions, meaning, and historical context o f works o f art and architecture; studio arts courses explore problems o f methods, processes, and personal resources which arise in the actual creation o f objects in various media. Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work of anc the invited artist is exhibited in the W ilcox Art 47: Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he or she gives wil critiques in the studios and also meets and talks fill with students, both majors and non-majors, on |Co an informal basis. the Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 13. W ilcox Gallery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal­ lery, located in Room 303, Beardsley Hall, provides seven to nine exhibitions a year, which are an integral part o f the Studio Arts Program. The works o f nationally known artists as well as those o f younger artists, in various media, are exhibited in group and one-person shows. Randall Exon is in charge o f the Gallery. Jonathan Leigh Altman Scholarship: See p. 23. Heilman Artist: Each year the Department o f Art selects an artist to visit the College to serve as a visiting artist and critic under the Marjorie Benjamin W est Lecture: See p. 12. Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant: See p. 61. Study A broad: Swarthmore is one o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­ ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which provides facilities also for the study o f Art History. Art majors, recommended by the Department, are eligible to study at the Center during the junior year, for one semester or two. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Prerequisites: ARTH 1 or 2 is the prerequisite for all other art history courses in the Depart­ ment, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly recommended that the appropriate segment of Introduction be taken before an advanced course in a particular subject. STUA 1 is the usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it may be waived by presenting a portfolio. All majors and minors must take ARTH 1 and 2; in addition, majors in the External Examination and Course Programs alike must take one 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 68 studio course. It is strongly recommended that these requirements be fulfilled before the junior year. Students are also advised that graduate work in art history requires a reading knowledge o f at least German and French. Course M ajors in Art History: The program consists o f at least eight courses in Art History (including ARTH 1 and 2), plus one Studio Arts course and Theory and Methodology (ARTH 97, required for graduation). The A 1. At du tir Et an Fa 2. A Et St P* bi oi St o i; T ci tl N i: A b ai d t< S si comprehensive consists o f a lengthy examina­ tion, in preparation for which students are g I required ( 1 ) to study a group o f carefully I chosen works o f art and ( 2 ) to prepare a list of I essay questions on broad topics. The Course I major in Art History is required to take at least I one course (at Swarthmore) from each o f the I four core groups: (a) Ancient and Medieval I Art—courses 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, and 18; (b) I Renaissance and Baroque Art—courses 2 3 ,2 6 , I and 28; and (c) Modern Art—courses 30 (only , I if preceded by ARTH 1 or 2), 32, 35, and 37; ' I and (d) Non-Western Art—courses 2 9 ,4 4 ,4 5 , I 47, and 49. Course majors may take Seminars I with the consent o f the instructor; these also s I fulfill core requirements, aI I Course M ajors in Art: The combined program o f I the Course Major in Art consists o f a minimum o f five courses in Art History, including ARTH 1 and 2 , and at least one course in a period before 1800; and five courses in Studio Arts including Drawing and one course in a 3-D medium for 2-D specialist and vice versa. In lieu o f an examination, the Comprehensive, consisting o f a Senior Exhibition and Catalog, is a requirement for graduation. M ajors and Minors in The External Examination Program: In addition to ARTH 1 and 2 (and one studio course for majors), majors in the External Examination Program should take four seminars in the Department; minors should take two. A corresponding course with an attachment may be substituted for a seminar if that seminar will not be offered during the period o f the student’s preparation for External Examinations. I A rt History • 1 1. In tro ductio n to A r t H is to ry , I. » I An archaeological, historical, and critical intro- 1 duction to art and architecture from prehistoric 1 1 times to the fourteenth century in Africa, Asia, 1 1 Europe, and the Islamic world. Two lectures : I and one conference section per week, r 1 Fall semester. Clucas and O ’Donoghue. I 2. In tro ductio n to A r t H is to ry , II. I A survey o f art and architecture in Africa, Asia, I Europe, the Islamic world, and the United I States from the fourteenth century to the I present. ARTH 1 is not required for ARTH 2, I but is strongly recommended. Two lectures and I one conference section per week. I Spring semester. Clucas, Hungerford, and I O ’Donoghue. I 12. G re e k A r t . I The art, architecture and archaeology o f anI cient Greece from the Minoan period through I the Hellenistic age. I Not offered 1986-87. 1 I I I I I 13. Rom an A r t . A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula before the ascendancy o f the Roman imperium and the subsequent spread o f Roman art throughout the empire to the establishment of tetrarchic rule at the end of the third century. I Special attention will be given to the relationI ship between the social order and artistic production. N ot offered 1986-87. Cothren. 15 . E a rly C h ristia n and B y za n tin e A r t . An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris­ tian form o f artistic expression from the heritage o f late antique art, followed by a sur­ vey o f its international development through the sixth century and its progression in the Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to architecture, its monumental mosaic and fresco decoration, manuscript illumination, iconic devotional images, and the small-scale arts of ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels. Not offered 1986-87. Cothren. 16 . E a rly M e d ie v a l A r t in the W est. A survey o f the art and architecture o f Western Europe from the migration o f the barbarian tribes through the establishment o f a mature Romanesque style in the twelfth century. The political implications o f the Carolingian revival o f the classical heritage, monasticism and art, the Book o f Kells and Celtic tradition, apoca­ lyptic anxiety around the year 1000, and Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propa­ ganda. N ot offered 1986-87. Cothren. A rt 17 . G o th ic A r t. 28 . B a ro q u e A r t . The course will emphasize the formation of Gothic art around the year 1140 and its development and codification in France during the thirteenth century. Topics will include the role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, Saint Louis’ "court style” as a statement o f political ideology, the inspiration for and effectiveness o f structural systems in Gothic architecture, and Gothic humanism around the year 1200. Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and manuscript illustration will be considered. Not offered 1986-87. Cothren. European art o f the 17th century. Special problems considered include: the impact o f the Catholic Reformation on art and artists, the question o f reality and illusion, the nature of allegory and propaganda in art, the rise of academies and the art market, and the spread of the Baroque style through the Low Countries, France, and Spain. Artists considered include Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Poussin, Ru­ bens, and Rembrandt. Spring semester. Clucas. 18. A rc h ite c tu re o f th e M id d le A g e s . The development o f secular and ecclesiastical architecture in the Later Roman, Byzantine, and Islamic empires and the feudal kingdoms of Western Europe from 312 to 1453. Attention is given to pertinent technological issues such as classicism in medieval architecture, the medieval idea o f the copy, and the notion o f the Christian church as a diagram o f the cosmos. Architectural developments are also considered in relationship to such phenomena as liturgical requirements, monasticism, pilgrimage, and empire-building. Fall semester. Clucas. 2 3 . R e m b ra n d t and H is T im e s . Study o f Rembrandt’s art, especially toward the understanding o f the nature o f picture making. Works in painting, drawing, and etching are examined. Topics considered in­ clude Holland’s mercantile and Protestant milieu, Rembrandt’s relation to Italy, his Dutch contemporaries, the development o f the genres, the print as a medium, the loose style, optics and painting, popular imagery, and, above all, the general questions concerning portraiture, self-portraiture, theatricality, real­ ism, narrative art, landscape, marketing, and the late style. Not offered 1986-87. Kitao. 2 6 . M ich e la n g e lo and H is T im e s . Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento predecessors and High Renaissance contempo­ raries. Topics include classicism, art as prob­ lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea o f the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism, and Mannerism. Not offered 1986-87. Kitao. 70 29 . A r t s o f A fr ic a . A historical survey, this course explores African political, religious, and social systems o f dif­ ferent epochs through the visual arts. The purpose is to define the role o f art in a traditional African context. Topics include arts o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary arts, rites o f passage, and masquerade as total art. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between social structure, artistic expression, and sym­ bolic thought. Also considered are the role of the artist in African society, the aesthetic values o f different cultures, canons o f form, and stylistic change. Not offered 1986-87. O ’Donoghue. 30. M o d e rn A rc h ite c tu re . Architecture in Europe and the United States 1750 to the present. The prerequisite is waived for students in Engineering. Not offered 1986-87. 3 2 . N in e te e n th C e n tu ry A r t . Developments in European painting and sculp­ ture from the late 18th century through the Post-Impressionist generation o f Cezanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, political, economic, and cultural contexts are considered. Fall semester. Hungerford. 3 5 . tw e n tie th C e n tu ry A r t . Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­ sionists to the present, considered in the context o f relevant social, political, economic, and cultural factors. The course focuses on art in Western Europe through the outbreak of World War II and then turns to developments in the United States beginning c. 1940. Spring semester. Hungerford. 3 7 . A m e ric a n A r t . Painting and sculpture in the United States from the Colonial Period to the present, with special attention to the relationship between 1 developments in American art and those in E Western European art. Not offered 1986-87. Hungerford. f 44. Im age and Id e o lo g y; Th e A r t o f f Asian R u le rs . f A historical analysis o f the creation and use of 1 art within various Asian state structures. : Material discussed includes the ritual and - funerary objects o f China’s early kings, as well as the art produced for India’s Mughal emperors and the Japanese shogun. Issues are also con­ sidered in the context o f the modern Asian state, with particular attention to the role of visual culture during China’s Maoist era. ; Spring semester. O ’Donoghue. ■ 45. Iss u e s in C hin e se A r t and s A rc h a e o lo g y . 1 An introduction to China’s artistic traditions • from their origins in the localized cultures of I the Neolithic period to the founding o f the - People’s Republic. Principal emphasis is on f objects and the reconstruction, using excava>I tion reports and historical and literary texts, of II the conditions surrounding their production. I Fall semester. O ’Donoghue. 4 7 . A r ts o f Ja p a n . ; I I I I I This course is intended to introduce the arts of Japan from ca. 6000 BCE through the present era. Topics will include the arts o f Shinto and Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, painting, sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong emphasis will be placed on viewing art in relation to its larger historical context. Not offered 1986-87. O ’Donoghue. 49. Colloquium on Islam ic Painting. I I I I I I I I I After a brief introduction to the nature of Islamic art, this course surveys the historical evolution o f Islamic painting from A.D. 691 to A.D. 1548. Emphasis is on the development o f a narrative tradition for the illustration of Persian poetic and historical texts from the 14th to the 16th centuries, culminating in a detailed study of the lavish Shahnama o f Shah Tahmasp, a project which occupied the most important painters of the period (c. 1522-35). Not offered 1986-87. Cothren. I 52. M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t and I Lite ra tu re , 18 70 -19 3 0 . I (Also listed as English 85.) An interdisciplinary study o f the origins, ideology, and development of modernism and anti-modernism in American culture between 1870 and 1930, using ap­ proaches from the fields of art history, American studies, and literary criticism. Artists include Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Ashcan school, the "2 9 1 ” group, Hopper, and Wood; writers include James, Wilkins Freeman, Crane, Fitz­ gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Nathanael West. Prerequisites: one introductory course in English and one in Art History. Not offered 1986-87. Hungerford and Schmidt. 55. Philadelphia; C ity and A rc h ite c tu re . Architecture and urban forms, focusing on Philadelphia, in relation to the Europe of Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian London, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago School, the International Style, and Post-Modernism; topics include orthogonal planning, Penn’s idealism, the row house phenomenon, the Centennial Exhibition, urban renewal and his­ toric preservation. Fall semester. Kitao. 56. Rom e’s Le g a c y . History o f architecture and urban planning focusing on the classical tradition in the cities and buildings in the major cities of Europe. The topics for discussion include die Classical Order; the castrum and the axial plan; the agora, the forum, and the piazza; Italian hill towns; scientific methods; the aesthetics o f regularity; the ideal church and the ideal city; the palazzo and the villa; fortifications; streets and vistas; Baroque Rome; the rhetoric of the facade; and town houses and town planning. Not offered 1986-87. Kitao. 74 . H is to ry o f P h o to g ra p h y Origins and development of photography as a form of artistic expression and cultural com­ munication, with emphasis on the 19th and early 20th centuries. Not offered 1986-87. Hungerford. 7 5 . Cinem a a s Iconic D isco u rse. Cinema as visual and narrative art; close analysis of a few selected works (Blue Angel, Thirty-nine Steps, Rules o f the Game, Citizen K ane) in the first half, followed by a historical survey and study of principal critical and semiotic theories. Em­ phasis on Bergman. Screening, lectures, discus- A rt sions, papers, and filming exercises. Class limited to twenty, primarily advanced students. Fall semester. Kitao. 80. Yan ke e In g e n u ity: Te c h n o lo g y, D e s ig n , and M a te ria l C ultu re. Discussion o f machine-made objects as cultural artifacts. The course examines industrial tech­ nology in American design in relation to the history o f material culture, focusing on selected designs, large and small, extending from house­ hold appliances to mass transit, and considers such topics as the theory o f design and craftsmanship, tools and machines, standardi­ zation, electricity and electronics, the cult of speed and efficiency, the computer world, and observations on the "history o f things.” Fall semester. Kitao. 85. A rc h ite c tu ra l T h e o ry : Design, Th ou gh t, and C ulture. Topics discussed include functionalism, classi­ cism, theory o f structure and decoration; build­ ings as objects and environmental constructs; architecture in relation to urban planning and systems design; architecture and behavioral sciences; architecture as metalanguage; archi­ tectural semiotics; architecture in relation to history and culture. Readings cover Sullivan, Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Alberti, and Vitruvius as well as more recent theories by Lynch, Alexander, Norberg-Schulz, Venturi, Eco, and Tafuri. Instructor’s consent. Not offered 1986-87. Kitao. 95. Special Topic: Visual S e m io tics . Theory o f signs as applied to artifacts and visual phenomena,including clothing, gestures, art and architecture, everyday objects, and advertising. O ffered occasionally. Kitao. 96. Directed Reading. Staff. 9 7 . T h e o ry and M ethodology. This one-credit seminar, which is required for all course majors in art history and is normally taken in the senior year, focuses on the process o f art historical inquiry. Non-majors are ad­ mitted only with the permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Cothren. 99. S e n io r T h e s is . Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis may be written in the fall semester o f the senior year. For Course majors in Art History only. Fall semester. Staff. SE M IN A R S Seminars are open to all majors with the consent o f the instructor; for students preparing for External Examination an appropriate course with an attachment may be substituted for a seminar in the event that seminar is not offered during the two years in which the student is eligible to take seminars. 135. Ito en tieth C en tury A r t Fall semester 1986 and spring semester 1987. Hungerford. 146. C hinese A r t. Spring semester 1988. O ’Donoghue. 149. Islam ic Painting. Not offered 1986-87. Cothren. 117. Gothic A r t. 191. Special Topics. Spring semester 1987. Cothren. Staff. 126. M ichelangelo. 195. T h e s is. Fall semester 1987. Kitao. Staff. 132. N ineteenth C en tury A r t 19 7. T h e o ry and M eth odology. Fall semester 1986. Hungerford. Spring semester 1987. Cothren. Studio A rts Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in 72 two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full course credit unless otherwise noted. Studio Arts courses are subject to the College’s limit on Creative Arts courses (see p. 53). Studio Arts I is the usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it may be waived by presenting a portfolio. 7 . C e ra m ic s II. 1. In tro d u ctio n to S tu dio A r ts . 8 . Pa in tin g . Explorations in the visual description and construction o f objects and ideas; problems in drawing, color, and three-dimensional form. Attention will be given both to the theoretical aspects o f the work and to the development o f studio techniques. Each semester. Exon and Stadelmeier. Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure and o f the complex nature o f color—how it can define surface, space, light, temperature and mood. Each semester. Exon. 2. C e ra m ic S c u lp tu re . This class examines the concepts o f form and mass in three-dimensional structures. Clay is the primary medium. Students should have a familiarity with hand-forming methods in clay, basic two- and three-dimensional dasswork, or consent o f instructor. Spring semester. Nagata. 3. D ra w in g . W ork in various media directed toward a clearer perception o f space, light and form. A course for all levels o f ability. Weekly outside drawing problems and a final project. Spring semester. Exon. 4 . S c u lp tu re . This course will cover a wide range o f sculptural concepts and techniques, from traditional to contemporary. These techniques will include: clay modeling, casting, multi-media assemblage, and wood construction. Not offered 1986-87. Meunier. 5. C e ra m ic s I. Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand­ building and wheel techniques, and artistic use of these techniques. Fall semester. Nagata. 6. Ph o tog rap h y. Introduction to the technical processes and visual and theoretical concepts o f photography, both as a unique medium and as it relates to other forms o f non-photographic composition. Each semester. Stadelmeier. Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing and firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware and some porcelain). Prerequisite: StuA 5 or equivalent. Spring semester. Nagata. 9 . P rin tm a k in g . Techniques o f intaglio, serigraph, woodcut, and the aesthetic possibilities o f these techniques singly and in combination. Not offered 1986-87. Exon. 10 . Life D ra w in g . Work in various media directed toward a clearer perception o f the human form in nature and in art. Although the course centers on drawing from the model, many other natural forms are utilized in order fully to establish a student’s appreciation o f the visual world. Not offered 1986-87. Exon. 13. A d v a n c e d D ra w in g . Spring semester. Exon. 14 . A d v a n c e d S c u lp tu re . Not offered 1986-87. Meunier. 15 . A d v a n c e d C e ra m ic s . Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on personal development in explorative glazing; decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex­ tures; and understanding o f firing processes. Admission by consent o f the instructor. Each semester. Nagata. 16 . A d v a n c e d P h o tog rap h y. Each semester. Stadelmeier. 18. A d v a n c e d Pa in tin g . Each semester. Exon. 19 . A d v a n c e d P rin tm a k in g . Not offered 1986-87. Exon. 20 . S p e cial S tu d ie s . Staff. 73 A s ia n S tu d ie s Coordinator: L IL L IA N L I (fall) S T E V E N P IK E R (spring) Committee: G e ra ld LevillS On (Music) K enn eth L u k (Modern Languages and Literatures) Diane O ’ Donoghue (Art) Donald S w e a r e r (Religion) L a r r y W estph al (Economics) T y re n e W h ite (Political Science) The Asian Studies Program provides an oppor­ tunity for students to become familiar with the traditions and cultures o f East, South, and Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the requirements indicated below students may graduate with a Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to a regular major. A concentration may focus on East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alternatively, it may apply the approaches o f one or two disciplines to more than one o f these areas. The concentration is open to majors in all depart­ ments. Finally, in the senior year each student must either write a major research paper on a topic approved by the Asian Studies Committee followed by an oral examination administered by the Committee, or take a comprehensive examination administered by the Committee on the program he or she has set out. A thesis or major paper written for another department may, with the approval o f the Committee, and with an oral examination administered by the Committee, be substituted for this require­ ment. A student intending to concentrate in Asian Studies should submit a program proposal for approval by the Asian Studies faculty by the end o f the Sophomore year. The proposal should be the result o f discussion with a member o f the Asian Studies faculty drawn, whenever possible, from the student’s major department. It will explain what the student intends to undertake and how the Asian Studies Concentration will relate to his or her departmental major. Insofar as possible the courses or seminars required for the major and those for the Concentration should be chosen in a way that will comprise a well integrated and focussed program. Courses and seminars presently offered that count toward fulfillment o f the Asian Studies Concentration: Each concentration must include at least five Asian Studies credits. At least three o f them must be outside the major department and must be chosen from at least two other departments. In order to provide students with a common experience, a shared basis for identification and discussion, and a basic preparation for continuing study in the Asian area, each candidate in addition will normally be required to include in his or her program two o f the following courses: History 9 (Chinese Civilization), History 72 (Japanese Civilization), Religion 10 (Religions o f India), Religion 11 (Religions o f China and Japan). 74 D e p a rtm e n t o f A r t 44. Image and Ideology: The Art o f Asian Rulers 45. Issues in Chinese Art and Archaeology 47. Arts o f Japan 146. Chinese Art D e p a rtm e n t o f H is to ry 9. 72. 74. 75. 77. 144. Chinese Civilization Japanese Civilization Modem China Modem Japan China: the Politics o f History Modem China D e p a rtm e n t o f M o d e rn Lan g u ag e s 1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese 3B, 4B Second-year Mandarin Chinese 11. Third-year Chinese 12. Advanced Chinese 15. The Chinese Language 16. Chinese Literature in Translation 93. Directed Reading One credit o f first-year Chinese and one credit o f second-year Chinese may be counted toward the concentration. A ll work at the third-year level or above may be counted. D e p a rtm e n t o f M u s ic 8. Music o f the Orient D e p a rtm e n t o f P o litic a l S cie n ce 19. 20. 40. 107. Comparative Communist Politics Politics o f China The Vietnam War Comparative Communist Politics D e p a rtm e n t o f Religion 10. 11. 103. 104. The Religions o f India The Religions o f China and Japan Asian Religious Thought Buddhism in Southeast Asia A s ia n S tu d ie s 93. Directed Reading 96. Concentration Paper Other courses and seminars which include Asian materials (see departmental listings for year offered): D e p a rtm e n t o f Ec on o m ics 11. 31. 106. 109. Economic Development Comparative Economic Systems Comparative Economic Systems Economic Development D e p a rtm e n t o f Religion 13. Comparative Religious Mysticism 29. Religious Belief and Moral Action 101. Religious Perspectives East and West D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y In planning their programs, students may wish to consult one o f the following Asian Studies faculty members: Diane O ’Donoghue (Art), T. Kaori Kitao (A rt), Gerald Levinson (Music), Lillian M. Li (History), Kenneth C. Luk (Modem Languages), Steven I. Piker (Sociol­ ogy-Anthropology), Donald K. Swearer (Re­ ligion), Larry W estphal (Econom ics), or Tyrene White (Political Science). Students concentrating in Asian Studies should be aware o f the opportunities which exist outside o f Swarthmore for Asian language and Asian area studies: cross-registration at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f Penn­ sylvania during the regular academic year; study at institutes such as the Middlebury College Summer Language School during the summer; and overseas programs in India, Sri Lanka, Japan, Hongkong, the People’s Republic o f China, and the Republic o f China (Taiwan). Overseas programs will normally be under­ taken during the junior year and presuppose work in Asian Studies. Students who are interested in participating should plan well in advance so that they can take the necessary prior work as well as fulfill their other academic obligations while at Swarthmore. W ork done abroad, as well as Asian languages studied outside o f Swarthmore, may (with the pro­ visions stated for Chinese language above) be counted toward the concentration. 30. Religion as a Cultural Institution 107. Religion as a Cultural Institution 75 A s tr o n o m y J O H N E . G A U S T A D , Professor W U L F F D. H E IN T Z , Professor See P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y for major requirements and full descriptions o f courses. 1. In tro d u c to ry A s tro n o m y . 5 ,6 . 9. G e n e ra l A s tro n o m y I, II. In tro d u ctio n to M e te o ro lo g y . 2 1 ,2 2 . T h e o re tic a l A s tr o p h y s ic s I, II. 2 3 . M e th o d s o f O b se rva tio n a l A s tr o n o m y . 5 1 . C e le stia l M e c h a n ic s. 5 2. C o n ce p ts o f th e C o s m o s. 55. P la n e ta ry S c ie n c e . 56 . C o s m o lo g y . 59. 6 1. P o sitio n a l A s tro n o m y . C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y and A s tr o p h y s ic s . 9 3. D ire cte d Reading. 9 4 . R e se a rc h P ro je c t. 76 B iology J O H N B . J E N K I N S , Professor R O B ER T E . S A V A G E , Professor3 T IM O T H Y C . W IL L IA M S , Professor and Chair G R EG O R Y L . F L O R A N T , Associate Professor S C O n F. G ILB E R T , Associate Professor N A N C Y V . H A M L E T T , Associate Professor M A R K J A C O B S , Associate Professor3 B A R B A R A Y. S T E W A R T , Associate Professor and Associate Chair J A C O B W E IN E R , Associate Professor J O N A T H A N C O P E L A N D , Assistant Professor R A C H E L A . M E R Z , Assistant Professor T ED D R . G O U N D IE , Lecturer A L A N J . T E S S IE R , Lecturer ROBIN H A S T IE , Assistant G L O R IA U . R O S E N , Assistant The student may be introduced to biology by enrolling in Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either course may be taken first. A diversity of intermediate and advanced courses, some o f­ fered in alternate years, affords the student the opportunity o f building a broad biological background while concentrating, if desired, in some specialized areas such as cellular and molecular biology, or organismal and popula­ tion biology. Intermediate courses are num­ bered 10-50; courses numbered beyond 50 are advanced. A special major in biochemistry is offered in cooperation with the Department of Chemistry (cf. Chemist»}). A special major in psychobiology is offered in cooperation with the Department o f Psychology (cf. Psychology). REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students electing a Course major in Biology should include the following supporting sub­ jects in addition to the minimum o f eight courses composing the major: introductory chemistry, at least one semester o f organic chemistry, and two semesters o f college math­ ematics. One semester o f statistics (Math 2) is strongly recommended. These courses should be completed before the senior year. Introduc­ tory physics is strongly recommended, and is prerequisite to some departmental offerings. Further, it should be noted that medical schools and graduate schools in biology require intro­ ductory physics for admission. Students majoring in Biology must take at least one course in each o f the following three groups: I, cell and molecular biology (i.e. 20, 21 , 32, 34, 38, 51, 53, 56, 58, 74); II, organismal biology (i.e., 1 2 ,2 9 ,3 1 ,3 6 ,3 7 ,5 2 , 57, 62, 66, 73, 78); III, populational biology (i.e., 1 7 ,2 5 ,3 9 ,4 9 , 5 0 ,6 8 , 7 0 ,1 6 0 ). Specific recommendations and options for biology are published each year in T he Biology H andbook, which is presented to students who have been accepted as majors in the department. EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM Qualified students may prepare for External Examinations in areas such as animal behavior, 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 77 cell or developmental biology, ecology, evolu­ tion, genetics, microbiology, plant or animal physiology via seminars or combinations of courses. Admission to the External Examina­ tion Program is based on academic record (average o f B or better in the natural sciences) and completion o f prerequisites for the courses or seminars used in preparation for external examination. Departmental requirements in chemistry and mathematics must also be fulfilled. Students majoring in Biology include Thesis, Biology 180, as part o f their external examination program. 1. C e llu la r and M o le c u la r Biology. An introductory study o f phenomena funda­ mental to living systems illustrated by examples drawn from the fields o f microbiology, cell biology, genetics, and developmental biology. Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists have attempted to elucidate these phenomena rather than upon a survey o f them. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 125. Primary Distribution Course. Fall semester. Staff. 2 . O rg a n ism a l and Pop u lation Biology. An introduction to the study o f whole organ­ isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals. Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the morphology and physiology o f organisms, their development, behavior, ecology, and evolution. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 125. Primary Distribution Course. Spring semester. Staff. identification o f the major families o f vascular plants. Emphasis is upon the flora o f the northeastern United States. The course is open to biology majors and interested non-majors. Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips per week. Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instructor. Enrollment limited to 16. Alternate years, spring semester. Weiner. 20 . G e n e tic s . An examination o f the transmission, structure, and function o f the genetic material. The course content includes the establishment of Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­ tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the identi­ fication, structure, and replication o f the genetic material; gene function; bacterial and viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene activity. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1. Enrollment limited to 34. Fall semester. Jenkins. 2 1 . Ceil Biology. A study o f the ultrastructure and function of cell components, cell division, biosynthesis of macromolecules, and intermediary metabolism. Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate the variety o f approaches to findings in cell biology. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22. Enrollment limited to 32. Spring semester. Savage. 12 . T h e V e rte b ra te s . 25 . A n im a l B e h a vio r. A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­ ture and function o f particular vertebrate organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises include dissection, physiological demonstra­ tions, films, an introduction to basic histology, and when possible, radiographic presentations. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 24. Spring semester. Florant. An introduction to the biological study o f animal behavior in field and laboratory. Both vertebrate and invertebrate animals are covered and emphasis is placed on the evolutionary importance o f social behavior (Ethology and Behavioral Ecology) and the physiological mechanisms that mediate behavior (Neuro­ biology and Behavior). Laboratory experience includes field trips, individual research proj­ ects, and electrophysiological recording o f nerve cells. One laboratory or field period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 2; Math 2 recommended. Enrollment limited to 24. Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams. 17. S y s te m a tic Botany. Principles and methods of plant systematics approached through the classification and 78 29. N e u ro p h y s io lo g y . 36. In v e rte b ra te Zo o lo g y. Properties o f nerve, muscle, synapse, neuronal networks, and intact nervous systems in inver­ tebrates and vertebrates. Sensory processing, developmental specificity, and learning will also be discussed. The laboratory will provide students experience with a number o f prepara­ tions demonstrating functional aspects o f the activity o f nerve cells. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 30. Fall semester. Copeland. The evolution and adaptive biology o f inver­ tebrate animals. Consideration is given to adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology, and physiology o f invertebrates. One laboratory period per week. Field trips. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 24. Alternate years, fa ll semester. Merz. 3 1 . En d o c rin o lo g y . This sophomore/junior level course will cover the endocrine system in moderate detail. Each o f the major endocrine glands will be discussed with regard to histology, structure, and func­ tion. Students will be asked to write papers on specific endocrine topics or participate in on­ going endocrine research in the department (Laboratory Projects). Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; 12, 21, or 32 recommended. Enrollment limited to 24. Alternate years, fa ll semester. Florant. 3 2. M e m b ra n e M o le c u la r Biology. An examination o f the structure and function of biological membranes. Topics include struc­ tural organization, lipid metabolism, energy transduction, transport systems, and mech­ anisms for the recognition and control of cellular activity. Students are required to present a major report on a selected area of contemporary research in any area o f molecular biology. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22. Enrollment limited to 18. Alternate years, sirring semester. Stewart. 3 4. Im m u n o lo gy. A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­ nisms by which vertebrates recognize and destroy material foreign to their bodies. Special attention will be given to the cellular interac­ tions leading to immunocompetency and to the strategies whereby certain microorganisms, tumors, and fetal cells avoid immune detection. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21 recommended. Enrollment limited to 32. Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert. 3 7. P la n t P h ysio lo g y. A study o f the principal physiological processes o f higher plants, including photosynthesis, gas exchange, water and nutrient transport, miner­ al metabolism, plant hormone action, and environmental responses. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , and Chemistry 22. Enrollment limited to 20. Not offered 1986-87. 3 8 . M ic ro b io lo g y . Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics include microbial cell structure, metabolism, physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory exercises include techniques for detecting, iso­ lating, cultivating, quantifying, and identifying bacteria. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22. Enrollment limited to 36. Fall semester. Hamlett. 39. Ec o lo g y . The scientific study o f the relationships that determine the distribution and abundance of organisms. Topics covered include interactions between organisms and their environments, population dynamics, species interactions, community ecology, and nutrient cycles. One laboratory period or field trip per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 24. Fall semester. Weiner. . 49 . F re s h w a te r Ec o lo g y . Limnology is the study of all freshwater environments: lakes, streams, and groundwater. This course will cover all aspects (physical, chemical, and biological) o f limnology and several topics o f ecotoxicology (pollution ecology). Topics include; the origin o f lake basins, stream geomorphology, aquatic chemis­ try, biogeochemistry (nutrient cycling), food webs o f lakes and streams, benthic ecology, 79 Biology planktonic adaptations, fish ecology, aquatic community ecology, aquatic toxicology, and contemporary topics in applied ecology— eutrophication and acidification o f lakes and streams. One laboratory period per week. One winter and one spring (weekend) field trip. Prerequisite: Biology 2. Spring semester 1987 only. Tessier. 50. M a rin e Biology. Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including discussions o f physiological and structural adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and micro-organisms. One laboratory period per week; several all-day field trips. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 24. Alternate years, fa ll semester. Merz. 5 1. C e lls in C u ltu re . The biology o f plant and animal cells as revealed through studies on eukaryotic cells in culturo. Discussions focus on cell surfaces, growth, locomotion, transformation, and on somatic cell hybridization studies. In the laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant cell culture and o f somatic cell fusion are intro­ duced. Students then undertake independent investigative projects. Continuing laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc­ tor. Enrollment limited to 12. Not offered 1986-87. 5 2 . D e ve lo p m e n ta l Biology. An integration o f molecular and organismal aspects o f animal development. Topics include fertilization and embryonic cleavage, the for­ mation o f representative organs, cell migration, developmental genetics, pattern formation, and the roles o f the cell surface in development. Laboratory exercises investigate the develop­ mental anatomy o f selected organisms in normal and manipulated conditions, and mo­ lecular aspects o f differential gene expression. One laboratory per week; seminar format. Prerequisites: Biology 2 0 or 21. Enrollment limited to 12. Fall semester. Gilbert. 80 53. V iro lo g y. A study o f viruses with emphasis on their molecular biology. Topics include techniques for studying and cultivating viruses, virus structure and replication, the interactions of viruses and their hosts, and properties of selected groups o f viruses. Laboratory exercises use bacteriophage to demonstrate techniques for studying viruses. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 21 or 38. Biology 20 recommended. Enrollment limited to 18. Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett. 56. H u m an G e n e tic s . An examination o f human inheritance patterns using techniques o f genetic analysis that are appropriate to humans. Research into the structure, function, organization, and regula­ tion o f the human genome will be discussed, along with applications o f current research. Laboratory project. Prerequisites: Biology 20 or permission o f the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12. Spring semestr. Jenkins. 5 7 . A n im a l P h ysio lo g y. A comparison o f major physiological systems among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­ cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also placed on physiological control processes in­ volved in the various adaptations to unusual environments. Laboratory exercises include investigation o f physiological responses to different stimuli in various species, including humans. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 12; Physics 2 or 4 recommended. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, fa ll semester. Florant. 5 8. B io lo g ical C h e m is try . Cross-listed with Chemistry 58. (cf. Chemistry). 6 2 . B io m e ch a n ics . This course is designed to introduce biologists to engineering theory and techniques for application to the study o f the design o f organisms. The basic principles o f solid and fluid mechanics will be explored as they apply to the morphology, ecology, and evolution o f plants and animals. Lectures, discussions of recent papers, and laboratory and field experi­ ments will be held. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and some other biology course, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12. Spring semester. Merz. 66. C on tro l o f P la n t D e ve lo p m e n t. An examination o f cellular, intercellular, and environmental control mechanisms operating in plant growth and development. An area of primary interest will be the role and action o f plant hormones, both as agents o f internal control and as mediators o f external factors. Particular examples will be studied in depth, with an emphasis upon critical evaluation of original research literature. One seminar meeting each week and continuing laboratory projects. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other Biology course. Enrollment limited to 10. Not offered 1986-87. 68. M ic ro b ia l Ec o lo g y . A study o f the interrelationships o f micro­ organisms and their environment with em­ phasis on the biological, biochemical, and physiological elements affecting microbial populations and communities. Seminar format and investigative laboratory projects. Prerequisite: Biology 38. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett. 7 0 . P la n t Ec olo gy. An advanced course which considers plant individuals, populations and communities in their relationships with their physical and biological environments. Areas developed in­ clude climatology, soil science, plant population biology, competition, herbivory, plant com­ munities and ecosystem analysis. Laboratory and field work emphasize hypothesis formation and the collection, analysis, and interpretation o f data. One laboratory period or field trip per week. All Saturdays during the first half o f the semester must be reserved for field work. Prerequisites: Concurrent or previous enroll­ ment in Biology 3 9 and consent o f instructor. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, fa ll semester. Weiner. 7 3 . A n im a l O rie n ta tio n and M ig ra tio n . An investigation o f the long distance move­ ments o f animals, the sensory systems that guide those movements and the physiological mechanisms that stimulate and support migra­ tion. Laboratory consists of field observations and original research projects. The course is conducted in seminar format. Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 25 or permission o f the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are recommended. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, spring semester. Williams. 7 4 . D e ve lo p m e n ta l G e n etics. An investigation o f the various mechanisms governing eukaryotic gene expression concen­ trating on gene activity in early development and on specific cases of differential gene expression. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Biology 21, 52, or permission of instructor. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, spring semester. Gilbert. 7 8 . N e u ro b io lo g y and D eh avior. A consideration o f the mechanisms underlying animal behavior. Areas o f primary interest are simple systems, neuroethology, sensory physi­ ology, and animal communication. Material is presented in both lecture and seminar format. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 2 ,2 5 ,2 9 or permission o f the instructor; Physics recommended. Enrollment limited to 12. Spring semester. Copeland. 9 3. D ire c te d Reading. W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f directed reading in an area o f biology not included in the curriculum, or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses. Fall or spring semester. Staff. 9 4. R e se a rc h P ro je c t. W ith the permission o f the Department, qualified students may elect to pursue a re­ search program. Fall or spring semester. Stewart, Staff. 9 7 . S e n io r Evo lu tio n S e m in a r. Participation in the evolution seminar is required o f all majors in Biology. For course students, this satisfies the comprehensive 81 Biology examination requirement. Students are not required to enroll in Biology 97 while participating in the seminar. Graded Credit/No Credit for all students enrolled in Biology 97. The course does not count as a course for the major, SEMINARS 160. B e h a vio ra l Ec o lo g y . The study o f the evolution o f behavior as an adaptation to an environment. Topics include, but are not limited to, environmental factors affecting social structure, optimal foraging strategies, mating systems, coevolution and sex roles. Topics covered will vary depending on student interest but usually include a consid­ eration o f primate social systems and their relevance to human evolution. Prerequisites: Biology 25 or 39. Students with preparation outside biology should seek 82 permission o f the instructor. Enrollment limited to 12. Alternate years, fa ll semester. Williams. 180. T h e s is . A research project is required o f Biology majors who participate in the external examina­ tion program. Students minoring in Biology may elect to present a research thesis as part of their external examination program. B la c k S tu d ie s Coordinator: J E R O M E H . W O O P , J R . Committee: Jo h n H a S S e tt (Spanish) C h a rle s Ja n ie s (English Literature) A s m a ro m Le g e s s e (Anthropology) P e te r S c h m id t (English Literature) The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is ( 1 ) to introduce students to the history, culture, society, and political and economic conditions o f Black people in Africa, the Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2) to explore new approaches—in perspectives, analyses and interdisciplinary techniques— appropriate to the study of the Black experience. Students in any department may add a Concen­ tration in Black Studies to their departmental major by fulfilling the requirements stated below. Applications for admission to the Concentration should be made in the spring semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordi­ nator o f the Program. All programs must be approved by the Committee on Black Studies. All Concentrators in Black Studies are required to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester o f the senior year. They must take a minimum o f five courses in Black Studies. These must include at least three courses (which may include Black Studies 91) outside the departmental major, from at least two departments other than the major. Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or more students), with all senior Concentrators participating. The topics selected for reading, class discussions, and the writing o f seminar papers will be drawn from a list o f representa­ tive works in Black Studies from a variety of disciplines and perspectives and will depend on the interests and backgrounds o f the partici­ pants. The tutorial or seminar will normally be taken in the spring semester o f the senior year, and will culminate in a comprehensive exami­ nation administered by the Black Studies Committee. Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration are listed below. Courses o f independent study, special attachments on subjects relevant to Black Studies, and courses offered by visiting faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the Black Studies Committee, be included in the Program. Students who wish to pursue these possibilities should consult with the appropri­ ate department and with the Black Studies Committee. Ec o n o m ic s 16 . W om en and M in o ritie s in th e Ec o n o m y . Ec o n o m ic s 26 . S o c ia l Ec o n o m ic s . En g lish L ite ra tu re 1 1 . Fig u re s in th e Veil. En g lish L ite ra tu re 5 9 . Th e B la ck A m e ric a n W riter. En g lish L ite ra tu re 60. The C o n te m p o ra ry B la c k W rite r o f the U nite d S ta te s . En g lish Lite ra tu re 7 6 . Th e B la ck A fric a n W rite r. En g lish L ite ra tu re 1 2 1 . M o d e rn B la c k Fic tio n . H is to ry 7 . T h e H is to ry o f the A fric a n A m e ric a n Pe o p le . H is to ry 8 . A fr ic a . H is to ry 5 3 . B la c k C u ltu re and B la c k C o n sc io u sn e ss. H is to ry 5 6 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s . H is to ry 5 8. T h e W orld o f D u B o is, R o g e rs , and D iop. H is to ry 6 3. S o uth A fric a . H is to ry 6 6. T o p ic s in La tin A m e ric a n H is to ry : T h e C arib b ea n Ba sin . H is to ry 6 7. T h e A fric a n in La tin A m e ric a . B lack Studies H is to ry 14 0 . M o d e rn A fric a . H is to ry 14 1. S o uth A fric a . P o litic a l S c ie n c e 2 1. P o litic s o f A fr ic a . P o litic a l S c ie n c e 4 4 . R a ce , Eth n ic ity , and P u b lic P o lic y . Religion 2 1 . R la c k Religion and S la c k Lib e ra tio n . 84 S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 2 7 . A f r o A m e ric a n C u ltu re and S o c ie ty. S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 36. P e o p le s and C u ltu re s o f A fr ic a . R la ck S tu d ie s 9 1. Sp e cial To p ic s in R la c k S tu d ie s (s e n io r th e s is ). C h e m is try ED W AR D A . F E H N E L , Professor Emeritus and Lecturer*5 J A M E S H . H A M M O N S , Professor R O R ER T F. P A S T E R N A C K , Professor and Chairman P E T E R T. T H O M P S O N , Professor J U D IT H G . V O ET, Associate Professor3 J E F F R E Y A . C H A R O N N A T , Assistant Professor A N N E. S H IN N A R , Assistant Professor T H O M A S A . S T E P H E N S O N , Assistant Professor R O R ER T 0 . F IS H E R , Lecturer U R S U L A M . D A V IS , Assistant M A R G A R E T M . L E H M A N , Assistant N IT A H . S IC IL IA N O , Assistant The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to provide sound training in the fundamental principles and basic techniques o f the science and to provide interested students with the opportunity for advanced work in the main subdisciplines o f modern chemistry. R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S The normal route for entrance to the advanced level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed by 22, 32, and 36. Students with especially strong pre-college background in chemistry may be advised to begin with Chemistry 22. Such students will normally be asked to take a placement examination. Students seeking Ad­ vanced Placement credit may also be required to take this examination. Consult with the Department Chairman. The minimum requirement for a major in Chemistry is nine courses in the Department. These must include Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, 44,45, and three additional courses o f which a minimum o f two must have a laboratory. At least one o f these courses should be selected from Chemistry 52, 57k or 78 (Chemistry 58 beginning 1987-88). The second laboratory course may be Chemistry 94 or 96. Students should note the Mathematics and Physics prerequisites for Chemistry 36, 44, and 45. Those considering a major in Chemistry are strongly urged to complete these prerequisites by the end o f the Sophomore year. Those students planning professional work in 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 5 Spring semester, 1987. Chemistry should include in their programs a fourth semester o f mathematics and at least two additional courses in chemistry. Those wishing to obtain a degree accredited by the American Chemical Society should include both Chem­ istry 76 and either Chemistry 52 or 57 in their programs. ACS accreditation is useful for those who intend to pursue a career in chemical industry. Further, proficiency in reading scien­ tific German, Russian, or French is an asset to the practicing chemist. Research opportunities with individual staff members are available through Chemistry 94, 96 and 180- Majors are encouraged to consult the staff about current research problems under investigation. In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­ istry and Physics provide for a Special Major in Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special Major, page 47 ), which offers students the opportunity to gain strong background in the study o f chemical processes from a micro­ scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested students should consult the Chairmen o f both departments. C h e m istry BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR In collaboration with the Department o f Biology, the Department of Chemistry also offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which provides the student with the opportunity to gain a strong background in chemistry with special emphasis on the application o f chemis­ try to biochemical and molecular biological problems. The requirements include Chemis­ try 2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 ,4 4 ,4 5 ,5 8 , and 78; Biology 21 or 38, 53 or 74, and one other Biology course chosen with the assistance o f the biochemistry advisor. Students should note the Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Biology prerequisites for these courses. Research opportunities are available in both Biology and Chemistry De­ partments. Interested students should consult the Chairmen o f the two departments. EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM Students preparing for the External Examina­ tion program in Chemistry should complete Chemistry 10, 22, 32 and 36, two years o f college mathematics, and two semesters of physics by the end o f the sophomore year. Preparation for each paper consists o f a combination o f one course and one seminarcourse as follows: Organic Chemistry (62+ 72 or 6 2 + 7 3 ); Quantum Chemistry (44+ 74); Physical Chemistry (4 5+ 75); Inorganic Chem­ istry (36+ 76); Biological Chemistry (58+ 78). A research thesis (180) must be included as one o f the Papers. Interested students should consult with the Chairman o f the Department. 1 . M o le c u le s and L ife . This course deals with the biological chemistry o f nutrition. Emphasis is placed on the major pathways for the metabolism o f fats, carbo­ hydrates, and proteins. Historic experiments leading to the elucidation of the pathways will be discussed. Other topics may include the molecular basis o f metabolic diseases and o f drug action. One laboratory period every second week. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Hammons. 10 . G e n e ra l C h e m is try. A study o f the central concepts and basic principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of chemical properties and reactions on the basis o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials, free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc­ ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates and mechanisms o f chemical reactions. One laboratory period weekly. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Pasternack and Staff. 86 2 2 . O rg a n ic C h e m is try I. An introduction to the chemistry o f some o f the more important classes o f organic com­ pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and spectroscopic properties, methods o f prepara­ tion and reactions o f aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides and several types of monofunctional oxygen compounds, with an emphasis on ionic reaction mechanisms. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 10. Spring semester. Hammons. 3 2 . O rg a n ic C h e m is try II. A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with emphasis on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry of monofunctional and polyfunctional organic compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis, and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22. Fall semester. Charonnat. 36. In o rg an ic C h e m is try . A study o f the main group elements, acid-base reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­ trochemistry, and an introduction to transition metal chemistry. Laboratory will emphasize the preparation and analysis o f inorganic com­ pounds. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6 , and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 2). Spring semester. Pasternack. 4 4 . Qu antu m C h e m is try . An introduction to some basic physical chemitry concepts at the atomic and molecular level including particles and waves, elementary quan- turn theory, atomic and molecular structure, valence bond and molecular orbital theory, symmetry and group theory, spectroscopy, statistical mechanics, and reaction rates. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, 36, Mathematics 18, Physics 4 (or 2). Spring semester. Stephenson. 45 . T h e rm o d y n a m ic s . An introduction to some basic concepts of physical chemistry including states o f matter, kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam­ ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions, and solid state structure. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, 36, Mathematics 18, Physics 4 (or 2). Fall semester. Thompson. 5 2. O rg a n ic S tru c tu re D e te rm in a tio n . Classroom and laboratory study o f the prin­ ciples and techniques involved in the elucida­ tion o f the structures o f organic compounds. Emphasis is placed on the correlation o f structure and properties of organic molecules and on the theoretical principles underlying various chemical and spectroscopic methods of identification and structure determination. One four-hour laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 2 ,3 2 . Spring semester. Fehnel. 5 7. In stru m e n ta l C hem ical A n a ly s is . A study o f the principles and techniques o f modern instrumental analysis in chemistry. Elementary electronics with emphasis on digital logic and computer applications o f data collec­ tion and control in chemical analysis are studied. One four-hour laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 45 and concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 44. Spring semester. Thompson. 58. B iolog ical C h e m is try. An introduction to the chemistry o f living systems: protein conformation, principles o f biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­ mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics. Prerequisites: Chemistry 32, 36 and Biology 1 (Biology 21 or 38 recommended). Fall semester. (Spring semester starting 1987-88.) Shinnar. 6 2. O rg a n ic R e a ctio n M e c h a n is m s I. A variety o f topics in physical organic chemis­ try including valence bond theory, stereo­ chemistry, linear free-energy relationships, thermochemistry, kinetics and mechanisms, acid-base theory, nucleophilic aliphatic substi­ tution, ionic addition and elimination reac­ tions, and ionic reactions o f carbonyl com­ pounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 32. Fall semester. Hammons. SEMINAR COURSES The following single credit courses taught in seminar style may be taken for course credit or combined with other courses to prepare for Papers in the External Examination Program. All seminar courses require prior or concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, 44, and 45. 7 2 . O rg a n ic R e a ctio n M e c h a n ism s II. Topics will include symmetry, molecular orbital theory, and free-radical, pericyclic, and photo­ chemical reactions. Additional prerequisite: Chemistry 62 (prior or concurrent enrollment). Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. 7 3 . O rg a n ic S y n th e s is . Modern organic synthetic methodology will be studied, with an emphasis on carbon-carbon bond formation, control o f relative stereo­ chemistry, and asymmetric synthesis. The utility o f these techniques will be illustrated by various total syntheses o f biologically impor­ tant natural products. Additional prerequisite: Chemistry 62 or per­ mission o f die instructor. Spring semester. Charonnat. Not offered 1987-88. 7 4 . A d v a n c e d Qu antu m C h e m is try . Topics to be studied will be selected from laser chemistry, molecular orbital calculations, spec- 87 C h e m istry troscopy, quantum theory o f light, scattering theory, group theory, and time-dependent perturbation theory. Additional prerequisite: Mathematics 16. Fall semester. Stephenson. Not offered 1987-88. 7 5 . A d va n c e d P h y s ic a l C h e m is try. Topics to be studied will be selected from more advanced aspects o f thermodynamics and sta­ tistical mechanics including interactions in the gaseous and liquid states, the theory o f solu­ tions, and chemical reaction dynamics. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. 7 6 . A d v a n c e d In o rg an ic C h e m is try . The study o f topics to be selected from applications o f symmetry and group theory; transition metal chemistry; bonding; reaction mechanisms; spectroscopy; organometallic chemistry; bioinorganic chemistry; and solid state chemistry. Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87. 7 8 . A d v a n c e d B io lo g ical C h e m is try. Reading and laboratory projects in a few important areas o f current biochemistry, such as enzyme structure and function, spectro­ scopic methods, receptor biochemistry, mech­ anisms o f transcriptional and translational control in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, chro­ mosomal organization in eukaryotes, immunochemistry, and membrane-associated phenom­ ena. One four-hour laboratory period weekly. Additional prerequisite: Chemistry 58. (Biol­ ogy 20 or 21 recommended.) Spring semester. (F all semester starting 1987-88.) Staff. STUDENT RESEARCH All students who enroll in one or more research course during the academic year are required to attend weekly colloquium meetings and to present the results o f their work during the spring semester. 9 4 . R e se a rc h P ro je c t. This course provides the opportunity for qualified students to participate in research with individual staff members. Periodic group meetings o f all participants will allow inter­ change o f ideas on research plans, progress, and results. Students who propose to take this course should consult with the staff during the preceding semester concerning problem areas under study. This course may be elected more than once. Each semester. Staff. 96. R e se a rc h T h e s is . Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be provided with an option o f writing a senior research thesis in lieu of taking comprehensive examinations. Students must apply for the thesis option by the beginning o f the second semester o f the junior year and are strongly urged to participate in on-campus research during the summer between their junior and senior years. The student will form an advisory committee to consist o f (but not be limited to) two members o f the Chemistry Department, 88 one o f whom is to act as the student’s research mentor. Whereas the details o f the research thesis program will be determined by the committee and the student, certain minimum requirements must be met by all students selecting this option: i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chemistry 96 to be taken during the last three semesters o f the student’s residence at Swarthmore. ii) A minimum o f eight Chemistry courses other than Chemistry 9 4 and/or Chem­ istry 96. iii) A thesis based upon the student’s research activity to be submitted prior to the last week o f classes o f the final semester. Guidelines for the preparation o f the thesis will be provided to the student. Each semester. Staff. 180. R e se a rc h T h e s is . An opportunity for students in the External Examination program to participate in research with individual staff members. The thesis topic must be chosen in consultation with some member o f the staff and approved early in the semester preceding the one in which the work is to be done. Each semester. Staff. C la s s ic s T H O M A S N . M IT C H E L L , Cornell Visiting Professor4 H E L E N F . N O R T H , Professor and Chairman M A R T IN O S T W A LD , Professor3 6 IL R E R T P . R O S E , Professor1 R A R R A R A B U R R E L L , Assistant Professor W IL L IA M N . T U R P IN , Assistant Professor The Department o f Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute the study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses num­ bered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 21 onwards presuppose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin languages and are open (except for 42 and 44) without prerequisite to all students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion, archaeology, and other aspects o f the ancient world and include the study o f classical literature in translation. Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­ can Academy in Rome and the American School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its students have the privileges accorded to under­ graduates from contributing institutions (use o f the library at both schools and consultation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Cen­ ter for Classical Studies in Rome, which provides facilities for the study o f Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics majors, recommended by the Department, are eligible to study at the Center, usually during their junior year, either for one semester or for two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 25 and 64). R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be of­ fered as a major subject either in the Course Program or in the External Examination Pro­ gram, and as a minor subject in the latter Program. A major in Greek or Latin in the Course Program will consist o f at least 8 courses in the appropriate language above the introductory level. A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the External Examination (Honors) Program or in the Course Program should complete during the first two years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. Students majoring in either the Honors Pro­ gram or the Course Program are required to take for at least one semester a course in prose composition (Greek 9 ,1 0 , or Latin 9, 10). In the Honors Program, a student majoring in Greek is also expected to study Latin through the intermediate level and a student majoring in Latin is expected to study Greek through the intermediate level before graduation. Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in the Honors Program should complete during the first two years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. In the Honors program, three or four papers constitute a major in Greek or in Latin. Normally all or all but one o f these will be prepared for by seminars. Either Directed Reading in a field in which a seminar is not given (course 93), a thesis, or a course supplemented by additional independent work (i.e., an "attachment”) may be used to prepare for the remaining paper. A minimum o f two papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in Latin, 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 4 Fall semester, 1986. 89 C lassics at least one o f which must be prepared for by a seminar. A major in Ancient History will consist o f (1) Classics 42, with attachments, (2) Classics 44, with attachments, and (3 ) either or both o f the following: Greek 113, Latin 102. The prerequi­ sites for Classics 42 and 44 are Classics 21 or 31, and Classics 32. For Greek 113 the prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek; for Latin 102, one year o f Intermediate Latin. A minor in Ancient History will normally consist o f ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) above, with the specified prerequisites. Greek 1 - 2 . In te n sive F ir s t-y e a r G re e k . 12 . H o m e r. Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip the student to begin reading after one semester. It meets four days per week and carries 1!4 credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to Greek literature. A major work o f the Classical period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato. It meets four days per week and carries 1 Vi credits. Year course. Turpin. Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is read in translation. Spring semester. Rose. 9 ,1 0 . G re e k P ro s e C o m p o sitio n . Course meets one hour a week. A requirement for majors, this course is recommended in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with grammatical and stylistic exercise. H alf course, one semester each year. Not offered 1986-87. Staff. 1 1 . In te rm e d ia te G re e k Reading. The main reading is Plato’s Apology. Fall semester. Burrell. 9 1 . S p e cial T o p ic s. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring semester. Staff. 9 3. D ire cte d Re a ding . A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 95. A tta c h m e n t. Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 50 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. Latin 1 - 2 . In te n sive F ir s t-y e a r La tin . An intensive course in the essentials o f Latin grammar aiming to provide sufficient knowl­ edge o f the language to make possible the study and appreciation o f Latin literature. The course meets four times a week and carries V/t credits each semester. Year course. North. 9 ,1 0 . La tin P ro s e C o m p o sitio n . The development o f Latin prose style is studied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and 90 extensive translation o f English into Latin. A requirement for majors, it is recommended in conjunction with Latin 11 and Latin 12. The course meets one hour a week. H alf course. Mitchell. 11. In te rm e d ia te La tin : C atu llu s. The study o f Catullus is preceded by an intensive, three-week review o f the funda­ mentals o f the language, accompanied by readings in Latin prose. Fall semester. Turpin. 12 . In te rm e d ia te La tin : C ic e ro . 9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s. An oration and selected letters. This course is designed to introduce students to a great historical and literary figure o f the Roman Republic. It combines a study o f his major political and literary achievements with a careful analysis o f his prose style. Spring semester. Staff. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring semester. Staff. 13. L ite ra tu re o f th e A u g u s ta n A g e . Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. 9 3. D ire cte d Re a ding . A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 14 . M e d ia e va l La tin . 9 5 . A tta c h m e n t Works chosen from the principal types of mediaeval Latin literature (including religious and secular poetry, history and chronicles, saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances) are studied in this course. Spring semester. North. Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 50 (Formats of Instruction). Staff. Ancient H istory and Civilization 2 1 . A n c ie n t S re e c e . Greek thought, literature, and history from the Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon the interrelationships between the intellectual cur­ rents and the social, economic, and political systems. Readings (in translation) include Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek trag­ edy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures and one discussion session per week. Two credits, one in distribution group 2, one in group 3. Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics 42, for a major or minor in Ancient History, and for advanced courses in the Department of History. Counts as part of a major in History. Fail semester. Not offered 1986-87. Burrell, Rose. 3 1. H is to ry o f G re e c e . The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f the Greek states to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B.C. Considerable reading is done in the primary sources in translation. Classics 31 meets die distribution requirement for Group 3. Satisfies same prerequisite requirements as Classics 21. Fall semester. Burrell. the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14). The following subjects will be considered in detail: (1) The evolution o f the republican constitu­ tion, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion, (3 ) The accompanying changes in Roman Society and economy, (4 ) The Roman Revolution, (5) The Augustan Principate. Students will read the pertinent original sources in translation as well as a selection o f modem viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. This course meets the distribution requirement for Group 3; it satisfies the prerequisite require­ ment for Classics 44, for a major or minor in Ancient History, and for advanced courses in the Department o f History. Counts as part o f a major in History. Spring semester. Turpin. 33. G re e k L ite ra tu re in Tra n s la tio n . The works studied in this course range in time from Homer to Plato and Aristode and include selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac, and dramatic poetry, history, and philosophy. Lectures on the historical and cultural context supplement class discussion. Not offered 1986-87. 3 2. Th e R om an Republic and A u g u s tu s . 35. La tin L ite ra tu re in T r a n s la t io n C la ss ic a l and M e d ia e v a l. A study o f Rome from its foundation through The works studied in this course range in time 91 C la ssics from the age o f the Roman Republic to the twelfth century after Christ. They include the major authors o f the classical period, St. Jerome and St. Augustine from the Latin Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers o f Mediaeval Latin hymns and secular poetry. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. North. 36. C la ss ic a l M y th o lo g y in Lite ra tu re and A r t . A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s Odyssey to the Metamorphoses o f Ovid and Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works o f art inspired by mythical figures and cycles, but also to ancient sites connected with them. Given in alternate years. Fall semester. North. 3 7 . T o p ic s in G re e k and R o m a n R e lig io n . A study o f selected issues basic to the under­ standing o f religion in ancient society: the gods, representative cults, festivals, and rituals, beliefs about the afterlife, types o f sacrifice, oracles and prophecy, the interaction o f philosophy and religion, and the social context o f early Christianity. There are no prerequisites. Read­ ings are in translation. Cross-listed as Religion 37. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. North. 4 2 . G re e c e in th e Fifth C e n tu ry 6 .C . An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special empha­ sis is placed on the political, social, and economic institutions o f the Athenian democ­ racy and on the problems o f the Delian League, both internal and in its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world. W ith an attachment Classics 4 2 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient History. It counts toward a major in History. The course is normally given in alternate years. Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Ostwald. 4 4 . Th e E a r ly R om an Em p ire . A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the political, economic, social, and cultural history o f the Roman world from the fall o f the Republic through the Antonine Age (5 0 B.C.- 92 A.D. 192). W ith an attachment Classics 44 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient History. It counts toward a major in History. Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent. Fall semester. Mitchell. 4 5 . G re e k P o litic a l T h e o ry . A study o f Greek political concepts and institutions as a background to the political thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle, on which the major attention o f this course is focused. Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87. Ostwald. 5 1 . A n In tro d u ctio n to A rch a e o lo g y . This course focuses on the discipline of archaeology and its place in the wider fields of the humanities and social sciences. Among the topics covered will be field techniques, methods o f dating, analysis o f archaeological data and problems o f interpretation. Cross-listed as Sociology and Anthropology 51. Fall semester. Burrell. 5 2 . G re e k A rc h a e o lo g y . This course traces the development o f Greek civilization as documented by archaeology, and includes data ranging from monumental art and architecture to coins and potsherds. There is special emphasis on such important sites as Knossos, Mycenae, Delphi, Olympia, and Athens. There are no prerequisites. Spring semester. Burrell. 53. R om an A rc h a e o lo g y . This course focuses on the monuments and material remains o f the ancient city o f Rome. Its chief aim is to trace Rome’s growth from a village o f huts on the Tiber River to the capital and showpiace o f a great empire, while also observing the interaction between Roman society and the urban framework which the Romans built to accommodate, symbolize, and glorify that society. There are no prerequisites. Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87. Burrell. 5 4 . T h e A r t and S c ie n ce o f A n c ie n t C oin s. W ith the assistance o f actual coins from the Swarthmore collections, students learn numis­ matic techniques and how to apply them to problems o f history, economy, and stylistic development. They are also encouraged to choose a special topic to present in class. Because o f the difficulties in presenting such small objects, enrollment will be limited to 10. Spring semester. Burrell. 8 2. T h e A n c ie n t T h e a tre . A representative selection o f Greek and Roman drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read in translation, together with the Poetics of Aristotle, and there will be a study o f ancient dramatic production and the physical remains o f Greek and Roman theatres. Given in alternate years. Spring semester. North. 9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examination in Ancient History. Spring semester. Staff. 93. D ire c te d Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision of the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 9 5 . A tta c h m e n t. Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 50 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. S E M IN A R S 102. Th e A g e o f N e ro . 111. G re e k P h ilo so p h e rs. This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin authors writing about the reign o f Nero (Tacitus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value of the works as historical evidence and their literary merits will be considered. Fall semester. N ot offered 1986-87. Burrell. This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the seminar is primarily philosophical, although the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers receive consideration. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Ostwald. 103. La tin Ep ic . This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the following: Lucretius’ De Return N atura, Virgil’s Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses. Spring semester. Rose. 105. T h e A g e o f C ic e ro . This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s speeches, letters, and philosophical works in the context o f the history and thought of the final years of the Republic. In addition, works o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their historical evidence and their differing prose styles. Fall semester. Mitchell. 10 7. H o ra c e : L y r ic and H e x a m e te r P o e try . The seminar emphasizes the O des and Epodes and their place in the tradition o f Greek and Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars Poetica, and to their importance for the history o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve­ ment in the context o f the Augustan Age. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. North. 112 . G re e k Ep ic . This seminar will study primarily Homer’s Odyssey. Selections from Hesiod and Apol­ lonius will also be read, with some attention to the development o f Greek epic. Spring semester. North. 1 1 3 . G re e k H is to ria n s . This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodotus and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek historiography and as sources for Greek history. Fall semester. Turpin. 114 . G re e k D ra m a . The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a careful reading in the original language o f one play by each o f the major dramatists. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rose. 115 . G re e k Ele g ia c and L y r ic P o e try . The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and lyric is studied, with attention to the political and social background, and to the relation o f these literary types to epic and dramatic poetry. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Ostwald. 93 C o m p u te r S c ie n c e C H A R L E S F . K E L E M E N , Professor and Program Director 12 M A R G A R E T C H R IS T E N S E N , Instructor Committee: T h o m a s B la ckb u rn (English) NelSOII M a c k e n (Engineering) J . E d w a rd S k e a th (Mathematics) a stu d e n t to be appointed Computer Science is the study o f algorithms and the issues involved in implementing them. This includes the study o f computer systems, methods to specify algorithms (for people and computer systems), and the formulation of theories and models to aid in the understanding and analysis o f the properties o f algorithms, computing systems, and their interrelationship. The Computer Science Program is designed to provide students with a flexible set o f offerings in computing that can be tailored to satisfy interests in various areas and at several levels of depth. All the courses emphasize the under­ lying, fundamental concepts o f computer science, treating today’s languages and systems as current examples o f the underlying concepts. Students from any discipline who are interested in an introduction to computer science should take CS 15: Introduction to Computer Science. For a deeper, more formal introduction, they should continue with M ath 9: D iscrete Mathematics, and CS 35: Fundamental Struc­ tures o f Computer Science. Students with sufficient previous experience in computer science may skip CS 15 by passing a placement exam. The concentration in computer science is designed for students who desire a coherent introduction to the core topics in the field. Students completing the concentration will possess a number o f intellectual skills useful in many disciplines. CONCENTRATION IN COMPUTER SCIENCE The concentration in computer science can be combined with any major in the college. It will provide students with a well-rounded back­ ground in computer science sufficient to allow them to develop significant, creative applica­ tions in their major area o f interest and to keep up with the rapid changes in the field o f computer science. Students interested in a Concentration in Computer Science should submit a concentration proposal for approval by the Computer Science Committee by the end o f their sophomore year. Both the student’s major advisor and the Director o f the Com­ puter Science Program should be consulted when writing such a proposal. While some flexibility is possible, the requirements for the concentration in computer science will usually consist o f six courses selected as follows: Fundamental Structures o f Computer Science. Two of: Engin 22: Computer Organization; CS 41: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS 43: Foundations o f Programming Language Design; Each of: CS 15: Introduction to Computer Science; Math 9: Discrete Mathematics; CS 35: Note: In certain cases, especialy well-prepared Engineering students may be permitted to 12 Joint appointment with mathematics. CS 46: Theory o f Computation. One of: the remaining courses from the category above (i.e., CS 41, 43, 46, or Engin 22); Engin 25: Laboratory Computer Applica­ tions; CS 56: Foundations o f Concurrent Programming and Operating System Design; CS 63: Artificial Intelligence; Math 67: Nu­ merical Methods; Math 73: Mathematical Algorithms; CS 75: Principles o f Compiler Design and Construction; CS 91: Special Topics in Computer Science; CS 93: Directed Reading or Project. substitute Engin 11 and Math 16 for C S 15 and Math 9. A comprehensive experience is also required. This requirement may be satisfied by passing a comprehensive examination administered by the Computer Science Committee or by com­ pleting a senior paper and/or project relating computer science and the student’s major. W ith the approval o f appropriate committees, such a project may be used to satisfy more than one comprehensive requirement. For example, appropriate Engineering 90 projects may be used to satisfy the comprehensive requirements for both an Engineering major and a Computer Science concentration. SPECIAL MAJORS Students desiring to integrate computer science with another discipline or with several disci­ plines in a more formal manner are encouraged to develop a Special Major combining com­ puter science and the other area(s). Such Special Majors are subject to the approval of both the student’s major department and the Computer Science Committee and should be developed in consultation with the director of the computer science program and the chair­ man o f the other department envolved. These consultations should be carried out as early in the student’s program as possible. While considerable flexibility is possible, in most cases the computer science part o f such a Special Major will have the same requirements as the concentration except that the senior paper and/or project will be taken for one or two credits. MINORS FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATION For students electing to take a minor in Computer Science under the external examina­ tion requirements, the Computer Science Com­ mittee may, in some cases, approve certain combinations o f two computer science courses to constitute a two-credit paper. GRADUATE STUDY Students interested in graduate study in Com­ puter Science will be well prepared by majoring in Mathematics or Engineering and completing selected Computer Science courses. The choice o f the appropriate major and computing courses will depend on the student’s interests and should be made in consultation with the director o f the Computer Science Program. Other majors are also reasonable for students with special interests. For example, a major in Linguistics or Psychology might be appropriate for a student interested in artificial intelligence. In such cases, students should consult as early as possible with the director o f the program in order to be sure o f taking the mathematics and computing courses necessary to be prepared for graduate work in Computer Science. COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES (Courses numbered above 40 will be offered in alternate years.) 15 . In tro d u ctio n to C o m p u te r S c ie n c e . This course is an introduction to computer science for students from all disciplines. The major emphasis o f the course is on problem solving and algorithm development. Students are introduced to the Pascal programming 95 Com puter Science language and gain proficiency in it by writing programs to solve a number o f illustrative problems. Students are also informally intro­ duced to many topics in computer science including: hardware organization; system soft­ ware; programming style and documentation; program testing and verification; fundamental data structures such as arrays, records, and linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and sorting; analysis o f algorithms; computability; and artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: Computing from the User’s End (Physics 2) or its equivalent. Each semester. Staff. 35. Fun da m e n ta l S tru c tu re s o f C o m p u te r S c ie n c e . This course completes the broad introduction to computer science begun in CS 15 and provides a general background for further study in the field. Topics to be covered include: data structures (linked lists, trees, etc.) and algorithms, organization o f computer systems and assembly language programming, an intro­ duction to the theory o f computation and formal languages, and alternative programming languages. A brief survey o f areas o f research interest in computer science will also be presented. Students will be expected to com­ plete a number o f programming projects illustrating the concepts presented. Prerequisites: CS 15 and Math 9. In some cases, with the permission o f the instructor, Engin 11 and Math 16 can be substituted. Each semester. Christensen, fall. Kelemen, spring. 40 . C o m p u te r G ra p h ic s Cross-listed with Physics 40 (cf. Physics). 4 1 . D ata S tru c tu re s and A lg o rith m s . This course is a continuation o f the study o f the basic data structures and algorithms found to be useful in many diverse areas. This study was begun informally in CS 15 and continued in CS 35. The approach here is more formal both with respect to the correctness o f the al­ gorithms and with respect to the time and space resources required for the various algorithms and their associated data structures. Topics to be covered include: abstract data types, arrays, pointers, linked lists, stacks, queues, trees (including balanced trees), graphs, searching and sorting, and algorithms and data structures appropriate for external storage media like 96 magnetic disks and tapes. The impact o f several models o f parallel computation on the design o f algorithms and data structures will be presented. Students will be expected to com­ plete several programming projects in the course. Prerequisite: CS 35. Alternate years. Fall semester. Kelemen. 4 3 . Fou n d atio n s o f P ro g ra m m in g Lan g u ag e D e sig n . A study o f the organization and structure of modern programming languages with an em­ phasis on semantic issues. Topics include: specifying syntax and semantics, conventional and abstract data types, control structures, procedural languages, functional languages, other classes o f languages, program correct­ ness, concurrency and synchronization, lan­ guage design and evaluation, implementation issues. Prerequisite: CS 35. Alternate years. Next offered fa ll 1987. 46 . T h e o ry o f C om p utatio n . The study o f various models o f computation leading to a characterization o f the kinds o f problems that can and cannot be solved by a computer and, for those problems that can be solved, a means o f classifying them with respect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics to be covered include: formal languages and finite state devices, Turing machines and other models o f computation, computability, and complexity. Prerequisite: CS 35. Alternate years. Next offered spring 1988. 56. C o n c u rre n t P ro g ra m m in g and O p e ra tin g S y s te m Design . This course introduces the issues involved in programming and synchronizing several proc­ esses that will run concurrently. It also presents the concepts found to be important in the design o f modern operating systems. A small operating system will be designed in the course and students will have the opportunity to modify the design and implement the operating system using appropriate high level tools. Topics to be covered include: specification of concurrency, synchronization and communi­ cation primitives, monitors, memory manage­ ment (including virtual memory), scheduling, process management, and file systems. A brief survey o f concurrent programming languages and current operating systems will be presented. Prerequisite: CS 35. Alternate years beginning fa ll semester 1987. 63. A rtific ia l Intelligence. This course will emphasize many o f the basic abstractions and algorithms found to be useful in the field o f Artificial Intelligence. Topics will include: production systems; search strategies including heuristic searching and applications to game playing; the predicate calculus and automated reasoning including applications to [robot planning and expert systems; an introduction to some o f the computational ap­ proaches to knowledge representation, natural language understanding, and learning. While the emphasis o f the course will be on ideas and algorithms, students will be exposed to the programming languages LISP and PROLOG nd expected to implement several Artificial ntelligence programs in these languages, trerequisite: CS 35. A lternate years. Spring semester. Christensen. i 175. P rin c ip le s o f C om p ile r Design land C o n stru c tio n . [This course presents an introduction to the liesign and construction o f language translators for procedure oriented programming languages. Topics include: formal grammars, lexical anal­ ysis and finite automata, syntax analysis and pushdown automata, LL and LR parsing, semantic analysis and table handling, error detection and recovery, code generation and optimization, compiler writing tools. There will be an ongoing programming project that will culminate in a compiler for a small but not trivial programming language. Prerequisite: CS 35 and permission o f the instructor. Alternate years. Fall semester. Kelemen. 9 1 . S p e cial To p ic s in C om p u te r S c ie n c e . Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally restricted to senior students and only offered when staff interests and availability make it practicable to do so. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. 93. D ire c te d Reading o r P ro je c t. W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f extra reading and/or a project in an area o f computer science as an extension o f one of his or her courses. 97 Ec o n o m ie s R O B IN S O N G . H O L L IS T E R , J R ., Professor and Chair F R ED ER IC L . P R Y O R , Professor (part-time) B E R N A R D S A F F R A N , Professor F . M . S C H E R E R , Professor L A R R Y W E S T P H A L , Professor S T E F A N O F E N O A L T E A , Visiting Professor5 M A R K K U P E R B E R G , Associate Professor1 S T E P H E N S . G O L U B , Assistant Professor E L L E N M A G E N H E IM , Assistant Professor R A D W A N S H A B A N , Visiting Lecturer4 L E A H S M IT H , Lecturer4 C H A R L E S F. S T O N E III, Lecturer4 J A C K T O P IO L , Visiting Lecturer5 The courses in economics have three main goals: ( 1 ) to provide insight into the processes and accompanying institutions through which productive activity is organized; ( 2 ) to develop a set o f tools for analyzing economic processes and institutions; and (3) to build a foundation for reaching informed judgments on issues o f public policy. Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other work in the Department. Both semesters must be successfully completed for credit to be obtained. All majors in economics must take Economics 4 (Statistics for Economists) or its equivalent such as Mathematics 13 or 23 (Mathematics 1-2 does not meet the requirement). The Statistics for Economists course focuses mainly upon the application o f statistical tools to economic problems; the Mathematics Depart­ ment statistics courses emphasize the properties o f statistical estimators. In order to read the literature in economics critically, a knowledge o f elementary calculus is extremely helpful. We strongly recommend that students take Mathematics 5 and 6 (differential and integral calculus) or equiv­ alent. Math 16 and 18 are useful for persons intending to focus on the more technical aspects o f economics. Students contemplating careers in interna­ tional economics or business are also strongly 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 4 Fall semester, 1986. 5 Spring semester, 1987. 98 advised to have a mastery o f at least one modem foreign language. To graduate as a major in course, students must have at least eight credits in economics, must meet the statistics requirement, and must pass the comprehensive examination given in the Spring semester o f their senior year. To be prepared for the comprehensive, course stu­ dents must complete Economics 2 0 and Eco­ nomics 59 before the second semester o f their senior year. 1 -: Th get pre for Th zati allc inc Fal Th pr< tar nat rel pri Spi Sti pri do ser as ; Sti ere coi 3. For students who wish to seek secondary teaching certification in the social sciences there are two normal routes. One o f these is through a major in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters o f courses in other social sciences. Students majoring in history, political science, and sociology-anthropology are re­ quired to take at least four courses outside their major; students majoring in economics and psychology are required to take six. The other route to certification is by taking at least twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f which six must normally be in one discipline and at least two more must be in a single other discipline. All students seeking social studies certification are required to take two courses in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in American history and one social science course focusing on Third W orld or non-Anglo subject matter are required. Th stu nei bai coi me Spi 4. T! un ref in tes Tl sai N< alf of tiv co so mi tal 1 -2 . In tro ductio n to Ec o n o m ic s . This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey and to provide students doing further work with a foundation on which to build. The first semester course describes the organi­ zation o f the economic system and analyzes the allocation o f resources and the distribution of income. Fall semester. The second semester course deals with the problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­ tary and fiscal policy, the determination of national income, and international economic relations. Some or all sections will count for primary distribution credit. Spring semester. Students will be able to take Economics 2 as a primary distribution course. Those wishing to do so must inform the department in the Fall semester o f their intention to take Economics 2 as a primary distribution course. Students must take Economics 2 to receive credit for Economics 1. Only Economics 2 will count for primary distribution credit. 3. Acc ou n tin g The purpose o f this course is to equip the student with the rudiments o f accounting needed for advanced work in business finance, banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This course does not satisfy the distribution require­ ments as outlined previously in this catalogue.) Spring semester. Topiol. 4 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ec o n o m is ts . The primary focus o f this course is on the understanding o f how simple and multiple regression can be used to estimate magnitudes in economic relationships, e.g. elasticities, and tests o f hypotheses about these magnitudes. The course also covers elements o f probability, sampling distributions, and decision theory. No mathematics prerequisite except high school algebra. An introduction to selected elements o f calculus and linear algebra used for quantita­ tive methods in economics is contained iti the course. As this course will include problem solving using the computer, students taking it must also take Economics 5 (unless they have taken or are taking the equivalent course in other disciplines). Fall semester. Hollister. 5 . C om putin g fro m th e U s e r’ s P o in t o f V ie w . (Also listed as Physics 2.) This will be offered as a Vi credit workshop. Participants will attend the lectures given under Physics 2 and one weekly workshop applying computing proce­ dures direcdy to problems o f economic analy­ sis. Computing topics introduced are: text and file creation and editing, runoff, graphics, simple programming techniques, statistical packages, bibliographic search, and data base handling. Yi unit. Fall semester. Hollister. 6 . G ra p h ic s , M od elin g and S im u la tio n . This course is designed to introduce students to the use o f sophisticated graphics, modeling, and simulation software. Included in topics covered are: FORTRAN 77, techniques of graphics for modeling and simulating complex economic, biological, environmental, societal, and physical systems. Use will be made o f the graphics software subroutine package DISSPLA, the modeling/simulation software pack­ age DYNAMO, and color graphics terminals. Not offered 1986-87. 1 1 . Ec o n o m ic D e ve lo p m e n t. A survey o f development economics covering both the principal theories o f economic devel­ opment and the dominant issues o f public policy. Within a perspective that emphasizes the role o f technological change, particular emphasis is given to agricultural and industrial development, to interactions among sectors, and to international trade and capital flows (including foreign aid). On the basis o f mono­ graphs selected by the instructor, students write a short paper surveying one country’s contemporary development performance. Spring semester. Westphal. 12. Ec o n o m e tric s . A survey o f fundamental econometric methods emphasizing application. Some empirical work will be required. Prerequisite: Economics 4. Not offered 1986-87. 14 . C u rre n t Iss u e s in Ec on o m ic P o lic y . For students who have taken Economics 1 and 99 Econo m ics 2 and would like to see further applications of financial markets and their connection to real these principles to issues of current economic policy. Topics will be drawn from both micro and macro in the areas o f budget and tax policy, stabilization policy, energy policy, interna­ tional economics policy, industrial policy. Specific issues might include natural gas de­ regulation, tax reforms, U S international com­ petitiveness, the international debt crisis, the budget deficit dilemma, the choice o f an exchange rate regime, and the monetary/fiscal policy mix. Fall semester. Stone. 15 . In ve s tm e n ts . This course will deal with the operation of financial markets from three different perspec­ tives. First, from the viewpoint o f the individual investor, investment alternatives and strategies will be studied, with special emphasis on the stock market. The second perspective will be that o f a business enterprise. Key topics here are the capital budgeting decision and alterna­ tive sources o f capital. Third, from a public policy viewpoint certain issues concerning the link between financial markets and resource allocation will be studied. Two specific issues in this category are ( 1 ) the connection between the stock market and capital formation, ( 2 ) housing and financial. Spring semester. Magenheim. 16 . W om en and M in o ritie s in the Ec o n o m y . economic activity, using a combination of analytical and institutional perspectives. Among the topics to be considered are ( 1 ) the structure o f U .S. financial markets: the banking system, the bond and stock markets, etc.; ( 2 ) the Federal Reserve System and the conduct of monetary policy; (3) monetarism; (4 ) interest I rates, monetary policy, and inflation; (5) I rationality and irrationality in financial mar- ! kets; ( 6 ) international financial relations; the Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange mar­ ket, and international lending. Not offered 1986-87. 19 . Ec o n o m ic s o f the En v iro n m e n t and N a tu ra l R e s o u rc e s . Micro and macroeconomic theory applied to I problems o f the environment and natural resources. Long run implications o f resource use for economic growth, evaluation o f alterna­ tive uses o f natural environment and methods o f pollution control. Government response to situations involving externalities, public goods and common property resources. Case studies o f air pollution, recreation versus mineral or fuel development on public lands, the fishing industry and offshore petroleum development. Not offered 1986-87. 20 . Ec o n o m ic T h e o ry . Provides a thorough grounding in intermediatelevel microeconomics, both theory and appli­ cation. The standard topics are covered (order indicates sequence): behavior o f the consumer and the firm, product market structure and performance, factor markets and income dis­ tribution, general equilibrium and welfare analysis, public economics. Students do exten­ sive problem solving to facilitate the learning of theory and to see practical applications. Fall semester. Westphal. This course will explore the experience of women and minorities in the U S economy, using a variety o f analytical and institutional approaches. Topics will include: historical context, labor force participation decisions, economic theories o f the labor market, ex­ planations o f differences in wages (discrimina­ tion, human capital, occupational segregation), and macroeconomic issues (unemployment, income distribution, and government taxation and transfer programs as they relate to women and minorities). Students will analyze differ­ ences among groups in the economy using SPSSX routines. No prior knowledge o f SPSSX is assumed. (Cross-listed with Black Studies, Women’s Studies). Fall semester. Smith. This course focuses on government expendi­ ture, tax, and debt policy. A major part o f the course is devoted to an analysis o f current policy issues in their institutional and theoreti­ cal contexts. The course will be o f most interest to students with an interest in economic policy and its interaction with politics. Spring semester. Saffran. 18 . M o n e y , B a n kin g , and th e Ec o n o m y . 2 4 . T h e Ec o n o m ic s o f In d u s try . This course will examine the behavior of Through a series o f case studies, the strategic 100 2 2 . P u b lic Fin a n c e . responses o f firms and industries to their market and policy environments are analyzed. Emphasis is on the pricing, technological innovation, and marketing behavior o f firms and on such government policy instruments as import restrictions, price controls and sub­ sidies, antitrust, and patent policy. Fall semester. Scherer. 25. La b o r Ec o n o m ic s . This course will address the functioning of labor markets and how they are affected by institutions, social attitudes, and changing structure o f the national and international economy. Among the topics dealt with are: the causes and effects o f the changing supply o f labor by Women, youth, older persons; the changing role o f unions; the determinants of levels o f employment and unemployment; the determinants o f wage levels and wage differen­ tials; extent and effects o f discrimination; the role o f education and training; how government regulations and training and employment pro­ grams have and should affect labor markets. Some contrasts are drawn between U .S. and European experience and between labor prob­ lems in developed and developing countries. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. 26. S o cial Ec o n o m ic s . The extent, consequences, and causes o f pov­ erty and economic inequality; an appraisal of reforms in income support programs, medical care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto development; the economics o f discrimination. Spring semester. Hollister. 2 7 . G o v e rn m e n t Regulation o f In d u s try. This course analyzes the logic and effectiveness o f various regulatory instruments by which the government seeks to affect the structure and performance o f major industries. The principal topics will be antitrust policy, economic regula­ tion o f natural monopoly industries, regulation and deregulation o f industries blending mo­ nopoly and competitive elements, and the "social” regulation o f pollution, occupational safety, and consumer information. Not offered 1986-87. 28. T e ch n o lo g ic al Change and Ec on o m ic G ro w th An exploration o f how technological change affects economic growth, with emphasis on such institutions as academic science and industrial research and development. Covers production function analysis, induced innova­ tion, the patent system, government R & D program conduct, and macrodynamic phe­ nomena. Spring semester. Scherer. 30. Th e In terna tio n a l Ec o n o m y . The course consists o f a brief introduction to the historical development and institutional structure o f the international economy and an introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­ cial policy, and balance of payments adjust­ ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­ porary international economic problems; tariffs and non-tariff barriers, common markets, multinational corporations, international oil, gold, inflation, and the future o f the interna­ tional monetary system. Fall semester. Golub. 3 1. C o m p a ra tiv e Ec on o m ic S y s te m s . This course focuses on the methods by which different economic systems can be analyzed. Considerable attention is paid to the structure and performance o f nations with different economic systems and on the origins of selected economic institutions. Particular em­ phasis is placed on the study o f the Soviet Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods of drawing inferences using the comparative method are explored. Fall semester. Pryor. 4 1 . U rb a n Ec o n o m ic s . This course analyzes the structure and evolution o f urban economies in the United States. It takes the representative American city as the primary unit o f analysis and shows how it has evolved through time as a result o f the interaction o f socioeconomic forces, techno­ logical change, and public policy. The role of government in this process is examined in depth, with emphasis on the policy areas o f housing, land use control, transportation, and public finance. Particular attention will be paid throughout the course to the historical experi­ ence o f Philadelphia. . Not offered 1986-87. 4 2 . H e alth P o lic y . (Also listed as Political Science 42 .) Analysis of government policy toward health care and public health, its impact upon institutions and resource allocation, and major alternatives for 101 Econom ics action. Central topics are the organization of health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­ cians, nurses, administrators, patients and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and local governments, quasi-public authorities, and interest groups; technical and political aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs. Students wishing to take this course should consult in advance with the instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the following will be helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32. Spring semester. Smith. 4 7 . P o litic a l Ec on o m y. This course .examines non-neoclassical ap­ proaches to political economy, with emphasis on the Marxian approach. It also compares the Marxian and neoclassical approaches to the study o f the economy, the state, and the relationship between the economy and the state. Topics include: the basic concepts of Marxian analysis (e.g., historical materialism, modes o f production, theories o f value and exploitation), social classes in contemporary capitalism, the organization o f work, income distribution, the behavior o f the state, business cycles, inflation and unemployment, economic growth and economic crises in advanced capitalist economies, and the relationship be­ tween the United States and world economies. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or equivalent courses on Marxian analysis in other dis­ ciplines. Not offered 1986-87. 4 8 . Ec o n o m ic s , J u s tic e , and L a w . The purpose o f this course is to explore the premises behind the use o f utilitarian con­ structs in the analysis o f public policy issues. In particular, the appropriateness o f the growing utilization o f economic methodology will be examined through an intensive study o f issues in law and distributive justice. The necessary background in welfare economics will be developed as needed. Not offered 1986-87. 49 . A m e ric a n Ec on o m ic H is to ry . Survey o f American economic development from the colonial settlement to the New Deal. Explores the transition from a colonial system, based on agricultural exports within the mer­ 102 cantile system, to an advanced, industrialized economy supported by a vast internal market. Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture in the process o f economic development, in particu­ lar a comparative analysis o f the plantation system o f the South and the system o f family farming in the North, ii) the changing industrial structure after the Civil War as a consequence o f the growth o f the large-scale, vertically integrated corporation, and iii) the political and social bases o f economic development, with particular attention to the American Revolution, the Civil War, the New Deal and the evolution o f the legal system, and the political responses to industrialization. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6 , or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. 6; Pi i V pi I dc I ec I °1 I S< I ui I fc I I I I o< se al C P< I cc Pi d< Pi si 50. W e ste rn Ec o n o m ic H is to ry . P' This course examines the evolution o f the I cc economy from prehistory to our own time. It I 01 surveys demographic, agricultural, industrial, I N commercial, technological, and organizational I developments; and it uses economic analysis to I 71 explore their interconnections. A Spring semester. Fenoaltea. (S 5 7 . O p e ra tio n s R e se a rc h . (Also listed as Engineering 57.) The principles o f operations research as applicable to defining optimum solutions o f engineering and financial problems as an aid to managerial decision making. Probability and probability distribu­ tions, reliability, random number simulation, queuing theory, linear programming, dynamic programming, allocation and transportation theory. The working principles of engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. Normally for junior and senior students. Fall semester. McGarity. 5 9 . M a c ro e c o n o m ic T h e o ry and S ta b iliza tio n Po licy. The theory o f the determination o f the level and composition o f aggregate output, employ­ ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of conflicting views o f the relationship between inflation and unemployment and o f the proper role o f government stabilization policy. Spring semester. Golub. s: 11 T et Si II a (f T ai rr c< it rc tc n Si II T gi d 6 7. S o cial In su ra n ce and W elfare Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 67.) The principal American policies and programs dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and economic insecurity, and the prospects and options for reform in this field. Topics include: Social Security, national health insurance, unemployment compensation, and welfare re­ form. The various public objectives and meth­ ods o f income support and related social services, as well as certain contextual or alternative programs and regulatory policies. Conceptions o f "welfare” ; economic, social, political, and administrative or professional considerations in policy; historical and com­ parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or double-credit seminar for students in the Public Policy Concentration and open for single credit to others who have taken appro­ priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the instructors. Not offered 1986- 87. 7 3 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t. An examination o f classical political economy (Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis on the origins o f economic analysis in the tradition o f political theory and the structure and development o f classical thought. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or permission of the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. 8 t. Ec o n o m ic s o f th e M iddle E a s t Study o f selected Middle Eastern economies. Focus on different economic development strategies o f countries, some with limited and others with substantial natural resource bases. Investigation of agricultural and industrial policies, issues in natural resource pricing, and technology absorption problems. N ot offered 1986-87. 9 1 . P o litic a l Ec o n o m y o f M a c ro e c o n o m ic Po licy. (Also listed as Political Science 69 .) Focus on the congressional and administrative processes by which macroeconomic policy is formulated, approved, and implemented. Not offered 1986-87. 93. D ire c te d Reading. W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor, individual or group study in fields o f interest not covered by regular course offerings. Fall or spring. Staff. SEMINARS 101. P u b lic Fin a n c e . This seminar focuses on the analysis o f gov­ ernment expenditure, tax, and debt policy. Spring semester. Safffan. 102. M a c ro e c o n o m ic T h e o ry and S ta b iliza tio n P o lic y . (formerly Economic Stability and Growth) The theory o f the determination o f the level and composition o f aggregate output, employ­ ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis o f conflicting views o f the relationship between inflation and unemployment and o f the proper role o f government stabilization policy. Special topics include microfoundations o f macroeco­ nomics and economic growth. Spring semester. Golub. 103. Ec o n o m ic T h e o ry . This seminar provides the theoretical back­ ground for the more advanced economic theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8 weeks) and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are covered. Fall and spring semester. Saffian. 10 4 . T h e o ry and M o d e ls fo r P o lic y A n a ly s is . Provides in-depth appreciation o f modern economic theory. Useful as "prep” course for advanced studies in economics, but designed for anyone wanting greater understanding of theory and o f uses in policy and descriptive analyses. Topics: a) computable general equi­ librium models which emphasize allocative efficiency—for evaluation tax/trade and dis­ tributional issues; b) evolutionary models which focus on long-run dynamics—for under­ standing sources o f economic growth and causes o f economic backwardness. Prerequisites: Econ 103 (can be waived on professor’s approval). Spring semester. Westphal 103 Econom ics 105. In tern a tio n a l Ec o n o m ic s . Theory and policy o f international economic relations. The theory o f international trade and balance o f payments adjustment. Commercial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff barriers. Com­ mon markets, customs unions, and regional economic integration. Multinational enterprise and economic imperialism. The world mone­ tary system, international inflation, and the international economics of oil. Fall semester. Golub. 106. C o m p a ra tiv e Ec on o m ic S y s te m s . This seminar focuses on the methods by which economic systems can be analyzed. Consider­ able attention is paid to the structure and performance o f nations with particular eco­ nomic systems. Special case studies are made o f the U .S.S.R ., China, and Yugoslavia; briefer case studies are made of several capitalist economies o f Western Europe. Causal forces underlying the origins and development of particular economic institutions are also dis­ cussed. The seminar also covers questions o f convergence o f important economic institu­ tions, influences o f ideology on the operation o f the system, and forces underlying changes in both capitalist, market and socialist, centrally administered economies. Fall semester. Pryor. 10 7. La b o r and S o c ia l Ec o n o m ic s . Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor and labor markets; education, medical care, housing, discrimination. Determinants o f wages and income inequality, government policies with respect to labor relations, health, educa­ tion, and welfare. Spring semester. Hollister. Students write several short papers surveying opposing original contributions to the identiflcation and analysis o f selected issues. A longer paper analyzing one country’s contemporary development experience is also required. Fall semester. Shaban. 110 . U rb a n Ec o n o m ic s . This seminar will deal in depth with the I structure and development o f American urban 1 economies. Topics covered will include hous- J ing, transportation, urban renewal, local gov- I emment finance, and pollution. Methodologi- [ cal as well as substantive issues will be discussed. Not offered 1986-87. 111. In d u s trial O rg a n iza tio n and P u b lic Po licy. Applications o f theoretical and empirical analysis to major issues in industrial economics: optimality and the price system; theories o f the firm; market structure; the causes o f market failure and alternative policy responses. Fall semester. Scherer. 115 . Ec o n o m ic H is to ry . This seminar surveys demographic, agricul­ tural, industrial, commercial, and organiza­ tional developments in the Western economy from prehistory to our own time. Special attention is devoted to topics exemplifying the methodological contributions o f the "new economic history.” Spring semester. Fenoaltea. 104 ! i j 1 1 4 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t. A survey o f the development o f economic science from post-Mercantilist writers (Steuart and Quesnay) to Keynes. Permission o f instructor required. N ot offered 1986-87. 108. Ec o n o m e tric s . 109. Ec o n o m ic D e ve lo p m e n t. I | 112 . M a th e m a tic a l Ec o n o m ic s . Review o f static optimization theory; theory of consumption and production from a dual point of view; elementary approaches to the existence, stability, and optimality o f general equilibrium; additional topics o f student interest as time permits. Not offered 1986-87. Econometric theory and empirical studies. An empirical research paper is required. Prerequisites: Mathematics 6 and Economics 103. Fall semester. Hollister. A survey o f the principal issues in economic development. Topic coverage is similar to that in Econ 11. Here more emphasis is given to the theoretical underpinnings o f distinct ap­ proaches to isolating and understanding the "stylized facts” and to formulating prescrip­ tions for enhanced development performance. | I ] I 180 . T h e s is . With the consent o f a supervising instructor, honors majors may undertake a senior thesis for double credit. Fall and spring semesters. Staff. I Education EV A F. T R A V E R S , Associate Professor and Program Director I3 K . A N N R E N N IN G E R , Assistant Professor L IS A S M U L Y A N , Assistant Professor U S H A R A L A M O R E , Lecturer The Program in Education has three purposes: to expose students to issues in education from a variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to provide a range o f field experiences for students who wish to explore their aptitude and interest in teaching, counseling or research in an educa­ tional setting, and to prepare students to be certified for entry into public school teaching. Courses in the Program in Education are intended to be integral to the College’s academic offerings. The Program’s most important goal is to help students learn to think critically and creatively about the process o f education and the place o f education in society. To this end, both its introductory and upper level courses necessarily draw on the distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, Polit­ ical Science, Philosophy, and History. Because students major in one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in Education offer both an opportunity to apply the particular skills of one’s chosen field to a new domain and interaction with other students whose discipli­ nary approaches may differ significantly from their own. A competency-based program for preparing secondary teachers is offered for students who seek public school certification from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Competency is judged by an interdisciplinary committee of the faculty whose members have established criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry, English, French, German, Mathematics, Span­ ish, and Social Studies. Individual programs are developed in conjunction with departmental representatives and members o f the Education staff. There is no major in Education. All students seeking certification must meet Swarthmore College’s general requirements for course distribution and a major. REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION Students planning to seek secondary certifica­ tion should take Introduction to Education, Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a double credit course) and Curriculum and Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In addition, they must complete the following sequence of courses: ■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21 ■ Child Development, Psychology 39, or Adolescence, Educ. 23 I An additional course from the following: a. Adolescence, Educ. 23 b. Counseling: Principles and Practices, Educ. 25 c. Women and Education, Educ. 31 d. Education and Society, Educ. 47 e. Education in America, Educ. 52 f. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ. 64 g. Urban Education, Educ. 68 g. Special Topics, Educ. 91 h. Special Topics, Educ. 91 Students preparing for certification must attain at least a grade point average o fC in courses in their major field o f certification and a grade of C + or better in Introduction to Education in order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addi­ tion, students must be recommended by their major department and by their cooperating 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 105 Education Swarthmore College is not authorized by the Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify elementary teachers. However, students taking courses in the Education Program have an opportunity to concentrate their field work in an elementary setting and may do practice teaching for credit in an elementary school. Placements for students who do not desire certification are also available in a variety of special education or counseling settings. teacher in Introduction to Education. Place­ ment o f students in schools for Practice Teaching is contingent on successful interviews with members o f the Education Program staff and appropriate secondary school personnel. 14 . In tro d u ctio n to Ed uca tion . 2 3 . A d o le s c e n c e . A survey o f issues in education within an interdisciplinary framework. In addition to considering the impact o f individuals such as Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will explore some major economic, historical, and sociological questions in American education and discuss alternative policies and programs. The course will give students an opportunity to determine their own interest in preparing to teach, as well as furnish them with first-hand experience in current elementary and second­ ary school practice. Field work is required. Each semester. Staff. (Also listed as Psychology 23.) A develop­ mental perspective is employed to examine salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal is to obtain a theoretical understanding of adolescence and an overview o f major research. During the first part o f the term, various aspects o f individual development (e.g., cogni­ tive, affective, physiological, etc.) will be addressed. The second part o f the semester will focus on the adolescent’s adaptation in major contexts (e.g., family, peer group, school, etc.). Spring semester. Smulyan. 16. P ra c tic e Teaching. 25 . C ou n se lin g : P rin c ip le s and P ra c tic e . Supervised teaching in either secondary or elementary schools. Double credit. Students seeking secondary certification must take Edu­ cation 17 concurrently. (Single credit practice teaching may be arranged for individuals not seeking secondary certification.) Each semester. Staff. 1 7 . C u rric u lu m and M e th o d s S e m in a r. This course will consider theoretical and applied issues related to effective classroom instruction. It must be taken concurrently with Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16. Each semester. Staff. 2 1. Ed uca tion a l P s yc h o lo g y. (Also listed as Psychology 21.) This course provides a representataive sampling o f general psychological theories which have special rel­ evance to sound pedagogical practice. The first part o f the course serves as an introduction to theory; the second part considers issues such as: motivation, intelligence, creativity, mainstreaming, etc. Students will also be involved in field research which through use o f a multi­ method approach addresses topics o f concern to local schools. ' Fall semester. Renninger. 106 (Also listed as Psychology 22.) An introductory course focusing on theories, techniques, and issues in school and agency counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role playing, and analysis o f case studies will provide practical informa­ tion and experience. Recommended for stu­ dents considering graduate programs in educa­ tional counseling or those planning to teach or do youth work in an agency setting. Enrollment limited. Not offered 1986-87. Vanni. 3 1 . W om en and Ed uca tion . This course uses historical, psychological, and social frameworks to examine the roles women take in the educational process. Areas to be explored include the feminization o f the teaching profession; equity in educational programs, curriculum, and materials; sex dif­ ferences in student-teacher interaction and student achievement; and current programs designed to meet the needs o f all students and teachers. Students in the course will draw on their own experience as well as field work in relating the theories examined to educational practice. Fall semester. Smulyan. 4 7 . Ed uca tion and S o ciety. (Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology 47.) The course will explore the social and cultural functions and consequences o f formal and informal education in both Western and nonWestern societies. Modes o f intended and unintended socialization within the school and outside will be examined. A range o f factors which can promote or inhibit learning will be explored and linked to educational perform­ ance. Topics include: school as an agent of social mobility and its relationship with the community; the school as a social system and the dynamics o f classroom life; and the behavorial and academic outcomes o f curricular innovation. Students will be required to con­ duct weekly field work in an educational setting. Not offered 1986-87. 52. Ed uca tion in A m e ric a . (Also listed as History 52.) A history of primary, secondary, and higher education in America from the European and colonial orgins to the present. The course will consider both theory and practice within the context of American society and culture, and in relation to other agencies o f socialization. Prerequisite: Introductory level History course. Not offered 1986-87. Bannister. 64. P o litic a l S o c ia liza tio n and S c h o o ls . (Also listed as Political Science 64 .) This course will consider models used to explain the development o f political concepts, attitudes, and behavior from the period o f early child­ hood through young adulthood. The inter­ related but often inconsistent influences of family, school, peers, media, and critical events in the sociopolitical system will be examined. Special emphasis will be given to the role of education, including formal and informal mes­ sages o f schooling. Material from nonwestern societies suh as China and Nicaragua will provide cross-cultural perspectives on the political socialization process. Field research will be required. Not offered 1986-87. Travers. 66. Child D e ve lo p m e n t and S o c ia l P o lic y . Issues relating to social policy (e.g., mainstreaming, child care) will be explored in a seminar format. Case studies will be employed to provide a socio-historical context for under­ standing both ways in which research and policy have interacted in the past and the methodological problems such intersections pose. This course is designed to provide students with a realistic understanding o f the process o f policy formation and their roles as potential contributors to this process. Prerequisites: Child Development, Introduction to Education, or Educational Psychology. Limited enrollment. Spring semester. Renninger. 68. U rb a n Ed u ca tio n . (Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68.) This course will focus on topics o f particular significance to urban educators and policy makers, including desegregation, compensatory education, curricular innovation, community control, bilingual education, and standardized testing. The special problems and challenges faced by urban schools in meeting the needs of individuals and groups in a pluralistic society will be examined using the approaches of psychology, sociology, anthropology, and po­ litical science. Current issues will also be viewed in historical perspective. Field work is required. Not offered 1986-87. Travers. 9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s. With the permission o f the instructor, qualified students may choose to pursue a topic of special interest, which for thorough investiga­ tion will usually require field work as well as research. Each semester. Staff. 107 En g in e e rin g DAVID L . B O W LER , Professor H . S E A R L D Ü N N , Professor N E L S O N A . M A C K E N , Professor and Chairman A R T H U R E . M c G A R IT Y , Associate Professor F R E D E R IC K L . O R T H L IE B , Associate Professor3 S T E P H E N M . P L A T T , Assistant Professor F A R U Q M . A . S ID D IQ U I, Assistant Professor E R IK C H E E V E R , Instructor The professional practice o f engineering re­ quires skill and resourcefulness in applying scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­ ods to the solution o f technical problems of ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role o f engineering in our society demands that the engineer recognize and take into account the economic and social factors that bear upon all important technical problems. The successful engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough understanding o f social and economic forces, and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our program supports these needs by offering the student the opportunity to acquire a broad technical and liberal education. The structure o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi­ neering majors to take almost forty percent o f their course work at the College in the humanities and social sciences. W ith careful planning it is possible for a student to acquire a double major with two degrees, the Bachelor of Science in Engineering and the Bachelor o f Arts in a second academic area in a four-year course I I I I I o f study. The Department’s physical facilities include a wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­ tion and individual student projects in the areas o f electronics, system control, communica­ tions, instrumentation, strength o f materials, solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environ­ mental diagnostics. Supporting these labora­ tories is a wide range o f modern measurement equipment with the capability o f on-line data acquisition and process control via micro­ computers. A computer laboratory with high resolution color and black-and-white graphics capability is also part o f our facilities. An excellent shop for both metal- and woodwork­ ing is available for student use. The overall plan leading to the degree of Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineering is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission o f the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. Courses Available to Non-Majors Students interested in computer engineering may wish to consider Digital Logic (21), Computer Organization (22), or Laboratory Computer Applications (25). Although Me­ chanics ( 6 ) is primarily for prospective majors, other interested students, particularly those interested in preparing for a career in architec­ ture, are encouraged to enroll. Problems in Technology (3,4) is designed chiefly for stu­ dents not contemplating further work in 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 108 . j engineering or the natural sciences. Operations Research (5 7 ) and Environmental Engineering (6 3 ) will also appeal to many students majoring in other departments. Students majoring in the physical sciences or mathematics may also enroll in advanced engineering courses. Students may minor in the External Examina­ tion (Honors) Program in the Engineering Department by taking appropriately related i 1 , advanced engineering courses as preparation for external examinations. Generally the ad­ vanced engineering courses require one or more introductory courses as prerequisites. Program for Engineering Majors The general departmental requirements fall into three categories: successful completion of at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four courses in the sciences including Physics 3 and 4 , to be taken in the freshman year, and (iii) four courses in mathematics, including Math 5 and 6 to be taken in the freshman year and Math 18, normally taken in the sophomore year. The two unspecified science courses in category (ii) and the mathematics course in category (iii) may be chosen to complement the student’s overall program o f study; in general, the Department recommends Chemistry (10) and Linear Algebra and Differential Equations (16 A). Certain science and mathematics courses are not acceptable. Students should consult their faculty advisors on this issue. Within the Department, the following core courses are required o f all students: Mechanics, Physical Systems Analysis 1 and II, Experimen­ tation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first four courses are normally taken in the freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second semester o f the freshman year, Physical Systems Analysis I in the first semester o f the sopho­ more year, and the remaining two in the second semester o f the sophomore year. In special circumstances, however, students with ade­ quate preparation in mathematics and physics can begin the engineering curriculum as late as the second semester o f the sophomore year and still complete all o f the core requirements and elective work in the Department. Thermofluid Mechanics is normally taken in the fall o f the junior year, and Engineering Design, the cul­ minating experience for engineering majors, is taken in the second semester o f the senior year. In consultation with his or her advisor, each student constructs a program o f advanced work in the Department. These programs, normally consisting o f six courses, are sub­ mitted to the Department when the student formally applies for a major in engineering during the spring semester o f the sophomore year. The program that constitutes the student’s elected courses may or may not conform closely to the traditional areas o f engineering specialization, e.g., electrical or mechanical. For non-traditional plans for advanced work, the Department requires a coherent program that, in its judgment, meets the student’s educational objectives. Observe that the following courses cannot be counted in the minimum number o f twelve engineering courses required o f each major: Problems in Technology I, II, Values and Ethics in Science and Technology, Energy Policy, and Environmental Policy. Suggested elective program plans include: (1) General electrical engineering: Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, Electromagnetic Theory, Communication Systems, and Control Theory and Design. Students having an interest in digital systems might replace one or more o f these courses with Digital Logic, Computer Organization, Computer Systems, or Laboratory Computer Applications. (2) General mechanical/civil engineering. Six courses from the following: Mechanics o f Solids, Engineering Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Control Theory and Design, Soil and Rock Mechanics, Structural Theory and Design, Operations Research, and Environmental Engineering. (3) Computer engineering: Digital Logic, Com­ puter Organization, Computer Systems, and Laboratory Computer Applications. Students with an interest in computer hardware may include Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, or Control Theory and Design. Courses in mathe­ matics can be used to broaden the theo­ retical foundation o f the program. 109 Engineering ENGINEERING 3 ,4 . P ro b le m s in Te ch no lo g y I and II. Designed primarily for those not planning to major in science or engineering, this course is intended to provide some depth o f understand­ ing o f technology and its impact by examining in each semester a particular technology. Technical considerations underlying policy issues will be stressed. Examples o f semester topics are: aspects o f the energy problem, satellite communications, managing environ­ mental hazards, and developments in data processing. A strong background in high school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­ ratory. Credit may be given for either semester, or both. 6 . M e c h a n ic s .. Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics. Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies including stress-strain relations, beam, torsion, and stress transformations. Laboratory work is related to experiments on deformable bodies, and includes a four-week FORTRAN 77 workshop. Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent. Spring semester. 1 1 ,1 2 . P h y s ic a l S y s te m s A n a ly s is I and li. These courses are devoted to the study o f physical phenomena which may be represented to a good degree o f approximation by a linear, lumped-parameter model. E ll (fall semester) is oriented mainly toward electrical devices and the development o f mathematical techniques for the analysis o f their linear behavior. E12 (spring semester) is more concerned with mechanical, thermal, and fluid systems, but emphasis throughout both courses will be placed upon the unity resulting from the common mathematical representation and an­ alysis o f diverse physical systems. The content o f E ll is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural and forced transient response, steady-state harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active de­ vices, operational amplifiers, and their use in circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­ cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consider­ ations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree o f freedom mechanical, electromechanical, ther­ mal and fluid systems. Transfer function and 110 matrix descriptions o f compound systems, the eigenvalue problem and state space techniques. Mechanical systems in two and three dimen­ sions, energy methods, coupled modes of motion. Transition from many degree o f freedom systems to continuous systems; the Fourier integral with applications to wave motion. Laboratory sessions include modeling with electrical and electro-mechanical devices, an independent project, and an introduction to numerical and graphical methods o f dynamic system analysis through the use o f micro­ computers. Credit may be given for either semester, or both. 14 . Ex p e rim e n ta tio n fo r En g in ee rin g D e sig n . Theories o f experimentation and measurement are presented and are related to engineering design and research projects. Lectures present probability theory and its applications in experimentation. Topics include random vari­ ables, probability distributions, measurement errors, random noise, system reliability, statis­ tical analysis o f experiments and simulated experiments, and decision making with experi­ mental results. The laboratory sessions treat the analysis o f measurement systems and include an introduction to the use o f computers for data acquisition and process control. Prerequisites: E l l andE12(takenconcurrently). Spring semester. 2 1 . D ig ital Lo g ic . An introduction to the theory and design of digital logic circuits. Following a discussion of number systems and Boolean algebra, minimi­ zation and realization techniques are studied for combinational systems. The latter part o f the course will be concerned with the treatment of sequential systems. Switching devices will be characterized only as to their terminal behavior and no consideration will be given to the physical basis for their operation. The course is intended for students with a good background in basic mathematics through algebra. Includes laboratory. Fail semester. Not open to freshmen. 2 2 . C o m p u te r O rg a n iza tio n . A study o f the ways in which the functional units o f a typical digital computer may be interconnected. Hardware implementation of registers, counters, adders, and the functional units themselves. Micro-programmed control. Characteristics o f the several types o f memory. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E21. Spring semester. 25. L a b o ra to ry C o m p u te r A p p lic a tio n s . This course surveys the utilization of computing equipment in the laboratory environment. Basic instrument interfacing methods (serial, parallel, A/D, D/A) and measurement tech­ niques (analog signals such as temperature and pressure, position, etc.), signal conditioning, real-time processing, and digital techniques of experiment control are discussed. The labora­ tory portion o f this course allows experimenta­ tion with each o f these approaches. This course is o f interest to anyone who wishes to use a computer to automate a laboratory. Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor. Fall semester. 2 7 . N u m e ric a l M e th o d s. This course will deal with the numerical solution o f various mathematical problems, pure and applied. The computer will be used extensively. Prerequisite: Math 6 and E23 or equivalent. Fall semester. 3 4. V alu e s and Eth ic s in S c ie n c e and Te ch no lo gy (Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course deals with topics such as the following: his­ torical and current attitudes toward tech­ nology; the nature o f ethics; origins and impact o f professional ethics (chiefly in the engineer­ ing professions); ethical dilemmas faced by engineers and scientists; values in the techno­ logical society; forecasting and assessment of technological growth; how policy decisions about technology are made; the role o f personal ethics o f the engineer or scientist. Open to all who have, or will have concur­ rently, completed the science distribution requirement. Spring semester. 35. S o la r E n e rg y S y s te m s . Fundamental principles in the analysis and design o f systems which collect, store, and use the direct and indirect forms o f solar energy. Examples o f current solar technology are used as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic mathematical models are used to describe the performance o f components and systems. Cost functions are developed for use in economic assessments. Techniques for system optimiza­ tion are discussed. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 ; Physics 3, 4. Fall semester, alternate years. 4 1 . T h e rm o flu id M e c h a n ic s. Introduction to macroscopic thermodynamics; first and second laws, properties o f pure substances, applications using system and control volume formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics; development of conservation theorems, hydrostatics, dynamics o f one-di­ mensional fluid motion with and without friction. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent background). Fall semester. 5 7 . O p e ra tio n s R e se a rc h . (Also listed as Economics 57). The principal mathematical tools for optimal decision making are presented and applied through case studies from the private and public sectors. Topics include assignment and transportation prob­ lems, linear and dynamic programming, deci­ sion making under uncertainty, game theory, stochastic processes, and queuing theory. Also, the working principles o f engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. This course may precede or follow Mathematics 28 (Mathematical Pro­ gramming) for a strong introduction to the theory and practice o f optimization. Normally for sophomore and junior students. Fall semester. 5 8. C o n tro l T h e o ry and D e sig n . An introduction to the control o f engineering systems. Analysis and design o f linear control systems using root locus and frequency re­ sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of first- and second-order controlled systems. Digital control techniques, including analysis o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters, and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory in­ cludes design o f both analog and digital controllers. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Spring semester. Ill Engineering 59 . M e c h a n ic s o f S o lid s . This course deals with the internal stresses and changes o f form when forces act on solid bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas­ ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent. Fall semester. 60. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and D esig n I. An introduction to the fundamental principles o f structural mechanics. Statically determinate analysis o f frames and trusses. Approximate analysis o f indeterminate structures. Virtual work principles. Elements o f design o f steel and concrete structural members. Includes labora­ tory. Prerequisite: E59. Spring semester. 6 1 . S o il and R o ck M e c h a n ic s: T h e o ry and D e sign . Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Topics include soil and rock formation, soil mineral­ ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics, consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope stability, and bearing capacity. These topics are applied to engineering design problems. In­ cludes laboratory. Prerequisite: E59 or equivalent. Fall semester; alternate years. 6 2. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and D esig n II. Advanced structural analysis. Classical and matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer applications. Design o f steel and concrete structures. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E60. Fall semester; alternate years. 63. En viro n m e n ta l En g in ee rin g . An introduction to the elements o f water quality managment. Effects o f human activities on water quality and quantity. Environmental impact assessment. Analysis and treatment of natural and wastewaters. Introduction to water quality models. Laboratory and field studies o f local water quality problems. Prerequisite: Two semesters o f science or engineering. Fall semester. 6 4. W a te r R e s o u rc e s . An introduction to the fundamentals o f water resources engineering. Pertinent areas o f hy­ 112 drology, hydraulics, and systems analysis are included. Fundamentals are related to engi­ neering aspects o f planning and designing water resources projects. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12; E83 recommended. Spring semester. 68. En v iro n m e n ta l Policy. (Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in environmental policy formulation and imple­ mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects require an understanding o f environmental processes, including natural and technological processes. Trade-offs between environmental and economic objectives are examined using quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by consent o f instructor. Operations Research and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­ uisites. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. (Does not satisfy distribution requirement.) 7 1 . C irc u its and S y s te m s . Analysis and synthesis o f electric circuits and other dynamic systems. Properties o f linear system functions and their application to system design, active systems and stability, response to random signals, energy functions and theorems, digital filters, state variable analysis o f linear and non-linear systems, optimization. Application o f theory to engi­ neering design. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Fall semester. O ffered when demand and staffing permit. 7 3 ,7 4 . Ele c tro n ic C irc u it A n a ly s is and D esig n I and II. This course begins with an introduction to the physics o f semiconductor devices and modem device technology. The remainder o f the year is devoted to the study o f analog and digital circuits and includes an introduction to digital logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar and field effect devices are considered. Use of the circuit simulation program SPICE is empha­ sized. Laboratory work is oriented toward design problems. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a pre­ requisite for E74. 7 5 . Ele c tro m a g n e tic T h e o ry. Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­ tions. Macroscopic field treatment o f magnetic, dielectric and conducting materials. Forces. motion, and energy storage. Field basis of circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves; wave­ guides, transmission lines, and antennas. In­ cludes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics 18. Fall semester. 7 8 . C om m u nica tion S y s te m s . Theory and design principles o f analog and digital electronic communications. Such topics as information theory, coding, analog and digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, filter­ ing, and data transmission will be treated. Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and practical limitations and functional design. Application will be made to a variety of practical systems such as television relay, facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data communications. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Spring semester, alternate years. 81. T h e rm a l En e rg y C o n v e rs io n . Development and application o f the principles o f thermal energy analysis to energy conversion systems. Brief examination o f world energy supplies. Review o f the principles o f the first and second laws o f thermodynamics. Develop­ ment o f the concepts of availability, reacting and non-reacting mixtures, chemical and nu­ clear reactions. Applications investigated in­ clude: Rankine cycles, gas turbines, internal combustion engines, heat pumps, and solar energy systems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E41. Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 1986- substantial individual project. Prerequisite: E 59 (may be taken concurrendy) or permission o f instructor. F all semester; alternate years. N ot offered 19 8 6 -8 7. 83. Fluid M e c h a n ic s. Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case of continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid flow systems. Relevant equations for the conservation o f mass, momentum, and energy are derived. These are then applied to the study of flows o f inviscid and viscous, incompressible and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E41 or equivalent. Spring semester; alternate years. 8 4 . H e a t Tra n s fe r. A basic introduction to the physical phenomena involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques are presented together with empirical results to develop tools for solving problems in heat transfer by conduction, forced and free convec­ tion, and radiation. Numerical techniques are discussed for the solution o f conduction problems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E12 and E14. Fall semester; alternate years. N ot offered 19 8 6 -8 7. 90. En g in ee rin g D e sig n . 8 7. This project-oriented course serves as a cul­ minating exercise for all Engineering majors. Under the guidance o f a faculty member, students investigate a problem o f their choice in an area o f interest to them. In some cases, group projects are possible. At the end o f the semester students prepare a written report and make an oral presentation. 8 2. En g in ee rin g M a te ria ls . Spring semester. Study o f the physical structure and properties o f a wide variety of engineering materials, and the processes by which they are transformed into useful products. The course includes analysis o f material microstructures, macro­ scopic physical properties, and in-service per­ formance with regard to mechanical, thermal, electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plastics, concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and structural composites are considered, both with regard to industrial processing and property modifica­ tion and to materials selection in engineering design. Laboratory work includes exercises in property testing and material selection, field trips to materials-processing plants, and a 9 1. S p e cial T o p ic s. Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally restricted to senior students and offered only when staff interests and availability make it practicable to do so. 9 3. D ire c te d Reading o r P ro je c t. W ith the permission o f the Department and a faculty member who is willing to supervise it, qualified students may do special work with either theoretical, experimental, or design emphasis in areas not covered by the regular courses. 113 Engineering 96. T h e s is . W ith approval, a student may undertake a thesis project as a part o f his or her program in the senior year. The student is expected to submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem before the start o f the semester in which the thesis project is carried out. P R E P A R A T IO N F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M IN A T IO N S The Department will arrange External Examina­ tions in the following areas to be prepared for by the combinations o f courses indicated. Ele c tro n ic s En e rg y C o n ve rsio n Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II Heat Transfer Thermal Energy Conversion Digital S y s te m s Digital Logic, Computer Organization, or Laboratory Computer Applications W a te r R e s o u rc e s Engineering Environmental Engineering Water Resources S y s te m s and C on tro l S tru c tu ra l M e c h a n ic s Circuits and Systems Control Theory and Design Mechanics o f Solids Structural Theory and Design C o m m u n ica tion s M e c h a n ic s o f M a te ria ls Electromagnetic Theory Communication Systems Mechanics o f Solids Engineering Materials En g lish Lite ra tu re T H O M A S H . B L A C K B U R N , Professor L E E O E V IN , Professor and Director o f The Theatre C H A R L E S L J A M E S , Professor H A R O LD P A G L IA R O , Professor and Chair S U S A N S N Y D E R , Professor P H IL IP M . W E IN S T E IN , Professor T H O M A S P. L E F F , Associate Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre P E T E R J . S C H M ID T , Associate Professor C R A IG W IL L IA M S O N , Associate Professor N A T H A L IE F . A N D E R S O N , Assistant Professor L A U R IE L A N G B A U E R , Assistant Professor3 E L S IE M IC H IE , Visiting Assistant Professor A B B E B L U M , Instructor E L IZ A B E T H C H A D W IC K , Lecturer M A R C E L L . C H E R R Y , Lecturer This Department offers courses in English literature, American literature, theatre, some foreign literatures in translation, and critical theory. The departmental curriculum is planned to provide experience in several critical ap­ proaches to literature and play production, in the intensive study o f works o f major writers, the study o f the development o f literary types, and the theoretical considerations implicit in literary study. The Department also provides some instruction in the writing o f poetry, fiction, and drama, in acting, and in design for the theatre. ENGLISH LITERATURE REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Any introductory course—English 2 through 15—is the prerequisite for all other courses in literature. (Exempted from this prerequisite are seniors; and juniors who have taken a course in literature, including literature in translation, offered by Modem Languages and Literatures or by Classics—these courses are numbered 11 or higher in the College Bulletin. Also exempted are students who wish to take only studio courses.) Introductory courses are characterized by syllabi with less reading than in advanced courses, by frequent short papers, and by considerable attention to class discus­ sion; they are viewed by the Department as particularly appropriate for freshmen; they are Primary Distribution Courses. Enrollment will be limited to 25 students per course; priority is given to freshmen and sophomores. Students will not normally take a second introductory course. Only one such course may be counted towards the major. The minimum requirement for admission as a major or as a minor in English is two semester-courses in the Depart­ ment. (Students with AP scores o f 4-5 in English Literature and/or English Composi­ tion receive credit toward graduation. This credit, when it is for work in English Literature, may count as well toward distribution and major requirements.) Students considering a major in English are strongly urged to take one or two additional courses during the sophomore year. Majors and prospective majors should consult a member of the English Department for information about courses in other departments complementary to their work in English; work in foreign languages is especially recommended. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 115 English Lite ra tu re Students who plan to do graduate work, to follow a course o f professional training, or to seek teacher certification in English, should see a member o f the Department for early help in planning their programs, as should students who plan to include work in English literature in a program with a major in Literature. Women’s Studies, or Medieval Studies. Stu­ dents planning to qualify for teacher certifica­ tion in English are reminded that work in American literature and in linguistics or the history o f the English language is required in addition to other requirements o f the major. M ajor in the Course Program: The work o f a major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses in the Department, including one in Shakespeare, at least two other courses in literature written before 1830 (such courses are marked with a *), and one course featuring critical theory (such courses are marked with a **). The Comprehensive Examination, taken at the beginning o f the spring semester o f the senior year, will be based on a list o f major authors. This list will be available to majors and prospective majors at least three semesters before the date o f the exam itself. M ajor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Majors in the Honors Program must prepare three or four papers in the Department, two o f which must be on subjects covered in seminars in Group 1 or on other early material decided upon after consultation with the Department. Majors must also take a course or seminar that features critical theory (such courses and seminars are marked by **). M inor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Minors are ordinarily required to prepare two papers in the Department. I A . E x p o s ito r y W ritin g (W o rksh o p ). Individual and group work as intensive prepa­ ration for further work and with applications to a variety o f fields. For students to whom the course is recommended. Does not meet the distribution requirements. May be taken in more than one semester, but for a maximum of one and one half credits. Each semester. Cherry. IB . En g lish fo r Fo re ig n S tu d e n ts . Individual and group work on an advanced level for students with non-English back­ grounds. Does not meet distribution require­ 116 ments. Each semester. 1C . Th e W ritin g P ro c e s s . This course combines study o f theories of composition and the teaching o f writing with supervised experience applying the skills de­ rived from that study in paper comments and conferences. Enrollment limited to students selected as Writing Associates. Fall semester. Blackburn. 2 . S c ie n c e and th e L ite r a ry Im a g in atio n. An introduction to the critical reading of literature, using texts (in prose and verse from the 16th century to the present) which are concerned with or reflect the impact o f science and scientific thinking on individual and society. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1986-87. Blackburn. 3 . S tu d ie s in th e C o n stru ctio n o f C h a ra c te r. This course will examine different construc­ tions o f character in poems, plays, stories, novels, and essays, with particular attention to the connections between writing and identity. Writers will include Shakespeare, Pope, Freud, Hardy, Stein, W oolf, Barth. Primary distribution course. N ot offered 1986-87. Langbauer. 4 . Th e O u ts id e r. Critical reading o f texts from the Renaissance to the 1970s, with focus on the self/other division and its problematics. We will explore contradictory pulls toward separation and merger in erotic and religious relationships as well as the dislocations and transformations generated by encounters with alien cultures, the natural world, and the unacknowledged parts o f the psyche itself. Writers will include Shakespeare, Marvell, Charlotte Bronte, Con­ rad, Achebe, and Atwood. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Snyder. 5 . M o d e ls o f D e ve lo p m e n t. This course will be concerned with models o f male and female development, both psycho­ logical and social, in English literature. W e’ll begin by reading some o f Freud’s case studies, then consider a tragedy and comedy by Shakespeare, some 19th- and 20th-Century novels o f development written by both men and women, and the poetry o f Wordsworth, Adrienne Rich, and Sylvia Plath. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Michie. 6 . R ite s o f P a s s a g e . The course will focus on various rites of passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial changes in the human psyche, as they are consciously depicted or unconsciously reflected in different literary modes, and will examine the shared literary experience itself as ritual process. Topics will include innocence and experience, transition and stasis, community and liminality, and the mediation of the sacred and the profane. Major authors will include Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Williamson. 7 . C o m e d y. A study o f the form and function o f comedy in works by Shakespeare, Austen, Byron, Gogol, Welty, Mclnemey, Beckett, and others. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Schmidt. 8. T h e Iro n ic S p ir it This course focuses on the way the ironic mode—both verbal and philosophical—accom­ modates responses to fundamental contradic­ tions and paradoxes. Authors include Shake­ speare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickinson, Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison, and selected poetry. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. James. 9 . Fo u r S e c u la r W rite rs o f the S p irit. A study o f iconoclastic authors—Blake, George Eliot, Shaw, and Lawrence—whose works attack orthodox ways and offer moral alterna­ tives as necessary to human well-being. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1986-87. Pagliaro. 10 . W a y s o f S e e in g . Perspectives o f writers and readers in a variety o f literary contexts. This course will examine point o f view, frames o f reference, modes of perception: how authors "tell all the truth but tell it slant.” We will consider how cultural beliefs are propagated and changed by visual and verbal devices. Works by Shakespeare, Herbert, Le Quin, Bierce, Dickinson, Brown­ in g , E llis o n , W o o l f , P in te r. P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse. Fall semester. B lu m . 1 1 . Fig u re s in th e V e il. A s tu d y o f th e p h e n o m e n o n o f d o u b le ­ consciousness in selected n a rra tive s a n d p o e tr y w r itte n b y A f r o -A m e r ic a n s since th e C i v i l W a r . A u t h o r s w ill in c lu d e C h e s n u tt , W . E . B . D u B o i s , E l li s o n , H u g h e s , Z o r a H u r s t o n , J . W . J o h n s o n , a n d selected p o e ts. P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse. N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. Ja m e s. 13. S tu d ie s in Lite ra tu re o f the F a n ta s tic . W o r k i n g fr o m a fo u n d a tio n in th e p s y c h o ­ logical th e o rie s o f F r e u d a n d J u n g , th is cou rse e xam in e s a v a r ie ty o f w o r k s w h ic h p o s it a n a lte rn a tiv e re a lity , c o n fr o n t characters a n d readers w ith p syc h o lo g ic a l d a rkn e ss , o r o th e r ­ w ise e x p lo re th e p o ssibilities o f fa n ta s y . A m o n g te xts w e w ill c o n s id e r are Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Sh a ke s p e are ’ s The Tempest, M a r y S h e lle y ’ s Frankenstein, p o e m s o f W . B . Y e a ts , a n d M a r q u e z ’ One Hundred Years o f Solitude. P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse. N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. N . A n d e r s o n . 14 . Lite ra tu re o f C on sc ie n ce . A r e p o e ts o u r "u n a c k n o w le d g e d legisla to rs,” as S h e lle y b elieved? W h a t p o w e r d o e s a rt w ie ld against ty r a n n y a n d injustice? T h i s co u rse e xa m in e s v a rio u s lite ra ry a tte m p ts t o in flu e n c e p u b lic o p in io n a n d p o lic y — fr o m A r is to p h a n e s ’ Lysistrata t o M a rg a r e t A t w o o d ’ s Bodily Harm— in o r d e r t o e x p lo re th e issue o f p o litic a l effectiveness. P r im a r y d is trib u tio n co u rse . Each semester. N . A n d e r s o n . 16 . S u r v e y o f En g lish L ite ra tu re , I .* A n h is to ric a l a n d c ritic a l s u rv e y o f p o e tr y , p ro s e , a n d d ra m a f r o m Beowulf t o M i l t o n . Fall semester. Pa g lia ro . 17 . S u r v e y o f En g lish L ite ra tu re , II. A n h is to ric a l a n d c ritic a l s u rv e y o f p o e tr y , p ro s e , a n d d ra m a f r o m D r y d e n t o La w r e n c e . Sprin g semester. P a g lia ro . 1 8 ,1 9 . A n In tro d u ctio n to A m e ric a n C u ltu re . T h i s te a m -ta u g h t c o u rse w ill o ffe r a n in te rd is ­ c ip lin a r y A m e r ic a n S tu d ie s a p p ro a c h to th e d iv e r s ity , c o n tr a d ic tio n s , u n ity , a n d e v o lu t io n 117 English Lite ra tu re o f culture in the United States from the Puritans to the present. Authors to be read include Jefferson, Melville, Stowe, Thoreau, Twain, Crane, W harton, Cather, Ellison, Faulkner, and Alice Walker, but the syllabus will also include writers who are not tradi­ tionally thought to be part o f the "canon” o f American literature. Non-literary materials will also be studied, including town plans, art and architecture, films, television, and music. Thus the course will offer a blend o f works from women as well as men, blacks as well as whites, and popular culture as well as "high” culture. Our inquiry will focus on four selected topics for 1986-87, two per semester: for Fall 1986, Images o f the Frontier, and The Repre­ sentation of,Blacks; for Spring 1987, Views of the City as Utopia or Inferno, and Portraits of Class Differences. The course is conceived as a two-credit, year-long course, but students may also take it just for one semester in either the Fall or the Spring for one credit. Fall 1986 and Spring 1987. James, Schmidt, and Weinstein. 20 . In tro d u ctio n to Old En g lish : La n g u a g e , L ite ra tu re , and C u ltu re .* The course will be an introduction to Old English language, literature, and culture with an emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry. Initially, two days a week will be devoted to learning the language and to reading selected prose passages. One day a week will be spent on a cultural topic such as history, art, architec­ ture, religion, or Germanic traditions. The latter part o f the course will be devoted entirely to the study o f Old English poetry. W ith the permission o f the instructor this course may be taken without the usual prerequisite course; however, it may not serve in the place o f a prerequisite for other advanced courses. Not offered 1986-87. Williamson. 2 1 . C h a u c e r.* Reading in Middle English o f most o f Chaucer’s major poetry with emphasis on T he Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The course attempts to place the poetry in a variety of critical and cultural contexts—both medieval and modern—which help to illuminate Chau­ cer’s art. Not offered 1986-87. Williamson. 2 2 . M e d ie v a l En g lish L ite r a tu r e .* The course is a survey o f English literature, 118 primarily poetry, from the 8th through the 15th century. Readings will include: Old English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beowulf, several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, selected mystery plays, Everyman, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Pearl, portions o f Piers Plowman, and Malory’s LeM orte d ’Arthur. Selected lyrics and Canterbury T ales will be read in Middle English; other works in translation or modernized forms. No previous knowledge o f Middle English is required. Not offered 1986-87. Williamson. 23 . H is to ry o f the English Lan g u ag e . A study o f English in its various aspects— phonology, morphology, syntax, and seman­ tics—from Old English through Middle and Early Modern to present day. The work will be primarily linguistic, though literary texts will be used as examples throughout. The course is given as an occasional spring term tutorial to highly motivated students who want to study the various English languages and are willing to do a good bit o f work in the traditional linguistic workbook format. Students who are interested should see the instructor during the fall term to discuss the possibility o f the tutorial. This course may be taken without the usual prerequisite course; however, it may not serve in the place o f a prerequisite for other advanced courses. Williamson. 25 . S h a k e s p e a re .* Studies in Shakespearean text and performance. W e will read: Richard III, 1 Henry IV, 2 Henry IV, A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Merchant of Venice, Macbeth, King Lear, The Winter’s Tale, Coriolanus, Antony and Cleopatra. Fall semester. Blum. 26 . R e n aiss an ce P o e tr y .* Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan age and early 17th century. Not offered 1986-87. Snyder. 2 7 . T u d o r -S tu a r t D ra m a .* Development o f the English drama in the sixteenth and seventeenth ceuturies. Not offered 1986-87. Blackburn. 28 . M ilto n .* Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular em­ phasis on Paradise Lost. Fall semester. Blackburn. 35. Eig h te e n th -C e n tu ry L ite r a tu r e .* A study o f selected English prose and poetry from 1660-1800, with some special attention given to works that attempt to find order and stability in the face o f social, religious, and emotional doubt. Authors to be read include Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Aspects of Hobbes, Natural Supernaturalists, Graveyard poets, and others will also be considered, chiefly as background. Not offered 1986-87. Pagliaro. 36. En g lish N o v e l, I.* A consideration o f fiction from the 18th Century to the Victorian period. Not offered 1986-87. Langbauer. 38. R o m a n tic P o e try .* A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with attention given to the ideas as well as to the form and structure o f their works. Spring semester. Pagliaro. 40. Q u e stio nin g the Tra d itio n . This course will consider the process o f canon formation by examining the works o f major and minor nineteenth-century English nov­ elists, their contemporaries’ reviews o f them, and current theoretical debates. W e will focus on the ways that issues of gender and class influence tradition. Writers include Bronte, Gaskell, Collins, Braddon, Dickens, Trollope, and Gissing. Not offered 1986-87. Langbauer. 4 1 . Em in e n ce and Decadence: Th e V ic to ria n P o e ts . A study o f the poetry o f Tennyson, Robert and Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Meredith, the Rossettis, Wilde, and others, with particu­ lar attention to each artist’s response to the stresses o f the era. Not offered 1986-87. N. Anderson. 4 2 . En g lish N o v e l, II. A consideration o f English fiction since 1850. Not offered 1986-87. 43. S tu d ie s in En g lish Fic tio n . This course will study developments in fiction (mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot, and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Syllabi vary from year to year, but the focus remains on ideological premises and aesthetic practices as these alter in the transition from Victorian to Modem culture. Not offered 1986-87. Weinstein. 4 5 . M o d e rn B ritish P o e try . A consideration o f the major British poets from Hardy to Ted Hughes, with particular attention given to each poet’s individual response to the circumstances o f modern life. Fall semester. N. Anderson. 46 . In tro d u ctio n to A n g lo -Iris h Lite ra tu re . This course will cover the background to the modem literature through such topics as epic literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the Irish storyteller, and will include readings from The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as from Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey, Kavanagh, Heaney, and others. Not offered 1986-87. Durkan. 5 1 . Fic tio n s o f A m e ric a n N a tu ra lis m . This course examines several important at­ tempts by American writers o f fiction to redefine the tragic experience in modern terms and consistent with the way scientific method, deistic faith, and biological discoveries con­ verged in their imaginations. Writers will include Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theodore Dreiser, W . D. Howells, Jack London, Frank Norris, Edith Wharton, and Richard Wright. Not offered 1986-87. James. 5 4 . S tu d ie s in A m e ric a n Fic tio n . An introduction to the development o f the American short story from the early nineteenth century to the present, including work by Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Wilkins, Freeman, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, O ’Connor, Welty, Barthelme, and Pynchon. Not offered 1986-87. Schmidt. 55. M o d e rn A m e ric a n P o e try . Selected poems and prose by Williams, H. D. Pound, Stevens, Moore, and others. Spring semester. Schmidt. 56. C o n te m p o ra ry P o e try . Not offered 1986-87. N. Anderson. 5 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry A m e ric a n P ro s e . An examination o f the myriad regional accents, aims, and styles— from documentary realism to symbolic fantasy—which distinguish Amer­ ican prose since World War II. Not offered 1986-87. Schmidt. 119 English Lite ra tu re 5 8. T h e A m e ric a n A u to b io g ra p h y . This course examines—through the genre of autobiography—the American tendency to dis­ cover, assert, and recreate the Self. The range of authors is meant to suggest possible pairings of interrelated black and white works and includes Benjamin Franklin, Frederick Douglass, Henry Adams, Jane Addams, Gertrude Stein, Richard Wright, Zora Hurston, Norman Mailer, Maya Angelou, and Malcolm. X. Not offered 1986-87. James. 59 . Th e B la c k A m e ric a n W rite r. This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the pastoral and "antipastoral” as thesis and antitheses. Writers include Charles Chesnutt, Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown, Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and James Baldwin. Not offered 1986-87. James. 6 0. T h e C o n te m p o ra ry B la c k W rite r o f th e U nite d S ta te s . An examination o f the way history, myth, and blues (as oral form) are transformed into meta­ phor, ritual, and motif by contemporary AfroAmericans. Writers discussed will include Baldwin, Baraka, David Bradley, Paula Mar­ shall, Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, John Wideman, and selected poetry. Fall semester. James. 6 1 . A m e ric a n D ra m a . A survey o f the development o f American dramatic literature from the 1860s to the present. Special attention is given to the role of indiginous values as well as to the great American myths o f the cowboy, Hollywood, and the urban jungle as they have been articulated in theatrical terms. Fall semester. Leff. 65. P o e try W o rksh o p . A class, limited to twelve, in which students write, read, translate, and talk about poetry. W e will emphasize the discovery and develop­ ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns, within the context o f contempory poetics. Students should submit 3-5 pages o f poetry for admission, at a time announced during fall semester. The workshop will meet once a week for three hours. Admission and credit are 120 granted at the discretion o f the instructor. (Studio course) Spring semester. N. Anderson. 66. Fic tio n W rite rs ’ W o rksh o p . The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories submitted by students. It meets once a week for three hours. In addition to receiving practical help from fellow writers, students have an opportunity to articulate and explore theoreti­ cal aspects o f fiction writing. Students should submit one story for admission, at a time announced during the fall semester. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion o f the instructor. (Studio course) Spring semester. 69. C ollo q u iu m : S h a k e s p e a re . Desire, death, and domestication o f love in Shakespeare’s middle and late plays. Intensive study o f M easure for M easure, O thello, The W inter’s T ale, King Lear, Pericles, Coriolanus, Antony and C leopatra, The Tempest with special attention to genre study. Students may be admitted to English 6 9 without having taken English 25. Spring semester. Blum. 7 0 . R e n aiss an ce C o m p a ra tive L ite r a tu r e .* (See CEL 70.) Humanism and "Counter-Ren­ aissance” developments in major writings of Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabelais, Petrarch, Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Marguerite de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and Cervantes (all studied in translation). Not offered 1986-87. Snyder. 7 2 . P r o u s t, J o y c e , and F a u lk n e r. Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f Things Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and Ulysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis on the ideological and form al tenets o f modernism. Fall semester. Weinstein. 7 3 . P ro u s t and J o y c e . An intensive comparative study. Readings will include A Portrait o f the Artist as a Young M an, Ulysses, and substantial portions o f A la Recherche du temps perdu. Proust readings and lectures will be conducted in French. Crosslisted as French 75, this course counts toward concentration in either English or French. It will explore the role o f the artist; the modernist sense o f character; narrative experiments with plot, style, and point o f view; the meanings of time and memory. Prerequisites: French 12 and an introductory English course (or their equivalents). Not offered 1986-87. Weinstein and Roza. 7 4 a . M o d e rn D ram a I: Ibsen to A v a n t G a rd e . A study o f the major dramatists from the turn o f the century to the rise o f the avant garde. Playwrights will include Ibsen, Chekhov, Strindberg, Shaw, Pirandello, Brecht, O ’Neill, Genet, Beckett, and Pinter. Theoretical readings will include Stanislavsky, Nietzsche, Freud, Brecht, and Artaud. There will be occasional labs for working on scenes with professional actors and for viewing film versions o f the plays. (Crosslisted CEL 74a.) Not offered 1986-87. Williamson. 74 b . M o d e rn D ra m a II: A v a n t Garde and C o n te m p o ra ry . A study o f a broad range of recent dramatic writing. Particular emphasis on experimental and radical theatre movements in England, Germany, Poland, and the United States. Authors include: Beckett, Bond, Stoppard, Handke, Kroetz, Witkiewicz, Rozewicz, Shep­ ard, and Foreman. (Crosslisted CEL 74b.) Not offered 1986-87. Leff. 7 5 . M o d e rn P o e try . A consideration o f the various manifestations o f modernism in English Language poetry on either side o f the Atlantic. We will trace the careers of the High Modernists Yeats, Lawrence, Pound, and Eliot; weigh the American experi­ ments o f Stein, Stevens, Williams, and Mari­ anne Moore; review the impact o f Imagism and the Harlem Literary Renaissance; examine brief and extended poetic responses to some o f the radical uncertainties engendered by early twentieth-century history. Not offered 1986-87. N. Anderson. 7 6 . Th e B la c k A fric a n W rite r. This study gives particular attention to the way black African writers portray Africa emerging from the age o f myth—where the conceptuali­ zation o f time shaped and was shaped by a traditional way o f life—into a conception of time as we know it in our industrialized culture. Readings will be chosen from works written in English and in translation, including Achebe, Armah, Ngugi, Sembene, Senghor, and Soyinka. Not offered 1986-87. James. 7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p a ra tiv e Fic tio n . This course will explore the relationships between desire and the law, as well as the social construction o f identity, in a range o f 19th- and 20th-century novels. Writers will include Dickens, Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Tolstoy, Kafka, and Faulkner. (Crosslisted as CEL 79.) Not offered 1986-87. Weinstein. 80. S a tire . This examination o f satire as a literary genre focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­ phasis is placed on distinguishing between two main conceptions o f satire and, therefore, two different types o f satirists. Selections are chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Shakespeare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain, Huxley, Ishmael Reed, and Nathanael West. Spring semester. James. 8 2. R e p re se n ta tio n s o f W o m e n ’ s Id e n tity .** (Crosslisted as Psychology 52.) A study o f the ways in which psychology, literature, and literary theory illuminate women’s identity and self-expression. By examining such material as psychological case studies, fairy tales, poetry and fiction by male and female authors, psychological theory and literary criticism, we will identify some o f the ways in which women have been represented in our culture, the consequences o f this representation, and pos­ sibilities for expanding self-awareness and creativity. Prerequisite: an introductory course in English. Spring semester. Blum and Marecek. 84. Fo lk lo re and F o lk life S tu d ie s . (See History 84.) Not offered 1986-87. Morgan. 85. M o d e rn is m in A m e ric a n A r t and L ite r a tu r e , 18 70 -19 3 0 . An interdisciplinary study of the origins, ideology, and development o f modernism and anti-modernism in American culture between 1870 and 1930 using approaches from the fields o f art history, American studies, and literary criticism. Artists considered include Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Achcan school, the '2 9 1 ’ group, Hopper, and Wood; writers include James, Wilkins, Freeman, Crane, Fitz­ gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Nathanael 121 English Lite ra tu re W e s t. P re re q u is itie s : in tr o d u c to r y cou rses in b o t h a rt h is to r y a n d E n g lis h lite ra tu re . P e rm is s io n o f o n e o f th e in s tru c to rs is r e q u ire d . (C ro s s lis te d A r t 5 2 .) N ot offered 19 8 6 -8 7. S c h m id t a n d H u n g e r fo r d . 9 2. T h e o ry o f th e N o v e l.** A n e x a m in a tio n o f v a rio u s n a rra tiv e c o n v e n ­ tio n s , th e in te rp re tiv e p ro b le m s raised b y the g e n re , a n d so m e o f th e c ritical a pproaches c o n te m p o r a r y th e o rists h a ve ta k e n t o these p ro b le m s . Spring semester. M ic h ie . 8 7 . Film and Lite ra tu re C ollo q uiu m . 96. D ire c te d Reading. T h e c o llo q u iu m w ill fo c u s each ye a r o n o n e o r m o r e o f th e fo llo w in g to p ic s : th e w o r k o f a d ir e c to r o r g r o u p o f d ire c to rs , th e p o ssib ilitie s o f a p a rtic u la r film g e n re , th e issues o f critical in te re st c o m m o n t o b o t h film a n d lite ra tu re . F ilm s w ill b e ch o se n w ith a n e ye t o th e ir in te re s t t o stu d e n ts o f lite ra tu re . S o m e m a y be based o n fic tio n o r d ra m a ; o th e rs m a y share fo r m a l c o n te n ts w ith a lite ra ry t e x t . T h e to p ic f o r th is y e a r is u n re lia b le n a rra tio n in f il m w ith a n e m p h a sis o n th e w a y s in w h ic h f il m m a y b e u se d t o m ir r o r v a rio u s m e n ta l states f r o m d a y d re a m t o n ig h tm a re . F ilm s w ill in c lu d e Rashomon, W ild Strawberries, a n d Providence. T h e a lte rn a tiv e slants o f fic t io n / film c o m b in a ­ tio n s w ill in c lu d e th e C l o c k w o r k O ra n g e s o f B u rg ess a n d K u b r ic k a n d th e D a r k H e a r ts o f C o n r a d a n d C o p p o la . Spring semester. W illia m s o n . S tu d e n ts w h o p la n d ire c te d re a d in g m u s t c o n ­ s u lt w i t h th e a p p ro p ria te in s tru c to r a n d s u b m it a p ro s p e c tu s t o th e D e p a r tm e n t b y w a y o f a p p lic a tio n f o r su c h w o r k b e fo re th e b e g in n in g o f th e sem ester d u r in g w h ic h th e s tu d y is a c tu a lly d o n e . D e a d lin e s f o r th e rece ip t o f w r itte n a p p lic a tio n s are th e se co n d M o n d a y in N o v e m b e r a n d th e fir s t M o n d a y in A p r i l . N o r m a l ly lim ite d to ju n io r s a n d se nio rs. 9 0. C ritic ls m / T h e o r y C o llo q u iu m .** A n in te n s iv e s tu d y o f Twelfth Night, M easure for M easure, Hamlet, O thello, a n d The W inter’s Tale o r T he Tempest in th e c o n te x t o f p s yc h o a n a ­ ly tic , d e c o n s tru c tiv e , g e n d e r-ce n te re d , a n d n e w h is to ric a l c ritic a l a p p ro a c h e s. W e w ill also in q u ir e t h r o u g h o u t in to the d e s ira b ility a n d lim ita tio n s o f " a p p ly in g ” th e o r y t o d ra m a tic te xts a n d p e rfo rm a n c e s . Spring semester. B lu m . 9 8 ,9 9 . S e n io r Es s a y , S e n io r T h e s is . I n th e fa ll sem ester o f th e s e n io r ye ar, C o u r s e m a jo rs in th e D e p a r tm e n t m a y p u rs u e a lite ra ry p ro je c t ( E n g lis h 9 8 ) o f th e ir o w n c h o o s in g . T h e m a jo r p a r t o f th e sem ester is d e v o te d t o p re p a rin g a n essay ( o r essays) u n d e r th e su p er­ v is io n o f a m e m b e r o f th e D e p a r tm e n t. A b r ie f p ro s p e c tu s f o r th e p ro je c t m u s t b e s u b m itte d f o r a p p ro v a l b y th e D e p a r tm e n t in A p r i l o f the ju n io r year. B e fo re s u b m ittin g th is p ro s p e c tu s , C o u r s e m a jo rs s h o u ld c o n s u lt w ith th e D e ­ p a r tm e n t C h a ir m a n a n d w ith th e D e p a r tm e n t m e m b e r w h o m ig h t su p ervise th e p ro je c t. T h e p r o je c t, c u lm in a tin g in a n essay ( o r essays) o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, w ill be c o m p le te d in D e c e m b e r o f th e s e n io r year. S tu d e n ts w h o d o w e ll o n th is p r o je c t a n d w is h t o d e v e lo p it in to a c o m p r e ­ h e n s iv e thesis w ill ta k e E n g lis h 9 9 in th e sp rin g sem ester. T h e w o r k o n th e thesis w ill n o r m a lly d eep en o r e x p a n d w o r k c o m p le te d d u r in g th e fa ll. SEMINARS: ENGLISH LITERATURE G roup I 101. S h a k e s p e a re . 10 2. C h a u c e r and M e d ie v a l L ite ra tu re . S t u d y o f Sh a kes p e are as d ra m a tis t a n d p o e t. T h e em pha sis is o n th e m a jo r p la y s , w ith a m o re r a p id re a d in g o f th e re m a in d e r o f th e c a n o n . S tu d e n ts a re a d vis e d t o re a d th r o u g h all th e p la ys b e fo re e n te rin g th e sem inar. Each semester. S ta ff. A s u rv e y o f E n g lis h lite ra tu re , p r im a r ily p o e try , f r o m th e 8 th th ro u g h th e 15 t h c e n tu ry w ith an em pha sis u p o n C h a u c e r. T e x ts w ill in c lu d e Beow ulf a n d o th e r selected O l d E n g lis h p o e m s , S ir Gawain and the Green Knight, C h a u c e r ’s Troilus and C riseyde a n d a m a jo r p o r t io n o f The 122 Canterbury Tales, Piers Plowman, Pearl, Every­ man, selected m y s te ry p la y s , a n d p o rtio n s o f M a lo r y ’ s L e M o rte d ’Arthur: B a c k g r o u n d read ­ ings w ill in c lu d e selections f r o m A n d re a s C a p e lla n u s a n d B o e th iu s . W o r k s in C h a u c e ria n d ia le ct w ill b e re a d in M id d le E n g lis h ; o th e r w o r k s w ill b e read in tra n s la tio n o r in m o d e rn ­ ized v e rs io n s . M o d e m analogies su c h as G a r d ­ n e r’ s Grendel a n d B e rg m a n ’ s Seventh Seal are o c ca sio n ally in c lu d e d . T h is se m in a r m a y b e o p e n t o a d v a n c e d co u rse stu d e n ts w ith a special in te re st i n th e p e rio d a n d t o m a jo rs in M e d ie v a l S tu d ie s . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. W illia m s o n . 104. M ilto n . S tu d y o f M i l t o n ’ s w o r k s w ith special em phasis o n Paradise host. Fall semester. B la c k b u rn . 105. T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a . T h e d e v e lo p m e n t o f E n g lis h d ra m a f r o m m e d ie v a l m o r a lity p la ys t o Ja c o b e a n tra g e d y a n d c o m e d y. N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B la c k b u rn . 106. R e n a iss a n c e Ep ic . T h e t w o m a jo r E n g lis h epics o f th e p e r io d , S p e n s e r’ s Faerie Queene a n d M i l t o n ’ s Paradise Lost, c o n s id e re d in th e c o n te x t o f th e w o r k o f each p o e t a n d in re la tio n to t w o a nte ced ents, V i r g i l ’ s A eneid a n d Tas so ’ s Jerusalem Delivered. Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. S n y d e r. 108. R e n a iss a n c e P o e try. P o e tic m o d e s a n d p re o c c u p a tio n s o f th e E n g ­ lis h R en a issa n c e , w ith em phasis o n S id n e y , S h a ke s p e a re , S p ense r, D o n n e , H e r b e r t , a n d M a r v e ll. Spring semester. S n y d e r. 109. Eig h te e n th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re . E x a m in a t io n o f th e lite ra ry fo r m s a n d critical va lu e s o f th e age, w i t h special a tte n tio n g iv e n t o th e w o r k s o f D r y d e n , S w ift , P o p e , a n d Jo h n s o n . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. Pagliaro. 110 . R o m a n tic P o e try . E x a m in a t io n o f th e p o e tr y o f B la k e , W o r d s ­ w o r t h , C o le rid g e , B y r o n , S h e lle y , a n d K e a ts . Fall semester. Pa g lia ro . G roup 11 113 . T h e En g lish N o v e l. 118 . M o d e rn P o e try . S tu d ie s in E n g lis h fic tio n f r o m th e e ig h te e n th A s tu d y o f th e p o e t r y a n d c ritic a l p ro s e o f Y e a ts , E l i o t , a n d S te ve n s in an e ffo r t t o d e fin e th e ir d iffe re n c e s a n d t o assess th e ir in flu e n c e o n la te r p o e ts a n d th e o rists. Spring semester. N . A n d e r s o n . c e n tu ry t o th e p re s e n t. Fall semester. M ic h ie . 115. M o d e rn C o m p a ra tiv e L ite ra tu re . S tu d ie s in f ic tio n f r o m F la u b e r t a n d M e lv ille t o th e p re s e n t. F a ll a n d S p r in g re a d in g lists w ill b e d iffe re n t. Each semester. W e in s te in . 116 . A m e ric a n L ite r a tu r e .** A s tu d y o f c e n tra l w rite rs o f th e A m e r ic a n Renaissance, 1820 - 1865 : E m e r s o n , H a w th o r n e , M a rg a re t F u lle r , T h o r e a u , M e lv ille , W a l t W h i t ­ m a n , a n d E m i l y D ic k i n s o n . A s w e ll as closely re a d in g selected te x ts , w e w ill place these a u th o rs w ith in a b r o a d , in te rd is c ip lin a ry c o n ­ t e x t , in c o r p o ra tin g re c e n t w o r k b y A m e r ic a n studies sch o la rs, in c lu d in g c o n te m p o r a r y fe m ­ in is t h is to ria n s , a n d M ic h a e l F o u c a u lt . Special em pha sis w ill b e g iv e n t o th e r e v o lu tio n a r y aesthetic a n d social im p lic a tio n s o f T ra n s c e n d ­ e n ta lism f o r v ie w s o f re lig io n , n a tu r e , language, in d u s tria lis m , a n d th e " w o m a n ’ s sp h ere” in so ciety d u r in g th e A m e ric a n Ren a issan c e. Fall semester. S c h m id t. 119 . M o d e rn D r a m a .** A s u rv e y o f d ra m a tic lite ra tu re f r o m Ib s e n to th e p re s e n t. T e x ts w ill b e e x a m in e d b o t h as scripts f o r liv in g th e a tre a n d as lite ra ry a n d c u ltu ra l d o c u m e n ts . T h e se m in a r w ill v is it v a rio u s th e a tre s , m e e t w ith acto rs a n d d irec­ to r s , a n d shape acting exercises. S e c o n d a ry read in gs o n d ra m a tic th e o r y , c ritic is m , a n d in te lle c tu a l h is to r y re le v a n t t o th e p la ys u n d e r d isc u ssion w ill b e assigned each w e e k . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. 120. T h e o ry o f C r itic is m .** course designed to provide a working knowledge o f the major schools o f contempO' rary criticism. Spring semester. S ta ff. A 1 2 1 . M o d e rn B la c k Fic tio n . A c o m p a r a tiv e a p p ro a c h t o b la c k fic t io n o f th e 123 English Lite ra tu re U n i t e d S ta te s , A f r i c a , a n d th e C a r ib b e a n . T h i s s tu d y a tte m p ts a u n ity o f them e s a risin g o u t o f sh a re d expe rien ces o f heritage a n d exile— e xile fr o m so u rce s, tr a d itio n , a n d lan d scape . E m p h a ­ sis w ill b e o n w o r k s b y W r i g h t , B a ld w in , a n d M o r r is o n ( U . S . A . ) , A c h e b e a n d T u t u o la ( N i ­ g e ria ), M c K a y a n d H a r r is (C a r ib b e a n ). N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. Ja m e s. 180. T h e s is . A m a jo r in th e H o n o r s P ro g ra m m a y elect to w r ite a thesis as a s u b s titu te f o r o n e se m in ar. T h e s tu d e n t m u s t select a to p ic a n d s u b m it a p la n f o r D e p a r tm e n t a p p r o v a l n o la te r th a n th e e n d o f th e ju n io r year. N o r m a lly , th e s tu d e n t w rite s th e th e sis, u n d e r th e d ir e c tio n o f a m e m b e r o f th e D e p a r tm e n t , d u r in g th e fa ll o f th e se n io r year. S t a ff. 183. Independent Stu dy. S tu d e n ts m a y p re p a re f o r a n H o n o r s E x a m in a ­ t io n in a fie ld o r m a jo r fig u re c o m p a ra b le in lite ra ry significa nce t o th o se o ffe r e d in th e reg u lar se m in a rs. In d e p e n d e n t s tu d y p rojec ts m u s t b e a p p r o v e d b y th e D e p a r tm e n t a n d s u p e rvise d b y a D e p a r tm e n t m e m b e r. D e a d ­ lin e s f o r th e re c e ip t o f w r itte n a p p lic a tio n s are th e se c o n d M o n d a y in N o v e m b e r a n d th e firs t M o n d a y in A p r i l . Staff. THEATRE STUDIES The Theatre Studies major is cross-disciplinary: the study o f dramatic literature may include work in English Literature, Modem Languages and Literatures, and Classics; the study of theatrical art may include work in theatre history, theory, design, acting, production, and directing. Theatre Studies at Swarthmore is intended to be o f broad educational value regardless o f professional intent. Courses open t o all stu d e n ts em pha size h is to r y , th e o r y , a nd p ra c tic e ; th o s e cou rses w h ic h c u lm in a te in p u b lic p e rfo rm a n c e are o p e n t o m a jo rs a n d o th e r s tu d e n ts w h o h a ve d o n e su b sta n tia l w o r k in th e p r o g ra m . P e rfo rm a n c e o n ly em erges f f o m c o u rse w o r k ; a n d p la ys are c h o se n t o p r o v id e stu d e n ts w ith o p p o rtu n itie s t o w o r k o n sp ecific p r o b le m s a p p ro p ria te t o th e ir in d iv id u a l stages o f d e v e lo p m e n t. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS In t r o d u c tio n t o T h e a tr e ( T h e a tr e 1 ) is th e p re re q u is ite f o r a ll o th e r courses in p e r fo r m ­ ance s tu d ie s . ( T h is p re re q u is ite d o e s n o t a p p ly t o s e n io rs , n o r is i t re q u ire d o f th o s e w h o w is h o n l y t o ta k e s tu d io c o u rse s.) T h e in tr o d u c to r y co u rse is d e sign e d t o a c q u a in t th e s tu d e n t w ith th e p rin c ip a l e le m en ts o f th e a tre s tu d y in ­ c lu d in g d ra m a tic a na lysis, th e o r y , d e sig n , a n d a c tin g . T h e w o r k o f th e c o u rs e in clu d e s re a d in g , d is c u s s io n , pra ctica l exercises, a n d s h o r t p a p e rs . T h e c o u rse m a y c o u n t t o w a r d th e m a jo r. T h e m in im u m re q u ire m e n t f o r a d m is­ s io n t o a m a jo r o r a m in o r in T h e a tr e S tu d ie s is T h e a tr e 1 a n d o n e a d d itio n a l c o u rse f f o m e ith e r d r a m a tic lite r a tu r e o r p e r fo r m a n c e stu dies. S tu d e n ts co n sid e rin g a m a jo r in T h e a tre S tu d ie s are s tro n g ly u rg e d t o ta k e o n e o r t w o a d d itio n a l cou rses d u r in g th e s o p h o m o r e y e a r. M a jo r s a n d p ro s p e c tiv e m a jo rs s h o u ld c o n s u lt a 124 m e m b e r o f th e T h e a tre S tu d ie s fa c u lty f o r in fo r m a tio n a b o u t courses in o th e r d e p a rt­ m e n ts c o m p le m e n ta r y t o th e ir w o r k in th e a tre . T h e s tu d y o f th e a tre a n d d ra m a tic lite ra tu re in fo re ig n languages a n d c u ltu ra l c o n te x ts is s tro n g ly r e c o m m e n d e d . S tu d e n ts w h o p la n t o d o g rad u ate w o r k o r t o f o llo w a co u rse o f p ro fe s s io n a l tra in in g s h o u ld see a m e m b e r o f th e fa c u lty f o r e a rly h e lp in p la n n in g th e ir p ro g ra m s . M ajor in the Course Program: T h e co u rse m a jo r in T h e a tr e S tu d ie s re q u ire s te n cred its o f w o r k in d ra m a tic lite ra tu re a n d p e rfo rm a n c e stu dies as f o llo w s : a ) d ra m a tic lite ra tu re : a t least f o u r cre d its in c lu d in g Sha kes p e are. W o r k s h o u ld also in c lu d e a t least o n e c re d it in th e m o d e m p e rio d a n d o n e c re d it besides Shakespe are c o v e rin g m a te ria l w r itte n b e fo re Ib s e n . D r a m a ­ tic lite ra tu re courses m a y in c lu d e w o r k f r o m E n g lis h L it e r a t u r e , M o d e m La n g u a g e s a n d L ite r a tu re s , a n d C lassics. S tu d e n ts w ith th e req u isite language skills are u rg e d t o d o th e w o r k in th e o rig in a l language; b ) p e rfo rm a n c e stu dies: a t least f o u r c re d its in c lu d in g P e r fo r m ­ ance T h e o r y , In tr o d u c tio n to D e s ig n , a n d t w o s tu d io c re d its ; c ) th e s e n io r c o m p re h e n s iv e e x a m in a tio n w ill b e g iv e n in t w o p a rts : i ) a th re e -h o u r e x a m b ased o n a re a d in g lis t o f plays a nd c ritic a l w o r k s d ra w n fr o m E n g lis h L it e r a ­ tu re , M o d e r n La n g u a g e s a n d Lite r a tu re s , a n d C lassics. T h i s lis t is g iv e n t o stu d e n ts w h e n th e y are a ccepted i n t o th e m a jo r ; ii) a ta k e -h o m e essay d escribin g s o lu tio n s t o a rtistic a n d critical p r o b le m s . A s e n io r essay o r p ro je c t ( T h e a tr e 9 5 , 9 6 ) is o p tio n a l; in te re ste d stu d e n ts s h o u ld c o n s u lt w i t h th e a p p ro p ria te a d v is o r in th e sp rin g o f th e ju n io r ye a r. A p p lic a tio n s f o r in te rn s h ip s a n d special p ro je c ts s h o u ld b e m a d e as fa r in a dvan c e as po ssible . G e rm a n 5 2 . D a s Deu tsch e D ra m a . G e rm a n 6 0. G o e th e ’ s Faust G e rm a n 8 3 . K a fk a and D re ch t. S p a n ish 4 0 . El T e a tro del R e n acie m e n to y del S ig io de O ro . S p an ish 7 5 . T e a tro H isp a n ic o a m e ric a n o C on te m p o ra n e o . C la s s ic s 8 2 . Th e A n c ie n t T h e a tre . Performance Studies Courses: T h e a tre I . In tro ductio n to T h e a tre . T h e a tre 2 . Tech n iq u es o f A c tin g . T h e a tre 3 . P ro d u c tio n W brksho p . T h e a tre 5 . S ce n e S tu d y . T h e a tre 13 . T h e a tre H is to ry . M ajor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: T h e h o n o r s m a jo r re q u ire s s ix o r eight credits in c lu d in g Shakespe are S e m in a r a n d S e n io r P r o je c t in p re p a ra tio n f o r th re e o r f o u r p a p e rs . S e n io r P ro je c t w ill b e e va lu a te d in p e rfo rm a n c e as w e ll as b y p a p e r. T h e m in o r re q u ire s f o u r c re d its in p re p a ra tio n f o r t w o p a p e rs . O n e o f th e pa p e rs fo r th e m in o r w o u ld n o r m a lly b e S e n io r P ro je c t. W i t h resp ect t o th e t w e n ty co u rse r u le , courses in d ra m a tic lite ra tu re in E n g lis h L it e r a t u r e , C lsasics , a n d M o d e m La n gu a ge s a n d L it e r a ­ tu re s w ill c o u n t as p a r t o f th e m a jo r ; cou rses in n o n -d ra m a tic lite ra tu re w ill n o t . T h e a tre 1 4 . In tro ductio n to D e sig n . T h e a tre 15 . A d v a n c e d Design . T h e a tre 16 . P la y D irectin g . T h e a tre 1 7 . P la y w rig h tin g W o rk sh o p . T h e a tre 18 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry . T h e a tre 2 3 . En se m b le I: S h a k e s p e a re . T h e a tre 2 4 . En se m b le II: A c to rs and T e x ts . T h e a tre 25 . En se m b le II: S tu d ie s in P e rfo rm a n c e . T h e a tre 9 3. D ire cte d Reading. T h e a tre 9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r E s s a y . Dramatic Literature Courses: Honors Seminars: En glish 25 . S h a k e s p e a re . T h e a tre 1 1 1 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry . En glish 2 7 . T u d o r and S tu a rt D ra m a . T h e a tre 180 . S e n io r P ro je c t. En glish 6 1 . A m e ric a n D ra m a . En g lish 1 0 1 . S h a k e s p e a re . En g lish 69. C olloquiu m in S h a k e s p e a re . En g lish 105. T u d o r and S tu a rt D ra m a . En glish 7 4 a . M o d e rn D ram a I. En g lish 1 19 . M o d e rn D ra m a . En glish 7 4 b . M o d e rn D ram a II. Fre n c h 10 2 . Le T h é â tre C la ss iq u e . C E L 7 4 a . M o d e rn D ram a I. C E L 7 4 b . M o d e rn D ram a II. G e rm a n 10 8. D e u tsch e L ite ra tu r nach 1950. Fre n c h 4 3 . Le T h é â tre . R u ssia n 10 9. C h e k h o v . Fre n c h 7 0 . T h é â tre M o d e rn e . G re e k 1 1 4 . G re e k D ra m a . 125 English Lite ra tu re 1 . In tro d u ctio n to th e T h e a tre . T h i s c o u rse in c lu d e s sections o n d ra m a tic a n a lysis, d e s ig n , a n d a ctin g. S e ve ra l s h o rt pa p e rs are assigned a n d rehearsals are c o n ­ d u c te d in w h ic h th e class d iv id e s its e lf in to sm a ll g ro u p s t o w o r k o n selected te x ts . R e a d ­ ings in c lu d e th e f o llo w in g : C h e k h o v , M i ll e r , S y n g e , S h e p a rd , B re c h t, Fe rg u s s o n , S h a n k , V e n t u r i, A p p i a . P re re q u is ite f o r a d v a n c e d p e rfo rm a n c e studies cou rses. Fall semester. D e v i n , L e f f . 2 . Te ch n iq u e s o f A c tin g . T h i s is th e basic a ctin g c o u rs e , th e p re re q u is ite f o r all o th e rs . I t in clu d es sections o n h is to r y a n d th e o r y o f a c tin g as w e ll as in te n s iv e w o r k o n r e la x a tio n a n d c o n c e n tra tio n . T h e a tre 1 is n o t re q u ire d as a p re re q u is ite . R e a d in g s w ill b e d ra w n f r o m a m o n g th e fo llo w in g : S ta n is la v s k i, B o l e s la v s k y , C h a i k e n , G r o t o w s k i . S t u d i o c o u rse ; o n e c re d it. Spring semester. D e v i n . 3 . P ro d u c tio n W o rksh o p . T h is co u rse focuses u p o n a n d seeks t o reso lve specific p r o d u c tio n p ro b le m s (s c e n e ry, lig h tin g , a u d io , c o s tu m in g , p r o d u c tio n m a n a g e m e n t). T h e a tr e 1 is n o t r e q u ire d as a p re re q u is ite . M a y b e re pe ate d o n c e f o r c re d it. S t u d io c o u rse ; o n e h a lf c re d it. Spring semester. L e f f . 5 . S ce n e S tu d y . A n a ctin g s tu d io f o r in te rm e d ia te a n d a d van c e d s tu d e n ts w h o ch o o s e th e ir o w n p ro je c ts in a c tin g te c h n iq u e a n d w o r k o n th e m w ith th e in s tr u c to r ’ s s u p e r v is io n . M a y b e re pe ate d on c e f o r c re d it. P re re q u is ite : T h e a tr e 2 . S t u d io c o u rs e ; o n e h a lf c re d it. F a l l semester. D e v i n . tio n s f o r c o n te m p o r a r y theatrical d esign. P ra c ­ tic al a p p lic a tio n o f d esign p rin c ip le s in p ro je c ts a n d exercises. (R e a d in g s : A p p i a , C r a ig , B r a u n , F . L . W r i g h t , K . B u r k e , B a c h e la rd , G ie d i o n .) Fall semester. L e f f . 15 . A d v a n c e d D e sig n . E x te n s iv e p ro je c ts in s u p p o rt o f th e En s e m b le classes; a p p lic a tio n o f design p rin c ip le s to sp ecific p ro b le m s o f p e rio d s ty le , th ea tre a rc h ite c tu re , a n d th e c o lla b o ra tiv e process. (R e a d in g s : T u a n , K le e , G . S te in , V e n t u r i, V . T u r n e r , B a rth e s , G ie d i o n .) N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. L e f f . 16 . P la y D ire c tin g . S t u d y a n d a p p lic a tio n o f th e a rtistic p rin c ip le s th a t d e te rm in e th e c o n d itio n s o f p e rfo rm a n c e , w ith special a tte n tio n t o the issues o f a ctin g , d e s ig n , a n d t e x t . C la s s p ro je c ts w ill b e p re ­ sented t o th e p u b lic as a fin a l exercise. M e e ts w ith A d v a n c e d D e s ig n w h e n p o ssib le ; a ttend s rehearsals a t P e o p le ’ s L i g h t a n d T h e a tre C o m ­ p a n y . (R e a d in g s : C l u r m a n , S ta n is la v s k y , F o r e ­ m a n , G r o t o w s k i , B re c h t, B r o o k .) N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D e v i n . 1 7 . P la y w ritin g W o rksh o p . P ro je c ts in p la y w ritin g . D is c u s s io n o f p la y sc rip ts s u p p o rte d b y s o m e re a d in g a n d analysis o f a p p ro p ria te m o d e ls . A d m is s io n a t th e d is ­ c re tio n o f th e in s tr u c to r . S t u d io c o u rs e ; o n e c re d it. Spring semester. D e v i n . 18 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry . A s tu d y o f th e d e v e lo p m e n t a n d e v o lu tio n o f theo ries o f p e rfo rm a n c e as th e y a p p ly t o theatre a n d re la te d a rts . A u t h o r s w ill in c lu d e A r is t o d e , D id e r o t , N ie tzs c h e , A r t a u d , G r o t o w s k i , R o la n d B a rth e s. Spring semester. L e f f . 13 . T h e a tre H is to ry . 2 3 . En se m b le I: S h a k e s p e a re . T h e s tu d y o f selected p e rio d s o f th e a tre f r o m a h is to ric a l p e rs p e c tive . E m p h a s is o n th e m a n i­ fe s ta tio n o f p h ilo s o p h ic a l, p o litic a l, a n d m o ra l c o n d itio n s in d ra m a tic p e rfo rm a n c e ; co n sid ­ e ra tio n as w e ll o f th e p ro b le m a tic s o f read in g o ld e r te x ts w ith in c o n te m p o r a r y fra m e s o f p e r­ fo rm a n c e . (R e a d in g s : N i c o ll , N a g le , R . G il m a n , P . A m o t t , G . W . K n ig h t , P e p y s , V . T u r n e r .) Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. L e f f . T h i s class rehearses a n d presents scenes in c o n ju n c tio n w ith courses a n d sem inars in d ra m a tic lite ra tu re , p rin c ip a lly Sha kespe are. T h e w o r k o f th e c o u rs e includ es research o n p e rfo rm a n c e h is to r y a n d p re s e n ta tio n s t o th e lite ra tu re classes. M a y b e repe ate d o n c e f o r c re d it. S t u d io c o u rse ; o n e c re d it. F a i l semester. D e v i n . 14 . In tro d u c tio n to Design . T h e s tu d y a n d p ra ctice o f d ra m a tic choices. U s in g th e w o r k s o f a m a jo r m o d e rn p la y w rig h t, T h e s tu d y o f th e o re tic a l a n d h is to ric a l fo u n d a ­ 126 2 4 . En se m b le II: A c to r s and T e x ts . th e class w ill e x p lo r e th e proc ess o f m o v in g f r o m s c rip te d t e x t t o d ra m a tic a r t. S o u rc e m a te ria l in c lu d e s a ll o f th e p la y s , p o e t r y , p ro s e , a n d c ritic a l w r itin g o f th e selected a u th o r . D u r in g th e se co n d h a lf o f th e c o u rse th e e n s em b le w ill rehearse scenes, o n e -a c ts , o r a fu ll-le n g th p la y , c u lm in a tin g in a p u b lic p e r­ fo rm a n c e . I n th e fa ll o f 1986 th e e n s em b le w ill fo c u s o n th e w o r k s o f M e g a n T e r r y a n d C a r y l C h u r c h ill, t w o w o m e n p la y w rig h ts c o n c e rn e d w ith th e issues o f ge n d e r a n d id e n tity in c o n te m p o ra ry s o c ie ty. P re re q u is ite : T h e a tre 2 3 o r p e rm is s io n o f the in s tru c to rs ; s tu d io c o u rse ; o n e c re d it. Fall semester. L e f f a n d W illia m s o n . 25 . En se m b le III: S tu d ie s in P e rfo rm a n c e . F o r th e fir s t h a lf o f th e sem ester th e class m eets w e e k ly , c h o o s in g a s c rip t a n d p re p a rin g f o r rehearsal (lo c a tin g p r o p s , co s tu m e s , e tc ., lea rn ­ in g lin e s , c ritic a lly a n a lyzin g th e p la y ) . T h e se c o n d h a lf o f th e sem ester w ill b e g in w ith a b r ie f, in te n se rehearsal p e rio d fo llo w e d b y p u b lic p e rfo rm a n c e . T h i s w ill in t u r n b e fo llo w e d b y m o re rehearsal a n d a n o th e r , m o re e x te n d e d , p u b lic r u n . P re re q u is ite : T h e a tr e 2 3 . S t u d io c o u rse ; o n e c re d it. Spring semester. D e v i n . 9 3. D ire c te d Reading. 9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r E s s a y , S e n io r T h e s is . A n essay o r p r o d u c t io n p ro je c t p re p a re d u n d e r th e s u p e rv is io n o f a n a p p ro p ria te fa c u lty m e m b e r. A p ro s p e c tu s m u s t b e s u b m itte d f o r a p p r o v a l in A p r i l o f th e ju n io r y e a r. B e fo re s u b m ittin g th e p ro s p e c tu s , m a jo rs s h o u ld c o n s u lt w ith th e D ir e c to r a nd w ith th e fa c u lty m e m b e r w h o m ig h t su p ervise th e p ro je c t. A o n e -c re d it p ro je c t w ill n o r m a lly b e c o m p le te d in th e fa ll o f th e se n io r ye a r. T h e fa ll w o r k m a y serve as p re p a ra tio n f o r a larger p ro je c t t o be c o m p le te d in th e sp rin g . S ta ff. 127 H is to r y M A R G A R E T A N D E R S O N , P r o fe s s o r 1 R O B ER T C . B A N N IS T E R , P ro fe s s o r R . B . D O B S O N , C o r n e ll V is itin g P r o fe s s o r 5 K A T H R Y N L . M O R G A N , P r o fe s s o r 12 J E R O M E H . W O O D , J R ., P ro fe s s o r H A R R IS O N M . W R IG H T, P ro fe s s o r R O B ER T S . D U P L E S S IS , A s s o c ia te P ro fe s s o r a n d C h a ir m a n L IL L IA N M . L I, A s s o c ia te P r o fe s s o r 2 M A R J O R IE M U R P H Y , A s s is ta n t P r o fe s s o r 3* A N D R E W M . V E R N E R , A s s is ta n t P ro fe s s o r COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES T h e D e p a r tm e n t o f H i s t o r y o ffe rs a range o f courses o f va lu e t o all s tu d e n ts , f r o m s u rve ys t o m o re specialized courses fo c u sin g o n a specific p e r io d , th e m e , o r s u b fie ld . A l l courses a tte m p t t o g iv e s tu d e n ts a sense o f th e p a s t, a n a cq u a in tan c e w i t h th e so cial, c u ltu r a l, a n d in s titu tio n a l d e v e lo p m e n ts th a t h a ve p ro d u c e d th e w o r ld o f t o d a y , a n d a n u n d e rs ta n d in g o f th e n a tu re o f h is to r y as a d is c ip lin e . T h e courses em p h a size less th e a c c u m u la tio n o f d a ta th a n th e in v e s tig a tio n , f r o m v a rio u s p o in ts o f v ie w , o f th o s e ideas a n d in s titu tio n s — p o litic a l, re li­ g io u s , so c ia l, a n d e c o n o m ic — b y w h ic h p e o p le h a ve e n d e a v o re d t o o r d e r th e ir w o r ld . S u rve ys stu d e n ts fie ld , as range o f are d e sign e d t o serve th e n eeds o f w h o seek a general e d u c a tio n in th e w e ll as t o p r o v id e p re p a ra tio n f o r a u p p e r-le v e l co u rse s. F re s h m a n sem ­ in a rs e x p lo r e p a rtic u la r issues o r p e rio d s in d e p th . A l t h o u g h these e n try -le v e l courses v a r y s o m e w h a t in a p p r o a c h , th e y n o r m a lly co n sid e r m a jo r issues o f in te rp re ta tio n , th e analysis o f p r im a r y so u rce s, a n d h isto ric a l m e th o d o lo g y . Prerequisites: S u r v e y s (n u m b e re d o n e th ro u g h n in e ) are o p e n t o all stu de nts w ith o u t p re ­ re q u isite s. F re s h m a n sem inars are o p e n o n ly to fre s h m e n o n th e sam e basis. U p p e r -le v e l courses are g e n erally o p e n to all s tu d e n ts w h o h a ve ta k e n a s u rv e y in th e sam e area , o r w h o h a ve A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t scores o f 3 - 5 in the same area, o r b y p e rm is s io n o f th e in s tru c to r b ased o n w o r k in fie ld s related to th e s u b je c t o f th e c o u rs e . E x c e p tio n s are courses " n o t o p e n t o fre s h m e n ” o r w h e re specific pre re q u is ite s are s ta te d . F o r co u rse s n o t c lea rly in th e area o f o n e o f th e s u rve y s , please c o n s u lt th e in s tru c to r. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR Prerequisites: T h e p re re q u is ite f o r a d m is s io n t o th e D e p a r tm e n t as a m a jo r in th e C o u r s e o r E x t e r n a l E x a m in a t io n ( H o n o r s ) P r o g ra m o r as a m in o r in th e H o n o r s p ro g ra m is n o r m a lly at least t w o H i s t o r y courses ta k e n a t S w a rth m o re a n d a s a tis fa c to ry s ta n d a rd o f w o r k in all co u rse s. A t least o n e o f these h is to r y courses s h o u ld b e ta k e n w ith in th e H is t o r y D e p a r tm e n t, a n d p r e fe ra b ly t w o f o r a d m is s io n t o H o n o r s . 1 2 3 5 A b s e n t o n le a ve , A b s e n t o n le a ve , A b s e n t o n le a ve , S p rin g se m este r, 128 fa ll sem ester, 1986 . s p rin g sem ester, 1987 . 1986 - 8 7 . 1987. Id e a lly p re p a ra tio n o f th e m a jo r s h o u ld in c lu d e a t least o n e s u r v e y , a n d e ith e r a fre s h m a n se m in a r o r u p p e r le ve l co u rse . S tu d e n ts w h o in te n d t o c o n tin u e th e ir studies a fte r g ra d u a tio n s h o u ld b e a r in m in d th a t a re a d in g k n o w le d g e o f o n e o r t w o fo re ig n languages (p a rtic u la rly F r e n c h a n d G e r m a n ) is n o w ge nerally assum ed f o r a d m is s io n t o grad u ate sc h o o l. I I M ajor in the Course Program: T h e w o r k o f th e I I I I m ajor in c o u rse consists o f a t least eigh t (a n d n o piore th a n tw e lv e ) sem ester courses in th e d e p a rtm e n t, cho se n so as t o fu lfill th e fo llo w in g requirem ents: (a) C o u r s e m a jo rs m u s t fu lfill ce rtain d e p a rt­ m e n ta l d is t r i b u t i o n r e q u ir e m e n ts . F o r p u rp o s e s o f d is trib u tio n th e D e p a r tm e n t has d iv id e d its co u rse s in to f o u r g ro u p s : ( 1) A n c i e n t , M e d ie v a l, a n d E a r l y M o d e m E u r o p e th ro u g h th e 18 t h c e n tu ry ; ( 2 ) M o d e r n E u r o p e ( 19 t h - 2 0 t h ce n tu rie s); ( 3 ) th e U n i t e d S tate s ; a n d ( 4 ) A f r i c a , A s i a , a n d L a t i n A m e r ic a . C o u r s e m a jo rs m u s t ta ke a t least o n e c o u rse f r o m each o f these areas. B e y o n d th a t, m a jo rs are en cou rag ed to c o n ce ntra te in fo rm a lly in to p ic s o r areas o f special in te re st t o th e m . j (b ) C o u r s e m a jo rs m u s t w r ite e ith e r a thesis ( f o r w h ic h th e y w ill receive a cad em ic c re d it) o r a research p a p e r a n d c o m p re ­ he nsive e x a m in a tio n . ( 1 ) T h e s is . S tu d e n ts w h o w is h t o ta k e a dvantag e o f th is o p t io n m u s t s u b m it a p r o p o s a l f o r d e p a rtm e n t a p p r o v a l b y M a y 1 o f th e ir ju n io r y e a r a n d w ill b e e x p e c te d t o c o m p le te th e thesis ( b y ta k in g H i s t o r y 9 2 ) d u rin g th e fa ll o f th e ir s e n io r y e a r. A b r ie f o ra l e x a m in a tio n w ill be based o n th e thesis. ( 2 ) R e s e a rc h pa p e r a n d c o m p re h e n s iv e e x a m in a tio n . S tu d e n ts c h o o s in g th is o p t io n m u s t, d u r in g th e ir ju n io r o r s e n io r ye a rs, ta ke a t least o n e u p p e r-le v e l co u rse in w h ic h a su b sta n tia l research p a p e r is r e q u ire d . S u c h courses are m a rk e d w ith a n asterisk ( * ) . T h e c o m p re h e n s iv e e x a m in a tio n , t o b e g ive n e a rly in th e sp rin g sem ester o f th e se n io r y e a r, w ill in c lu d e b o t h w r itte n a n d o ra l se ctions. M ajor and minor in the External Exa m in a tio n (Honors) Program: M a jo r s in th e H o n o r s P r o ­ g ra m m a y ta k e e ith e r th re e o r fo u r se m inars in th e D e p a r tm e n t. M in o r s in th e H o n o r s P ro g ra m are o r d in a r ily e x p e c te d t o ta k e a t least t w o sem in ars. ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS I Advanced Placement. T h e D e p a r tm e n t w ill (a u to m a tic a lly g ra n t o n e sem ester’ s c re d it fo r in c o m in g s tu d e n ts w h o h a ve a ch ieved a score H o f 5 in A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t h is to r y tests. T h is (c re d it m a y b e c o u n te d to w a rd th e n u m b e r o f (courses re q u ire d f o r g ra d u a tio n . I t m a y b e used [in p a rtia l fu lfillm e n t o f th e college d is trib u tio n jre q u ire m e n ts . F o r m a jo rs , it m a y serve as . p a rtia l fu lfillm e n t o f th e d e p a rtm e n ta l d is trijb u tio n re q u ire m e n ts listed a b o v e . G ra d e s o f 3 land 4 m a y serve as p re re q u is ite f o r a d van c e d (courses in h is to r y in th e sam e area ( E u r o p e a n l o r A m e r ic a n ) as th e A d v a n c e d Pla c e m e n t ■course. ■ La n g u a g e A ttachm ent. C e r t a i n d e s ig n a te d ■courses o ffe r th e o p t io n o f a fo re ig n language (a tta c h m e n t, n o r m a lly f o r o n e -h a lf c r e d it. P e rm issio n t o ta k e th is o p t io n w ill b e g ra n te d to l a n y s tu d e n t w h o s e re a d in g fa c ility p ro m is e s th e ■ p ro fita b le use o f h is to ric a l sou rces in th e ■foreign language. A rra n g e m e n ts f o r th is o p t io n ■should b e m a d e w i t h th e in s tru c to r a t th e tim e ( o f reg istra tio n . I j l . E a rly Eu ro p e . | E u r o p e f r o m th e rise o f C h r is tia n ity t o th e e n d o f th e M i d d le A g e s . T h i s cou rse w ill stress th e uses o f p r im a r y so urces. Not offered 1986 -8 7. 2 . E a rly M o d e rn Eu ro p e . F r o m th e late M id d le A g e s t o th e m id ­ e ig h te e n th c e n tu r y , fo c u sin g o n in te llec tu a l m o v e m e n ts , varie tie s o f state fo r m a t io n , a nd e c o n o m ic a n d social change. N o t offered 1986 -8 7. 3 A . M o d e rn Eu ro p e . A to p ic a l s u rv e y f r o m th e O l d R e g im e t o the C o l d W a r , w ith em phasis o n th e p o litic a l, in s titu tio n a l, e c o n o m ic , a n d social fo rc e s th a t h a ve sh a pe d m o d e r n E u r o p e . T o p ic s in clu d e E n lig h te n m e n t a n d re lig io n , re v o lu tio n s a n d r e fo r m m o v e m e n ts , in d u s tria liza tio n a n d th e rise o f th e m o d e r n n a tio n -s ta te s , im p e ria lis m , a n d w o r ld w a r. P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse. Spring semester. A n d e r s o n . 3 B . M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n S o c ie ty and C u ltu re . A n in tr o d u c tio n t o th e h is to r y o f m a jo r ideas a n d in te lle c tu a l m o v e m e n ts in r e la tio n t o social 129 H is to ry realities a n d p o litic a l a c tio n f r o m th e eigh te en th to th e tw e n tie th c e n tu r y . C h a n g in g c o n c e p tio n s o f th e in d iv id u a l, state , a n d so c ie ty are e x a m ­ in e d in h is to ric a l c o n te x t. P r im a r y d is trib u tio n co u rse . F a l l. V e m e r . 4 . La tin A m e ric a . T h e d e v e lo p m e n t o f th e L a t in A m e r ic a n area f r o m p re c o n q u e s t tim e s t o th e p re s e n t. E m p h a ­ sis is o n th e p o litic a l, e c o n o m ic , a n d social d e v e lo p m e n t o f B r a zil, M e x ic o , a n d A r g e n tin a , a n d o n recent attem p ts a t radical tra n s fo rm a tio n . Optional Language Attachment: S p a n is h o r P o rtu g u e s e . Spring. W o o d . 5 . Th e U nite d S ta te s to 1 8 7 7 . T h e c o lo n ia l exp e rie n c e a n d th e em ergence o f a n A m e r ic a n social o r d e r ; R e v o lu t io n a n d C o n s t i t u t i o n ; th e " f ir s t ” a n d " s e c o n d ” p a rty s ys te m s; h u m a n ita ria n is m a n d social c o n tr o l in th e a n te b e llu m r e fo r m ; s la v e ry , th e C i v i l W a r , a n d R e c o n s tr u c tio n . F a l l. B a n n is te r. 6 . T h e U nite d S ta te s sin ce 18 7 7 . In d u s tria lis m a n d th e A m e r ic a n social o r d e r ; th e w e lfa re state f r o m th e S q u a re D e a l t o th e G r e a t S o c ie ty ; w o r ld p o w e r a n d its p r o b le m s ; th e 1960 s a n d its legacy. Spring. B a n n is te r. 7 . T h e H is to r y o f the A fric a n A m e ric a n P e o p le . T h i s c o u rse is a to p ic a l s u rv e y o f th e h is to ric a l legacy o f th e A f r i c a n A m e r ic a n p e o p le . It b egins w ith a n c ie n t b la c k E g y p t p r i o r t o th e im m ig r a tio n o f n o n -in d ig e n o u s A fr ic a n s t o th e N i l e V a lle y . I t stu d ies th e c o n n e c tio n o f a nc ie n t E g y p t ia n c u ltu re w i t h th e rest o f A f r i c a , a n d th e im p a c t o f A f r i c a n c u ltu re o n A s i a , E u r o p e , a n d A m e r ic a , p r io r t o th e r e b ir th a n d e x p a n s io n o f E u r o p e . T h e struggles o f b la c k m e n a n d w o m e n f o r lib e ra tio n in th e U n i t e d States are seen as an " e x c itin g c h a p te r in th e h is to ry o f h u m a n it y .” T o p ic s in c lu d e : b la c k s in science, b la c k n a tio n ­ a lis m , b la c k M u s lim s , b la c k Je w s , P a n A f r i c a n ­ is m , r e v o lu tio n a r y P a n A fr ic a n is m a n d th e B la c k P o w e r idea. Fall. M o r g a n . 8 . A fr ic a . A s u r v e y o f A f r i c a n h is t o r y , w ith a n em pha sis o n tro p ic a l A f r i c a in m o d e r n tim e s ; th e d e v e lo p m e n t o f A f r i c a n n a tio n a lis m a n d th e 130 a c h ie v e m e n t o f in d e p e n d e nc e ; d iffe rin g per­ 101 spectives o n th e A f r i c a n past. An Spring. W r i g h t . A ! cor A n h is to ric a l in tr o d u c tio n t o v a rio u s aspects of | Ind tra d itio n a l C h in e s e c iv iliza tio n a n d c u l t u r e - Bril language, lite ra tu re , p h ilo s o p h y , a r t , im perial' E m a n d b u re a u c ra tic in s titu tio n s . T h e im p a c t ofj [frei C h in e s e c iv iliza tio n o n o th e r p a rts o f A s i a will g o Noi b e e x a m in e d b rie fly . F a ll. L i . CIs 9 . C hin e se C iv iliza tio n . IO B . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e T h ird Reich and th e H o lo c a u s t (Se Noi A n in te n s iv e e x a m in a tio n o f th e o rig in s , ideol- JCIi o g y , a n d o p e ra tio n s o f th e N a z i re g im e , itsl(Se e x te n s io n across E u r o p e , a n d responses o flF a l v ic tim s a n d c o lla b o ra to rs . O p e n t o freshm en I Cli o n l y . E n r o l lm e n t lim ite d t o te n . Preference] an g iv e n t o fre s h m e n e n te rin g w ith A d v a n c e d ! (Se P la c e m e n t sco re o f 3 o r b e tte r in E u ro p e a n ] 1 H is to r y . Cli Optional Language Attachment: G e r m a n . Ce N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n . Sp IO C . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e T w e n tie s in A m e ric a . (& | Cli A n e x a m in a tio n o f s o m e m a jo r th e m e s inl(S< tw e n tie th -c e n tu r y A m e r ic a n h is to r y as e v i-]F a d e n c e d in th e careers o f le a d in g p e rs o n a litie s ]^ a n d in d ra m a tic e ve n ts o f th e 1920 s . T o p ic s willj-r-^ range f r o m p o litic s a n d re lig io n t o literatu re act a n d p o p u la r c u ltu r e . O p e n t o fre s h m e n o n ly .. Nc E n r o l lm e n t lim ite d t o te n . P referenc e g iv e n to fre s h m e n e n te rin g w ith a n A d v a n c e d Placem ent 12 T1 score o f 3 o r b e tte r in A m e ric a n h is to r y . to P r im a r y d is trib u tio n cou rse. p! N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B a n n iste r. lari 10 D . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e C old W ar Era. I va Jsp A fo c u s e d e x a m in a tio n o f th e o rig in s andl persistence o f th e c o ld w a r f r o m th e g lob a li-l " z a tio n o f c o n ta in m e n t t o th e pressu re o f | T i dom estic c o n flic t T o p ic s include: the Eisenhow er -1 E * D u lle s y e a rs , K e n n e d y ’ s C ris is M a n a g e m e n t, I L B J a n d V i e t n a m , N ix o n / K is s in g e r ’ s D e te n te ,! T r u m a n ’ s D e c is io n s t o D r o p th e B o m b a nd l || s u b se q u e n t n u clea r p o lic y d e cision s. O p e n to I -p| fre s h m e n o n l y . E n r o llm e n t lim ite d t o ten. I ^ Pre fe re n c e g iv e n t o fre s h m e n e n te rin g w ith I ec A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t o f 3 o r b e tte r in A m e ric a n I Q| h is to r y . I a N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y . I pj 10E. Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: T h e In va s io n o f A m e rica. !A s tu d y o f p r e -C o lu m b ia n A m e r ic a a n d a c o m p a ra tive analysis o f in te ra c tio n s b e tw e e n >of| Indians a n d E u ro p e a n s in c o lo n ia l S p a n is h a n d B ritish A m e r ic a . O p e n t o fre s h m e n o n ly . rial E n r o llm e n t lim ite d t o te n . Preferen c e g iv e n to of freshm en e n te rin g w ith A d v a n c e d P la c e m e n t o f rill 3 o r b e tte r in A m e r ic a n h is to r y . W ot offered. 19 8 6 -8 7. W o o d . C la ssics 2 1 . A n c ie n t G re e c e . (See listin g u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .) N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. ol' C la ssics 3 1. H is to ry o f G re e c e . its l(S e e listin g u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la ssic s .) of I F a ll. B u rr e ll. ien C la ssics 3 2 . T h e Rom an Republic ice and A u g u s tu s . :ed |(S e e listing u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .) an ¡Spring. S ta ff. jC la s s ic s 4 2 . G re e c e in th e Fifth C e n tu ry R .C . (See listing u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .) C la ss ic s 4 4 . T h e E a rly R o m an Em p ire . in I (See listin g u n d e r D e p a r tm e n t o f C la s s ic s .) vi'jIF a li. M itc h e ll. ies rill 11. E a rly M e d ie va l Eu ro p e . (T h e h is to r y o f w e s te rn E u r o p e f r o m th e [accession o f D io c le tia n t o th e last C a ro lin g ia n s . ly ( N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. to :nt|i 12. L a te r M e d ie v a l Eu ro p e . ire [The history o f western Europe from the tenth I to the fifteenth century, with particular emIphasis on the role o f France as the political, I artistic, and intellectual headquarters o f medie­ val Christendom. Spring. D o d s o n . nd ili- 13. M e d ie va l En gla nd. on T h e p o litic a l, c u ltu r a l, a n d re lig io u s h is to r y o f s-| E n g la n d f r o m th e R o m a n o c c u p a tio n t o 1 4 8 5 . it, N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. te, 14. M e d ie v a l Eu ro p e a n Intellectual id H isto ry. to T h e h is to r y o f ideas in w e s te rn E u r o p e f r o m :n. the f if th t o th e fo u rte e n th c e n tu ry, w ith r o u g h ly th equal a tte n tio n b e in g p a id to th e d e v e lo p m e n t an o f p o litic a l th e o ry , th e o lo g y , p h ilo s o p h y , e d u ­ c a tio n , a n d science. N o t offered 1986 -8 7. 15. M e d ie va l Eu ro p e a n H is to rio g ra p h y . W r itin g s o n h is to r y , f r o m A u g u s tin e t o F r o is ­ s a rt, a n d th e M i d d le A g e s , f r o m th e fifte e n th c e n tu ry t o th e p re s e n t, w ill b e s tu d ie d . T h e c o u rs e ’ s p u r p o s e is t o id e n tify changes in each p e rio d ’s c o n c e p tio n o f th e M id d le A g e s . N o t offered 1986 -8 7. 16. Th e T w e lfth C en tury. A s tu d y o f th e m o s t ra p id p e rio d o f change in th e M i d d le A g e s , seen th ro u g h th e careers o f seven re p re s e n ta tive fig u re s: A b e l a r d , B e r n a r d , J o h n o f S a lis b u ry , H e n r y P la n ta g e n e t, B a rb a rossa, L o u is V I I , a n d P o p e A le x a n d e r I I I . N o t offered 1986 -8 7. 18. C o u rt, C u ltu re , and Peop le in the Reign o f R ich a rd II. A n in te n sive in ve s tig a tio n , p a r tly based o n p r im a r y so u rce s, o f m e d ie v a l E n g lis h civiliza ­ t io n a t its m o s t e la b o ra te stage. T o p ic s t o be discussed w ill in c lu d e th e n a tu re o f k in g s h ip , th e H u n d r e d Y e a rs ’ W a r , W y c l i ff e a n d H e r e s y , a rc h ite c tu re a n d a rt o f th e c o u r t , C h a u c e r a n d L a n g la n d , th e R o b i n H o o d legend a n d th e t r iu m p h o f th e E n g lis h language. Spring. D o b s o n . *1 9 . Th e R e n a iss a n ce . T h e em ergence o f a n e w c u ltu re in th e c ity states o f Ita ly b e tw e e n th e fo u rte e n th a n d ea rly s ix te e n th c e n tu rie s , s tu d ie d in re la tio n t o th e p o litic a l, e c o n o m ic a n d social c o n te x t. E m p h a ­ sis o n c u ltu r a l d e v e lo p m e n ts in c lu d in g h u m a n ­ is m , a r t , h is to r io g r a p h y , a n d p o litic a l th o u g h t. N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D u P le s s is . 23 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt En g la nd. T h e tra n s fo rm a tio n o f E n g la n d in th e s ixte e n th a n d s e ve n te e n th c e n tu rie s , f r o m th e R e fo r m a ­ t io n to th e G lo r i o u s R e v o lu t io n . T o p ic s in ­ c lu d e th e T u d o r p o l it y , p o litic a l r e v o lt a n d th e em ergence o f p a rlia m e n ta ry m o n a r c h y , th e reca stin g o f th e social s tru c tu re , th e rise o f a c a p italist e c o n o m y , a n d th e c o u rse o f relig io u s c o n flic t a n d change. Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D u P le s s is . 2 4 . T h e R is e o f C a p ita lism . T h e tra n s itio n f r o m agrarian fe u d a lis m t o in d u s tria l c a p ita lism in E u r o p e f r o m th e f o u r ­ te e n th t o th e n in e te e n th c e n tu rie s. E m p h a s is o n v a r y in g p a tte rn s o f agrarian t ra n s fo rm a tio n , re s tru c tu rin g o f in d u s tria l p r o d u c t io n , e x p a n ­ s io n o f th e m a r k e t, class fo r m a t io n , e c o n o m ic 131 H is to ry t h o u g h t, a n d id e o lo g y . A n a ly s is o f th eo ries a b o u t th e o rig in s o f c a p ita lism a n d in d u s tria li­ za tio n . S o m e d isc u ssio n o f d e v e lo p m e n t in E a s te r n E u r o p e , b u t m o s t a tte n tio n is g iv e n t o W e s te r n E u r o p e , p a rtic u la rly E n g la n d a n d Fra n c e . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D u P le s s is . *2 5 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty and Change in M o d e rn Eu ro p e . A to p ic a l s tu d y o f E u r o p e a n w o m e n f r o m th e la te r M i d d le A g e s t o th e tw e n tie th c e n tu r y . Issues t o b e c o n s id e re d in c lu d e w o r k in g w o m ­ e n in p re in d u s tria l a n d in d u s tria l e c o n o m ie s, fa m ily life , s e xu a lity a n d r e p r o d u c tio n , w o m ­ e n ’ s co lle c tive a c tio n , th e rise o f fe m in is m . Fall. D u P le s s is . *2 9 . V ic to ria n En g land. E n g la n d f r o m th e 1830 ’ s t o th e e n d o f th e n in e te e n th c e n tu ry . T o p ic s w ill in c lu d e la n d e d a n d in d u s tria l so c ie ty, th e p o o r a n d r e fo r m ; p ie ty a n d m o r a lity ; lib e ra lis m a n d its aesthetic a n d m o ra l critics; Ir e la n d ; S p le n d id Is o la tio n a n d E m p ir e ; a n d rep re s e n tative fig u re s o f th e age. N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n . 3 2 . Eu ro p e o f the D ic ta to rs , 19 14 -19 4 5 . T h e assault o f ra d ic a l p o litic s , le ft a n d r ig h t, o n th e social a n d p o litic a l fa b ric o f E u r o p e ; th e in te ra c tio n o f d o m e s tic a n d in te rn a tio n a l c o n ­ flic t; th e crisis o f in d u s tria l c a p ita lis m ; n a tio n ­ a lis m , m ilita r is m , ra c is m ; th e firs t e ffective e x p e rim e n ts in th e use o f id e o lo g y, te c h n o lo g y , a n d te r ro r as m eans o f social c o n tr o l. O ptional Language Attachment: G e r m a n . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n . 3 3 . T h e Eu ro p e a n L e ft. L e ft i s t m o v e m e n ts a n d ide olog ie s in th e n in e ­ te e n th a n d tw e n tie th centuries f r o m p r e M a r x ia n socialism t o p o s t-L e n in is t c o m m u n ­ is m . T o p ic s in c lu d e th e cha n gin g n a tu re o f so cial p r o te s t, th e tra n s fo rm a tio n f r o m c o r p o ­ ra te t o class s o c ie ty , " u t o p ia n a n d sc ie n tific ” M a r x is m , a n a rc h is m , tra d e u n io n is m a n d elec­ to r a l p o litic s , class consciousness a n d m ass a c tio n , w a r a n d r e v o lu tio n , th e resp on sib ilitie s a n d a lie n a tio n o f p o w e r . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. V e r n e r . 3 4. R e v o lu tio n a ry Fra n c e . T h e tra n s fo rm a tio n o f F ra n c e f r o m th e ancien régime t o th e 1848 r e v o lu tio n : th e crisis o f o ld re g im e state a n d social s tru c tu re , Enlight-I tra e n m e n t th o u g h t a n d th e r e v o lu tio n o f 1789 ] dil S a n s -C u lo t tis m , r e v o lu tio n a ry w a r a n d terror] of N a p o le o n , re s to ra tio n a n d re a c tio n , 1830 and de th e J u l y M o n a r c h y . Sp N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. V e rn e r . *4 35. C u ltu re and P o litic s o f M od ern Fra n c e . T1 lé A n e x a m in a tio n o f n a tio n , c itize n , a n d class °I f r o m th e J u l y M o n a r c h y t o th e F i f t h R e p u b lic . T o p ic s in c lu d e th e r e v o lu tio n o f 1 8 4 8 , m iddle classes a n d b o u rg e o is c u ltu re , rise o f the w o r k in g class, B o n a p a rtis m a n d C o m m u n e , R e p u b lic a n synthe sis a n d s ta b ility , radicals and th e c h u r c h , a n ti-S e m itis m , p o la riza tio n and d is in te g ra tio n , W o r l d W a r I I — co llab ora tion a n d resistan ce , r e b ir th o f th e re p u b lic a n d end o f e m p ire , G a u llis m . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. V e r n e r . 36. M o d e rn G e rm an y. !in ge et N m T it fc ai ai sl T h e d e v e lo p m e n t o f G e r m a n y f r o m a collection! o f sm a ll to w n s a n d sm a ll states t o th e ly n c h -p in 4 o f th e p re s e n t E u r o p e a n b alance o f p o w e r. * T o p ic s w ill in c lu d e : th e fo r m a tio n o f an ■/ im p e ria l state a n d its grasp f o r w o r ld p o w e r ; the ii c o n flic t b e tw e e n a gra ria n ideals a n d industrial s im p e ra tiv e s ; d e m o c ra tiza tio n a n d th e search fo r I a n a tio n a l id e n tity ; c u ltu ra l efflo re sce nce and t p o litic a l b re a k d o w n ; th e y o u th m o v e m e n t, a a n ti-s e m itis m , a n d N a t io n a l S o c ia lis m ; d ivid e d I G e r m a n y a n d th e "u n d ig e s te d ” G e r m a n y past.! I O ptional Language Attachment: G e r m a n . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. A n d e r s o n . 3 7. M e d ie v a l and Im p eria l R u s s ia . F r o m th e n in th c e n tu ry orig in s o f K ie v a n R u s to R u s s ia ’s em ergence as th e G e n d a r m e o f E u r o p e in th e n in e te e n th c e n tu r y . T o p ic s in c lu d e th e M o n g o l y o k e , th e e v o lu tio n of T s a ris t a u to c ra c y since Iv a n th e T e r rib le , sla ve ry a n d s e rfd o m , th e re la tio n s h ip betw een th e O r t h o d o x c h u rc h a n d the state, W e s te rn i­ z a t io n , th e o rig in s o f th e in te llig e n tsia , a n d the d is in te g ra tio n o f th e P e trin e service class sys­ te m . Fall. V e r n e r . 38. R e v o lu tio n a ry and S o v ie t R u s s ia . A c e n tu r y o f c o n tin u ity a n d change fro m | A le x a n d e r I I t o B re zh n e v . T o p ic s includ e I b u re a u c ra tic r e fo r m a n d reac tion in th e a u t o - 1 cra tic s ta te , th e inte llig entsia t r a d itio n , R u ssia n 1 M a r x is m a n d th e r e v o lu tio n a r y m o v e m e n t, the I "■1 >ht-J tra n s fo rm a tio n o f a n agrarian e c o n o m y , th e lib e ra lis m , th e re v o lu tio n s ror o f 1905 a n d 1917 , L e n in is m versu s S ta lin is m , and d e -S ta lin iza tio n . Spiring. V e r n e r . ’89j dilem m a o f R u s s ia n *4 1. T h e A m e ric a n C olon ies. lass lie. die the ne, T h e fo u n d a tio n s o f A m e r ic a n c iv iliza tio n , 1607 - 1 7 6 3 . T o p ic s tre a te d in c lu d e : th e d e v e l­ o p m e n t o f re p re s e n tative g o v e rn m e n t; d e n o m in a tio n a lis m a n d relig io u s to le r a tio n ; th e e m er­ gence o f a n e w social s tru c tu re ; ra cism a n d ethnic re la tio n s; a n d E n g la n d ’ s im p e ria l p o lic y . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. W o o d . on >in 43. Je ffe rs o n ia n is m and the 5 2. Ed uca tion in A m e ric a . he in te n s iv e ly o n co n tra s ts b e tw e e n th e Je ffe r ­ ial so nia n v ie w o f m a n a n d A m e r ic a a n d o th e r or perspectives in A m e r ic a n p o litic s , c o n s titu ­ id tio n a l law , social th e o ry , re lig io n , lite ra tu re , a n d it, I a rch itectu re . L i m i t e d e n ro llm e n t. ed P re re q u isite : H i s t o r y 5 , 6 o r e q u iv a le n t,o r th e it. I p e rm iss io n o f th e in s tru c to r. Spring. W o o d . 44. A m e ric a in th e P ro g re s s iv e E r a , 189 6 -19 2 0 . JS M o d e r n iz a tio n , social c o n tr o l, a n d th e rise o f jf the c o rp o ra te state. T o p ic s in c lu d e th e c o n tr o l o f in d u s tr y , scie n tific m a n a g e m e n t, socialism >f a nd th e so cial se ttle m e n ts , J i m C r o w , eugenics a n d b ir th c o n tr o l, th e w o m e n ’s m o v e m e n t, social science a n d th e rise o f th e " e x p e r t ,” i-l a dvertising a n d th e ro o ts o f c o n s u m e ris m . el N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B a n n iste r. e, n a e 1 4 9 . In tro d u ctio n to A m e ric a n D ip lo m a tic H is to ry . in th e c o lo n ie s a n d E n g lis h ideas a n d p ro je c ts fo r e m p ire ; th e r e v o lt against c o lo n ia l status and th e e la b o ra tio n o f a "r e p u b lic a n ” etho s a nd "r e p u b lic a n ” in s titu tio n s , 1 7 63 - 1789 . Spring. W o o d . er.l A m e ric a n Ex p e rie n c e . an A n in te rd is c ip lin a ry course w h ic h focuses :s Se le cte d th e m e s , v a r y in g f r o m ye a r t o ye a r. T e n ta tiv e to p ic f o r 1 9 8 6 - 8 7 : Science a nd S o c ie ty . N o t o p e n t o fre sh m a n . N o t offered 1986 -8 7. B a n n iste r. A c h ro n o lo g ic a l a p p ro a c h t o d ip lo m a tic h is to r y in th e m o d e r n w o r ld w ith em pha sis u p o n th e em ergence o f th e U . S . as a w o r ld p o w e r . I n th e p e r io d f r o m 1789 t o th e fall o f S a ig o n , w e w ill e x a m in e c o n flic tin g h isto ric a l in te rp re ta tio n s o f fo re ig n p o lic y ; in flu ence s o f in te rn a l p o litic s , c u ltu r e , a n d te c h n o lo g y in th e m a k in g o f fo re ig n p o lic y ; m ilita r y a nd strategic t h o u g h t, in te rn a tio n a l c o n flic t, a n d th e issues o f n o n ­ in v o lv e m e n t a n d in te rv e n tio n in a pro g re ssive ly in te rd e p e n d e n t w o r ld . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y . ind md *4 2 . Th e A m e ric a n R e vo lu tion . on T h e c o n flic t b e tw e e n in te n sive s e lf-g o v e rn m e n t nd 46 . T o p ic s in A m e ric a n Intellectual H is to ry . 45. Th e U nite d S ta te s S in ce 19 45. T h e C o l d W a r a n d M c C a r th y is m ; d o m e s tic p o litic s f r o m T r u m a n t o R e a g a n ; s u b u rb a n iza ­ t io n , tec h n o lo g ic a l change a n d m ass so cie ty; the N e w L e f t a n d th e c o u n te rc u ltu re ; C i v i l R ig h ts a n d B la c k P o w e r ; w o m e n ’ s lib e ra tio n ; W a te rg a te a n d th e Im p e ria l P re s id e n c y ; V i e t ­ n a m ; re v iv a l o n th e R ig h t . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y . ( A l s o liste d as E d u c a t io n 5 2 .) A h is to r y o f p r im a r y , se c o n d a ry, a n d h ig h e r e d u c a tio n in A m e r ic a f r o m th e E u r o p e a n a n d c o lo n ia l o rig in s t o th e p re s e n t. T h e c o u rse w ill c o n s id e r b o t h th e o r y a n d p ra c tic e w ith in th e c o n te x t o f A m e r ic a n so ciety a n d c u ltu re , a n d in re la tio n t o o th e r agencies o f so cialization. P re re q u is ite : P e rm is s io n o f th e in s tru c to r. Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. B annister. 53. B la c k C ulture and Black C o n sc io u sn e ss. E x p lo r a t io n in to th e re la tio n s h ip b e tw e e n b la c k c u ltu re a n d b la c k consciousness w ith em phasis p laced o n tw e n tie th c e n tu ry A m e r ic a . L i m i t e d e n r o llm e n t. R e a d in g s a n d s tu d e n t re p o rts f o r m th e c o re m a te rials f o r th e c o u rs e . L e a r n in g th ro u g h discussions o n l y . S e m in a r fo r m a t. P re re q u is ite : P re v io u s w o r k in h is to r y , o r p e rm is s io n o f th e in s tru c to r. Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M o r g a n . 5 4 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and P o litic s . W o m e n in A m e r ic a n so ciety f r o m th e c o lo n ia l p e r io d t o th e p re s e n t, w ith e m p h a sis o n th e ch a n g in g n a tu re o f w o r k a n d th e s e p a ra tio n o f sp h eres, th e rise o f fe m in is m , a n d th e resistance t o w o m e n ’s rig h ts . N o t o p e n t o fre s h m e n . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. M u r p h y . 133 H is to ry 5 5 . T h e M a k in g o f th e A m e ric a n W o rking C la s s . A colloquium on the history o f the industrial revolution in America. Includes a comparison with Great Britain; technology and invention; concepts o f time and work discipline; cultural expressions o f class formation; community and social change; research methods, new social history, and cliometrics. The principal focus is a cooperative research project on which indi­ vidual papers are written. Not offered 1986-87. Murphy. 5 6 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s . An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis is placed on the relationship o f the narratives to the understanding o f the black experience in the United States. Prerequisite: History 5, 6 , 7, or 8 , or the per­ mission o f the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. Morgan. *5 7 . O ra l H is to ry . By examining the living past this course seeks to emphasize the relevance o f history to modern life with special emphasis on American subject matter. Students will be taught the skills requisite for the completion o f an original research project that involves the collection, classification, and analysis o f data selected from both written and oral sources. General discussion topics include folk religion, the role o f the family, local and personal history, and old ways in the new world. Some work will be done off campus. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: Prior work in history or permis­ sion o f instructor. Fall. Morgan. Religion 19. Q u a k e ris m . (See listing under Department o f Religion.) Spring. Frost. 72 I Jal nit cal Nt *6 3 . S o uth A fr ic a . A survey o f South African history with an Nt emphasis on Black-White relations and on the development o f contemporary problems. 74 Topics include early African-European rela­ T1 tions; the Mfecane and the Great Trek; the ce: impact o f large-scale diamond and gold mining; 1 rei the role o f African nationalism; the origins and de Ni nature o f apartheid; recent events. Ft Fall. Wright. I 7! *6 6 . To p ic s in La tin A m e ric a n H is to ry , j n Thematic as well as regional and national I ns approaches varying from year to year. 1 vu Prerequisite: History 4 or the permission o f the I N instructor. IN O ptional Language Attachment: Spanish or I Portuguese. I 7 Not offered 1986-87. Wood. I -j 6 7. T h e A fric a n in La tin A m e r ic a . I e I r The history o f black people in French, Portu-1 guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci- I pation, the contemporary scene. Special atten- I tion will be given to the impact o f African I civilization on Latin countries, as well as to I comparative analysis o f the experience o f l blacks in that region and in the United States. I O ptional Language Attachment: Spanish or 1 Portuguese. I Not offered 1986-87. Wood. r . 11 £ ' j ! 6 8. Fo o d and Fa m in e ; P a s t and P re s e n t. 1 1 *5 8 . T h e W orld o f D u R o is, R o g e rs , and Dio p. This course deals with the impact o f writings of three black twentieth-century intellectuals on our knowledge o f world history in general and the contributions o f Africa to world civilizations in particular. First, the ideas of W .E.B. DuBois; second, research on sex and race in writings o f J. A. Rogers; third, African origins o f civilization in writings o f C. A. Diop. Prerequisite: Introductory history course or the permission o f the instructor. Fall. Morgan. 134 The production, distribution, and consump- j tion o f food have affected the relationship of 1 peoples to their natural and social environ­ ments. This course will consider how different societies have fed their populations, how the j current world food problem differs from j historical subsistence crises, and how food I affects economic development and interna-1 tional relations. Prerequisite: prior work in History or permis- I sion o f the instructor. Not open to freshmen. Not offered 1986-87. Li. 72. Ja p a n e s e C iv iliza tio n . Japan’s history from its origins to the early nineteenth century tracing its dominant politi­ cal, intellectual, religious, and cultural patterns. No prerequisite. Not offered 1986-87. Li. 7 4 . M o d e rn C hina. The history o f China since the early nineteenth century. Topics include the impact o f the West, reform and revolution, nationalism, and the development of the communist movement. No prerequisite. Fall. Li. 75 . M o d e rn Ja p a n . The transformation o f Japan into a modem nation-state, from the early nineteenth century until the present. No prerequisite. Not offered 1986-87. Li. 7 7 . C hin a: T h e P o litic s o f H is to ry . This course will examine, with particular emphasis on political influences, the historiog­ raphy o f China from three perspectives: 1) the I relationship o f the traditional Chinese view of I the past to the Confucian state; 2 ) major * ideological controversies from the late nine­ teenth century to the present; 3 ) the changing views o f Western observers and historians, both popular and scholarly. Limited enroll­ ment. Prerequisite: History 9, History 74, or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. Li. 8 1 . Th e N a tu re o f H is to ry . Readings and discussion centering on the nature o f historical writing, on the relationship of historians to their times and cultural environments, and on historical method and its limitations. Readings include a broad range o f historians and o f historical issues. Limited enrollment. Open to majors and, with the permission o f the instructor, to non­ majors. Spring. Wright. 8 4. F o lk lo re and F o lk life S tu d ie s . (Also listed as English 84 .) An introduction to the major forms o f folklore and selected forms o f folklife materials. The course includes the study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore in highly industrialized modern societies as well as in traditional ones. Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera­ ture. Not offered 1986-87. Morgan. 8 7 . H is to ry Th ro u g h F o lk lo re and L ite ra tu re . A comparative analysis o f folklore and litera­ ture. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes toward life among selected cultural groups in the twentieth century, primarily but not ex­ clusively in the United States. Themes include loneliness and friendship, love and death, vocation and avocation, life after death, and the resurgence o f the occult in United States popular culture. Limited enrollment. Learning through discussion only. Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or per­ mission o f the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. Morgan. 8 9. W om en W o rk in g , W om en W ritin g . An interdisciplinary investigation into the experience and meaning o f women’s labor and discourse in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: An introductory course in either English or History. Spring. N ot offered 1986-87. Murphy. 9 2 . T h e s is . A single credit thesis, available to all majors, on a topic approved by the Department by May 1 o f the preceding spring. Fall. Members o f the Department. 93. D ire c te d Reading. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the student not dealt with in the regular course offerings. The consent o f the chairman and o f the instructor is required. History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as History 93A. Members o f the Department. 135 H is to ry SEMINARS 1 19 . E a rly M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n In telle ctual and C ultural H is to ry . The following seminars are offered by the Department, when possible, to juniors and seniors who are preparing to be examined for a degree with Honors. They may be taken without regard to chronological order. Some preliminary reading or other preparation may be required for seminars on subjects in which no work has previously been done. European thought and culture in its social I context from the breakup o f cultural unity I following the Renaissance to the emergence of a I new synthesis during the Enlightenment. Topics I include the theology, appeal, and institutional- 1 ization o f the magisterial, radical, and counter I Reformations; rationalism and pessimism; I popular mentalities and witchcraft; intellectual I and educational institutions; printing, literacy, I and the diffusion o f learning; "high” and "low” I Enlightenments. Attention will be given to I conceptual and methodological issues in the I study o f cultural history. I Spring. DuPlessis. I I 111. M e d ie va l Eu ro p e . Western Europe from the Papal-Frankish aliiance o f the eighth century Co about 1300. Not offered 1986-87. 116 . Th e R e n a iss a n ce . Topics in the development o f the Renaissance state, society, and culture in Italian communes between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen­ turies. Issues addressed include forms of political and economic organization, varieties o f humanism, political theory, changing histor­ ical consciousness, art and society. Much attention is devoted to historiography. Fall. DuPlessis. 117 . Eu ro p e in th e 16th and 17th C e n tu rie s . State, society, and economy in continental Western Europe from the sixteenth to the mid­ eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on France, Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on the disparate patterns o f state formation, economic development and social change; the relations between economic and political transforma­ tion; political thought and ideology. Consider­ able attention will be given to comparisons among states, the transition to capitalism, the crisis o f the seventeenth century, the origins and functions o f absolutism. Spring 1987. DuPlessis. 118. Tudo r and S tu a rt En g la nd. The rise o f parliamentary monarchy and capitalist economy through religious reform, political revolution, and socio-economic trans­ formation. Topics include popular rebellion, the causes and nature of the two revolutions of the seventeenth century, the rise o f the gentry and crisis o f the aristocracy, enclosure and agrarian change, the sources o f English eco­ nomic growth, Puritanism and political revolt, the relation between science and religion. Fall. Not offered 1986-87. DuPlessis. 136 I I 1; 1 B li o u tl p 0 ii a t ( t I 1 1 12 2 . R e v o lu tio n a ry Eu ro p e 17 5 0 to 1 8 7 0 .1 Selected topics in the social, economic, and political history o f France, England, and Germany from the ancien régime to German unification. Special emphasis on the origins and nature o f the French Revolutions, the Industrial Revolution in England and its consequences, class structure and conflict, German nationalism, and the failure o f liberalism. Fall. Vemer. 1 I 1 I I I I I i ' 1 12 4 . En g la n d , 1 8 1 5 -1 9 1 4 . The adjustments o f an aristocratic society to the impact o f industrialization. Topics include: the nature o f the English aristocracy; the origins and impact o f the industrial revolution; popular radicalism and the development o f a working class consciousness; philosophic radicalism and the origins o f the welfare state; the rise o f modern political parties and modes of politics; Gladstone and Disraeli; religious revival, respectability, and Victorian morality; imperialism; Fabianism, feminism, and tradeunionism; the problem of Ireland and the growth o f Irish nationalism. Not offered 1986-87. Anderson. I I 1 1 I 1 1 I I I I 1 125. F a s c is t Eu ro p e . A comparative study o f the social, intellectual, and historical origins and development of Mussolini’s Italy, Franco’s Spain, and Hitler’s Germany. Some attention will also be given to the Arrow Cross and Iron Guard movements o f Horthy’s Hungary and King Carol’s Romania. Theories o f Fascism will be examined. Spring. Anderson. j I I I I I \ 126. Eu ro p e in th e Lib e ra l E r a , 18 7 0 -19 18 . By 1870 constitutions, parliaments, and a liberal economy were in place throughout most of Central and Western Europe. This seminar will examine these liberal structures, as well as the challenges to them and their assumptions posed by social and economic change; devel­ opments in social theory; the rise o f anti-liberal ideologies and movements (such as racism, anti-Semitism, and ethnic nationalism); the birth o f mass politics, feminism, political Catholicism, and international socialism; and the Great War. Emphasis will be on the Great Powers— Britain, France, Germany, and the Hapsburg Empire— but some attention will be paid to Italy and Spain. Not offered 1986-87. Anderson. 128. R u ssia n Em p ire in th e 19th and 20th C e n tu rie s . From Emancipation to de-Stalinization. Salient themes in Russian and Soviet history including autocratic politics and bureaucratic reform, the role o f social groups such as the intelligentsia, nobility, peasantry, and workers, problems of economic development, revolutionary theory and practice, Leninist and Stalinist alternatives of the Soviet system. Spring. Vemer. 130. E a rly A m e ric a n H isto ry. Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the period from the explorations to the early National era. Not offered 1986-87. Wood. 132. A m e ric a n P o litic a l H is to ry . Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic, and cultural context. Topics include the shaping of the constitution; "republicanism,” "democ­ racy,” and the first and second party systems; slavery, the Civil W ar and the constitution; the social bases o f campaign styles and strategies; the emergence o f the regulatory-welfare'state; experts, interest groups, and the decline of voter participation; the making o f the modern presidency. Fall. Bannister. 13 4 . A m e ric a n Diplom atic H is to ry . A study o f the evolution since 1776 of American relations with the outer world with emphasis on ideological, economic, and strate­ gic developments. Fall 1987. Murphy. 135. A m e ric a n S o c ia l H is to ry . The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth and twentieth century America. Topics include fertility, mortality, and migration; industrial­ ization and the family; slavery and its aftermath; mechanization and changing patterns o f work; social mobility, urbanization and sub­ urbanization; gender, class, and ethnicity. Spring 1988. Murphy. 136. A m e ric a n Intellectual H is to ry . Political, social, and literary culture from the late eighteenth century through World War I. Spring. Bannister. 14 0 . M o d e rn A fr ic a . Studies in sub-Saharan African history with emphasis on the period since 1800. Topics include the impact o f the slave trade and its end; the European partition and African responses; different colonial systems; the rise and nature o f African nationalism and inde­ pendence movements; independent Africa. Individual case studies include Ghana, Nigeria, Senegal, Zaire, Kenya, Tanzania, Zimbabwe. Spring. Wright. 14 1. S o uth A fric a . South Africa from the seventeenth century to the present, with special emphasis on the interrelatedness o f racism and capitalism since the 1870s; on the rise and nature o f apartheid and o f African nationalism; and on general interpretative issues concerning South African history. Fall. Wright. 14 4 . M o d e rn C hina. China from the late eighteenth century to the present. Topics include: social and intellectual currents in the late imperial era; Western imperialism; rebellions, reforms, and revolu­ tion; political and social transformation in the People’s Republic o f China. Fall. Li. 137 H is to ry 148. La tin A m e ric a . Selected topics in Latin American history. Fall. Wood. 180. T h e s is . W ith the permission o f the Department, Honors candidates may write a thesis for either 138 single or double course credit. Double-credit theses will normally be written in the fall semester o f the senior year for submission as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors candidates wishing to write a thesis for single (non-Honors) credit should elect History 92. 1 1 1 1 1 In tern ational R e latio n s Coordinator: J A M E S R . K U R T H Students who plan to enter upon a career in some field o f international affairs may wish to graduate with a concentration in international relations. Such students should include in their programs, during the first two years, introduc­ tory courses in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or more modern languages. Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the programs o f students who do their major work in economics, history, political science, or modem language. Concentrators are required to have satisfacto­ rily completed eight or more course units from among those listed below, including all those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. G roup I Po litica l S c ie n ce 4 . International Politics Po litica l S c ie n ce 14 , or Po litica l S c ie n c e 105. Ec o n o m ic s 30 or Ec o n o m ic s 105. The International Economy American Foreign Policy G roup II H is to ry 4 . H is to ry 7 5 . Latin America Modern Japan H is to ry 8 . H is to ry 125 . Africa Fascist Europe H is to ry 3 2. H is to ry 128 . Europe o f the Dictators, 1914-1945 Russian Empire H is to ry 36. H is to ry 134. Modem Germany American Diplomatic History H is to ry 38. H is to ry 14 0 . Revolutionary and Soviet Russia Modem Africa H is to ry 49. H is to ry 14 4 . Introduction to American Diplomatic History. Modern China H is to ry 74 . H is to ry 14 8 . Modem China Latin America G roup III Ec on o m ics 11. Ec o n o m ic s 106. Economic Development Comparative Economic Systems Ec o n o m ic s 3 1. Ec o n o m ic s 109. Comparative Economic Systems Economic Development Ec o n o m ic s 8 1. P o litic a l S c ie n c e 3. Economics o f the Middle East Comparative Politics 139 International Relations I P o litic a l S c ie n ce 18. P o litic a l S c ie n ce 10 8. I | Political Development Comparative Politics: Europe I j P o litic a l S c ie n c e 19. P o litic a l S c ie n ce 10 9. I ( Comparative Communist Politics Comparative Politics: Africa and the Third World P o litic a l S c ie n c e 20. Politics o f China P o litic a l S c ie n c e 21. P o litic a l S c ie n ce 110 . Comparative Politics: Latin America Politics o f Africa P o litic a l S c ie n ce 2 2 . Latin American Politics P o litic a l S c ie n c e 4 1 . Defense Policy P o litic a l S c ie n c e 43 . Food Policy: National and International Issues P o litic a l S c ie n c e 55. Modern Political Theory P o litic a l S c ie n c e 58. International Political Theory P o litic a l S c ie n c e 104. International Politics P o litic a l S c ie n c e 10 7. Comparative Communist Politics In planning the concentration students should consult with the coordinator. Where appropriate, work taken abroad is encouraged and may be counted toward the concentration requirements. Students standing for external examination for a degree with honors must take examinations in four subjects taken for the concentration, normally including international politics, American foreign policy, and international economics. Students in the course program will take a special comprehensive examination program worked out with their major department, concentration coordinator, and the student. The comprehensive exam will normally follow the format used by the major department. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Lin g u is tic s RO GER W O O D A R D , Assistant Professor and Program Director S U S A N G . W IL L IA M S O N , Social Sciences Librarian Committee: K e nn e th L u k (Chinese), Chair S h a ro n A rm s tro n g (Psychology) Ph ilip K e llm a n (Psychology) Hugh La c e y (Philosophy) G ilb e rt R o se (Classics) I Linguistics is the study o f language. On the most general level it deals with the internal structure o f languages, the history o f their development and the role they play in influencing the entire spectrum o f human activity. Linguistics attempts to arrive at an adequate description of the phonological, syntactic, and semantic components o f language, differenti­ ating those elements which are generic to all languages from those which are particular to any given language or family o f languages. H istorical linguistics looks at the evolution of these components over time. Sociolinguistics centers on the link between language and the social context in which it is spoken; mathemat­ ical linguistics on the formal analysis o f linguistic structures; and psycholinguistics on the interplay between language and the processes o f percep­ tion and cognition. Futhermore, linguistic variables influence interaction at the individual and societal levels, play a central role in shaping the form and meaning o f literary expression and constitute a significant area o f philosophi­ cal inquiry. Special majors bridging linguistics with individual foreign languages, the human­ ities or the social sciences are encouraged for Course students. All such programs are de­ signed on an individual basis to suit the interests o f the student, but it is highly recommended that Linguistics 108 or 114 be included at some point in the course sequence. I I I I I I i \ I I I 1 The Honors Major o f Linguistics consists o f a minimum o f three external examination prepa­ rations. Honors candidates in addition are required to include Linguistics 108 or 114 in their programs and to have developed competence in at least one foreign language beyond the intermediate level through an advanced course or an introductory literature course. All Honors Linguistics majors are encouraged as well to write a thesis in their senior year and to organize their prior course and seminar work so that they will be prepared to begin this project in the fall o f their senior year. 1. Lan g u ag e —A n In tro d u ctio n . An introduction to linguistics. The focus o f the first portion o f the course will be upon analysis o f the phonological, morphological, syntactic, and semantic components o f human language utilizing contemporary linguistic methodology. The remainder o f the course will be concerned with an examination o f linguistics in its broader context. Topics investigated will include psy­ chology and language, sociolinguistics, language change, and animal communication. Spring semester. Woodward. 15 . Th e C hin e se Lan g u ag e . (See Chinese 15.) Not offered 1986-87. 25 . La n g u a g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty . An investigation o f the influence o f cultural context and social variables on verbal com­ munication. W e will discuss theories o f lan­ guage acquisition and language change in light o f cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence. The course includes readings from the three major fields o f language and culture studies; ethnography o f communication, sociolinguis­ tics, and sociology o f language. Language projects in the community are included. Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of the instructor. (Crosslisted as Sociology/Anthro­ pology 25.) Spring semester. Williamson. 26 . Lan g u ag e and M ea n ing . (See Philosophy 26.) 30. Lin g u is tic s and th e H um an S c ie n c e s . An investigation o f structuralist thought in lin­ guistics, psychology, sociology/anthropology, literary criticism, and philosophy. The first half o f the course will focus upon (1 ) Saussure’s Course in General Linguistics with attention 141 Linguistics given to a comparison o f some o f Saussure’s ideas with those o f Freud and Durkheim, and (2 ) structuralism in post-Saussurean linguistics. The remainder o f the course will be concerned with the relationship between modem linguis­ tics and the human sciences. The ideas o f Piaget, Lévi-Strauss, Barthes, Foucault, and others will be discussed. Fall semester. Woodard. 3 4 . P s y c h o lo g y o f Lan g u ag e . An exploration into the ways in which the syntactic, sound, and meaning elements of language are represented in the mind and into the effects these psycholinguistic structures may have on the way we think, with special emphasis on an attempt to interpret philo­ sophical and sociological (including feminist) views in terms o f psychological theory and research and on cross-cultural perspectives. Other related topics may include language development, animal and computer communi­ cation, language and the brain, second language learning, and sexism and the politics o f lan­ guage. (Cross-listed as Psychology 34.) Spring semester. 5 2. H is to ric a l and C o m p a ra tive Lin g u is tic s . An introduction to historical linguistics: the reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages, the establishment o f language families and their interrelationships, and the examination of processes o f linguistic change on all levels, phonological, morphological, syntactic, and semantic. Fall semester. Woodard. 60. Lan g u ag e and th e B rain . An investigation o f selected topics in neuro­ linguistics. Areas o f inquiry will include evolu­ tion o f the brain and language, brain laterali­ zation, brain injury and language loss and speech errors. Not offered 1986-87. 9 3. D ire c te d Reading o r R e s e a rc h . Students may conduct a reading or research program in consultation with the instructor (permission o f the instructor required). Each semester. Staff. 3 5 . H is to ry o f Lin g u is tic s . 9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r P a p e r. An examination o f linguistic study from an­ cient times to the present. Among those topics which will be emphasized are the Indian, Greek, and Roman grammarians, grammatical study in the Medieval period, the Port Royal gram­ marians, and the Neogrammarians. Included in the course will be the reading and discussion of linguistic works from various periods as well as recent articles on the history o f linguistic study. Not offered 1986-87. Both semesters. Staff. Other courses o f particular interest to students o f Linguistics: C h in e s e 1B -2 B . In tro ductio n to M a n d a rin C h in e se . R u ssia n 16 . H is to ry o f the Ru ssia n La n g u a g e . SEMINARS 10 4. N a tu re and C u ltu re : C o n ve rg e n t P e rs p e c tiv e s . 10 7. Lan g u ag e and T h o u g h t interest. Prerequisite: Either Linguistics 1, or Psychol­ ogy 1 , or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. An intensive investigation o f selected linguistic, psychological and philosophical approaches to the elusive interaction o f language and thought. Emphasis will be placed on developmental and cross-cultural perspectives, and students will be encouraged to undertake independent re­ search projects in their specific areas o f A comparison o f models of linguistic descrip­ tion with emphasis on recent developments in syntax and semantics. Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f the instructor. (See Sociology/Anthropology 104). 142 108. S y n ta c tic T h e o ry . 1 N 1 (! I 1 1 4 . A d v a n c e d T o p ic s in Lin g u is tic s . I Not offered 1986-87. I 116 . Lan gu age and M ea n ing . I (See Philosophy 116.) 180. T h e s is Each semester. Staff. Lite ra tu re Coordinator: T H O M P S O N B R A D L E Y The Literature major is administered by a Lit­ erature Committee representing the Depart­ ments o f Classics, English Literature, and Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic requirement for a major in Literature is work in two or more literatures in the original language. A student who intends to major in Literature will submit to the Literature Committee a proposed program o f integrated work which sets forth the courses or seminars to be taken and the principle o f coherence upon which the selection is based. The Committee will review the proposal and advise the student. Subject to the requirement o f serious study o f at least two literatures in the original language, one o f which may be English, work in translation is encouraged, especially as it consists o f thematic or comparative courses. In lieu o f a regular course, the Literature Committee will consider proposals for an individual or cooperative project, for one or more research papers written as course attachments, or for the substitution o f a thesis for course credit when these projects have as their purpose either the integration o f work within the major or the relating o f work outside the major to some portion o f the major. For a m ajor in the Course Program the requirements are as follow s: 1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more literature departments, including a substantial concentration o f work—normally not fewer than five courses— in one o f the departments. Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics and Modem Languages and Literatures are counted as constituents o f the Literature major. O f English courses numbered 2 through 10, only one may be counted for the major. 2. A senior essay planned early in the first semester o f the senior year. The senior essay counts for at least one credit, usually for two credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable scope or intensiveness in which a theme or result o f the student’s individual program of work is developed. In some cases the Committee may require that the essay be written in whole or in part in a language other than English. 3. A comprehensive examination taken in the second semester o f the senior year. For a major in the External Examination (Honors) Program the requirements are as follow s: Not fewer than five papers in Literature, including at least three in one department and significant work done in a foreign language, ancient or modem. Literature majors in the Honors Program are encouraged to include in their program a thesis with the purpose of integrating the work o f the major in accordance with the principle o f coherence on which the program is based. I I I I I I I I I I I I Literature Majors in Course will meet with I members o f the Literature Committee before I the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess I informally the student’s progress under his or I her proposal o f study. Majors in Course or in the External Examination Program are asked to submit to the Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no later than two weeks after the beginning o f the student’s senior year. 1 I | Prospective majors in Literature are urged to make their plans early so as to acquire the necessary linguistic competence by the junior year. I I I The courses and seminars that compose the Literature major’s formal field will naturally differ with each major. Attention is called, however, to the following comparative offer­ ings presently listed in the Catalogue: S A L 50. C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n is h A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re . C E L 13 . M e d ie v a l C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re . En g lish 7 2 . P r o u s t, J o y c e , Fa u lk n e r. C E L 14 . M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n Lite ra tu re . En g lish 7 3 ./ F r e n c h 7 5 . P r o u s t/ J o y c e . 144 I I I | En g lish 7 0 . R e n aissan ce C o m p a ra tiv e L ite ra tu re . 1 En glish 7 4 a . M o d e m D ram a I: Ibsen to A v a n t G a rd e . En g lish 7 4 b . M o d e m D ram a II: A v a n t G a rd e and C o n te m p o ra ry . En g lish 7 6 . Th e B la c k A fric a n W rite r. En g lish 1 1 5 . M o d e rn C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re . 145 M a th e m a tic s J A M E S W . E N G L A N D , Professor and Provost*6 6 U D M U N D R . IV E R S E N , Professor o f Statistics 1 C H A R L E S F . K E L E M E N , Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics E U G E N E A . K L O T Z , Professor DAVID R O S E N , Professor J . ED W A R D S K E A T H , Professor and Chairman S T E P H E N R . M A U R E R , Associate Professor C H A R L E S M . G R IN S T E A D , Assistant Professor H E L E N E S H A P IR O , Assistant Professor D O N H . S H IM A M O T O , Assistant Professor M A R G A R E T C H R IS T E N S O N , Instructor o f Computer Science People study mathematics for several reasons —some like it, some need it as a tool, and some simply because they think they should. The Mathematics Department aims to provide a selection o f courses to meet varying needs—to offer a program which will both enable stu­ dents to develop a firm foundation in the basic areas o f pure mathematics and to see mathe­ matical methods used to precisely define and solve problems arising in the physical and social sciences and in operations research. Mathematics has grown enormously in recent years, developing an increasing number o f specialities and being used in a tremendous variety o f applications. However, all mathe­ matical endeavor is based upon logical argu­ ment, abstraction, precise expression, and an analytical approach to problem solving. Ideally, the study o f mathematics develops the ability to reason logically from hypothesis to conclu­ sion, to analyze and solve quantitative prob­ lems, and to express one’s thoughts clearly and precisely. Hopefully, studying mathematics will also foster an appreciation for the beauty and power o f its methods, abstract approach, and rigorous logical structure. First Year Courses: Mathematics courses avail­ able to first semester freshmen with normal high school preparation include Math 1 (Statis­ tics for Observational Data), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5 (Calculus I), Math 7 (Introduction to Computer Science), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics). In the second semes­ ter, Math 2 (Statistics for Experimental Data), 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 6 O n administrative assignment, 1986-87. 146 Math 4 (Calculus Concepts), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics) are available, again with only normal high school preparation. Math 9 is a Primary Distribution Course. Students with some calculus background from high school may take Mathematics 6 by passing the departmental Calculus I placement exam, Mathematics 16 by passing the departmental Calculus II placement exam, or Mathematics 16H by passing the departmental Calculus II placement exam and receiving departmental approval. All freshmen planning to enroll in Mathematics 3 ,5 ,6 ,9 ,1 6 , or 16H at some time are required to take the appropriate depart­ mental placement exams given during freshmen orientation. Advanced Placement Policy: Advanced placement credit in Mathematics, that is, Swarthmore College credit in mathematics for work done before a student enters Swarthmore, is subject to the following regulations: 1) One course credit will be given for a score o f 4 or 5 on the AB or BC Advanced Placement Test, or a passing score on the Departmental Calculus I Placement Exam administered during freshman orientation week. 2) Two course credits will be given for a passing score on the Departmental Calculus II Placement Exam administered during freshman orientation week. Students can obtain a maximum o f two credits under items 1 and 2. 3 ) Advanced Placement credit will only be given to entering students at the beginning o f their first semester at Swarthmore. Computer Science: The Computer Science Pro­ gram at Swarthmore works in close cooperation with the Engineering and Mathematics De­ partments to offer a broad spectrum o f courses that may lead to a Concentration in Computer Science. For details refer to the Computer Science Program portion of this bulletin. Secondary Teaching Certification: Whether or not one majors in Mathematics, the courses required as part o f the accreditation process for teaching mathematics at the secondary level are: a) three semesters o f calculus (Math 5, 6 , 18); b) one semester o f linear algebra (Math 16 or 16A); c) at least one o f discrete mathematics (Math 9 ) or computer science (Math 7); d) geometry (Math 45); e) one semester of modern pure or applied algebra (Math 37, 48, or 49); f) one semester o f statistics or proba­ bility (Math 23 or 41). For further information about certification requirements, consult the Education Department (see page 107 o f this catalog). Statistics: Students who do not know calculus can take Math 1 or 2, with the choice determined by their intended major. Both courses lead to Math 13 on multivariate statistical analysis. Students who know calculus should take Math 23 and students with a strong background in mathematics can take the more theoretical Math 53. Both courses lead to Math 57 on multivariate analysis. Students who want a seminar in statistics can take Math 111. Requirements for a major in M athematics: The normal preparation for a major in mathematics is to have obtained credit by the end o f the sophomore year for at least 4 o f the following 5 courses: Calculus I (Math 5), Calculus II (Math 6 ), Discrete Mathematics (Math 9), Linear Algebra (Math 16 or 16A or 16H) and Several Variable Calculus (Math 18 or 18H). In any event, Math 16 and Math 18 must be completed by the first semester o f the junior year. (Incoming students may obtain credit for Math 5 through the Advanced Placement Calculus test or they may obtain credit for Math 5 and/or Math 6 through the department place­ ment exams administered dining orientation week.) Students apply for a major in the middle o f the second semester o f the sophomore year. As indicated above, potential majors by this time should normally either have credit for or be signed up for a total o f at least 4 o f Math 5 , 6 , 9, 16, 18. In addition, to be accepted as a mathematics major in the course program a candidate should normally have a grade point average in mathematics courses to date o f at least C +. This should include at least one grade at the B level. Marginal applicants may be deferred pending successful work in courses to be designated by the department. Requirements for acceptance as a mathematics major in the External Examination Program are more strin­ gent and include a grade point average in Mathematics courses o f B+ or better. Potential math majors may want to consider including in the sophomore year a course that emphasizes theory and provides an opportunity for writing proofs. In 1986-87 one such course is M ath37, Number Theory. Interested students should discuss the advisability o f this and other alternatives with the department chairman at an early date. By graduation a mathematics major must have at least 10 credits in mathematics courses; at most 5 o f the credits counted in the 10 may be for courses numbered under 25. Furthermore, every major must take the "core analysis”course, Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47), and the "core algebra” course, Introduction to Modern Algebra (Math 49). Math 47 and Math 49 will be offered every fall semester. A t least one o f these courses should be taken no later than the fall semester o f the junior year. Finally, course majors must also pass either the Departmental Comprehensive Examination or the Senior Conference, only one o f which will be available in any given year. A mathematics major in the External Examina­ tion Program will normally include the analysis sequence—Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47), Real Analysis Seminar (Math 101B)—for one paper and the algebra sequence—Introduc­ tion to Modem Algebra (Math 49), Modem Algebra Seminar (Math 102B)—for a second paper. Math 101B and Math 102B are one credit seminars and will be offered every spring semester. A program that includes these two papers plus two others from those seminars listed in the catalog provide a strong preparation for graduate work in mathematics and related areas. 147 M ath em atics Mathematics majors are urged to study in some depth a discipline which makes use o f mathe­ matics. All mathematics students are urged to acquire some facility with the computer. Students bound for graduate work in mathe­ matics should obtain a reading knowledge of French, German, or Russian. Special emphases: The above requirements allow room to choose a special emphasis within the mathematics major, if one wishes. For instance: A student may major in Mathematics with an emphasis on statistics by taking the following courses at the advanced level: a) the core analysis course (Math 47); b) Probability (Math 4 1 ) or the Probability Seminar (Math 105); c) Mathematical Statistics (Math 53) or the Statistics Seminar (Math 111) for one or two credits; d) Multivariate Statistics (Math 57) or, perhaps, Econometrics (Econ 108). Note that Math 111 for 2 credits meets c and d; e) another mathematics course numbered 25 or above. Students are encouraged but not re­ quired to select the core algebra course (Math 49) here. Students interested in mathematics and computer science should consider a Mathematics Major with a Concentration in Computer Science or a Special Major in Mathematics and Computer Science. Details on these options are contained in the current catalog under Computer Science. Sam ple Program for students thinking o f graduate work in social or management science, or an MBA. Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 , 7, 9, 16, and 18. Advanced courses: a) Modeling (Math 61); b) at least one o f Probability (Math 41), Mathe­ matical Statistics (Math 53), or the Statistics Seminar (Math 111); c) at least one of Mathematical Programming (Math 64), Com­ binatorics (Math 65), or Operations Research (Econ 5 7 ); d) the two core course requirements (Math 47 and Math 49); e) Differential Equations (Math 30). Since this is a heavy program (someone hoping to use mathematics in another field must have a good grasp both of the mathematics and o f the applications), one o f the core course requirements may be waived with permission o f the department. Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate work in discrete mathematics or operations research. 148 Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 , 7, 9, 16, and 18. Advanced courses: a) the two core course requirements (Math 47 and Math 49); b) at least two o f Mathematical Programming (Math 64), Algorithms (Math 73), Combinatorics (Math 65 ); c) either Probability (Math 41) or Probability Seminar (Math 105); d) at least one o f Number Theory (Math 37), Mathematical Statistics (Math 53), or Modeling (Math 61). 1. S ta tis tic s fo r O b se rva tio n a l D a ta. Data for one variable are examined through averages and measures o f variation. Relation­ ships between variables are studied using meth­ ods such as chi-square, rank correlation, and regression analysis. The main examples are taken from sample surveys and governmental data, and the course is intended for students in political science, sociology, and related disci­ plines making use o f observational data. The course does not satisfy any mathematics pre­ requisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. (Normally offered every fall semester.) Not offered 1986-87. 2 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ex p e rim e n ta l D a ta. Data for one variable are examined through averages and measures o f variation. Relation­ ships between variables are studied using methods such as chi-square, rank correlation, analysis o f variance, and regression analysis. The main examples are taken from experimen­ tal research, and the course is intended for students in biology, psychology, and related disciplines making use o f experimental data. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite, except for Math 13, nor can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. Spring semester. Iversen. 3 . B a sic M a th e m a tic s . This course focuses on two objectives (1) review and remedial work, and ( 2 ) preparation for calculus. Some special attention will be given to those whose previous experience with mathematics has not been entirely prosperous. Prospective students should take the Basic Skills Test during Orientation Week, preferably at the Math Exam time. (The results will be used to help determine both classroom topics and individual strengths and weaknesses.) Subject matter will be taken from logic, algebra, trigonometry, and geometry. This course cannot be counted toward a major in the Department. Fall semester. Grinstead. 4 . C alcu lu s C o n ce p ts. This course, which covers the basic concepts of one variable calculus, is particularly useful for biology and social science majors. Topics to be included are differentiation, integration, tran­ scendental functions, and extremal problems. Topics are similar to those o f Math 5 but the pace o f Math 4 is more gentle. Students may not receive credit for both Math 4 and Math 5. May be followed by Math 6 . Spring semester. Staff. 5 ,6 . C alcu lu s I and II. The first semester will cover topics in differen­ tiation and integration o f functions o f one variable with some applications. The second semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics covered in the second semester include series, improper integrals, differential equations, and techniques o f integration. Math 6 may be taken in the fall semester by passing the departmental Calculus I placement exam. All students plan­ ning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall semester are required to pass the appropriate departmental placement exam. Students taking Math 5 or 6 in the fall semester are strongly encouraged to take the half credit attachment, Math 6A, Calculus and the Computer, see course descrip­ tion below. 5. Fall semester. 6. Each semester. 6 A . C alcu lu s and th e C o m p u te r. A practical introduction to computer use including interactive operating protocol, word processing, graphics packages, and elementary programming in BASIC and FORTRAN 77. Assumes no prior background in computing. Students attend one weekly lecture in Comput­ ing from the User’s End (Physics 2) and one weekly laboratory workshop. Workshops will stress computer applications appropriate to Math 5 and Math 6 . Students cannot obtain credit for both Physics 2 and Math 6A. Physics 1 and Physics 3 students are required to take Physics 2. This course cannot be counted toward a major in Mathematics. One half credit. Fall semester. 7 . In tro d u ctio n to C o m p u te r S c ie n c e . (Also listed as Computer Science 15) This course is an introduction to computer science for students from all disciplines. The major emphasis o f the course is on problem solving and algorithm development. Students are intro­ duced to the Pascal programming language and gain proficiency in it by writing programs to solve a number o f illustrative problems. Stu­ dents are also informally introduced to many topics in computer science including: hardware organization; system software; programming style and documentation; program testing and verification; fundamental data structures such as arrays, records, and linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and sorting; analysis of algorithms; computability; and artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: Computing from the User’s End (Physics 2 ) or its equivalent. Each semester. Fall semester. Christensen. 9 . D is c re te M a th e m a tic s . An introduction to noncontinuous mathe­ matics. The key theme is how induction, iteration, and recursion can help one discover, compute, and prove solutions to various problems—often problems o f interest in com­ puter science, social science, or management. Topics include algorithms, graph theory, count­ ing, difference equations, and finite probability. Special emphasis on how to write Mathematics. Prerequisite: 4 years o f high school mathe­ matics. The level o f sophistication (but not background) is similar to Math 16 or 18. Familiarity with some computer language is helpful but not necessary. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Fall semester. Maurer. 13 . M u ltiv a ria te S ta tis tic a l A n a ly s is . Given as a continuation o f Math 1 or 2, the course deals mainly with the study o f relation­ ships among three or more variables. Included are such topics as multiple regression analysis, with multiple and partial correlation, several variable analysis o f variance, and the analysis of multidimensional contingency tables. The course ends with an introduction to Bayesian methods. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite nor can it be counted 149 M a th em atics toward a major or minor in the Department. Prerequisite: Math 1 or 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ 4 or Soc/Anthr 18 or 19 or 20. Alternate years. Not offered 1986- 87. 16 . Lin e a r A lg e b ra . The subject matter o f this course consists of vector spaces, matrices, and linear transforma­ tion with application to solutions o f systems of linear equations, determinants, and the eigen­ value problem. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 6 or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart­ mental Calculus II placement exam. Each semester. Fall semester. Shimamoto. 16 A . Lin e a r A lg e b ra and D iffe re n tia l Eq u a tio n s . This course will cover the main topics o f Linear Algebra (Math 16) and Differential Equations (Math 3 0 ) in one semester and is an alternative to taking both Math 16 and Math 30. These two subjects are closely related. Differential equations requires certain techniques from linear algebra and at the same time provides examples and applications o f many concepts of linear algebra. Topics: Linear algebra—matrices, vector spaces, solutions to linear systems, determinants, eigenvalues, linear transforma­ tions. Differential equations—linear differential equations (constant and non-constant coef­ ficients), the Wronskian, power series meth­ ods, systems o f differential equations. As time permits: orthogonality and least square ap­ proximations. Level and pace will be the same as for Math 16. Prerequisite: Grade o f C or better in Math 6 . Fall semester. Skeath. 16 H . Lin e a r A lg e b ra H o n o rs C o u rs e . This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situations, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and primarily for students who enter with BC Advanced Placement calculus courses. Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math 6 or Math 9 or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus II placement exam. Fall semester. Maurer. 150 18 . S e v e ra l V aria ble C alcu lus. This course considers differentiation and inte­ gration o f functions o f several variables with special emphasis on two and three dimensions. Topics include partial differentiation, extreme value problems, LaGrange multipliers, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals, Stokes’ and Green’s Theorems. Prerequisite: Math 6 or equivalent. Recommended: Math 16 or Math 16A. Each semester. 18 H . S e v e ra l V aria ble C alcu lus H o n o rs C o u rs e . This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situations, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with exceptionally strong mathematical skills, and primarily for students who have successfully completed Math 16H. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 16H or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. 2 3 . S ta tis tic s . This calculus-based introduction to statistics covers most o f the same methods examined in Math 1 and 2, but the course is taught on a higher mathematical level. The course is in­ tended for anyone who wants an introduction to the application o f statistical methods. Prerequisite: Math 5. (Normally offered every fall semester.) W ill be offered spring semester, 1986-87. Iversen. 3 0 . D iffe re n tia l Eq u a tio n s. An introduction to differential equations that includes such topics as: first order equations, linear differential equations, approximation methods, some partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 18 and 16 or permission of the instructor. Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87. 3 7. N u m b e r T h e o ry . The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts, and the theory o f multiplicative number theory will be developed. Students are also expected to learn how to construct a mathematical proof. This course is recommended for potential mathematics majors. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. Alternate years. Spring semester. 4 1 . P ro b a b ility . This course considers both discrete and con­ tinuous probability theory. The classical distributions—Binomial, Poisson, and Normal —are studied. Other topics to be discussed are the Central Limit Theorem, the laws o f large numbers, and generating functions. Prerequisite: Math 6 , and 9 or 18, or permis­ sion. Alternate years. Fall semester. Rosen. 4 5 . G e o m e try . Synthetic and analytic projective geometry will be considered axiomatically. Affine and Euclid­ ean geometry will be developed as special cases. Recommended for potential secondary school teachers. Alternate years. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. 46 . T h e o ry o f C om puta tio n . The study o f various models o f computation leading to a characterization o f the kinds of problems that can and cannot be solved by a computer and, for those problems that can be solved, a means o f classifying them with respect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics to be covered include: formal languages and finite state devices, Turing machines, and other models o f computation, computability, and complexity. Prerequisite: Computer Science 35. Alternate years. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Coding Theory, Groups and Representations, Finite Reflection Groups. Prerequisite: Math 49. Alternate years. N ot offered 1986-87. 4 9 . In tro d u ctio n to M od ern A lg e b ra . This course is an introduction to abstract algebra and will survey basic algebraic sys­ tems—groups, rings, fields. While these con­ cepts will be illustrated by many concrete examples, the emphasis will be on abstract theorems and proofs, and rigorous, mathe­ matical reasoning. Can be taken with Math 102B for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f instructor. Fall semester. Shapiro. 5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e c is io n -M a k in g , and U n c e rta in ty . A study o f decision-making as it relates to scientific and public policy matters. The course covers philosophical, psychological, and mathe­ matical aspects o f decision-making in the face uncertain evidence. Topics covered include the nature o f scientific evidence and experimenta­ tion; probabilistic evidence and the law; uncer­ tainty and medicine; inferential vs. Bayesian statistics; human decision-making, rational and irrational techniques, and correctives o f de­ cision-making. The theories will be related to such public issues as nuclear power, hazardous waste disposal, vaccination program, and stra­ tegic nuclear planning. This course cannot be counted toward a major in Mathematics. Spring semester. Iversen, Kellman, and Holt. 5 3 . M a th e m a tic a l S ta tis tic s . This course concentrates on the careful study o f the principles underlying the calculus o f real valued functions o f real variables. Topics will include point set topology, compactness, con­ nectedness, and uniform convergence. Can be taken with Math 101B for an external examina­ tion paper. Prerequisite: Math 18 or permission of instructor. Fall semester. Skeath. Based on probability theory, this course exam­ ines the statistical theory for the estimation of parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small and large sample properties o f the estimators are studied. The course concludes with the study o f models dealing with relationships between variables including chi-square and regression analysis. Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission. Alternate years. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. 4 8 . T o p ic s in A lg e b ra . 5 7 . M u ltiv a ria te S ta tis tic s . Course content varies from year to year and is dependent on student and faculty interest. Recent offerings have included Algebraic Given as a continuation o f Math 23 or 53, the course deals mainly with statistical models for relationships between variables. The general 4 7 . In tro d u ctio n to Real A n a ly s is . 151 M ath em atics linear model, which includes regression, vari­ ance, and covariance analysis, is examined in detail. The course concludes with nonparametric statistics, sampling theory, and Bayesian statistics. Prerequisite: Math 23 or 53. Alternate years. Not offered 1986-87. 6 1 . M od elin g . An introduction to the methods and attitudes o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in natural science and engineering is already taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­ tions in this course will be primarily to social and biological sciences. Various standard meth­ ods used in modeling will be introduced: differential equations, Markov chains, game theory, graph theory, computer simulation. However, the emphasis will be on how to apply these subjects to specific modeling problems, not on their systematic theory. The format o f the course will include projects as well as lectures and problem sets. Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s permission. Alternate years. Spring semester. 6 4. M a th e m a tic a l P ro g ra m m in g . Linear Programming and its extensions: the simplex method, duality, assignment problems, network flows, two-person game theory, and an introduction to non-linear programming. Nu­ merous algorithms are discussed, and there will be opportunities for computer implementation. A different perspective on mathematical pro­ gramming is available in Engineering/Economics 57, Operations Research. In comparison, Mathematics 64 is more advanced mathemati­ cally in that there is more emphasis on theory, and linear algebra is used to present it. However, Engineering 57 is more extensive in that engineering economics and probabilistic decision models are also covered, and case studies are involved. A student may take both courses; together they form a strong introduc­ tion to the theory and practice o f optimization. Prerequisites: Math 9 and 16, or instructor’s permission. Alternate years. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. tinuous mathematics begun in Math 9. The topics covered include three broad areas: Counting Theory, Graph Theory, and Design Theory. The first area includes a study of generating functions and Polya counting. The second area is concerned with relations between certain graphical invariants. Certain areas such as Extremal Graph Theory and Ramsey Theory are introduced. The third area introduces combinatorial structures such as matroids, design, codes, and Latin squares. Topics will be chosen to minimize overlap with Math 6 4 and Math 73. May be combined with Math 64 or Math 73 for an external examination paper. Prerequisites: Math 9 and at least one other course in Mathematics. Alternate years. Fall semester. Grinstead. 7 3 . M a th e m a tic a l A lg o rith m s . This course considers the construction, analy­ sis, and theory o f algorithms for solving mathematical problems. Included are algo­ rithms for constructing all or random combina­ torial objects (subsets, permutations, parti­ tions), algorithms on graphs, (graph coloring and shortest paths), and complexity o f alg­ orithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness. Overlap with Mathematical Programming (Math 64) and Data Structures and Algorithms (Computer Science 41) will be minimized by avoiding lengthy discussion o f algorithms studied in those courses. May be taken with Math 65 for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 7 and 9 and/or further courses in mathematics and computing. Alternate years. N ot offered 1986-87. 8 1 . P a rtia l D iffe re n tia l Eq u a tio n s (Ap p lie d A n a ly s is I). Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier transform, orthogonal functions, an introduc­ tion to Hilbert space and operators. The moti­ vation for these topics will be in partial differential equations arising in the physical sciences. May be taken with Applied Analysis II for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 16A or 30 or permission of the instructor. Fall semester. Shimamoto. 65. C o m b in a to ric s . 8 2. Fu n c tio n s o f a C o m p le x Variable (A p p lie d A n a ly s is II). This course continues the study o f noncon­ Topics include: analytic functions, integration 152 and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic functions. Applications to die physical sciences will be considered. May be taken with Applied Analysis I for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 18. Spring semester. 85. T o p ic s in A n a ly s is . Course content varies from year to year and is dependent on student and faculty interest. Recent offerings have included Differential Geometry, Functional Analysis. Topic for 1986-87: Differential Topology. The geometry and topology o f Euclidean space will be explored using the calculus o f several variables. The course will open by considering the equation "smooth=linear” and the extent to which it is generically true. The notion o f a differentiable manifold will then be introduced and studied in detail. Emphasis will be placed on bringing out the geometric flavor o f the theory. Possible topics include: stability vs. singularity; Morse theory, the topology o f surfaces; immersions and embeddings; transversality, intersection theory, and their relation to standard theorems o f topology (e.g., Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem, Jordan Curve Theorem, Borzuk-Ulam Theorem). Prerequisite: Math 33 or Math 47. Alternate years. Spring semester. Shimamoto. 9 3. D ire c te d Reading. 96. T h e s is . 9 7. S e n io r C o n fe re n c e . This half course is intended to provide senior majors an opportunity to delve more deeply and on their own into a particular topic in mathematics. Most recently this has been accomplished by way o f a written thesis and an oral presentation on a mathematical topic agreed upon by the student and the instructor. When offered, this course replaces the depart­ mental comprehensive examination. One half credit. Spring semester. SEMINARS 1 0 1 B. Real A n a ly s is II. This seminar is a continuation o f the material in introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47). Topics include the inverse and implicit function theorems, differential forms, and Lebesgue integration. One credit. Spring semester. 10 2b . M o d e rn A lg e b ra II. This is a continuation o f Introduction to Modern Algebra (Math 47). Topics covered usually include field theory, Galois theory (including the insolvability o f the quintic), the structure theorem for modules over principal ideal domains, and a theoretical development o f linear algebra. However, other topics may be studied, depending on the interests o f students and instructor. One credit. Spring semester. Shapiro. 103. C o m p le x A n a ly s is . A brief study o f the geometry o f complex numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a complex variable. Various applications are given and some special classes o f functions, such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are also discussed. Alternate years. Spring semester. 10 4 . Topology. An introduction to point-set, algebraic, com­ binatorial, and differential topology. The semi­ nar studies a variety o f concepts in geometry, particularly those related to the notion o f continuity, beginning with the basic vocabulary o f topological spaces (e.g., open sets, compact­ ness, connectedness) and moving on to how geometric behavior is often reflected by some sort o f algebraic construct (e.g., groups and homomorphisms in homotopy and homology theory). Further topics include the topology o f surfaces, covering spaces, and elementary homological algebra. Among the spaces of special interest to be considered are spheres, polyhedra, and manifolds. The seminar builds upon the student’s background in real analysis and algebra, and it is an ongoing priority to illustrate how an intensive study o f one area of 153 M ath em atics mathematics (in this case, topology) can be enhanced by cutting across the usual compartmentalization o f specialties. Alternate years. Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87. the idea o f randomness, generating functions, random walk problems, and Markov chains. Alternate years. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. 105. P ro b a b ility . 111. M a th e m a tic a l S ta tis tic s . This seminar concentrates on discrete proba­ bility theory. The ideas o f sample space and probability distribution are introduced. The binomial and Poisson distributions are studied, and the normal distribution is introduced. Laws o f large numbers and the Central Limit Theorem are discussed. Other topics include Properties o f random variables are studied together with ways o f inferring about param­ eters in statistical models. Special emphasis is put on the study o f models for relationships between random variables. Alternate years. Spring semester. Iversen. 154 M e d ie va l S tu d ie s Coordinator: J E A N A S H M E A D P E R K IN S , Fall semester M IC H A E L C O T H R E N , Spring semester Committee: R . R . D obson (spring) (History) D o roth e a Fre d e (Philosophy) H elen H o rth (Classics) P e te r G ra m S w in g (Music) P . Lin w o o d U rb a n , J r . (Religion) C ra ig W illia m so n (English Literature) 3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute for a course during the first semester of the senior year. This program offers an opportunity for a comprehensive study o f European and Medi­ terranean civilization from the fourth century to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical importance for the understanding o f Western culture, can be approached best through a combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight Departments (Art, Classics, English Literature, History, Modern Languages, Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course o f study which may be offered as a major in either the course Program or the External Examination (Honors) Program. 4. The student must pass a comprehensive examination in the senior year based on courses taken in the medieval field. The examination includes a section o f Latin translation. For a major in the Course Program the requirements are as follows: 1. The student must satisfy the language and distribution requirements o f the program, as listed above, by appropriate courses or seminars. Some work in one or more o f the fields, included in the program must be done before admission to the Program. 1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin 1 course in Medieval History (Flistory 11 or For a major in the Honors Program the requirements are as follows: 12 ) Either Religion 17, Philosophy 19, or History 14 The prerequisites for the courses listed above are: Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory history course; Philosophy 1; an introductory religion course2 2. Five other courses chosen from three o f the following fields: Art History (15, 16, 17). History (11, 12, 13,14, 15). Literature (Classics 35; English 1 6 ,2 0 ,2 1 , 22; CEL 13, French 2 0 and 30; Spanish 30). Music 20. Other courses appropriate to Medieval Studies that are from time to time included in departmental offerings. Directed readings in medieval subjects. 2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­ ing: Philosophy 110 (Medieval Philosophy), History 111 (Medieval Europe), Art History 117 (Gothic Art), English 102 (Chaucer and Medieval Literature) or French 100 (Littér­ ature du Moyen-Age). 3. By attachments to the courses listed above, and by writing a thesis, the student may expand the possibilty o f work in the Honors Program beyond these five sem­ inars. The minor program should be planned with the coordinator so as to insure a close relation to the major. No minor in Honors is offered. Students wishing to minor in subjects included in this field should take them as minors in the department in which they are normally offered. 155 M o d e ra La n g u a g e s and Lite ra tu re s G E O R G E C . A V ER Y (German), Professor T H O M P S O N R R A D L E Y (Russian), Professor G E O R G E K R U G O V O Y (Russian), Professor P H IL IP M E T Z ID A K IS (Spanish), Professor J E A N A S H M E A D P E R K IN S (French), Professor and Chairman, 1986-892 R O B ER T R O Z A (French), Professor2 S IM O N E V O IS IN S M IT H (French), Professor89 F R A N C IS P. T A F O Y A (French and Spanish), Professor M A R IO N J . F A B E R (German), Associate Professor (part-time)2 J O H N J . H A S S E T T (Spanish), Associate Professor and Acting Chairman G E O R G E M O S K O S (French), Assistant Professor8 10 T H O M A S B A R T L E T T (Chinese), Assistant Professor5 J U L I A C R U Z (Sp anish), Assistant Professor K E N N E T H C . L U K (Chinese), Assistant Professor2 T E R E S E LY O N S (French), Instructor ED W AR D D IXO N (German), Lecturer S H IZ H E H U A N G (Chinese), Lecturer E V G E N IY A L . K A T S E N E L IN B O IG E N (Russian), Lecturer R O B ER T K A T Z (Spanish), Lecturer M A R Y K . K E N N E Y (Spanish), Lecturer C A R O L E N E T T E R (French), Lecturer E L K E P L A X T O N (German), Lecturer D A N IE L L E B A U L T (French), Assistant The purpose o f the major is to acquaint students with the important periods and principal figures o f the literatures taught in the Department, to develop an appreciation o f literary values, to provide training in critical analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the relation­ ship between literary phenomena and the historical and cultural forces underlying the various literary traditions. In addition to demonstrated competence in the language, a foreign literature major will normally complete seven credits in literature courses or seminars, take Special Topics, and pass the comprehen­ sive examination. Students whose interests lie primarily in language are advised to consider*8910 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 5 Spring semester, 1987. 8 Campus Coordinator, Grenoble Program. 9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, fall semester, 1986. 10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, spring semester, 1987. 156 the possibility o f a Foreign Languages major. Those with an interest in civilization should consider a Special Major in combination with History, Art, or some other appropriate de­ partment. Students interested in studying liter­ ature in more than one language are encouraged to consider a Literature major. Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily designed to help students acquire the linguistic competence necessary to pursue literary studies in a foreign language through work with the language and selected texts o f literary or general interest. For a detailed description of the orientation in these courses see the Explanatory Note on language courses below. Courses numbered 11 or above emphasize the study o f literature as a humanistic discipline as well as competence in the spoken and written language. Students who plan to major in a foreign language and its literature are advised to present sufficient credits on admission to enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12 in their freshman year. Students who enter with no previous knowledge of the language and are interested in majoring in a foreign literature should register for the inten­ sive language courses (1B-2B) in the freshman year. Language courses numbered IB through 5 (8 in German) do not count toward the minimum o f eight credits required for the major. Students who wish to continue a language begun elsewhere will be placed at the course level where they will profit best according to their score in the College Entrance Examina­ tion or placement tests administered by the Department in the fall. Prerequisites for majors are noted under the listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep­ tions to course requirements are made for those who show competence in the language of specialization. Students who speak French, German, Russian or Spanish fluently should consult with the Department before electing courses. Majors are urged to elect supporting courses in other literatures, in history, philosophy, lin­ guistics, or art history. The Department also recommends participation for a minimum o f a summer and a semester in an academic program abroad. Linguistically qualified students may apply to the Swarthmore Program at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This program is particularly suited for majors in the humanities and the social sciences. Students competent in Spanish should consider the Hamilton College Program in Madrid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarth­ more. Those competent in German should consider the Wayne State Junior Year in Germany (at the University o f Munich or the University o f Freiburg) or the Smith College Junior Year at the University o f Hamburg. Students interested in intermediate and ad­ vanced Chinese studies in China are encouraged to consider the China Educational Tours program in Beijing and the Nankai University program in Tianjin, the People’s Republic o f China. Students on scholarship may apply scholarship monies to designated programs of study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton College Program in Madrid and the Swarth­ more Program in Grenoble (see Education Abroad, p. 53-55). Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­ cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish should plan on taking the regular program of language and literature courses required for the major or show proof o f the equivalent. In addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a course in the history o f the language offered in the Department. Appropriate supporting courses which broaden knowledge and under­ standing o f the foreign culture being studied are also recommended. Prospective teachers o f a foreign language should plan to include a minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad in their academic program. Students planning to do graduate work are reminded that, in addition to the language of specialization, a reading knowledge o f other languages is often required for admission to advanced studies. Continental European and Spanish Am erican Literatures (in translation) Students acquainted with a particular foreign language are urged to elect an appropriate literature course taught in the original language. CEL/SAL courses provide students with the opportunity to study literature which they cannot read in the original. These courses may be used to satisfy the distribution require­ ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or 12 level courses to satisfy the departmental prerequisites for a major or minor in the 157 M odern Languages and Lite ra tu re s original languages. In some cases CEL/SAL courses may form an appropriate part of supporting upper-level work, part o f a Litera­ ture Major, or they may serve as the basis of preparation for an Honors paper. Students planning programs where such considerations might apply should consult with the Depart­ ment. Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is offered each semester; these courses are an­ nounced before fall and spring registration. Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature in translation are listed after SAL 50. 12 R . R u ssia n Th o u g h t and Lite ra tu re in th e Q u e s t fo r Tru th . The development o f Russian intellectual tradi­ tion as reflected in Russian philosophy and literature from the 18th century to the present. Brief consideration o f Russian medieval litera­ ture and thought. Eighteenth century: seculari­ zation o f culture. Nineteenth and twentieth centuries: philosophical and literary polemics within the framework o f current secular ideol­ ogies and religious thought- Russia and the West and the dream o f a Perfect World. Not offered 1986-87. Krugovoy. 13 R. T h e R u ssia n N o v e l. See Russian 13. 13. M e d ia e va l C o m p a ra tiv e L ite ra tu re . The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages, especially the epic (Roland, Cid, Nibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, The G rail). 14 . M o d e rn Eu ro p e a n Lite ra tu re . Contributions in theme and form to a European tradition o f modem fiction will be examined and compared in seminar format (presentation and critical discussion of student papers). Authors will include Dostoevsky, Rilke, E. M. Forster, Thomas Mann, Virginia W oolf, and Malraux. Intended especially for freshmen and sophomores contemplating a Literature major. Limited enrollment. Fall semester. Avery. 2 0 G . T h e C o n te m p o ra ry G e rm a n N o v e l. A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociological currents in East and West Germany, Austria, and Switzerland since the end o f World War II as they appear in representative works o f prose fiction. Authors include Heinrich Boll, Gunter 158 Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe Johrison, Peter Handke, and Christa Wolf. Lectures and dis­ cussions in English. German majors will be required to read some o f the works in German. 25 R . R u ssia n Fo lk lo re and Ru ssia n C u ltu re . A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis o f literature and civilization. Survivals of myth and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their significance for the understanding o f the collective psycholog­ ical dominants in Russian cultural outlook will be discussed. Special attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales, heroic epic, and lyric poetry with extensive use o f comparative evidence from non-Russian folk traditions. Representa­ tive texts will be analyzed in class with active participation by students. Not offered 1986-87. Krugovoy. 5 0G. S tu d ie s in M o d e rn G e rm a n L ite ra tu re . Under this course title topics will be offered from year to year that reflect the richness and variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­ tries, against the background o f this century’s dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to be offered in subsequent years include: The Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; German Expressionism; Austrian Writers o f the 20th Century, Nietzsche and his Literary Influence; Literature and Film in Weimar Germany. Twentieth Century German Women in Film and Literature. To he offered 1987-88. Faber. 3 0 R . Th e P e te rs b u rg T h e m e in R u ssia n L ite ra tu re . Literary and historical perspectives o f the urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a social reality, demonic delusion, and myth. Alienation in the modern city, individual search for self-identification, and personal reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Readings and discussions based on works by Pushkin, Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, and Bely. This course is not a regular offering and may not be repeated in the foreseeable future. Not offered 1986-87. Krugovoy. 50R. R u ssia n Lite ra tu re and R e v o lu tio n a ry Th ou gh t. S A L 6 0. S p a n ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty Th ro u g h Its N o v e l. A study o f continuity and change in the rela­ tionship between the major political and social movements and the writers before and after 1917. Special attention will be given to the postrevolutionary literary and political struggle in the 1920’s and its revival of the 1960’s. Spring semester 1987. Bradley. This course will explore the relationship between society and the novel in Spanish America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Juan Rulfo and others will be discussed in conjunction with sociological patterns in con­ temporary Spanish America. See SociologyAnthropology 60. Not offered 1986-87. 5 0 S. S p a n ish Th ou g h t and Lite ra tu re o f the T w e n tie th C e n tu ry. The struggle between traditionalism and libera­ lism, its background and manifestations in Spanish thought and letters from the turn o f the century through the Civil War to the present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo Jose Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo. Not offered 1986-87. S A L 50. C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n is h A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re . A consideration o f intellectual and social themes and artistic innovations which mark the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from the various national literatures. ARGENTINA: Borges, Cortazar; Valenzuela; PERU: Vargas Llosa; COLOMBIA: Garcia Marquez; GUATE­ MALA: Asturias; MEXICO: Fuentes, Rulfo, Garro; CHILE: Bombal; CUBA: Carpentier, Cabrera. 7 0 . R e n aiss an ce C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re . (See English Literature 70.) Not offered 1986-87. 7 4 a . M o d e rn D ra m a I: Ibsen to A v a n t G a rd e . (See English Literature 74a.) Not offered 1986-87. 7 4 b . M o d e rn D ram a II: A v a n t G a rd e and C o n te m p o ra ry . (See English Literature 74b.) Not offered 1986-87. 7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p a ra tiv e Fic tio n . (See English Literature 79.) (To be taught in alternate years by Modem Languages.) Not offered 1986-87. EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR LANGUAGE COURSES: A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for students who begin their study o f the language in college and whose primary interest is the acquisition o f reading skills: 1-2 combines the presentation o f grammar with readings from the humanities (including literature), social sciences, and sciences. Classes meet three times per week and are conducted in English. May be used to prepare for fulfilling the reading requirement o f graduate schools but does not prepare students for intermediate or advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. Satisfactory completion of the one-year sequence does satisfy the language requirement. Students who start in the 1-2 sequence must complete 2 in order to receive credit for 1. However, students placing directly in 2 can receive credit for a single semester o f language work. B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 5B carry one and one-half credits per semester. Three semesters in this sequence are equiv­ alent to two years o f work at the college level. Designed to impart an active com­ mand o f the language and combine the study or review o f grammar essentials and 159 M odern Languages and Lite ra tu re s readings o f varied texts with intensive practice to develop the ability to speak the language. Recommended for students who want to progress rapidly and especially for those with no previous knowledge o f the language and who are interested in prepar­ ing for intermediate or advanced courses in literature taught in the original language. Students who start in this orientation can major in a foreign language and literature not studied previously. These courses (a) meet as one section for grammar presenta­ tion and in small groups for oral practice with a native speaker o f the language, and (b) may require periodic work in the language laboratory. Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence must complete 2B in order to receive credit for IB. However, students placing direcdy in 2B can receive one and one-half semester credits. Courses numbered 3B may be taken singly for one and one-half semester credits. Chinese The purpose o f the program is to develop competence in the modem Chinese language. Students should plan to take the introductory and intermediate courses as early as possible so that studying in China may, if desired, be incorporated into their curriculum. The courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 11 are offered each year and 15, 16 in alternate springs. Although no major exists currently in Chinese in either the course program or the External Examination program, qualified students are urged to consider the possibility o f a Special Major in combination with such departments as Linguistics, History, History o f Art, Music, Political Science, and Religion. It is possible to prepare for one External Examination in the field o f Classical Chinese Literature. Interested students should consult with the Section Head in Chinese. COURSES 1 B -2 B . In tro d u ctio n to M a n d a rin C hin e se . An intensive introduction to spoken and written Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on oral practice. Designed to impart an active command o f basic grammar. Introduces 350 to 400 characters and develops the ability to read and write in simple modem Chinese. Fall semster. Luk and Huang. 3 B , 4 B . S e c o n d -y e a r M a n d a rin C h in e se . Designed for students who have mastered basic grammar and 350 to 400 characters. Combines intensive oral practice with writing and reading in the modern language. Emphasis is on rapid 160 expansion of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and thorough understanding o f grammatical patterns. Prepares students for advanced study at the College and in China. Luk and Huang. 1 1 . T h ir d -y e a r C hin e se . Concentrates on reading in modem Chinese. Develops the ability to read a variety of Modem Chinese writings, fiction, essays, docu­ mentary and journalistic materials and the ability to write in the modem language. Classes conducted in Chinese, though oral translation into English is an important component. Luk. 12 . A d v a n c e d C h in e se . Advanced studies after Chinese 11. Concen­ trates on reading in modem Chinese. Strengthens the ability to read a variety o f Modem Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary and journalistic materials and the ability to write in the modem language. Classes conducted in Chinese, though oral translation into English is an important component. Bartlett. 15 . T h e C hin ese Lan g u ag e . A linguistic survey o f the history and structure o f the Chinese language; Chinese as a nonIndo-European language, its basic structure, its dialects and national standard, and the devel­ opment o f its writing system. Luk. 16 . C hin e se Lite ra tu re in T ra n s la tio n . An introduction to Chinese literature, its themes and the intellectual tradition it reflects. r bourse material includes fiction, drama, and a >rief consideration of classical poetry. .uk. 93. D ire c te d Reading. F re n c h French may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Prerequisites Ifor both Course students and Honors candi­ dates are as follows: French 12 and 16, the equivalent, or evidence o f special competence. mentals o f French grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This two-semester course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. 1986-87. O ffered in alternate years. Tafoya. ilecommended supporting subjects: see the troductory departmental statement. For students who begin French in college. Designed to impart an active command of the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. Prepares for intermediate and advanced courses in language or literature taught exclusively in French. Recommended for students who wish to acquire minimal linguistic competence for study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in France. See the explanatory note on language courses above as well as the description o f the Swarthmore program at the University of Grenoble under Education Abroad. E 11 majors including students preparing a ¡condary School certificate are strongly urged Jo spend at least one semester o f study in ranee. lajors in the Course and Honors Programs, as veil as minors in the Honors Program, are expected to be sufficiently proficient in spoken End written French to do all of their work in French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses fend seminars, and all oral and written examina­ tions, including comprehensive and Honors Examinations. Course majors are required to do Special (Topics and to complete a comprehensive Examination in the Spring semester o f their senior year. This examination is based on a reading list o f essential works from the Middle |\ges to the Twentieth Century. Students may fthoose to prepare any two consecutive cen­ turies, plus one genre in any o f two other centuries, and they are expected to devise a suitable program o f study on this basis in the Fall semester o f the junior year. Students are required to take at least one course in Literature before 1800. They can take no Inore than two courses o f a non-literary nature. ¡COURSES C O TE : Not all advanced courses are offered Every year. Students wishing to major or minor In French should plan their program in con­ sultation with the Department. [ l - 2 . Fre n c h Reading and T ra n s la tio n . p o r students who wish to acquire the funda­ 1 R -2 R . In te n sive Fre n c h . 5 . C om p o sitio n and Diction. This course satisfies the prerequisites for intermediate and advanced courses taught in the original language, such as 12 or 16. Emphasis is on the consolidation o f gram­ matical principles with an aim to increasing the facility to write and speak the language through work with formal grammar, selected readings o f literary or general interest, newspaper and magazine articles, radio programs, films, etc. Recommended for students who wish to study abroad at the university level. Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent. Each semester. 5 A . Fre n c h C o n v e rs a tio n . A half-credit conversation course concentrating on the development o f the students’ ability to speak French. Each semester. Bault. 10 . Im a g e s de la Fra n c e . Salient aspects o f French civilization in the age­ long struggle for human values. May include literary works depicting life or events in a given period but emphasis is on social, political, and 161 M o d e m Languages and Lite ratu res artistic highlights rather than belles lettres as such. Readings and discussions in French. Prerequisite: French 5 or equivalent. Spring semester 1987. Tafoya. 12 . In tro d u ctio n to L ite r a ry S tu d ie s . An analytical approach to French literature through the study o f particular genres or specific modes o f expression. Selected works from Molière to Beckett. Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­ lent with special permission. Each semester. 15. Fre s h m e n Se m ina r. For freshmen only. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: a score o f675 or above in French, and satisfactory performance in the Placement Exam for Literature courses administered during Freshman Orientation. Topic for 1985: La Satire, during Freshman Orientation. Fall semester. Rosa. 16 . S tu d ie s in S ty lis tic s . For majors or those who wish an advanced course to develop self-expression in the written and oral language. Original compositions are based on a stylistic study o f texts by representa­ tive French authors from the 17th century to the present. Prerequisite: French 5, 12, or the equivalent with special permission. Spring semester. Smith. 20 . H is to ry o f th e Fre n c h Lan g u ag e . The development o f the French language from its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis will be placed more on general patterns than on philological details. Texts o f the various periods will be analyzed intensively. The course will be given in English; students must have a reading knowledge o f French. This course will satisfy the linguistics requirement for a teacher certifi­ cation and may be used for a Medieval Studies major. Fall semester 1987. Perkins. 2 2 . Le C in é m a fra n ç a is . An examination o f the evolution o f style and theme in French Cinema from Realism to Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied will be Clair, Renior, and Carné, as well as Resnais, Truffaut, and Godard. Roza. 162 25 . L ’ A n c ie n R é g im e . 70. A study o f the social conditions o f 17th and Maj 18th century France in both rural and urban Anc areas with special attention to the condition ol sprit women during the period. Readings from 20th century historians and from representative 71. Froi literary texts o f the period. Prerequisite: French 12 or equivalent language Sain Fall skills. Spring semester 1988. Perkins. 72. 28 . An La Fra n c e C on te m p o ra in e . A study o f events and ideas which have shaped dun French society from the 19th century to the, the present. Selected French works in history, Moi R.oz political science, sociology and literature. Smith. 73. 3 0 . L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e . Offered on demand. 33. Fe m m e s é c riv a in s . Women writers from the Middle Ages to beginning o f the XXth century. Smith. 35. L ’ H u m a n ism e de la R e n a iss a n ce . SE 4 2 . L itté ra tu re du 1 7 e S iè c le . A study o f the cultural and intellectual setting o f the grand siècle. Representative plays, novels, fables, maxims. Fall semester 1987. Smith. 4 3 . Le T h é â tre . Pre (H< plu ava Ex: par Representative works from the Middle Ages to att: the the Romantic period included. Smith. HOC 50. Le Rom an a v a n t la R é vo lu tio n . b k yon 5 1 . L e s P h ilo so p h e s . Fer 60. Le R o m an du 19e S iè c le . 101 A study o f innovations in techniques and form as well as the examination o f moral problem: arising from soci-political changes in 19tl century France. Based primarily on the novel: o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola. Moskos. Prc var Ma 6 1 . R o m a n tis m e . 6 5 . B a u d e la ire , R im ba u d, M a lla rm é , A p o llin a ire . Fall semester 1986. Roza. Sm 10 L "ti M< Sp 70. T h é â tre M o d e rn e . Major trends in 20th century drama from Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco. 11of Spring semester 1988. Roza. 0tt 71. P o é sie C on te m p o ra in e . nve From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and Saint John-Perse. Fall semester 1987. Roza. 72. Le R om an du 20e S ièc le . An examination o f the tensions between humanistic tradition and formal innovation in pea the the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the Nouveau Roman and beyond. try, Roza. 73. Litté ra te u rs En gageé. Astudy o f the literature o f commitment before md after World War II. Principally an exami­ nation o f the literary manifestations o f French Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux, Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others. the Spring semester 1987. Tafoya. 7 5 . P ro u s t and J o y c e . 7 6 . E c ritu re fé m in in e . A study o f the literary, theoretical and socio­ political implications o f feminine texts in twentieth-century France. Topics to be dis­ cussed: the idea o f the author, deconstruction and feminism, psychoanalysis and women, and others. Fall semester 1986. Moskos. 9 1 . S p e c ia l T o p ic s . Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. The topic for Spring 1987 will be Critical Theory. Open to senior majors and other qualified students. Spring semester 1987. Lyons 9 2 . C ollo q uiu m . 93. D ire cte d Reading. 9 4 . T h e s is . ' ¡SEMINARS ti_ IPreparation o f topics for External Examinations ,eis «(Honors) may be done by appropriate courses ’¡plus attachments only when seminars are not ■available. Students preparing for External Examinations should consult with the De­ partment on the suitability and availability of :s to attachments. nOO. L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e . b id French readings in lyric poetry, theatre and Romance. Perkins. 1101. La R e n a iss a n c e . j r n f rose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de NaemsRarre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from 9tlRIarot through the Pléiade, velstmith. 110 2 . Le T h é â tre C la ss iq u e . 11. Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study o f ■''the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2. ¡Molière. ¡Spring semester 1987. Smith. 103. L’A g e d e s Lu m iè re s . Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau. Fall semester 1987. Perkins. 10 4 . S te n dh a l e t Fla u b e rt. Moskos. 105. P r o u s t Style and vision in L a Recherche du Temps perdu. Roza. 106. P o é s ie S y m b o lis te . From Baudelaire to Apollinaire. Roza. 108. Le R o m an du 20 e S ièc le . Major innovations in form and theme from Gide and Proust to the New Novel. Spring semester 1988. Roza. 109. Le R o m a n tis m e . Fall semester 1986. Moskos. 180. T h e s is . M odern Languages and Lite ratu re s wit! ther mar Bre< con; cult Not German German may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are as follows: Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. W ith minor exceptions, the language o f in­ struction in courses numbered 11 and above is German. Students are expected to have a sufficient command o f the language to be able to participate in class discussions and do written work in German. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. COURSES NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in German should plan their program in consultation with the Department. All courses listed under Groups I and II are open to students after either German 11 or 12. The courses listed under Group II are offered on a regular two-year sequence. Majors in Course are required to select a minimum of four courses from Group II. 1 -2 . G e rm a n Reading and Tra n s la tio n . For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f German grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This two-semester course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. 1987-88. O ffered in alternate years. Staff. 1B -2 B , 3 B . In te n sive G e rm a n . For students who begin German in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 8, 11 or 12. 1B-2B. Plaxton. 3B. Fall semester. Faber and Plaxton. general and literary topics o f contemporary interest. For students who want to consolidate their skills o f expression. Recommended for German majors. Can be taken concurrently with German 11 or 12. Prerequisite: German 3B or by departmental 91. StUI placement test. or c Each semester. Staff. GROUP I GR 11. In tro d u ctio n to G e rm a n Lite ra tu re (e a rly 20th c e n tu ry ). 52. Zau Ber Not 50. 12. In tro d u ctio n to G e rm an Lite ra tu re (Th e A g e o f G o e th e ). Thr An introduction to German literature through close reading o f selections from the second half o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe,! Schiller, and the Romantics. Fall semester. Avery. tioi Les 13 . T ra n s la tio n : T h e o ry and P ra c tic e . SE G01 Not This course aims at exploring the act o f transla-1 tion, at first theoretically, and subsequently— and primarily—through practice in translating texts from various fields within the humanities from German into English. In the second half] o f the course, students will pursue individual projects in consultation with the instructor. This course does not count towards the major. Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent. Not offered 1986-87. Faber. 5 0 . Die D e u tsch e L y r ik . Readings in the major German poets. Not offered 1986-87. 63. G o e th e ’ s F a u s t An intensive study o f Faust 1 and II. Not offered 1986-87. 8 . W riting and S p e a k in g G e rm a n . 8 3. K a fk a and B re c h t. Oral discussions and writing practice based on A study o f the principal works o f each author 164 As the exai clu< Kai libr An introductory course which emphasizes critical and analytical reading o f literature. Representative poetry, drama, and fiction from the beginning o f the 20th century, including works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka, Mann and Brecht. Prerequisite: German 3B, 8 or equivalent work. Spring semester. Avery. All wil top ma att: abl tioi the ID As of] (T1 To 101 Ro Ge I fin Tit with emphasis on the emergence o f major themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­ manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and ary Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be ate considered in the context o f the authors’ for cultural and social environment. itly N o t offered 1986 -8 7. ital 91. S p e cial T o p ic s . Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. GROUP II 52. D a s D e u tsch e D ra m a . A study o f German drama, concentrating on zes the modern period and including also an ire. examination of opera as drama. Readings in­ om clude plays by Brecht, Büchner, Hauptmann, ing Kaiser, Schiller, and Wedekind as well as the ind libretti to the following operas: Mozart’s D ie Zauberflöte, Wagner’s Tristan und Isolde, and rk. Berg’s W ozzek. Not offered 1986 -8 7. 50. A u fk la e ru n g und S tu rm und D ra n g . The German Enlightenment and various reac­ igbj tions to it. Authors read include Geliert, tali Lessing, Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early Mi Goethe, and the early Schiller. he,! Not offered 1986 -8 7. 7 2 . L ite r a tu r d e s n eu n ze h nte n Ja h rh u n d e rts . Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric poetry from the end o f Romanticism through the beginnings of Modernism. Readings include selections from essayistic writings reflecting contemporary thought. N o t offered 1986 -8 7. 80. K la s s ik e r d e r M o d e rn e . A study o f German literature from the begin­ nings o f Modernism through World War L Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George, Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas Mann. N o t offered 1986 -8 7. 8 2. L ite r a tu r d e s z w a n zig s te n Ja h rh u n d e rts . German literature from the twenties to the present with emphasis on the continuity of the modem tradition under the impact o f political exile and World War II. Authors include Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War II writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and West Germany. 8 4. R ilk e , H o fm a n n s th a l, K a fk a . Fall semester. SEMINARS da­ r­ All seminars to be offered in a particular year ing Will be announced in advance. Preparation of :ies topics for External Examinations (Honors) lalfj may be done by appropriate courses plus ual attachments only when seminars are not avail­ able. Students preparing for External Examina­ tions should consult with the Department on nt. the suitability and availability of attachments. 104. Goe the . A study o f Goethe’s major works in the context of his life and times. (This seminar does not include Faust.) T o be offered 19 8 7-8 8 . 105. Die D e u tsch e Ro m a n tik . Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature, thought, and the arts in the first third o f the 19th century. Authors include Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brentano, Eichendorff, the early Buchner, and Heine. Also offered as a course. See 70. Fall semester. Faber. 10 7. M o d e rn e P ro s a . The development o f German prose narrative since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Doblin, Karl Kraus, and R. Walser. Spring semester. Avery. 108. D e u tsch e Lite ra tu r nach 1950. The emergence o f distinctive works o f narrative fiction, lyric poetry, and drama in the two Germanies, in Austria and in Switzerland following the collapse o f Nationalist Socialism in Germany. Emphasis on works by major authors. T o be offered 19 87-88 . 165 M odern Languages and Lite ratu res Russian Russian may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are: Russian 6 , 11, 12, and 13, or equivalent work. Recom m ended supporting su bjects: see the introductory department statement. SEl 11 A . C om p o sitio n and D ictio n . 101 A halLcredit course concentrating on the further development o f writing and speaking skills in Russian. To be taken in conjunction with Russian 11. Does not count towards the major. Fall semester. Katsenelinboigen. Foil 101 10; 10' Spn 1 2 . In tro d u ctio n to Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re . COURSES NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in Russian should plan their program in consultation with the Department. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. 1 -2 . R u ssia n Reading and T ra n s la tio n . For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This course is designed especially for those students in the Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read and translate scholarly, scientific materials in the original. 1986-87. O ffered in alternate years. Staff. 1B -2 R , 3 B . In te n sive R u ssia n . For students who begin Russian in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 6 , 11, and 12. 6 . A d va n c e d R u ssia n . For majors and those primarily interested in perfecting their command o f language. Ad­ vanced conversation, composition, translation, and stylistics. Readings include short stories and newspapers. Conducted in Russian. Spring semester. Krugovoy. 1 1 . In tro d u ctio n to Ru ssia n L ite ra tu re . Old Russian literature and its place within European literature. 18th century: Classicism and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­ cism and Golden Age of Russian poetry. Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and dis­ cussions in Russian. Fall semester. Krugovoy. 166 19th and 20th century Russian literature to 1918, and its place within European literature. Realism and literary tendencies in the first two decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dos­ toevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and dis­ cussions in Russian. Spring semester. KrugOvoy. Si Sp2 Coi Ext req Re< 1 2 A . C o m p o sitio n and Dictio n. wo: A half-credit course concentrating on the further development o f writing and speaking skills in Russian. To be taken in conjunction with Russian 12. Does not count towards the major. Fall semester. Katsenelinboigen. Re< inti 13. Th e R u ssia n N o v e l. Ma suf the exa req Continuity and change in the development of the novel in the 19th century and in the post­ CC revolutionary period. Lectures and readings in English. Russian majors will be required to NC read a part o f the material in Russian. eve Fall semester. Bradley. Sp tio 16. H is to ry o f th e Ru ssia n Lan g u ag e . An introductory course. A study of the origin o f the Russian language and its place among the other modern Indo-European and Slavic lan­ guages. The uses o f philology and linguistics for the ideological and stylistic analysis o f literary texts. Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher certification. Not offered 1986-87. 9 1. S p e c ia l To p ic s. 1Fo me kn CO’ toi IE Fo De lar (For senior majors.) Study o f individual au­ ini thors, selected themes or critical problems. lit. toi 93. D ire c te d Reading. fol SEMINARS 101. To lsto y. the Fall semester ig 86. Krugovoy. ing 102. R u ssia n S h o rt S to ry . on 103. P u s h k in and Le rm o n to v. :he 104. D o s to e v s k y . Spring semester 1987. Krugovoy. 10 5 . Lite ra tu re o f th e S o v ie t P e rio d . 1 0 7 . R u ssia n L y ric a l P o e try. 108. M o d e rn R u ssia n P o e try. 109. C h e k h o v. 1 1 0 . B u lg a k o v. e. to re. Spanish ¡VO DS'I Spanish may be offered as a major in the ferì Course Program but not as a major in the lis­ External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for Course students are as follows: che N on :he Required: Spanish 11, 13, 41 or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in the language and to pass all oral comprehensive examinations in Spanish. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. of >st' lini COURSES to] NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing to major in Spanish should plan their program in consulta­ tion with the Department. gin 1 -2 . S p a n ish Reading and T ra n s la tio n . the For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f Spanish grammar and a reading for] knowledge o f the language. This two-semester ary; course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. ier 1987-88. O ffered in alternate years. Staff. 1 B -2 B , 3 B . In te n sive S p an ish . For students who begin Spanish in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and readings in literary or expository prose. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 5B, 11 or 13. 5 B . In te n sive S p a n is h . For majors and others who wish an advanced language course in which the emphasis is not primarily literary. Much attention paid to pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and the most difficult concepts of Spanish grammar. An ideal course prior to study abroad. Each semester. Hassett and Kenney. 7 . Fo n é tic a Esp añ o la y C om p o sició n . A course designed to improve the individual student’s pronunciation o f Spanish and com­ position. Highly recommended for majors and other advanced students. Spring semester 1987. Metzidakis. 1 1 . In tro d u ctio n to Sp an ish Lite ra tu re . A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by authors such as Espronceda, Zorrilla, Becquer, Perez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers. Prerequisite: Spanish 3B, the equivalent, or special permission. Fall semester. Metzidakis. 13 . In tro d u ctio n to Sp an ish A m e ric a n L ite ra tu re . A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva, Dario, Lugones, Sanchez, Lillo, Neruda, Valle­ jo, Huidobro, Rulfo, Garcia Marquez, Borges, Valenzuela and others). Discussions, papers. Spring semester. Hassett. NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the courses in literature that follow. 167 M odern Languages and Literatu res 7 0 . La G e n erac ió n del 98. Studies in the works o f Valle-Inclan, Azorin, Baroja, Unamuno, Benavente, and Antonio Machado. Fall semestr 1986. Metzidakis. Courses to be offered in subsequent years: 30. La Lite ra tu ra M e d ie v a l. 40. El T e a tro del Re n acim ie n to y del S ig lo de O ro . 7 1 . Lite ra tu ra Esp añ o la C o n te m p o rá n e a . 4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad M ed ia y del Re n acim ie n to. Major figures o f the 20th century not covered in Spanish 70: Juan Ramon Jimenez, Garcia Lorca, Alberti, Salinas, Guillen, Hernandez, Hierro, and Aleixandre among the poets; novels by Cela and Goytisolo; the theater of Casona and Sastre. Spring semester 1987. Metzidakis. 4 2 . La P o e sía del R e n acim ie n to y del S ig lo de O ro . 44. C e rv a n te s . 46. La nove la p ic a re sc a . 48. El R e g io n a lism o Español 60. La N o v e la en el Siglo X IX . 7 7 . La N o v e la H isp a n o a m e rica n a del S ig lo X X . Novels by Juan Rulfo, Maria Luisa Bombal, Jose Donoso, Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Manuel Puig, Luisa Valenzuela. Fall Semester 1986. Hassett. 9 1 . S p e cial T o p ic s . Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. Open to all students with prior experience in Spanish and/or Spanish American Literature. Spring semester 1987. Cruz. 7 2 . La N o v e la Esp añ o la de la P o s g u e rra . 7 3 . U na m u no . 7 4 . Lite ra tu ra Es p a ñ o la de P o s g u e rra . 7 5 . T e a tro H isp a n o a m e rica n o C o n te m p o rá n e o . 7 6 . La P o e sia H isp a n o a m e ric a n a del S ig lo X X . 7 8 . La N o v e la M e x ic a n a S ocial del S ig lo X X . 7 9 . El C ue n to H isp a n o a m e ric a n o . EXTERNAL EXAMINATION (HONORS) PROGRAM Although the Spanish section can not now prepare students for External Examinations, 168 students interested in such a possibility should make their wishes known to the section. M u s ic J A M E S D. F R E E M A N , Professor and ChairmanI2 P E T ER G R A M S W IN G , Professor S H A R O N F R IE D L E R , Associate Professor of Dance G E R A LD L E V IN S O N , Assodate Professor34 A N N K . M c N A M E E , Associate Professor P A U L A S E P IN U C K , Associate in Performance (Dance) D O R O TH Y K . F R E E M A N , Associate in Performance (Music) K A R E N M E Y E R S , Associate in Performance (Music) G E O F FR E Y M IC H A E L S , Artist in Residence C A R O LY N R E IC H E K , Assodate in Performance (Dance) RO B ER T M . S M A R T , Assodate in Performance (Music) N A N C E Y R O S E N S W EIG , Associate in Performance (Dance) I T IM O T H Y G R E A T B A T C H , Lecturer S T E P H E N J A F F E , L e ctu rer 3 M E L IN D A W A G N E R , Lecturer5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I The study o f music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history, and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the understanding o f music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses train the student to work with musical material, to understand modes o f organization in composition and to evolve methods of musical analysis. History courses introduce students to methods o f studying the development o f musical styles and genres, and the relationship of music to other arts and areas of thought. The Department encourages students to develop performing skills through private study and through participation in the wind ensemble, chorus, early music ensemble, orchestra, and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and administers. The Department also assists instrumentalists or singers to finance the cost o f private instruction. Credit may be granted under the provisions for Creative Arts. I I I I I I I Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College with a major in music at Swarthmore can, with special permission, from the department and the Provost, elect a five-year plan o f study, thus reducing the normal number o f courses to be taken per semester. I I 1 I I 1 I I I I 2 3 4 5 Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for acceptance as a major. Majors will normally take five semester courses in theory (including Music 15, 16, or 17), three semester courses in history (including Music 20 and either 21 or 22) and meet the basic piano requirement. Majors are expected to participate in at least one o f the department’s performing organi­ zations. Major in the External Examination (Honors) Program: A student intending to major in the Honors Program will normally stand for four papers in music. The Department strongly recommends that one paper be a thesis or research project. Any Theory/Composition course numbered 15 or higher, also all history courses, can be used as the basis o f a paper when augmented by a concurrent or subse­ quent attached unit of additional research, or by directed reading, or by a tutorial. Minors in theA Honors Program: A student intending to minor in the Honors Program will normally stand for two papers in music. Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for a minor. Music 2 may, with permission o f the Depart­ ment, be substituted for the theory prerequi­ site. Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. Absent on leave, 1986-87. Fall semester, 1986. Spring semester, 1987. 169 M usic Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work in music requires a reading knowledge o f French and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work in musicology. Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music will be expected to play a keyboard instrument well enough by their senior year to perform at sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior year they should be able to read chamber music scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize figured basses. The department recommends that majors take one or two semesters o f Music 42 to develop these skills. Students with exceptional proficiency in an instrument other than the piano, or in singing, will not be expected to meet the performing standards of pianists. The basic piano program: This program is designed to develop keyboard proficiency to a point where a student can effectively use the piano as a tool for study, also to help students meet the keyboard requirements outlined above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores planning to major in music. No academic credit is given for basic piano. Special scholarships and awards in music include: T he Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Scholarships: See p. 64. Friends o f M usic and Dance Summer Fellowships: See p. 64. The Melvin B. Troy Award: See p. 63. The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See p. 24. The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship: See p. 31. SU{ ere sul wil ser the stu Fo (In the Sei ma C( 1.! A. Th Oi Sp The Barnard Fellows: See p. 12. 2. The Peter Gram Swing Prize: See p. 63. A- thi tal CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE Chamber Music, Chorus, Orchestra, Early Music Ensemble, W ind Ensenble Students may take Performance Chorus (Music 43), Performance Orchestra (Music 44), Per­ formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 45), Performance Wind Ensemble (Music 46), or Performance Chamber Music (Music 47), for credit with the permission o f the Department member who has the responsibility for that performing group. The amount o f credit received will be a half-course in any one semester and usually will be granted only to students participating for a full year in a particular activity. Students applying for credit will fulfill requirements established for each activity, i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals and performances and participation in any supplementary classes held in connection with the activity. Students will be graded on a credit/no credit basis. Individual Instruction (Music 48) Music Majors and members o f the Wind Ensemble, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they wish, 170 take lessons for credit. Members of the Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel Choir are eligible for voice lessons; members o f the Wind Ensemble, Early Music Ensemble, and Orches­ tra are eligible for lessons on their primary instrument. Students who are not Music Majors and are not in any o f the performing organizations listed above may take lessons for credit if they are concurrently enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition course of­ fered by the Music Department. Pianists who are not Music Majors and who are not enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition course offered by the Department may qualify for Music 4 8 by taking part in the Department’s Program for Accompanists. The Department expects such pianists to give at least three hours a week to the Program. A student applying for Individual Instruction will first demonstrate to the Department ability to undertake such study at least at an inter­ mediate level. The student will arrange to work with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject to the approval o f the Department, which will then pa sti CO O] N( 6. Ar pe of T1 lis O Ni 7. A M ar T Si in ui PI su p ervise th e c o u rs e o f s tu d y a n d grad e it o n a c r e d it/ n o c re d it b asis. T e a c h e r a n d s tu d e n t w ill s u b m it w r itte n e v a lu a tio n s , a n d th e s tu d e n t w ill p e r fo r m f o r a ju r y a t th e e n d o f th e sem ester. T h e D e p a r tm e n t w ill th e n d ecide i f the s tu d e n t s h o u ld rece ive c r e d it, a n d i f th e stu d e n t can re -e n ro ll. th e c o s t o f th e ir lessons th ro u g h th e B o y d a n d R u t h B a rn a rd S c h o la rsh ip s. A d d itio n a l sch olar­ ships p r o v id e d b y th e E d w i n B . G a rrig u e s F o u n d a t io n su b sid ize th e e n tire co st o f p riv a te lessons w ith th e teacher o f th e ir c h o ic e f o r a p p r o x im a te ly te n o f th e m o s t m u s ic a lly a d va n c e d s tu d e n ts a t th e C o lle g e . F o r stu d e n ts e n ro lle d in lessons f o r cre d it ( In d iv id u a l In s tr u c tio n ) a p o r t io n o f th e c o st o f the lessons is g u a ra n te ed b y th e d e p a rtm e n t. S e c tio n leaders in c h o ru s a n d orch e stra a n d m a jo rs rece ive sub sid ies th a t c o v e r tw o -th ird s A l l s tu d e n ts e n ro lle d in M u s ic 4 8 are s tro n g ly en c o u ra g e d t o p e r fo r m in s tu d e n t c h a m b e r m u s ic co n c e rts a n d t o t r y o u t f o r c o n c e rto s w ith th e O r c h e s tr a a n d so lo s w ith th e C h o r u s . COURSES AND SEMINARS 1. In tro d u ctio n to M u s ic . I A c o u rse d e sign e d t o teach in te llig e n t liste n in g . I T h e co u rse assum es n o p r io r tra in in g in m u s ic . I O p e n t o all s tu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite . I Spring semester. S w in g . I 2. In tro ductio n to M u s ic . I I I I I I I I A co u rse th a t a p p ro a ch e s listen in g a n d analysis th ro u g h c o n c e n tra tio n o n m u sica l fu n d a m e n tals: re a d in g n o ta tio n a n d d e v e lo p in g o r e x p a n d in g a u ra l p e rc e p tio n o f p itc h , r h y t h m , s tru c tu re , p h ra s in g , a n d in s tr u m e n ta tio n . T h e course assum es n o p r io r tra in in g in m u s ic . O p e n to all s tu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. I 6. J . S . B a ch . I I I I I I I A n in tr o d u c tio n t o h is career as c o m p o s e r a n d p e rfo rm e r th ro u g h readings a n d th ro u g h s tu d y o f his c o m p o s itio n s in rep re s e n tative genres. T h e c o u rs e em phasize s tra in in g in in fo r m e d listening. O p e n t o all stu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite . N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. I 7 . W. A . M o z a r t. I I I A c o u rse a b o u t th e life a n d m u s ic o f W . A . M o z a r t , w ith em pha sis o n liste n in g t o a n d analysis o f his c o m p o s itio n s in re p resen tative genres: o p e r a , c o n c e rto , s y m p h o n y , c h a m b e r m u s ic , a n d litu rg ic a l m u s ic , especially his Requiem. T h e c o u rse is r u n as a s e m in a r, w ith p re s e n ta tio n s , d isc u ssion s, a n d in-class p e r­ fo rm a n c e . T h e r e w ill b e t w o p a p e rs , several r e p e rto ry q u izze s , a n d a fin a l e x a m . N o p re re q u is ite o th e r th a n so m e fa m ilia rity w ith classical m u s ic a n d its n o ta tio n . E n r o l l ­ m e n t lim ite d to 1 2 . Fall semester. S w in g . 8 . M u s ic o f the O rie n t. In tr o d u c tio n t o m u s ic a n d m u sica l th eo ries o f th e N e a r E a s t a n d F a r E a s t. G u e s t lectu re rs in special fie ld s w ill m e e t w ith th e class at a p p ro p ria te in te rv a ls. O p e n t o all s tu d e n ts w ith o u t p re re q u is ite . N o t offered 1986 -8 7. 10 . A m e ric a n M u s ic . A s tu d y o f u n w r it te n a n d w r itte n m u s ic in th e U n i t e d S tates t o 1 9 4 0 , p o p u la r a n d ve rn a c u la r as w e ll as classical, u sin g C h a rle s H a m m , Music in the New World, as a te x t. S tu d e n ts w ill be e va lu a te d o n a p o r t f o lio o f w o r k t o in c lu d e pa p e rs pre s e n te d in class, re p o rts o n m u sic listen e d t o , liste n in g q u izze s, a n d a n e x te n d e d essay o n a to p ic o f cho ic e. N o p re re q u is ite . E n r o llm e n t lim ite d t o 12 . N o t offered 1986 -8 7. THEORY AND COMPOSITION S tu d e n ts w h o a n tic ip a te ta k in g fu r th e r courses in th e D e p a r tm e n t o r m a jo rin g in M u s ic are u rg ed t o ta k e M u s ic 11-12 as e a rly as p o s s ib le . P la c e m e n t e xam s are g iv e n each y e a r a t th e fir s t m e e tin g o f th a t c o u rse f o r s tu d e n ts w h o feel th e y m a y b e able t o place o u t o f i t . M a jo r s w ill n o r m a lly ta k e M u s ic 11 - 12 , 13 - 14 , a n d 15 , 16 , o r 17 in successive ye ars. 171 M usic 1 1 - 1 2 . H a rm o n y and C o u n te rp oin t I. W r i t t e n m u sica l exercises in c lu d e c o m p o s itio n o f o rig in a l m a te ria ls as w e ll as c o m m e n ta ry o n e xce rp ts f r o m th e to n a l lite ra tu re . L is te n in g assignm ents c o o rd in a te d w ith w r itte n w o r k . P re re q u isite : k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta tio n , m a jo r / m in o r scales, a b ility t o p la y o r sing at sight sim p le lines in tre b le a n d bass clef. Year course. M c N a m e e . 13 -14 . H a rm o n y and C ou n te rp oin t II. C o n t in u e d w o r k w ith to n a l h a r m o n y a n d o c u n te r p o in t a t a n in te rm e d ia te le ve l. D e ta ile d s tu d y o f selected w o r k s w ith assignm ents d e ­ r iv e d f r o m these w o r k s , as w e ll as o rig in a l c o m p o s itio n s .. P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 11-12 ( o r th e e q u iv a le n t). Y e a r course. G re a tb a tc h . b o t h to n a l a n d n o n -to n a l, w ith in d e p e n d e n t w o r k e n c o u ra g e d . P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 13-14 ( o r e q u iv a le n t). Spring semester. M c N a m e e . A n in tr o d u c tio n to S c h e n k e ria n ana lysis. A n e x te n s io n o f tra d itio n a l a na lytica l tec h n iq u e s, in c o r p o ra tin g S c h e n k e r’ s p rin c ip le s o f vo ic e le a d in g , c o u n te r p o in t, a n d h a r m o n y . P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 13-14 ( o r e q u iv a le n t). Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. 1 7 . H is to ry o f M u s ic T h e o ry . I ce (" I wi I O in I 3! I A va HISTORY OF MUSIC I P1 I sh I sii I I 's N I 31 I a I A 20 . M e d ie v a l and R e n aiss an ce M u s ic . 2 3 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry M u s ic . T h e s tu d y o f m e d ie v a l a n d renaissance m u s ic b e g in n in g w ith G r e g o r ia n c h a n t a n d e n d in g w ith th e m u s ic o f J o s q u in D e s p re z. T h e cou rse is also c o n c e rn e d w ith th e re la tio n s h ip o f m u sic t o th e a r t a n d th o u g h t o f th e tim e s , a n d th e fu n c tio n o f m u s ic in th e R o m a n C a th o lic litu rg y. P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­ t io n . Fall semester. S w in g . A s tu d y o f th e v a rio u s stylistic d ire c tio n s in m u s ic o f th e 2 0 t h C e n t u r y . R e p re s e n ta tiv e w o r k s b y c o m p o s e rs f r o m D e b u s s y , S tra v in ­ s k y , a n d S c h o e n b e rg , th ro u g h C o p l a n d , M e s ­ siae n , a n d o th e rs , t o p o s t-w a r c o m p o s e rs such as B o u le z a n d C r u m b w ill b e e x a m in e d in d e tail. P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­ t io n . Sprin g semester. W a g n e r . 172 I sti Sp Fall semester. Ja ffe . B e e th o v e n th ro u g h W a g n e r , B r a h m s , a n d M a h le r . A s tu d y o f R o m a n tic is m in m u s ic , stylistic characteristics a n d h is to ric a l p rem ise s. P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­ t io n . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. 32 I T1 A s u rv e y o f p r im a r y sources ( in tra n s la tio n ) I f r o m B o e th iu s , T i n c t o r i s , a n d Z a r lin o th ro u g h R a m e a u , R ie m a n n , a n d S c h o e n b e rg . P re re q u is ite : M u s ic 11-12 ( o r e q u iv a le n t). I N o t offered 19 8 6 -8 7. D e ta ile d s tu d y o f a lim ite d n u m b e r o f w o r k s 2 2 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry M u s ic . Fa I 19 . C om p o sitio n 2 1 . B a ro q u e and C la ss ic a l M u s ic . Pr I tic 16 . S c h e n k e r. 15. H a rm o n y and C ou n te rp oin t III. T o p ic s in m u s ic o f th e 17 t h a n d 18 t h ce n tu rie s. T h i s c o u rs e , r u n as a se m in a r, deals w ith m u sic b y P u r c e ll, H a n d e l, a n d H a y d n as p e r fo r m e d in th e c ity o f L o n d o n , a lo n g w ith th e p o litic a l a n d social c o n d itio n s g o v e rn in g c o m m is s io n s a n d p e rfo rm a n c e s . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. pe 3 0 . W. A . M o z a r t. I V I v I I I sf I N Pl I F< 1 I I 3! I c I C A A s tu d y o f re p re s e n ta tiv e w o r k s in th e lig h t o f 1 I c< m o d e r n s tyle c ritic is m . A read ing k n o w le d g e o f F r e n c h o r G e r m a n is d esirable. P re re q u is ite : a k n o w le d g e o f tra d itio n a l n o ta ­ P t io n . Not offered 19 8 6 -8 7. N 3 1. O p e ra . c< A s u r v e y o f th e h is to r y o f o p e r a , w ith special ft e m p h a sis o n a n d s tu d y o f scenes f r o m selected fc w o r k s b y P u rc e ll (Dido), M o z a r t ( Figaro ) , A V e r d i ( Rigoletto) , W a g n e r ( WalkUre) , P u c c in i 4 (Butterfly), a n d B r itte n (Death in Venice). F o r 5 th o s e w ith v o c a l a b ilitie s, th e c o u rse w ill in c lu d e p r e p a r a tio n o f sp ecific scenes, b u t i t is V, o p e n as w e ll t o stu d e n ts w ith n o p a rtic u la r B c performance skills. Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Fall semester. J. Freeman. 32. H is to ry o f th e S trin g Q u a rte t. This course traces the development o f the string quartet from the middle o f the 18th century to the present through study and (wherever possible) performance o f selected works. Open to students with permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Michaels. 33. Lied er. A study, through performance and analysis, o f various solutions by various composers to the problems o f relating text and music. Students should be moderately proficient either as singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f German is desirable. Not offered 1986-87. 35. La te R o m a n tic ism in G e rm a n y and A u s tria . A study o f selected large works by Wagner ( W alkiire, Tristan) Brahms (Haydn Variations, Violin Concerto), Mahler (4th Symphony), J. Strauss (Flederm aus), R. Strauss (T ill EulenSpiegel, Salom e), and Schoenberg (V erklaerte Nacht, Pierrot Lunaire). Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Fall semester. J. Freeman. 38. W om en C o m p o s e rs and C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f the E a r ly T w e n tie th C e n tu ry. A survey o f early twentieth-century women composers and teachers, as well as a study o f several o f the most influential choreographers o f modern dance. Choreographers include Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­ langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska. Open to all students without prerequisite. Half-course credit. Not offered 1986-87. 39. M u s ic and D a n ce : C ritic is m and R e v ie w in g . This course, to be administered by the depart­ ment and taught by guest lecturers who are prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover various aspects o f writing about the perform­ ance o f music and dance: previewing, reviewing, the critic’s role and responsibilities, and the special problems o f relating performance to the written word. N ot offered 1986-87. 6 0. P ro je c ts in P e rfo rm a n c e . A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance practice and problems in music o f various styles will be examined in terms o f analysis, research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform instrumentally or vocally is required. N ot offered 1986-87. 9 2 . Independent S tu d y. 9 3. D ire c te d Re ading . 95. T u to ria l. Special work in composition, theory, or history. One or two credits. 9 6. S e n io r T h e s is . One or two credits. Fall and spring semesters. PERFORMANCE (MUSIC) NOTE: All performance courses are for half­ course credit per semester. See p. 53 and p. 170 for general provisions governing work in per­ formance under the provisions for Creative Arts. 4 1 . C on du cting . 40. Ele m e n ts o f M u s ic ia n sh ip . 4 3 . P e rfo rm a n c e (c h o ru s). Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dictation. Open to all students and may be taken with or without credit. Both semesters. Meyers. Both semesters. Swing and McNamee. Fall semester. McNamee. 4 2 . Fig u re d R a s s and S c o re Re ading . Both semesters. Smart. 4 4 . P e rfo rm a n c e (o rc h e s tra ). Both semesters. Freeman and Michaels. 173 M usic 45 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m u sic e n s e m b le ). Both semesters. Meyers. 46 . P e rfo rm a n c e (w in d e n se m b le ). Both semesters. Michaels. 4 7 . P e rfo rm a n c e (c h a m b e r m u sic) Both semesters. D. Freeman and Michaels. Students taking Music 47 for credit should submit to the Department at the beginning o f the semester a repertory o f works to be rehearsed, coached, and performed during the semester. They should include the names o f all students who have agreed to work on the repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have agreed to work with them, and the proposed dates for performance. A student taking Music 47 for credit will rehearse with her/his groupfs) at least two hours every week and will meet with a coach at least every other week. All members o f the group should be capable o f working well both independently and under the guidance o f a coach, also capable o f giving a performance of high quality. It is not necessary for every person in the group to be taking Music 47 for credit, but the Department assumes that those taking the course for credit will assume responsibility for the group, making sure that the full group is present for regular rehearsals and coaching sessions. 4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (individual in s tru c tio n ). (See the guidelines for this course on page 170. Both semesters. 49 . K e yb o a rd W o rk sh o p . Developing and refining skills in accompanying and sight-reading through work with the chamber, song, and four-hand repertoire. Not offered 1986-87. D AN CE PRO G RAM Dance, a program within the Department of Music, shares the Department philosophy that courses in theory and history should be integrated with performance. By offering a balance o f cognitive, creative, and kinesthetic classes in dance we present a program which stands firmly within the tradition o f Swarthmore’s liberal arts orientation. The instructors strive to create an atmosphere o f cooperative learning; one which affirms group process and fosters comradery. Serious dance students are urged to supplement their study with appropriate courses in music, theatre, anatomy, and other related disciplines. In a typical semester over twenty hours of dance technique classes are offered on graded levels presenting a variety of movement styles. Technique courses, numbered 40 through 47 and 49, receive no academic credit, but may be substituted for required physical education. Advanced dancers are encouraged to audition for level III or IV technique classes and for Performance class. All interested dancers are encouraged to audition for student and faculty works. These auditions take place each semes­ ter; dates are announced in classes and in the College Announcements. 174 I . In tro d u ctio n to Dance. A survey course that approaches dance viewing and analysis o f dance performance through an introduction to dance elements. In addition, the role o f choreographer, performer, and audience in various societies is compared. No prior dance training is assumed; open to all students without prerequisite. Two lectures and one video viewing session per week. One credit. Fa ll semester 1986. Friedler. I I . Dance C o m p o sitio n I. A study o f the basic principles o f dance composition through exploration o f the ele­ ments o f dance movement, invention, and movement themes, to the end o f developing an understanding o f various choreographic struc­ tures. Considerable reading, video and live concert viewing, movement studies, and a final piece for public performance are required. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrendy. One credit. Three hours per week. Fall semester 1986. Sepinuck. 1 2 . Dance C o m p o sitio n II. An elaboration and extension o f the material studied in Dance 11. Stylistically varying approaches to making work are explored in compositions for soloists and groups. Reading, video and live concert viewing, movement studies, and a final piece for public perform­ ance are required. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrendy. Students must have previously taken Dance 11 or its equiva­ lent. One half credit. Three hours per week. Spring semester 1987. 2 3 . T w e n tie th C e n tu ry Dan ce . 12a . Dance C om p o sitio n . 38. W om en C o m p o s e rs and C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f th e E a rly T w e n tie th C e n tu ry . Designed as a tutorial for students who have previously taken Dance 11 and 12, or the equivalent. Choreography o f a final piece for public performance is required. Weekly meet­ ings with the instructor and directed readings, video and concert viewings, and a journal will be required. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. One half credit. Offered every semester. 15. Dance Im p ro vis a tio n . Designed as a movement laboratory in which to explore the dance elements: space, time, force, and form. Members o f the class will explore improvisation as a performance technique and as a tool for dance composition. Individuals work on a personal vocabulary and on develop­ ing a sense o f ensemble. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. One half credit. Three hours per week. Spring semester 1987. 2 1 . H is to ry o f D a n ce : E a rly C u ltu re s Th ro u g h Eu ro p e ’ s M iddle A g e s . A study o f the scope o f dance in various societies. Particular attention is given to the use of dance as an instrument o f ritual, entertain­ ment, social interaction, and education. Prerequisite: Dance 1. Two lectures and one hour video viewing per week. One credit. Spring semester 1987. Friedler. 22 . H is to ry o f D a n ce : Eu ro p e ’ s R e n aissan ce T h ro u g h 1900. A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in the context o f various societies from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Influential choreographers, dancers, and theo­ rists representative o f the periods will be discussed. Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 strongly recommended. Two lectures and one hour video viewing per week. One credit. Not offered 1986-87. A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in the context o f Western societies with an emphasis on America. Influential choreog­ raphers, dancers, and theorists will be discussed. Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 and 22 strongly recommended. Two lectures and one hour video viewing per week. One credit. Not offered 1986-87. A survey o f early twentieth-century women composers and teachers, as well as a study of several o f the most influential choreographers o f modem dance. Choreographers include Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­ langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska. Open to all students without prerequisite. Half-course credit. Not offered 1986-87. 39. M u s ic and D a n ce : C ritic is m and R e v ie w in g . (See Music 39). Not offered 1986-87. 4 0 . M o d e rn I. An introduction to basic principles o f dance movement: body alignment, coordination, strength and flexibility, basic locomotion. No previous dance experience necessary. 4 1 . M o d e rn II. An elaboration and extension o f the principles addressed in Modem I. For students who have taken Modem I or the equivalent. 4 2 . M o d e rn III. Continued practice in technical movement skills in the modem idiom; including ap­ proaches to various styles. Placement by audi­ tion or permission o f the instructor. 4 3 . M o d e rn IV. Continued training in various modem dance techniques and theories. Designed for students with a strong technical foundation. Placement by audition or permission o f the instructor. 4 4 . B a llet I. An introduction to fundamentals o f classical ballet vocabulary: correct body placement, positions o f the feet, head and arms, basic locomotion in the form. No previous experi­ ence necessary. 175 M usic 45 . B a lle t ll/lll. education requirements. An elaboration and extension o f the principles addressed in Ballet I. For students who have taken Ballet I or its equivalent. 4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (D an ce ). 46 . J a z z I. An introduction to basic principles o f jazz dance: body isolations, polyrhythms, syncopa­ tion, basic locomotion. No previous dance experience necessary. 4 7 . J a z z ll/ lll. An elaboration and extension o f the principles addressed in Jazz I. For students who have taken Jazz I or its equivalent. NOTE: All technique classes meet for two 1 Vi hour meetings per week. Technique courses, numbered 4 0 throuth 47, receive no academic credit, but may be used to satisfy physical 176 The study o f repertory, basics of production, and performance. Students are required to perform in at least one scheduled dance concert during the semester. Placement by audition or permission o f the instructor. One half credit. Three hours per week. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. O ffered every semester. Staff. 49 . T o p ic s in Dan ce . Intensive study o f special topics falling outside the usual dance courses. Topics can include: Alexander work, injury prevention and reha­ bilitation, Pilates, Musical Theatre Dance, and Tap. Staff. P h ilo s o p h y H U G H NI. L A C E Y , Professor H A N S F . O B E R D IE K , Professor and Chairman R IC H A R D S C H U L D E N F R E I, Professor D O R O T H E A F R E D E , Associate Professor C H A R L E S R A F F , Associate Professor R IC H A R D E L D R ID G E , Assistant Professor P E T E R H A C K E R , Visiting Professor4 Students majoring in philosophy must com­ plete at least one course or seminar in each of these areas: (1) Logic, (2 ) Ancient or Modem Philosophy, and (3 ) Moral or Social Philoso­ phy. Prospective majors should complete the Logic requirement as early as possible. Mastery o f at least one foreign language is strongly recommended. Students majoring in the Course Program may be required to elect Philosophy 97. 1. In tro d u ctio n to Ph ilo so p h y. Fundamental questions regarding knowledge, morality, politics, mind, and meaning arise in a variety o f practices and inquiries. Answers to these questions are presupposed in the activi­ ties o f other disciplines and in daily life. The principal writings o f a few major Western philosophers—Plato, Descartes, Hume, Mill, and Marx—with distinctive, carefully argued, and influential views on these topics will be closely studied through lectures and weekly discussion sections. Discussion sections are kept small so that close attention may be paid to formulating questions precisely and to developing and evaluating arguments. Students are encouraged to develop their own positions through careful consideration o f texts and arguments. Introduction to Philosophy is a Primary Distri­ bution Course and a prerequisite for all upperlevel philosophy courses except Logic. Each semester. Staff. 1 A . In tro d u ctio n to P h ilo so p h y. Selected philosophical masterpieces discussed in class format. Texts selected will include works by classical and contemporary authors. This introduction in Philosophy emphasizes development o f skills for reading philosophical texts independently. 1A is a Primary Distribution Course. Philos­ ophy 1 or 1A are prerequisites for all upperlevel courses except Logic. Spring semester. Raff. 10 . M o ra l Iss u e s in M ed icin e and W ar. Careful consideration will be given to concrete moral issues in medicine and war arising out o f technological innovations. In medicine, topics wll include: genetic screening and engineering, life support systems, surrogate motherhood, allocation o f scarce medical resources, and research with human subjects. Concerning war, topics will include: the just war doctrine, "Star Wars,” Mutual Assured Destruction, the role of computers, chemical and biological weapons, and the "electronic battlefield.” No special background in science or engineering is pre­ supposed, though students must be prepared to learn enough of relevant background to provide substance to their reflections. Special emphasis will be given to strategies of moral reasoning developed by philosophers o f diverse orienta­ tions. Spring semester. Oberdiek. 1 1 . M o ra l P h ilo s o p h y. How can we tell whether any action is right or wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institution just or unjust? Can one justify any set o f actionguiding moral principles? Or is morality rela­ tive to one’s opinion, culture, or social class? These and related questions will be addressed through an examination o f the works o f leading moral philosophers, both classical and con­ temporary. Student papers will address con­ crete moral issues in biomedicine (e.g., euth­ anasia, abortion, the allocation o f scarce life­ saving resources, and experimentation on human subjects) and in public policy (e.g., 4 Fall semester, 1986. 177 Philosophy capital punishment, pacifism and the just war, and political morality). Not offered 1986-87. Oberdiek. 12 . Lo g ic . An introduction to the principles o f deductive logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and semantic aspects o f logical systems. Applica­ tions o f logic to selected philosophical prob­ lems are also studied. Fall semester. Schuldenfrei. 13 . M o d e rn Ph ilo so ph y. 17th and 18th-century sources o f current philosophical problems of knowledge, free­ dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from central texts o f Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant. Spring semester. Raff. 14. A n c ie n t Ph ilo so ph y. A study o f selected work representing the thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on understanding and critically evaluating their teachings on fundamental issues o f meta­ physics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics, as these have shaped our subsequent Western civilization. Fall semester. Frede. 16 . P h ilo s o p h y o f Religion. See Religion 14. 17. A e s th e tic s . How can we tell which things are worth the special sort o f attention which we often devote to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Can criticism o f the arts be objective? W hat sorts of things ought we to do with works o f art, and what things ought they to do for us? W e will attempt to answer these questions by consider­ ing views about the nature and function o f works o f art held by such philosophers as Aristode, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nelson Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some attention will be paid to twentieth century painting, to modernist and post-modernist conceptions of art and its value, and to issues in the theory o f criticism. Spring semester. Eldridge. 18 . P h ilo s o p h y o f th e S o cial S c ie n c e s . The course will be concerned with the philo­ sophical problems which arise in the attempt to study and understand man. Typical issues will be the relation o f facts to values, empirical 178 evidence to theory, and ideas to other cultural forces. An attempt will be made to show how patterns o f response to these issues reflect conceptions o f the nature o f man, and in general bring out the substantive implications o f methodology. Not offered 1986-87. 19 . M e d ie v a l Ph ilo so p h y. A survey o f the development o f Medieval philosophy from the beginning in late antiquity to the end o f the fourteenth century. The discussion will focus on texts by St. Augustine, Boethius, St. Anselm, St. Thomas, Duns Scotus, and William o f Ockham. The main emphasis will be on problems o f free will and predetermination (divine foreknowledge and omnipotence), the nature o f universals and individuation, the relation between philosophy and faith. Spring semester. Frede. 2 1 . S o c ia l and P o litic a l P h ilo so p h y. A critical examination o f rights-based and utility-based traditions as they inform liberal social and political philosophy. Special atten­ tion will be given to the role and justification of utility and rights, equality, justice, and liberty in each tradition. Readings from classical and contemporary sources, but emphasis on the latter. Spring semester. Oberdiek. 2 3 . C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y. See Philosophy 104. Not offered 1986-87. 2 4 . T h e o ry o f K n o w le d g e . Whether an area o f inquiry falls within the limits o f knowledge or is instead a matter o f opinion, whether attitudes or evaluations are self-deceptive, and the consequences o f these and similar questions raise issues central to the theory o f knowledge; such as, W hat is knowl­ edge, wisdom, truth? How should they be distinguished from opinion, self-deception, and error? W hat is the extent o f knowledge? Which intellectual virtue is required for an examined life now? How does practical connect with intellectual rationality? Readings are from traditional and current authors. Fall semester. Raff. 26 . Lan g u ag e and M ea n ing . W hat is it to know the meaning o f an expression? Can one be justified in claiming to Philosophy know meanings? How ought linguists, literary critics, and psychologists to study meaning and our knowledge o f it? What philosophical con­ ception o f mind is implied by our linguistic capacity? Behaviorist theories o f meaning (as exemplified by Quine), cognitivist theories of meaning (as exemplified by Chomsky, Fodor, and Davidson), and conceptions o f language as a social practice (Wittgenstein) will be sur­ veyed and criticized. Derrida and recent French critical theory may be touched on. Not offered. 1986-87. Eldridge. 2 7 . M e ta p h y s ic s . Not offered 1986-87. 28 . M a r x is t P h ilo s o p h y. Not offered 1986-87. 29 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry P h ilo s o p h y. Nineteenth-century philosophers began to think historically, hoping to establish the natures o f knowledge and morality by seeing how views about them emerge and evolve in a culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement will be reached as a result of this evolution, if we can understand it. Whether historicism as a method is compatible with objectivism about such topics as knowledge, morality, the exist­ ence o f God, and the nature o f the self will be studied by examining the historicist treatments o f these topics put forward by Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche. Not offered 1986-87. Eldridge. 3 4. Values and Eth ic s in S c ie n c e and T e c h n o lo g y. (Also listed as Engineering 34.) See Engineering 34. Not offered 1986-87. Barus and Oberdiek. 38. H is to ry and P h ilo so p h y o f S c ie n c e . An examination o f some o f the central prob­ lems in the philosophy of science (e.g., the nature o f scientific explanation, the interrela­ tionship between theory and observation, criteria for the acceptance of a scientific theory, the nature o f scientific concepts) will be made through an analysis o f important episodes in the history o f physics. Writings o f Aristotle, Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and Newton will be studied, as well as contem­ porary writings in the philosophy o f science. Fall semester. Lacey. 39. E x is te n tia lis m . Starting with the historical background and development o f existential philosophy, the course will center around the 19th century thinkers Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, the Russian novelists, Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky, and the 20th century philosophers Heidegger, Sartre, and Camus. The main emphasis will be on the concepts o f individual anxiety, death, freedom, and responsibility. Not offered 1986-87. Frede. 4 2 . P h ilo so p h ic al C la s s ic s . This course selects a single work for extended study in light o f current and traditional criticism. Prerequisite: one philosophy course or instruc­ tor’s consent. Not offered 1986-87. 5 9 . C ath o lic S o c ia l Th ou g h t. The course will study the Catholic tradition of social and political thought, recent theoretical developments in that tradition, and its rapidly growing influence on social and political move­ ments, especially in Latin America. The princi­ pal readings will be drawn from 1 ) Papal social encyclicals, 2 ) documents o f the Second Vati­ can Council and Latin American Bishops’ Conferences, 3) recent documents o f the U .S. Catholic bishops on nuclear war and the economy, 4 ) writings o f liberation theology. From time to time, selected applications o f this theory, e.g. the growth o f "basic communities” in Brazil, will also be studied. Also listed as Political Science 59, Religion 59. Not offered 1986-87. Kurth and Lacey. 7 7 . C ollo q u iu m : T h e o rie s o f the S e lf in R o m a n tic Lite ra tu re and P h ilo s o p h y. At the end o f the eighteenth century, philos­ ophers and poets drew on the quest romance to develop new modes o f writing that were at once literary and philosophic. Thus we find both philosophers (the German idealists) and poets (Novalis, Hölderlin, Schiller, Coleridge, Shel­ ley, Keats, Wordsworth) tracking in their works the odysseys o f human subjects from innocence to dawning self-consciousness, to alienation and dejection, and ultimately to a precarious self-integration. The kinds o f writing which Wordsworth and Coleridge and Hegel and Schiller produced call into question our commonplace assumptions about the differ- 179 Philosophy ences between philosophy and literature and about the aims o f work in each field. Should the epistemological tradition be abandoned? Should we think o f linguistic products in general as texts, all o f which are to be studied in the same way, so that there are no real distinctions to be drawn between literary and non-literary works, or between fiction and non-fiction? W hat can literature and philosophy teach us about the nature o f the self, and how? Prerequisites: Introduction to philosophy and an introductory English course, or permission o f the instructor. Special interdisciplinary course. Not offered 1986-87. Eldridge. 86. To p ic s in Ph ilo so p h y and P s y c h o lo g y . This course will explore in depth different topics that are o f interest and concern to both philosophers and psychologists. For Fall 1986, two themes will be discussed: ( 1 ) rationality and the explanation o f human action, ( 2 ) the role o f values in the evaluation o f psychological theories. The course is open to students who have had at least the introductory course in both philosophy and psychology. Also listed as Psychology 86. Fall semester. Lacey. 8 7. C ollo q uiu m : A d va n c e d Lo g ic and Fou n d atio n s o f M a th e m a tic s . A selection o f topics from the following: metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­ pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems of arithmetic, recursive function theory, axiomatic theories o f space and time, logical form and the structure o f natural languages, philosophical foundations o f arithmetic, foundations of geometry emphasizing problems o f the nature o f metrics. Two credits. Approval o f instructor required. Not offered 1986-87. 8 8. C o llo q u iu m : Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w . See Philosophy 122. Not offered 1986-87. 9 3. D ire c te d Reading. Each semester. Staff. 9 6. T h e s is . Fall semester. Staff. 9 7 . S e n io r C o n fe re n c e . Fall semester. Raff. SEMINARS 10 1. M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y. An examination o f the principal theories of value, virtue, and moral obligation, and o f their justification. Works o f representative theorists, both classical (e.g., Aristotle, Hume, Kant, and Mill) and contemporary (e.g., Donagan, Gewirth, Mackie, and MacIntyre), will be studied. Fall semester. Oberdiek. 10 2. A n c ie n t Ph ilo so ph y. See Philosophy 14. Fall semester. Frede. 103. S e le c te d M o d e rn P h ilo s o p h e rs . Two or more philosophical systems o f Des­ cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, or Kant and their relations. Spring semester. Staff. 10 4. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y. One or more philosophical issues selected to illustrate 20th-century philosophical tech­ niques and theories; such as: the nature o f emotion, value, human action, personal iden­ 180 tity, truth, God, or imagination. Readings include current contributions and 20th-cen­ tury classics by Moore, Russell, or Wittgen­ stein. Not offered 1986-87. 106. A e s th e tic s . See Philosophy 17. Spring semester. Eldridge. 10 7. Lo g ic and Fou n datio n s o f M a th e m a tic s . See Philosophy 87. Not offered 1986-87. 109. M e ta p h y s ic s . See Philosophy 27. Not offered 1986-87. 110 . M e d ie v a l Ph ilo so p h y. Not offered 1986-87. 111. P h ilo s o p h y o f Religion. See Religion Department Preparation by course and attachment. 113. T h e o ry o f K n o w le d g e . Topics in epistemology selected to explore the nature and limits o f rationality. Readings from current theorists or traditional theorists such as Austin, Carnap, Chisholm, Goldman, Harman, Moore, Quine, Wittgenstein. Not offered 1986-87. O ffered in 1987-88. 114 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y. See Philosophy 29. Fall semester. Eldridge. 115. Lan gu age and Th ou g h t. See Linguistics 107. 116 . Lan g u ag e and M ea n ing . See Philosophy 26. Not offered 198687. Eldridge. 117 . Ph ilo so p h y o f th e S o cial S c ie n c e s . See Philosophy 18. Not offered 1986-87. 118. P h ilo s o p h y o f P s yc h o lo g y. Students may prepare for an exam in Philos­ ophy o f Psychology by taking Philosophy 86, together with attending seminars given by Visiting Professor Peter Hacker for the first half o f the semester and occasional seminars in philosophical problems of cognitive psychology during the second half. Fall semester. Lacey. 119 . P h ilo s o p h y o f S cie n ce . An examination o f some o f the central prob­ lems in the philosophy o f science: the nature of scientific explanation and evidence, the rela­ tionship between theory and observation, the rationality o f science, the relations between science and technology, the alleged valuefreedom o f science, the differences between the natural and the human sciences. Readings will be drawn mainly from contemporary writings. Spring semester. Lacey. 1 2 1 . S o c ia l and Po litica l P h ilo s o p h y. This course normally begins with the study of certain modern figures who have established the terms o f discourse in political philosophy in Anglo-Saxon culture. Such figures as Hobbes, Locke, Mill, and DeTocqueville are likely to considered. The course will also consider figures who have defined the contem­ porary debates in political philosophy, among them, Rawls and Nozick. If possible, some contemporary problems o f pluralism and tol­ erance, community, and democracy will be discussed. Spring semester. Schuldenfrei. 12 2 . Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w . A study o f concepts of law, including examina­ tion o f the relationships between legal systems and other social and political institutions. Such issues as the proper relationship between law and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforce­ ment o f morality, and justification of punish­ ment are considered. Readings in both histori­ cal and contemporary sources. Not offered 198687. Oberdiek. 180. T h e s is . A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place o f one Honors paper, upon application by the student and at the discretion o f the department. 181 P h y s ic a l Ed u ca tio n and A th le tic s G O M E R H . D A V IES , Professor E L E A N O R K . H E S S , Professor and Acting Chair E R N E S T J . P R U D E N T E , Associate Professor D O U G LA S M . W E IS S , Associate Professor S U S A N P. D A V IS , Assistant Professor F R A N C IS J . M E A G H E R , Assistant Professor M IC H A E L L M U L L A N , Assistant Professor and Acting Associate Director o f Athletics G A IL E E . R O C K E T , Instructor T IM D R O O K E , Assistant L A W R E N C E E H M E R , Assistant D IA N E F R E E D M A N , Assistant LO R I F R IE S , Assistant D E IR D R E K A N E , Assistant C U R T IS A . L A U R E R , Assistant* H E R D E R T L E IM R A C H , A ssistant* V A L E R IE R Y A N , Assistant C. J . S T E F A N O W IC Z , Assistant* D A L E S T R A W R R ID G E , Assistant* L E E W IM D E R L Y , Assistant The aim o f the Department is to contribute to the total education o f all students through the medium o f physical activity. We believe this contribution can best be achieved through encouraging participation in a broad program o f individual and team sports, dance, aquatics, and physical conditioning. The program pro­ vides an opportunity for instruction and experience in a variety o f these activities on all levels. It is our hope that participation in this program will foster an understanding o f move­ ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports­ manship, leadership, and cooperation in team play. Students are also encouraged to develop skill and interest in a variety o f activities which can be enjoyed after graduation. The intercollegiate athletic program is compre­ hensive, including varsity teams in twenty-two different sports, eleven for men and eleven for women. During many o f these activities con­ tests are arranged for junior varsity teams. Ample opportunities exist for large numbers of students to engage in intercollegiate competi­ tion, and those who qualify may be encouraged to participate in regional and national cham­ pionship contests. Several club teams in vari­ 4 Fall semester, 1986. 5 Spring semester, 1987. 182 ous sports are also organized and a program o f intramural activities is sponsored. Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­ tional and recreational opportunities offered by the Department throughout their college careers. In the freshman and sophomore years all students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. All students must pass a survival swimming test or take up to one quarter o f swimming instruction; classes for this purpose are offered in the fall quarter. Courses offered by the Department are listed below. Credit toward completion o f the Physi­ cal Education requirement will also be given for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as well as for the following two dance courses: Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to D ance) and Music—Dance 4 (Intermediate Dance Technique). To receive credit for any part o f the program students must participate in their chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a week. Faculty regulations stipulate that students who have not fulfilled the Physical Education requirement will not be allowed to enter the junior year. Fall A c tiv itie s Advanced Life Saving Aquatics Archery Badminton * * * * Cross Country Ij. Field Hockey Folk & Square Dance * * * Football * * * ** Jazz Exercise Self-Defense Soccer Synchronized Swimming Tennis Touch Football Volleyball Weight Training W in te r A c tiv itie s Aquatics * * Badminton * Basketball Fencing Folk Sc Square Dance t Gymnastics Jazz Exercise Self-Defense * Squash * * * * Swimming * Synchronized Swimming Tennis Volleyball Water Safety Instructor Weight Training * * * Wresding S p rin g A c tiv itie s Archery Aquatics Badminton * * * Baseball Folk Sc Square Dance * Golf Jazz Exercise * * * * Lacrosse t Intercollegiate competition for women * Intercollegiate competition and course instruction. * * Intercollegiate competition for women, course instruction for men and women. * * Softball Squash * Synchronized Swimming * Tennis * * * * Track and Field Volleyball Water Safety Instructor (continued) Weight Training * * * Intercollegiate competition for men. * * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and women. 183 P h y s ic s and A s tr o n o m y O L E X A -M Y R O N B IL A N IU K , Professor J O H N R . B O C C IO , Professor and Chair J O H N E . G A U S T A D , Professor o f Astronomy M A R K A . H E A L D , Professor2 W U L F F 0 . H E IN T Z , Professor o f Astronomy P A U L C . M A N G E L S D O R F , J R ., Professor1 R U S H 0 . H O LT, Assistant Professor F R A N K A . M O S C A T E L L I, Assistant Professor N IL G U N S U N G A R , Assistant Professor M IN G W H EI T U N G , Assistant Professor H O N G L IN , Assistant C H R IS T O P H E R P A L M E R , Assistant Physics and Astronomy deal with fundamental questions about the properties o f matter and the nature o f the universe, and with the methods employed to derive the laws under­ lying the observed phenomena. Throughout the work o f the Department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition o f facts and skills. Particular importance is attached to laboratory work, because physics and astronomy are primarily experimental and observational sciences. The Physics and Astronomy Department offers two Primary Distribution Courses (PDC), Physics 1 and Astronomy 1. Physics 1 is also an entry point into the department’s program for all students. It is required o f students intending to major in physics or astronomy. The Department offers two calculus-based introductory courses. Physics 3, 4, which assumes that Physics 1 has not been taken, covers both classical and modem pyhsics and is intended to be the proper introductory physics course for those students majoring in engi­ neering, chemistry, and biology. Physics 7, 8, on the other hand, which is taken after Physics 1 , is aimed toward students planning to take further work in physics or astronomy. The four-course sequence 1, 7 (or 7H), 8, and 14 is designed to provide an introduction to all major areas o f physics. All students taking either Physics 1 or Physics 3 are required to take Physics 2 (half-credit) concurrently. The Department offers a selection o f courses (Physics 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, and Astronomy 52) that are suitable for nonscience majors seeking to fulfill the non-PDC science distribu­ tion requirement. The Department sponsors a regular colloquim series on topics o f current research interest with speakers chosen so that the talks are appropriate for undergraduates. Students ma­ joring in physics or astronomy are expected to attend colloquia. The Cornell Science Library possesses a large collection o f both pedagogical and research publications. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students who intend to major in Physics or Astronomy normally take Physics 1, 2, 7, and Chemistry 10 in the freshman year and Physics 8 ,1 4 in the sophomore year. For those students12 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 184 intending to major or minor in Astronomy, Physics 1, 2, 7 , 8 , and Astronomy 5 ,6 should be completed by the end o f the sophomore year. Students taking Physics 3, 4 may also continue with Physics 14 and other advanced work in the Department, although it will be necessary to take Physics 1 prior to Physics 14. Satisfactory work in Physics 1 and an introduc­ tory course is prerequisite for all further work in the Department. The normal mathematics sequence for Physics or Astronomy majors is Mathemataics 5, 6 , 16A, and 18 during the first four semesters, followed by Mathematics 81, 82. Students wishing to major or minor in Physics, Astronomy, or Astrophysics have several op­ tions available. The Department offers both External Examination and Course programs, although most upper-level offerings use the Seminar instruction format. A student ma­ joring in Physics would normally take Physics 101A/B, 102A/B, 103A/B, and Mathematics 8 1 ,8 2 , or equivalent. If the student is planning to go to graduate school in Physics, then the Department recommends the Physics 104A/B also be taken. An Astronomy major is required to complete eight credits which include Astron­ omy 5 , 6 ,2 1 ,2 2 , and 59. A student choosing a major in Astrophysics in the course program is required to take a minimum o f eight courses in Physics (1, 7, 8, 14, 101A/B, 102A/B) and four courses in Astronomy (5, 6 , 21, 22). Students considering any o f these options should discuss their plans with the Department chair early in their sophomore year. Students not intending to do post-baccalau­ reate work in physics but still wishing to pursue a program that introduces the major areas of physics and the methods and techniques used to solve problems in physics should consider an eight-course Physics major program. We believe that such a program is useful for careers in many diverse fields, especially teaching, and encourage consideration of this program by students planning to enter graduate or profes­ sional programs in other fields. graduating senior will present a major piece of written work describing a project that they have carried out. Thee projects can be done either in the faculty research program at Swarthmore or at other laboratories, often during the summer before the senior year. Any independent work involving experimental or theoretical research is acceptable. Please con­ sult with the Chair. Good shop facilities, a wide range o f instrumentation, and extensive com­ puting facilities are available in support of independent work. Students in the External Examination program usually present four papers in Physics and two papers selected from a minor subject area. Each physics paper is based on two single-unit Seminars. An External Examination major with three papers in Physics and greater diversity in the minor subjects is an adequate program in preparation for Physics graduate school, and also constitutes an effective educa­ tional program for careers in law, medicine, and other professions, in as much as the aim throughout is to achieve an understanding of fundamental ideas and concepts as distinct from the mastery o f a limited segment of science. The External Examination program in Astrophysics includes three Physics papers (prepared by 101 A/B, 102A/B, and 103 A/B) and two Astronomy papers (prepared by 21, 22, and another pair o f advanced courses). Course majors must pass either the Depart­ mental Comprehensive Examination or the senior conference, only one o f which will be available in any given year. In addition to curricular work, majors are expected to attend departmental colloquia regularly and are strongly encouraged to pursue independent projects within faculty research programs or to initiate their own research projects. It is expected that, in addition to the external or comprehensive examinations, each FACILITIES AND RESEARCH PROGRAMS Several research facilities are maintained by the Department. Most are available for student participation in faculty research. The laser atomic-spectroscopy laboratory in­ cludes a 6-watt argon-ion laser, a high-precision scanning dye laser, and various associated optical, electronic, and computer equipment. A 61-cm Cassegrain reflector, located on top of Papazian Hall, is equipped with a high-resolu­ tion spectrometer, a Reticon array detector, 185 P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y and computer-based control and data acquisi­ tion systems. It is used for solar and stellar spectroscopy. Swarthmore’s principal telescope, which is located in Sproul Observatory and has been in operation since 1912, is a 61-cm refractor with a focal length o f 11 meters. It is used for research on the distances, motions, orbits, and masses o f stars by means o f visual and photographic observations. Auxiliary equip­ ment includes a high-precision measuring machine for the photographs, photoelectric, and photographic photometers, and a Brashear micrometer. The observatory also houses a 15cm refractor. A monthly visitors night at the Observatory is announced in the College calendar. Facilities are also available for research pro­ grams in rotating fluids, fluid flow, molecular physics, nuclear physics, particle physics, and computer graphics. PHYSICS 1 . Th e C h a ra c te r o f P h y s ic a l L a w . 3 ,4 . G e n eral P h y s ic s I, II. An introduction to the field o f physics. Topic coverage will range from the sub-microscopic world o f quarks to the cosmological world o f quasars and black holes. The primary emphasis o f the course will be on the accepted principles o f physics and their application to specific problems. Much attention will be devoted to the philosophical and social aspects o f physics, including discussion o f what kind o f problems physicists can solve, how they go about solving them, and what are the responsibilities o f physicists. The course includes substantial writ­ ing. One lecture, two small sections, and one laboratory per week. Physics 2 (half-credit) must be taken concurrently with Physics 1. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Boccio, Gaustad, Holt, and Sungar. A presentation o f a unified view o f physics through analysis o f basic principles, their im­ plications, and their limitations. Special em­ phasis will be placed on analytical understand­ ing o f physical phenomena through the use of calculus. Fall semester. Topics include vectors, kinematics in one, two, and three dimensions, Newton’s laws and dynamics, conservation laws, work and energy, oscillatory motion, systems o f particles, rigid body rotation about fixed axis, and thermodynamics. Spring semester. Topics include wave phenomena, geometrical and physical optics, electricity and magnetism, direct and alternating-current circuits, and introductory quantum physics. Laboratory and homework exercises include extensive use of interactive computing and computer graphics. Three lectures and a laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 taken concur­ rently, or comparable preparation in mathe­ matics. Physics 2 (half-credit) must be taken concurrently with Physics 3. Bilaniuk, Mangelsdorf, and staff. 2 . C om putin g fro m th e U s e r’ s En d . A practical introduction to computer use on both the MACINTOSH and P R IM E 9950 systems. Areas covered will include word proc­ essing on the Macintosh using MacWrite and MacPaint, text editing on the P R IM E using EDC, BASIC/FORTRAN programming on the PRIM E, computer graphics using TELLAGRAF/DISSPLA, and statistical analysis using MINITAB. Assumes no prior background in computing. One lecture per week. Required o f students enrolled in Physics 1 and 3, for whom homework assignments will be integrated into regular course work and laboratory reports. Half-credit. Fall semester. Boccio. 186 7 . M e c h a n ic s and T h e rm o d y n a m ic s . This course covers the same material as Physics 3. The material is treated in more depth and with more mathematical sophistication than in Physics 3. Extensive use o f interactive com­ puting and computer graphics. Three lectures and a laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Physics 1, 2, Mathematics 5, and Mathematics 6 concurrently. Spring semester. Boccio and staff. 7 H . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r. A half-credit course for students with Ad­ vanced Placement credentials in physics and mathematics. One seminar meeting weekly. Prerequisite: Permission o f the department chairman. Spring semester. Holt. 8 . W a ve s and E le c tric ity and M a g n e tis m . This course covers most o f the same material as Physics 4 at a more sophisticated mathematical level. Three lectures and a laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Physics 7, Mathematics 6 , and Mathematics 16A concurrently. Fall semester. O ffered beginning Fall 1987. 14 . In tro ductio n to Quantum P h y s ic s . An introduction to modern physics, including relativity, wave mechanics, Schrodinger equa­ tion applied to one-dimensional systems, the world as a vector space, and properties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and elemen­ tary particles. The empirical basis o f modern physics is emphasized. Three lectures and a laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Physics 1, 7, 8, or equivalent; Mathematics 16 or 18 taken concurrently. Fall semester 1986; spring semester in subsequent years. Tung. 15 . S ta tis tic a l and T h e rm a l P h y s ic s . Basic methods and concepts appropriate for the treatment o f systems consisting o f very many particles. Statistical mechanics and ther­ modynamics are presented from a unified point o f view. The ideas o f the atomistic nature of matter, concepts from quantum mechanics, and statistical postulates are combined to bring out conclusions about the macroscopic be­ havior o f matter. Three lectures and laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Physics 14. Spring semester 1987. Bilaniuk. 20 . P rin c ip le s o f the Ea rth S c ie n c e s . An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical environment, drawing on the fields o f geology, geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography. Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geo­ morphology. Reading and discussion based on current literature. The underlying physical and chemical principles are stressed. Laboratory demonstrations and one or more field trips. No special scientific background required. Not offered 1986-87. 2 1 . P rin c ip le s o f A e ro n a u tic s . Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc­ ture and performance, flight instruments, navi­ gation aids and methods, flight meteorology, airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enrollment limited. (The Department of Physics is certified by the F.A.A. as a Pilot Ground School.) Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution requirement. Spring semester 1987. Bilaniuk. 2 2 . En e rg y fo r M a n kin d . The role o f energy in the modem world. Re­ newable and nonrenewable energy resources, their present and potential use and abuse. The physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil, hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean, bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear fusion, and other energy sources; their respec­ tive advantages and disadvantages. Lectures and afternoon session (lab or field trip). No prerequisites, but enrollment limited because o f field trips. Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution requirement. Not offered 1986-87. Bilaniuk. 23. R e la tiv ity . A non-mathematical introduction to the special and general theories o f relativity as developed by Einstein and others during the 20th century. W e will address questions such as: What is spacetime? Do you know where you are or what time it is? Are there really any forces? What is gravity? W hat are black holes and should you worry about them? Emphasis will be on spacetime diagrams and geometrical concepts. No previous physics courses are required. The course will use only high school algebra and geometry. Acceptable for the non-PDC science distribu­ tion requirement. Not offered 1986-87. Boccio. 2 4 . Iss u e s in A r m s C on tro l and D is a rm a m e n t. An examination o f attempts to control nuclear and conventional weapons since World War II. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the SALT process and its alternatives, the internal and external constraints involved in negotia- 187 P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y tions, and the scientific and political factors involved in creating and controlling weapons systems. This course does not satisfy the dis­ tribution requirements. Cross-listed with Reli­ gion 24. Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructors: Not offered 1986-87. Holt and Frost. 40 . C o m p u te r G ra p h ic s . FO RTRA N 77 programming. Mathematical aspects o f computer graphics including algo­ rithms for two- and three-dimensional trans­ formations, clipping, projections, scan-conver­ sion, anti-aliasing, three-dimensional curves and surfaces, hidden lines and surfaces, shading and color. We will develop a simple graphics package, a solids-modeling system, and a ray­ tracing system from first principles. Use will be made o f TELLAGRAF, DISSPLA, MOVIEBYU, ONELIB, and locally-developed software systems in conjunction with high resolution color graphics hardware. Graphics, workstation design, and device interfacing will also be discussed within the Graphics Kernel System and DISSPLA Dynamics. Cross-listed as Com­ puter Science 40. Prerequisite: Physics 2, Mathematics 16, 18, and reasonable programming background in a high-level language. Spring semester. Boccio. 5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e c is io n -m a k in g , and U n c e rta in ty . A study o f decision-making as it relates to scientific and public policy matters. The course covers philosophical, psychological, and math­ ematical aspects o f decision-making in the face o f uncertain evidence. Topics covered include the nature o f scientific evidence and experi­ mentation; probabilistic evidence and the law; uncertainty and medicine; inferential vs. Bayesian statistics; human decision-making, rational and irrational; techniques and correc­ tives o f decision-making. The theories will be related to such public issues as nuclear power, hazardous waste disposal, vaccination pro­ grams, and strategic nuclear planning. Acceptable for non-PDC distribution require­ ment. Cross-listed as Mathematics 51 and Psy­ chology 41. Spring semester. Holt, Iversen, and Kellman. 63. P ro c e d u re s in Exp e rim e n ta l P h y s ic s . Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­ tion o f knowledge and skills which will be useful in future research. Techniques, materials, and the design o f experimental apparatus. Shop practice. Printed circuit design and construc­ tion. Half-credit course. Spring semester. Andrews, Dougherty, and Sungar. 93. D ire cte d Reading o r P ro je c t. This course provides an opportunity for an individual student to do special study, with either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in fields not covered by the regular courses and seminars. The student will present oral and written reports to the instructor. 9 4. Ex p e rim e n ta l o r T h e o re tic a l R e s e a rc h . Initiative for a research project may come from the student, or the work may involve collabora­ tion with on-going faculty research. The stu­ dent will present a written and an oral report to the Department. 9 7 . S e n io r C o n fe re n c e . This half-course is designed to give students an overview o f all o f their physics courses by studying a variety o f physical problems. Most recently this has been accomplished by way o f a written thesis and an oral presentation on a topic agreed upon by the student and the instructor. When offered this course replaces the departmental comprehensive examination. Half-credit course. Spring semester. SEMINARS Most seminars have an associated laboratory program. In general, the laboratory meets one afternoon per week. Laboratory programs in­ clude substantial set-piece experiments and projects. The laboratory program is described 188 after the seminars. 101 A . In te rm e d ia te M e c h a n ic s. A general study o f classical mechanics. Topics include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion; damp­ ing; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equations and variational principles. Systems o f particles; collisions and cross sections. Motion o f a rigid body in two and three dimensions; Euler’s equations. Rotating frames o f reference. Small oscillations and normal modes. Wave phe­ nomena in one and two dimensions. Prerequisites: Physics 14; Math 18. Fall semester. Boecio. 1 0 1 B . In te rm e d ia te Ele c tric ity and M a g n e tis m . A general study o f electricity and magnetism using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel­ opment o f Maxwell’s field equations in differ­ ential form. Displacement current. Poynting theorem and electromagnetic waves. Simple boundary value problems. Fall semester. Heald. 10 2 A . Q u a ntu m P h y s ic s : T h e o ry . A more formal continuation o f Physics 14. Topics include: Review o f classical concepts. Postulates o f quantum mechanics. Operators, eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function spaces and hermitian operators; BRA-KET notation. Superposition and observables. Time development, conservation theorems, and par­ ity. One-dimensional systems. Two-dimensional systems. Angular momentum. Three-dimen­ sional systems. Matrix mechanics and spin. Coupled angular momenta. Time-independent perturbation theory. Time-dependent pertur­ bation theory. Transition rates. Prerequisites: Physics 14 and 101A/B; Math 8 1 ,8 2 (concurrent). Spring semester. Tung. 10 2B . Q uantum P h y s ic s : A p p lic a tio n s . Directly integrated with Physics 102A. Topics include: Review o f history. Relativistic dynam­ ics. Atomic spectroscopy. Solid-state physics. Nuclear physics. Particle physics. Molecular physics. Spring semester. Sungar. 103 A . Ele c tro d y n a m ic s . Applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Bound­ ary-value problems in curvilinear coordinates; special functions. Waveguides, antennas, radia­ tion. Classical election theory. Four-vector formulation o f relativistic electrodynamics. Microscopic theory o f the electrical and mag­ netic properties o f materials. Plasma physics. Superconductivity. Prerequisites: Physics 101 A/B; Mathematics 8 1 ,8 2 . Fall semester. Sungar. 10 3 B . W a v e s and P h y s ic a l O p tic s . Geometrical optics. Acoustic waves. Disper­ sive media. Waves in three dimensions. Electro­ magnetic waves. Superposition. Reflection and refraction. Interference. Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction. Polarization. Spectrometers and interferometers. Fourier analysis. Sources and detectors. Crystal optics. Matrix optics. Lasers. Coherence. Holography. Nonlinear optics. Quantum aspects o f light. Fall semester. Moscatelli. 1 0 4 A / B . S e n io r Se m ina r. One or two seminars, comprised o f a single subject or a combination o f subjects selected from the following list, will be offered each year. Actual choices vary from year to year depending on available faculty and student interests. Astrophysics Atomic physics; Spectroscopy Fluid dynamics General relativity Nuclear physics Particle physics Philosophy o f physics Plasma physics Quantum optics; lasers Solidstate physics Statistical physics Topics in mathematical physics Topics in physics and public policy Spring semester. Holt and Moscatelli. THE UPPERCLASS LABORATORY PROGRAM Digital Ele c tro n ic s L a b o ra to ry . (done in conjunction with Physics 101A/B). Design techniques for analogand digital circuits including microprocessors. 189 P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y A d v a n c e d L a b o r a to ry I. 2 1 ,2 2 . T h e o re tic a l A s tr o p h y s ic s I, II. (done in conjunction with Physics 102A/B). Techniques applied to the physical interpreta­ tion o f astronomical phenomena. Topics in­ clude electromagnetic processes in space, quan­ tum and relativistic astrophysics, radiative transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpretation o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure and evolution. Problems and projects will be assigned. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 14. Gaustad. A d v a n c e d L a b o r a to ry II. (done in conjunction with Physics 103A/B). Experiments in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, waves, optics, atomic and nuclear physics. ASTRONOMY 1 . In tro d u c to ry A s tro n o m y . A Primary Distribution Course which high­ lights the scientific investigation o f the universe by obervation and theory, and includes the basic notions o f physics as needed in astro­ nomical applications. Topics include astronom­ ical instruments and radiation; the sun and planets; properties, structure, and evolution of stars; the Galaxy and extra-galactic systems; and the origin and evolution o f the universe. Three class periods each week plus evening labs. Each semester. Fall: Heintz. Spring: Gaustad. 2 3 . M e th o d s o f O b se rva tio n a l A s tr o n o m y . Theory and practice in the techniques o f modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation: telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­ tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­ tral clasification; data analysis. The photo­ graphic process. Students will undertake proj­ ects using the Swarthmore telescopes. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 . Not offered 1986-87 . 5 .6 . G e n e ra l A s tro n o m y I, II. Intended for science students, these courses introduce the methods and results o f astronomy and astrophysics, making use o f basic physical and mathematical principles. They are pre­ requisites for courses numbered 21 and above. Although separable, they should normally be taken in the spring-fall sequence following Physics 1. Spring: Celestial coordinates. Astronomical instruments. Laws o f physics relevant to as­ tronomy. Observed properties o f the sun and stars. Stellar structure and evolution. Star clusters. Celestial mechanics. Binary stars. Fall: Interstellar matter. The Milky Way Galaxy. Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology. The solar system. Prerequisite: Physics 1 and Mathematics 5 or equivalent. Astronomy 6 not offered in Fall 1986. Heintz and Gaustad. 5 1 . C e le stia l M e c h a n ic s. The two-body and three-body problems, orbits and perturbation theory, numerical solutions, satellite motions. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 and Astronomy 6 . Fall semester. Heintz. 5 2. C o n ce p ts o f th e C o s m o s. Historical survey o f astronomical thought. In­ cludes oriental astrology, hellenistic geometry and cosmology, and the development o f ob­ servation and astrophysics in the 200 years from Halley to Einstein. Prerequisite: Astronomy 1. Spring semester. Heintz. 55. P la n e ta ry S c ie n c e . Methods and results o f the exploration o f the solar system. Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 . Not offered 1986-87. 9 . In tro d u ctio n to M e te o ro lo g y . The elements o f weather, its recording and prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the atmosphere. Includes regular weather observa­ tions and comparison with maps. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 , 6 , or equivalent. Spring semester. Heintz. 190 5 6 . C o s m o lo g y . General relativity and the theoretical frame­ work o f cosmology. World models. Optical and radio results on galaxies and quasars. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5 , 6 ; Mathematics 6 . Not offered 1986-87. Heintz. 59. P o sitio n a l A s tro n o m y . Coordinate systems and transformations; fun­ damental and apparent positions; proper mo­ tion and binary-star analysis. Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 . Not offered 1986-87. Heintz. cal literature. Instruction will be given in techniques o f journal reading, use o f abstract services, and other aids for the efficient main­ tenance o f awareness in a technical field. May be repeated for credit. Spring semester. Gaustad. 6 1 . C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y and A s tr o p h y s ic s . 93. D ire cte d Reading. A half-course involving reading and discussion o f selected research papers from the astronomi­ 9 4. R e se a rc h P ro je c t. 191 P o litic a l S c ie n c e C H A R L E S E. G ILB ER T , Professor R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S , Professor3 J A M E S R . K U R T H , Professor DAVID G . S M IT H , Professor and Chairman C H A R L E S R . B E IT Z , Associate Professor R IC H A R D L . R U B IN , Associate Professor o f Political Science and Public Policy (part-time) K E N N E T H E . S H A R P E , Associate Professor T Y R E N E W H IT E , Assistant professor V A L E R IE C . R U B S A M E N , Instructor Courses and seminars offered by the Political Science Department deal with the place of politics in society and contribute to an under­ standing o f the purposes, organization, and operation o f political institutions, domestic and international. For the beginning student, the Department offers courses dealing general­ ly with the basic concepts o f political science and the processes o f politics as illustrated by case studies, by theoretical analysis, and by more extended study o f politics in various institutional settings. In appropriate places throughout the curriculum attention is focused on problems o f change (evolutionary and revolutionary), freedom and authority, war and peace—and on the development o f political institutions that are responsive to the needs of our day. Courses are provided that give special attention to political theory, comparative polit­ ical systems, international politics, and politics in the United States. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Students planning to study political science are advised to start with either Elements o f Politics (Political Science 1) or Policy-Making in America (Political Science 2). They should then continue with one or more other intro­ ductory courses offered in the second semester: Policy-Making in America (Political Science 2), Comparative Politics (Political Science 3), and International Politics (Political Science 4). Normally any two o f these courses, preferably including Political Science 1 or Political Science 2 , constitute the prerequisite for further work in the Department and are particularly recom­ mended for majors. Students who intend to major in political science should begin their work in the freshman year if possible. Support­ ing courses strongly recommended for all majors are Statistics for Observational Data (Mathematics 1); and Introduction to Eco­ nomics (Economics 1-2). Political Theory, either in seminar for Honors candidates, or in Course (Political Science 54 or 55) for Course students, is required o f all majors. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 192 Concentration in International Relations: This concentration, designed for students especially interested in a career in international relations or planning a career involving overseas work, is described on page 140. Students may elect this concentration while majoring in several alterna­ tive departments including history, economics, and modem language. For political science majors concentrating in international relations the comprehensive requirements for course majors are adjusted to allow students to demonstrate graduation level competencies appropriate to work done in the concentration. Similar options may be approved by the department for students in the external exam­ ination program. Details for each program are worked out with the Coordinator o f the concentration. Concentration in Public Policy: This concentra­ tion, designed for students expecting to prepare for work in government or to pursue further study in the field o f public policy is described I on page 206. The normal political science I comprehensive requirements apply, but these I allow students flexibility in preparing to graduI ate, in either the course or external examination programs, so that they may have work reviewed and/or competency tested in their policy concentration. Comprehensive Requirement: Majors not sitting for the external examination should review their programs periodically with the depart­ ment, normally with the chairman. All work programs in the department should be pre­ pared with a view to meeting the distributional requirements o f the comprehensive examina­ tions. The department recommends for gradu­ ation students be able to write papers that demonstrate three competencies: use o f em­ pirical evidence, analysis o f political theory, and evaluation o f policy. Students must also show knowledge o f material in at least three of the four major subfields o f the discipline: political theory, American politics, compara­ tive politics, and international politics. Usually papers originally prepared in a course best serve as the basis for meeting the comprehen­ sive requirement. More detailed information on this exercise and its implication for course selection is offered during the junior year. Information on comprehensive requirements is available in the political science department I office. Comprehensive qualifying papers must be submitted well before the end o f the senior I year. 1. Ele m e n ts o f P o litic s . I Designed to probe some major questions of politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the I interests o f whom? How? What are the sources I of political stability and change? How is I political power created, maintained, or chalI lenged? Answering these questions will involve I a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and I moving forces o f politics and exploring probI lems such as justice, freedom, equality, and I obligation. Materials will be drawn from the I United States and other countries. I Primary distribution course. I Fall semester. Staff. I 2. P o lic y -M a k in g in A m e ric a . I I I I Consideration o f basic elements o f American national politics, and o f ways o f defining and explaining the functions and results o f American politics. Major attention will be devoted to electoral organizations, voting behavior and opinion formation, legislation and presidential leadership, administration and policy choices. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Staff. 3. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s . An introduction to theories o f comparative politics and to the data used in comparing political systems. Major attention will be given to the political systems of Western Europe, particularly Britain, France, West Germany, Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on political culture; political crises; political par­ ties, including Communist, anarchist, and fas­ cist movements; and contemporary political institutions and policy-making. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Staff. 4 . In terna tio n a l P o litic s . An introduction to the analysis of the contem­ porary international system and its evolution in the twentieth century. The course will examine various approaches to explaining wars, inter­ ventions, and international economic conflicts. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Staff. 11. P ro b le m s in C om m u n ity G o v e rn m e n t. The social, economic, and legal setting of American local government. Politics and ad­ ministration at state and local levels, with emphasis on city and suburbs. Problems of federalism and metropolitan areas. Various public functions or policies—e.g., planning, housing, law enforcement—are considered as they relate to governmental capacities, private interests, and political values. Spring semester. Gilbert. 14 . A m e ric a n Fo re ig n Po licy. An examination o f the making o f American foreign policy and o f the major problems faced by the United States in the modern world. The course will focus on the influence o f political, bureaucratic, and economic forces and on the problems o f war, intervention, and economic conflict. Fall semester. Riot offered 1986-87. 18. P o litic a l D e ve lo p m e n t. An examination o f the political conditions of social change and economic development. The processes which promote change and affect the 193 Political Science stability and capacity o f political systems will be considered in the context o f a diverse group o f third world states. Spring semester. Hopkins. 19. C o m p a ra tiv e C o m m u n is t P o litic s . A comparative study o f the various communist countries, with special attention to the Soviet Union and the Chinese People’s Republic. Analysis o f differences in goal structures, modes o f rule, and social development as a function o f the interaction between legacies of the paths to power, domestic political conflict, and economic imperatives. Spring semester. White. 20 . P o litic s o f C hin a . An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­ making, policy implementation, economic pro­ grams, and foreign policy. Fall semester. White. 2 1. P o litic s o f A fr ic a . A survey o f political forces in contemporary Africa. Selected countries will be studied to illuminate important aspects o f political change including traditional attitudes, leadership, eth­ nic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism, military intervention, national integration, and interna­ tional involvements. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. 2 2 . La tin A m e ric a n P o litic s . This introduction to Latin American politics will explore such topics as the colonial legacy of Latin America; the difficulties o f creating viable political institutions; contemporary sources o f instability, revolution, and military intervention; the different meaning o f politics for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers, middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners, etc.); and the economic and political difficul­ ties raised by U.S.-Latin American relations. These topics will be approached through a comparative study o f such countries as Brazil, Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina. Spring semester. Sharpe. 30. W om en and P o litic s . A study o f the role o f women in political life through both the reading o f relevant political theorists and the examination o f specific policy issues. The first portion o f the course will focus on the problem o f the subordination o f women as it has been analyzed by thinkers from Mill 194 through Engels to modern feminists. The second portion will concentrate on the partici­ pation o f women in politics, and on issues of particular concern to women such as abortion and women in the workforce. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Rubsamen. 43. Int I Th. foo foo in] off car less anc 4 0 . Th e V ietn am W ar. The aim o f this course is to explore the reasons toi for U.S. military involvement in Vietnam in fin: the 1950s and 1960s and for the military withdrawal in the 1970s. Topics include Viet­ pol nam’s colonial background; the defeat o f the COI French and the partition of Vietnam in 1954; Fa! the U .S. military commitment; foreign policy in the Kennedy-Johnson years; the anti-war 44 movement; the Nixon policy o f "Vietnamiza- An tion” ; and the effects o f the war on Cambodia I dir ! grc and Laos. I pol Not offered 1986-87. of] istl 4 1. D e fe n se P o lic y . COI Analysis o f the history and structure o f Ameri­ em can defense policy since World War II, with fin particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons as systems and military strategies. Political, eco­ S u nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations of l c past and present policies will be explored. Fa, Fall semester. Kurth. I 4 2 . H e alth Po licy. (Also listed as Economics 42.) Analysis of governmental policy toward health care and public health, its impact upon institutions and resource allocation, and major alternatives for action. Central topics are the organization of health care delivery (roles and views o f physi­ cians, nurses, administrators, patients and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and local governments, quasi-public authorities, and interest groups; technical and political aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health manpower (medical and nursing schools, paraprofessionals); biomedical research programs. Students wishing to take this course should consult in advance with the instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the following will be helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32. Spring semester. Hollister and Smith. 50 All Th th< gO' I zat I lav I to Fa 51 an Pr< pr II an I ac< jity I re< tn lie 43. Foo d P o lic y : N atio na l and à- International Is s u e s . of The causes and possible solutions to major in food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and food insecurity. The role o f government policy in in production, distribution, and consumption of food. Principal focus will be upon the Ameri­ can agricultural experience, food systems in less developed countries, international trade and aid as solutions, and international measures ns to improve food security. A field trip, an early in final exam, and a substantial paper are features ry of the course. Students with little work in :t- political science may be admitted with the he consent o f the instructor. 4; Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. cy rar 44. R a c e , Eth n ic ity and P u b lic P o lic y . :a- An analysis o f important policy questions with lia I direct and indirect bearing on racial and ethnic I groups. The focus o f the course is on: 1) the I political institutions that shape the formulation of policy (elections and parties, courts, admin­ istrative agencies); 2 ) specific policy areas of contemporary conflict (housing, education, ri- employment); 3 ) the various mechanisms (af­ ith firmative action, quotas, targeted job aid) used >ns as remedies. The format will be discussion. :o- Suggested prerequisite either Political Science of 1 or 2. Fall semester. Rubin. 50. P u b lic L a w and Public A d m in is tra tio n . of nd nd for of rsind nd es, cal 1th rans. lid iot be ice Theory and practice o f administrative law in the United States. Role o f the courts in governmental administration. Issues o f organi­ zation and procedure. The interaction o f public law and public policy, with particular attention to certain sectors o f public policy. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. 5 1. To p ic s in P u b lic A d m in is tra tio n and P o lic y . Problems o f policymaking and administration, I primarily in American national government, from the standpoints o f public-policy analysis and democratic theory. Central topics include: accountability, responsibility, and productiv­ ity; organization theory and governmental reorganization; budgeting, planning, and "ra­ tional” decision; public relations and clientelism; regulation and public enterprise; adminis­ trative law; intergovernmental relations; Con­ gress, Presidency, and administration. Spring semester. Gilbert. 5 2. A m e ric a n C o n stitutio na l L a w . The role o f the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both historically and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of constitutional law and development empha­ sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial review; federalism and the scope o f national power; due process, equal protection, the First Amendment, and other civil liberties. Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. Fall semester. Smith. 5 3 . A m e ric a n P a rty P o litic s . An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri­ can political parties. The study o f interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legis­ lative process. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rubin or Gilbert. 5 3 B . T h e M a s s M ed ia and A m e ric a n P o litic s . An historical and contemporary consideration o f the effects o f mass media on American political institutions and political behavior. Special emphasis on the transformation from print to electronic media and its impact upon political parties and governmental institutions. Fall semester. Rubin. 5 3 C . P re s id e n tia l P o litic s and P u b lic P o lic y . The central focus o f the course is on electoral connections between public opinion, political organizations and institutions, and the exercise o f presidential power. Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rubin. 5 4 . P o litic a l T h e o ry : Pla to to M a c h ia v e lli. The development o f political thought in the ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­ gence o f a distinctively modern political out­ look. Topics considered include: the origins, functions, and purposes of the city-state; the role o f law and knowledge in government; the relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its relation to Greek and Christian thought. Recommended for students who plan to take the Political Theory seminar. Fall semester. Sharpe. 195 Political Science 5 5 . M o d e rn P o litic a l T h e o ry. A study and critique o f liberalism through close reading and analysis o f the writings of such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Bentham, J.S. Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The course will consider problems regarding liberty, political obligation, the common good, human nature, and distributive justice. Not open to students uiho plan to take the Political Theory seminar. Spring semester. Beitz. 5 6 . C o n te m p o ra ry Po litica l Th e o ry . An examination o f political theory from Marx and J.S. Mill to present. Among other topics a special concern will be the ability o f contemporary liberal political and economic thought to respond to its critics’ attacks on its psychologi­ cal and epistemological foundations, and on its adequacy as a guide to political understanding and action. An effort will be made to under­ stand the various and often conflicting currents within liberal theory, as well as to identify certain common problems. Marxist, existeru tialist, anarchist, and structuralist critics may be considered. Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Sharpe or Beitz. 5 7. Ju ris p ru d e n c e . An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso­ phers, and social scientists. Issues to be considered include the nature and validity of law, the relation o f law to morality, and the place o f political theory in the judicial decision. Some current moral issues in law may be discussed. Readings will be chosen from clas­ sical and contemporary works in the philosophy and social science o f law as well as from representative cases. Spring semester. Beitz or Smith. 58. In tern a tio n a l Po litica l T h e o ry . An examination o f several important moral problems in international affairs. Topics to be discussed include the morality o f war, war crimes and the rules o f warfare, and the ethics o f nuclear deterrence; intervention, self-deter­ mination, and the moral status o f the nation­ state; and international distributive justice. Readings will be selected from classical and 196 contemporary sources. Spring semester. Beitz. 35 I 59. C ath o lic S o c ia l T h o u g h t. Pai (AlsolistedasPhilosophy59andReligion59.)I The course will study the Catholic tradition of I mc social thought, recent theoretical development I i°8 in that tradition, and its rapidly growing c“ influence on social and political movements, I * ' especially in Latin America. The principal I an< readings will be drawn from 1) Papal social I P° encyclicals; 2 ) documents o f the Second Vati- I ~PU can Council and Latin American bishops on I ani nuclear war and the economy; 3 ) writings of I 'nc liberation theology. From time to time, selected I 65 applications o f this theory, e.g., the growth of I "base communities” in Brazil will also be I studied. I 67 Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Kurth and | Pc Lacey. I (A 60. S p e cial To p ic s in Po litica l S c ie n c e . 1 1 Open to senior Course majors in Political I Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three I _ qualifying papers in the senior year. Spring semester. Members o f the Department. I 6 2 . C ollo q uim and R e se a rc h P ro je c t on | in P re s id e n tia l Ele c tio n s . I w< The principal requirement of this course is the I 6F successful completion o f an independent re-1 search project that examines a single presi-1 ac* dential election campaign between 1952 and I ln 1984. There will be background readings and I tn discussion o f the presidential election system, I se the dynamics o f shifting groups in coalitions, I & and the role o f the mass media. Each student I ot will be doing an independent research paper. I Topics for papers include analyzing candidate I V images, political themes, public opinion, and | SB campaign strategies during a particular election I “f year, putting the specific campaign in the I H broader context o f election cycles, institutional I _ changes, and shifts in public policy. Enrollment I will be limited; interested students should see I Professor Rubin for permission. Prerequisite: Political Science 2 and/or an I advanced course in American politics. I ^ Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Rubin. I Pf 6 4 . P o litic a l S o c ia liza tio n and S c h o o ls . I i( (Also listed as Education 64. See course I A description under Program in Education.) I pi Fall semester. Travers. I sc 65. P o litic a l P s yc h o lo g y. 68. En v iro n m e n ta l Po licy. A psychological examination o f individuals’ participation in and impact upon politics and the effect o f various political systems on >•) of individuals. Personality differences and psycho­ nt logical processes are examined both for politi­ ng cal leaders and for the general public. Topics ts, thus include psychobiographies of presidents >al and other leaders; psychological distortion in ial political decision; personality types among the ti- .public psychological factors in public opinion an I and revolution. Projects may involve class or of individual research. (Cross-listed as Psychology ed I 65.) of I Fall semester. Not offered 1986-87. Peabody. (Cross-listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in environmental policy formulation and imple­ mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects require understanding o f environmental pro­ cesses including natural and technological processes. Trade-offs between environmental and economic objectives are examined using quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by consent o f the instructor. Operations Research and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­ uisites. Spring semester. N ot offered 1986-87 . McGarity. be (Also listed as Economics 91). The course treats together the economic and political aspects o f public policy on employment, output, and the price level. The course focuses on both theory and selected modern episodes in American experience and policy. Intended as a single- or double-credit seminar for students in the Public Policy Concentration and open for single credit to others who have taken appro­ priate Public Policy prerequisites, on which consult the Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the instructors. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and Economics 1 and 2. Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. 67. S o c ia l In su ra n ce and W elfare nd Policy. (Also listed as Economics 67.) The principal American policies and programs dealing pri­ marily with relief o f poverty and economic insecurity, and the prospects and options for :al reform in this field. Topics include: Social ee Security, national health insurance, unemploy­ ment compensation, and welfare reform. The various public objectives and methods of in income support and related social services, as well as certain contextual or alternative pro­ he I grams and regulatory policies. Conceptions of re- "welfare” ; economic, social, political, and si- administrative or professional considerations nd in policy; historical and comparative perspec­ nd tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit m, seminar for students in the Public Policy ns, Concentration and open for single credit to :nt others who have taken appropriate Public et. Policy prerequisites, on which consult the ite I Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the nd I instructors. on I Spring semester. Not offered 1986-87. Gilbert and he I Hollister. 69. P o litic a l Ec o n o m y o f M a c ro e c o n o m ic P o lic y . 93. D ire c te d Re ading s in Po litica l S c ie n c e . Available on an individual or group basis, subject to the approval o f the chairman and the instructor. 96. T h e s is . W ith the permission o f the chairman and a supervising instructor, any major in Course may substitute a thesis for one course, normally during either semester o f the senior year. ial I SEMINARS an Is. The following seminars prepare for examina­ tion for a degree with Honors: 101. P o litic a l T h e o ry . rse I An analytical and critical examination o f the philosophical foundations o f liberalism and I socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists --------------------------------------------------------- — from Hobbes to Marx and including works of some contemporary political philosophers. The subjects considered include such problems as the nature o f legitimate authority, the basis of political obligation, liberty, and democracy. Particular attention will be given to the ques­ tion o f distributive justice and the relevance of Political Science Marx’s political and philosophical writings to liberal theory. Each semester. Beitz. 10 2. P o litic s and Le g is la tio n . The study o f political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis is on American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimate' ly, on politics from the standpoint o f theories o f political democracy. Spring semester. Gilbert. 103. P ro b le m s in G o v e rn m e n t and A d m in is tra tio n . Problems o f administrative organization, policy­ making and responsibility, with primary refer­ ence to the United States and to selected fields o f policy. Fall semester. Gilbert. 10 4. In te rn a tio n a l P o litic s . An inquiry into problems in international politics. Topics will include (1) competing theories o f international politics, ( 2 ) war and the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management of various global issues such as food and energy. Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­ lent. Spring semester. Kurth. 105. A m e ric a n Fo re ig n Po licy. A study o f key problems faced by the United States in the modem world together with a critical investigation o f the making and imple­ menting o f American foreign policy. A variety o f explanations o f American foreign policy will be discussed and evaluated, and the political, economic, and social influences upon it will be considered. Key assumptions o f United States policy-makers will be subjected to scrutiny, and alternate assumptions and policies will be analyzed. Fall semester. Kurth. 106. P u b lic L a w and Ju ris p ru d e n c e . A study o f the sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological, philosophic, "realistic,” and behavioral approaches to jurisprudence; the nature o f the judicial process and other problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated by judi­ cial decisions and other legal materials relating to selected areas o f law. Spring semester. Smith. 198 10 7. C o m p a ra tiv e C o m m u n is t P o litic s . I y A comparative study o f the various communist I countries, with special attention to the Soviet I Union and the Chinese People’s Republic. I “ * Analysis o f differences in goal structures, I modes o f rule, and social development as a I function o f the interaction between legacies of I the paths to power, domestic political conflict, I and economic imperatives. Spring semester. White. 108. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : Eu ro p e . A comparative study o f the political systems of I Western Europe. The major countries exam-1 ined will be Britain, France, Germany, Italy and I Spain. Topics will include (1) competing I theories o f comparative politics, ( 2 ) the rela- I tionships between economic development, I economic crises, and political conflict, (3) I political parties, including communist, anar- I chist, and fascist movements, and (4 ) con- I temporary political institutions and policy- I making. Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the equiva- I lent. Fall semester. Rubsamen. 109. C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : A fr ic a and the T h ird W o rld. A comparative study o f the politics o f societies undergoing change and pursuing "development.” Various theories, approaches, and methods o f explanation are examined and considered in the context o f Africa and the third world. Fall semester. Hopkins. I I I I I 1 10 . C o m p a ra tiv e P o litic s : La tin A m e ric a . A comparative study o f the politics o f several Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba, Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Republic. The course will focus on important differences in major institutions, class structures and social values, and an examination of various theories explaining political stability and change. Problems will include: difficulties o f creating stable democratic institutions; causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and military interventions; different meanings of politics for various classes in socialist, corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes; and the utility o f dependency theory in explaining I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 U.S.'Latin American relations. Spring semester. Sharpe. 180. T h e s is . All members of the Department. 199 P s y c h o lo g y K E N N E T H J . B E R G E N , Professor D E B O R A H G . K E M L E R N E L S O N , Professor' D E A N P E A B O D Y , Professor A L L E N M . S C H N E ID E R , Professor B A R R Y S C H W A R T Z , Professor’ P H IL IP J . K E L L M A N , Associate Professor J E A N N E M A R E C E K , Associate Professor and Department Head S H A R O N A R M S T R O N G , Assistant Professor H A N S W A L L A C H , Research Psychologist The work o f the Department o f Psychology deals with the scientific study o f human behavior and experience; processes o f percep­ tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are considered in their relation to the development o f the individual personality, and to the relations o f the individual to other persons. The courses and seminars of the Department are designed to provide a sound basis o f under­ standing o f psychological principles and a grasp o f research method. Students learn the nature o f psychological inquiry and the psychological 1 I 1 approach to various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences, and the life sciences. A special major is available in conjunction with Linguistics emphasizing fundamental issues in human cognitive organization. A full descrip­ tion o f this program may be found under Linguistics. A special major in Psychobiology is available in cooperation with the Department o f Biology. Consult either Department Head. { REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology, is normally a prerequisite for further work in the Department. Psychology 6 , Critical Issues in Psychology, can also serve as prerequisite for further work. A Course major consists o f at least eight courses, excluding courses cross-listed in psy­ chology that are taught by members o f other departments, and normally including four of the core courses (with course numbers in the 3 0 ’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and Behavior Theory, Perception, Cognitive Psy­ chology, Psychology o f Language, Social Psy­ chology, Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child Development. Majors are also expected to take Psychology 12, Psychological Knowledge: Development and Justification. Those wishing to substitute more individualized programs should present their reasons in writing. Majors should take at least one course1 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 200 providing them with experience in research. In addition, majors in Course are encouraged to enroll in Psychology 98 during their senior year. This course is intended to provide integration o f different fields o f psychology and to offer majors one way to meet the comprehensive requirement. Students intend­ ing to pursue graduate work in psychology will also find it useful to take one o f the statistics courses offered by the Department o f Mathe­ matics. Special M ajor: Psychobiology: The Departments o f Psychology and Biology offer a special major that combines work in the two departments, for students who are interested in the biological basis o f behavior. The major consists o f a set of core courses, and three groups o f optional courses. Consult the head o f either department for details. t a I f I 1 1 TEACHER CERTIFICATION There are two normal routes to Social Studies Certification. One o f these is through a major in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters of courses in other social sciences. Students majoring in History, Political Science, and Sociology-Anthropology are required to take at least four courses outside their major; students majoring in Economics or Psychology are required to take six. The other route to certification is by taking at least twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f which six must normally be in one discipline and at least two more must be in a single other discipline. All students seeking social studies certification are required to take two courses in history. As of 1987, at least one course in American history and one social science course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo subject matter are re­ quired. For further information, see the listing for the Program in Education. 1 . In tro d u ctio n to P s yc h o lo g y. are used to illustrate. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Gergen. An introduction to the basic process under­ lying human and animal behavior, studied in experimental, social, and clinical contexts. Analysis centers on the extent to which normal and abnormal behavior are determined by learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and social processes. Each semester. Staff. 2 1 . Ed uca tion a l P s yc h o lo g y. (See Education 21.) Fall semester. Renninger. 2 2 . C o u n se lin g . (See Education 25.) 2 3 . A d o le s c e n c e . 6. C ritic a l Is s u e s in P s y c h o lo g y . An exploration o f selected issues in psychol­ ogy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer theoretical questions, especially by analyzing the relation between psychological theories and the evidence testing them. This analysis is applied to previous critical experiments and in planning new research. The topics covered may vary from year to year; the department can supply information on the coverage in a particular year. Intended to complement Intro­ duction to Psychology, this course will empha­ size student participation and discussion. Strongly recommended for those who may take further courses or seminars in psychology. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Peabody. 12. P s yc h o lo g ic a l K n o w le d g e : D e ve lo p m e n t and Ju s tific a tio n . Designed to introduce students to the problem of psychological knowledge. How do we gain knowledge o f others and ourselves, by what standards can we say that knowledge has been enhanced, and how are we to judge propositions about the mental world? After exploring classic attempts to answer such questions, two major positions are contrasted, the empiricist and the hermeneutic. Psychological theory and research (See Education 23.) Spring semester. Smulyan. 30. P h y s io lo g ic a l P s yc h o lo g y. A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases of behavior with special emphasis on sensory processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and memory. Both experimental analyses and clini­ cal implications are considered. Spring semester. Schneider. 3 1. Le a rn in g and B e h a vio r Th e o ry . The experimental analysis o f the major phe­ nomena o f learning and conditioning is con­ sidered mainly at the animal level, with particular attention to the theories o f B.F. Skinner. Specific empirical and theoretical issues are considered in detail, and the major theories are evaluated. The course includes a laboratory, which is designed to acquaint students with the processes considered. Not offered 1986-87. Schwartz. 3 2. P e rc e p tio n . An exploration o f the connections among experience, the physical world, and biological mechanisms. Theories o f direct perception are contrasted with those asserting the importance o f inference or hypothesis in perceiving. Pri­ mary emphasis is on research in adult visual 201 perception, but other senses and some develop­ mental issues are also treated. Implications o f the study o f perception for the theories of knowledge and the visual arts are examined. There is laboratory work, including an original experiment conducted by the class. Fall semester. Kellman. 3 3 . C o g n itive P s yc h o lo g y. A broad overview o f the psychology of knowledge. Models o f human cognition are examined in light of experimental data. Atten­ tion, pattern recognition, memory, concepts, thinking, and problem solving are treated, among other topics. Laboratory exercises and demonstrations are included to acquaint stu­ dents with the issues and methods in the field. Fall semester. Armstrong. 3 4. Th e P s y c h o lo g y o f Lan g u ag e . (See Linguistics 34). Spring semester. 3 5 . S o c ia l P s yc h o lo g y. An examination o f theory and research rele­ vant to the understanding of social interaction. Special emphasis is placed on the social construction o f reality, rules o f relationship, and social life as drama. Spring semester. Peabody. 3 6 . P e rs o n a lity . An examination o f contrasting theories o f the human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung, Fromm, Rogers, and others will be discussed, and special attention will be given to current research work. Fall semester. Gergen. 38. A b n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y. A survey o f major forms o f psychological disorder in adults and children. Biogenetic, socio-cultural, and psychological bases o f ab­ normality are examined, along with their corre­ sponding modes o f treatment. Spring semester. Marecek. 39. Child D e v e lo p m e n t A selective survey o f cognitive and social development from infancy to adolescence. Major theoretical perspectives on the nature of developmental change are examined, including those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics include the formation o f social attachments, the foun­ dations and growth o f perceptual, cognitive, and social-cognitive skills, gender typing, moral development, and the impact o f parents and 202 c/>cr«« Psych ology other social agents on the development o f the child. Fall semester. Armstrong. 4 2 . H u m an Intelligence. This course adopts a broad view o f its topic, Human Intelligence. One major set o f subtopics will be drawn from the intelligence-testing (IQ ) tradition and the controversies emerging from it—including the heritability o f IQ, the relation between IQ and academic success, between IQ and creativity, the nature of mental retardation, and the conception o f intelligence as a general trait or as a set o f specific abilities. Other and less traditional concerns will be cognitive theories o f intelligence, everyday conceptions o f intelligence, the relation between infant and adult intelligence, and the relation between human and animal intelligence. Kemler Nelson. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I g 4 3 . C o m p a ra tiv e C og n itio n . I t An exploration o f cross-cultural research on human cognition. W hat are the universals o f human cognition? What are its distinctive features? W hat are the major factors that are responsible for cross-cultural variation in human cognition? What are the virtues and pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the study o f cognition? The course is open to all students who have had introductory psychology. Kemler Nelson. I I I I I I I I I r 1 s I J ( 4 4 . P s y c h o lo g y and W om en. I An examination o f psychological theory and research on women and gender. We will study representations o f women and men in traditional and feminist writings, including works by Freud, Erikson, Chodorow, Gilligan, and Baker Miller. We shall compare the assumptive bases o f traditional and feminist psychologies o f women, and examine the critical assumptions found in feminist conceptions o f gender. In the latter part o f the course, we will study important issues for women such as domestic violence, representations o f male and female sexuality, and problems with eating. Fall semester. Marecek. I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4 8 . P e rc e p tu a l D e ve lo p m e n t. Explores the perceptual world o f the infant and child in order to assess the impact o f experience on our ability to obtain knowledge through perception. Research on the early perception o f objects, space and motion, as well as event and I I I I 1 jj " ^ ' s c r $ E 11 * r ( | social perception, will be considered against the backdrop o f major theoretical controversies. Students will have the opportunity to devote much o f their effort in the course to preparing a substantial paper on a topic o f their choice. Some knowledge o f development and/or per­ ception may be helpful, but is not prerequisite. Kellman. 5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e c is io n -m a k in g , and U n c e rta in ty . A study o f decision-making as it relates to scientific and public policy matters. The course covers philosophical, psychological, and mathemathical aspects o f decision-making in the face of uncertain evidence. Topics covered include the nature o f scientific evidence and experi­ mentation; probabilistic evidence and the law; uncertainty and medicine; inferential versus Bayesian statistics; human decision-making, rational and irrational; techniques and correc­ tives o f decision-making. The theories will be related to such public issues as nuclear power, hazardous waste disposal, vaccination, and strategic nuclear planning. Cross-listed with Physics and Mathematics. Spring semester. Holt, Iversen, and Kellman. 5 2. R e p re se n ta tio n s o f W o m e n ’ s Id e n tity. (See English 82). Satisfies distribution require­ ment in group 1 not group 3. Spring semester. Marecek and Blum. 62. Th e C o n stru c tio n o f P s yc h o lo g ic a l T h e o ry . How are psychological theories created, con­ structed, and sustained? What limits are there to psychological understanding? This course explores various social, aesthetic, and ideolog­ ical factors that enter into the process o f theory construction. Special attention is also given to the linguistic and literary conventions that govern interpretations o f human action. Prerequisite: Introductory Psychology and at least one additional course in psychology. Fall semester. Gergen. 63. S p e c ia l To p ic s in C ogn itive P s yc h o lo g y. Selected problems from the current literature on human information processing and cogni­ tive psychology are considered in detail. Em­ phasis is placed on the relationship between theories o f cognition and current experimental findings. Also, the development o f cognitive skills receives attention. Kemler Nelson. 6 4 . M o d e s o f P s yc h o th e ra p y . A survey o f the theories, practices, and goals of various modes o f psychotherapy, including psychodynamic approaches, behavior therapy, humanistic therapies, cognitive therapy, and family therapy. Other topics include research on the effects of psychotherapy, the ethics and politics o f psychotherapy, and definitions o f mental health. Not offered 1986-87. Marecek. 6 5 . P o litic a l P s ych o lo g y. A psychological examination o f individuals’ participation in and impact upon politics and the effect o f various political systems on individuals. Personality differences and psy­ chological processes are examined both for political leaders and for the general public. Topics thus include psychobiographies of presidents and other leaders; psychological distortion in political decisions; personality types among the public; psychological factors in public opinion and revolution. Projects may involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 65.) Peabody. 6 7. S p e cial To p ic s in Child D e ve lo p m e n t. Aspects o f personality, social, and cognitive development are examined, with individual and group field projects an important part of the course. 68. S p e cial To p ic s in S ocial P s yc h o lo g y. Considers special topics in human relations. 69. S p e cial To p ic s in P e rs o n a lity. Considers selected topics in personality or­ ganization and dynamics. 86. To p ic s in P h ilo so p h y and P s y c h o lo g y . This course treats in detail selected topics that have been separately explored within both philosophy and psychology. The aim is to combine research efforts from the two disci­ plines and develop a more complete and coherent understanding o f the topics than has been possible within either discipline alone. Prerequisites: Open to advanced students in 203 P sych ology either philosophy or psychology who have had at least one course in each department. Crosslisted as Philosophy 86. Fall semester. Lacey. 8 7 . C ollo q u iu m : P s y c h o lo g y , B io lo g y and Ec o n o m ic R a tio n a lity . The concept o f "economic man,” in rational pursuit o f self-interest, has had a profound impact on theory and research throughout the social sciences in the last two centuries. This course will offer a critical examination o f the notion o f economic rationality, exploring the role it plays in economics, in evolutionary biology (sociobiology), and in psychology. The implications o f this notion for thinking about morality and about social organization will also be considered. The course will be taught in seminar format, for two credits. Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica­ tion, to advanced students in either biology, economics, philosophy, or psychology. Schwartz. 90. P ra c tic u m in Clinical P s yc h o lo g y. An opportunity for advanced psychology stu­ dents to gain supervised experience working in off-campus research projects or clinical set­ tings. Course requirements and evaluations are tailored to individual projects. Advance ar­ rangements for placements should be made in consultation with the instructor. 9 1. R e se a rc h P ra c tic u m in P h y sio lo g ic a l P s yc h o lo g y. Research on the neural and chemical bases o f learning and memory. Current theories are discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and recovery from retrograde amnesia. Laboratory work is designed to introduce students to techniques in physiological psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By application. Fall semester. Schneider. 9 4. Independent R e s e a rc h . I Students conduct independent research projects. They typically study problems with which they are already familiar from their course work. Students must submit a written report of their work. Registration for Independent Research requires the sponsorship o f a faculty member who agrees to supervise the work. Each semester. Staff. I I I I I I 9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r Paper. W ith the permission o f the Department, students may conduct a 2-credit research project in their senior year as one way to meet the comprehensive requirement. The course includes: (a) carrying out a research project with the advice o f a faculty sponsor and (b) taking part in a joint discussion group that shares the problems o f each stage o f the research. Students should develop a general plan by the end o f the junior year and apply for departmental approval. By application. Both semesters. S taff. 1 1 I I I I I I | I I I 9 8. H is to ry and S y s te m s o f P s y c h o lo g y . Intended to provide integration o f different fields o f psychology and to offer majors one way to meet the comprehensive requirement. Historical treatment concentrates on the major systematic points o f view. Special consideration is given to problems overlapping several areas of psychology. Spring semester. Peabody. 10 4. In divid ua l in S o c ie ty. 204 f f a i, tl S 11 . I c Any student may, with the consent o f a member I o f the department, work under a tutorial I arrangement for a single semester. The student I is thus allowed to select a topic o f particular I interest, and in consultation with a faculty I member, prepare a reading list and work plan. I Tutorial work may include field research I outside Swarthmore. 1 1 Each semester. Staff. I 5 SEMINARS An analysis o f the relationship between people and their society. Basic social processes are discussed, including the understanding o f other persons, theories o f cognitive consistency, group influence and conformity. Applications i to political attitudes, group prejudices, the relation o f attitudes and personality, and the relation o f psychology to the social sciences are also considered. Two credits. Fall semester. Peabody. S t I s < f s 1 i < I I I I I I I I I i i ] s 1 I i 105. P e rs o n a lity . 133a and b. C o g n itive P s yc h o lo g y. An exploration o f general theories o f human functioning from Freud to the present. Special attention is given to the empirical, intellectual, ideological, and pragmatic basis o f competing theoretical perspectives. Two credits. Spring semester. Gergen. Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33. The second part o f the seminar (133b) is an intensive study o f higher mental processes. Specific topics include mental representation, memory organization, imagery, attention and consciousness, concept formation, reading, thinking, and problem-solving. One credit each semester. Both semesters. Armstrong. 107. Lan gu age and Th ou gh t. See Linguistics 107. 109. P h y sio lo g ic a l P s yc h o lo g y. An analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation, emotion, learning, memory and language. Gen­ eralizations derived from neurobehavioral rela­ tions will be brought to bear on clinical issues, i Two credits. I Spring semester. Schneider. I 118. Ph ilo so p h y o f P s ych o lo g y. I I I I I I I See Philosophy 118. Fall semester. Lacey. 131a and b. Le a rn in g and B e h a vio r T h e o ry. See description o f Psychology 31. Students are expected to attend lectures given in Psychology 31, and to participate in the laboratory. The second part o f the seminar (131b) considers in depth special topics o f interest discussed in the first part o f the seminar. One credit each semester. Not offered 1986-87. (W ill be offered 1987-88.) Schwartz. 13 2a . and b. P e rc e p tio n . I Psychology 132a meets with Psychology 32. The second part o f the seminar (132b) explores selected topics in human perception. Major theories and experimental data direct our ex­ ploration o f the roles o f inborn mechanisms and inferential processes in producing percep­ tual experience. Adult visual perception of form, space, motion and their interrelations are major concerns. Intersensory coordination, some auditory perception and perceptual adapI tation are also considered. One credit each I semester. I Both semesters. Kellman. 13 8 . A b n o rm a l P s y c h o lo g y . A study in depth o f various theoretical perspec­ tives on psychological disorders, including schizophrenia, autism, depression, and anxiety disorders. Underlying assumptions o f each theory will be considered, as well as empirical evidence supporting the theory. Approaches to treatment will also be studied. Two credits. Fall semester. Marecek. 139a and b. Child D e ve lo p m e n t. See description o f Psychology 39. Students are expected to attend and take part in Psychology 39. The second part o f the seminar (139b) considers in depth special topics o f interest within the field. A research component is frequently included in the second part o f the seminar. One credit each semester. Fall semester. 139a: Armstrong. Spring semester. 139b: Kemler Nelson. 180. T h e s is . May be presented as a substitute for one seminar provided some member o f the Depart­ ment is available to undertake the direction of the thesis. May be taken either as a 2-credit, 1-semester course or as a 2-semester course for one credit each semester. Students writing a thesis are expected to attend the weekly meetings o f senior paper students during the semester(s) they are enrolled for Thesis. Each semester. All members of the Department. 205 P u b lic P o lic y Coordinator: R IC H A R D L . R U R IN Committee: Rush H o lt (Physics) C h a rle s E . G ilb e rt (Political Science) F . M . S c h e re r (Economics) The concentration in Public Policy enables students to combine work in several depart­ ments toward both critical and practical under­ standing o f sectors o f public policy, such as social welfare, health, energy, food and agricul­ ture, and national defense. The focus o f the courses in the concentration is on the devel­ opment, formulation, implementation, and evaluation o f policy. The departments centrally concerned with the concentration are Political Science, Economics, and Engineering; but work in other departments is decidedly perti­ nent to the concentration. Faculty members from other departments may be direcdy in­ volved in the concentration, and course or seminar offerings from other departments may, in certain circumstances, meet requirements for the concentration. Some competence in formal or quantitative methods is required for students concentrating in Public Policy, but work in the concentration equally emphasizes historical, institutional, and normative analysis. REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The concentration in Public Policy is not a major. It may be taken together with a Course or External Examination (Honors) major in any field, and it can be combined most integrally with a major in one or more o f the participating departments o f Political Science, Economics, or Engineering. At a minimum, the concentration consists o f certain course re­ quirements, totaling six credits (some o f which are also counted toward one’s department major), and an internship. The program o f each concentrator should be worked out in consul­ tation with the Coordinator o f the Public Policy Program and approved by the Coordi­ nator, preferably at the same time as majors in the Course and Honors Programs are planned, but not later than the middle o f one’s junior year. Academic requirements for the concentration cover three basic areas: ( 1 ) economic analysis, (2 ) political analysis, and (3) quantitative analysis. These may normally be met by preparation in specified courses. The economic analysis requirement can be met by Ecomonics 2 0 (Economics Theory) or Economics 22 (Public Finance). The political analysis re­ quirement can be met by Political Science 50 (Public Law and Public Administration) or Political Science 51 (Topics in Public Adminis­ tration and Policy) or Political Science 2 (Policy-Making in America). The quantitative 206 analysis requirement can be met by Mathe­ matics 1 (Statistics for Observational Data), or Mathematics 2 (Statistics for Experimental Data), Economics 4 (Statistics for Economists), Engineering/Economics 57 (Operations Res­ earch), or Economics 108 (Econometrics). Equivalent honors courses may be substituted for any o f the above. In addition to the three preparatory or pre­ requisite courses, three credits must be taken from among the substantitive policy courses listed below. These courses deal with substan­ tive sectors and institutional aspects o f public policy analysis. Many o f die courses will be offered for one credit and all concentrators have to take one o f these three credits in a jointly taught course or seminar. The joindy taught courses, taught by faculty members from two different departments, can be taken for single or double credit and only those seminars or courses approved for double credit may be taken as units in the External Examina­ tion program. Students interested in the more international aspects o f public policy or in other specialized areas o f political science such as mass com­ munications or law may request an alternative set o f preparatory or prerequisite courses. In special circumstances, students with ade­ quate and appropriate alternative preparation 1 (as might be the case for some natural science 1 students or those with work done at other I institutions) may request that such preparation I be substituted for courses normally required in the concentration. Approval o f such requests, as for approval o f internships, will be the responsibility o f the coordinator and the committee on public policy studies. IN TE R N SH IP 1 Some direct experience or practical responsi1 bility in the field, through work in a public, 1 private, or voluntary agency, is required for I graduation with a concentration in public 1 policy. This requirement may be met by 1 completing an internship during either a semes1 ter or a summer or both. Normally, students will hold internships between their junior and senior years. The internship program is super­ vised by the faculty member serving as coor­ dinator o f the concentration, and specific opportunities may be worked out for the students. PROGRAM IN FOOD SYSTEMS AND FOOD POLICY 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 The College has a program in the area o f food systems and food policy which may be of special interest to public policy concentrators as well as majors in fields o f science. Under its aegis, and with support from the W . K. Kellogg Foundation, students are eligible for support for summer internships and for travel expenses related to research. The program also supports courses and components of courses in various departments including biology, economics, engineering, history, political science, religion, and sociology-anthropology. Students should contact Professor Donald K. Swearer, Acting Director, for more information about the program’s resources and opportunities. E L IG IB IL IT Y The concentration is open to students majoring I in any field, although students in the social and | natural sciences are likely to be able to meet the requirements most readily. Any student with I acceptable preparation is welcome to under­ take work in a public policy course, subject to the priority for concentrators. For students I concentrating in Public Policy and reading for Honors, certain work in the concentration will normally be eligible for external examination. I Policy C ourses O ffered Ec o n o m ic s 2 4 . I -Economics o f Industry. Ec o n o m ic s 4 1 . Urban Economics & Public Policy. E c o n o m ic s /P o litic a l S cie n ce 4 2 . Health Policy. P o litic a l S c ie n ce 43 . Food Policy. P o litic a l S c ie n ce 4 4 . Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy. P o litic a l S c ie n ce 53 c. Presidential Politics and Public Policy. Ec o n o m ic s /P o litic a l S cie n ce 6 7 . Social Insurance and Welfare Policy. Ec o n o m ic s 2 7 . En g in e e rin g /P o litic a l S c ie n c e 68. Government Regulation o f Industry. Environmental Policy. Po litica l S c ie n c e 4 1 . Ec o n o m ic s 9 1 /P o litic a l S c ie n c e 69. Defense Policy. Macroeconomic Policy. 207 Religion J . W IL L IA M FR O S T , Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library V IN C E N T H A R D IN G , Visiting Lang Professor*4 D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R , Professor and Chair P. LIN W O O D U R R A N , J R ., Professor1 A M Y - J I L L L E V IN E , Assistant Professor L E IL A R E R N E R , Lecturer4 S T E P H E N D U N N IN G , Lecturer4 A L L A N S P O N D E R G , Lecturer4 Religion as a field o f study encompasses historical religious traditions and varied di­ mensions o f human experience on social and personal levels evidenced at all times and in all forms o f human society. Because o f the diverse and pervasive nature o f religion, several meth­ odologies have evolved for its study, including the skills o f historical investigation, textual criticism, philosophical analysis, and socio­ cultural interpretation. Added to these skills is the important ingredient o f empathy toward the claims religious persons make regarding what they have perceived to be ultimately real. Any course numbered 1 through 10 may be taken as introductory to other courses in the Department. Religion and Human Experience (Religion 1), our primary distribution course, explores the nature o f religion in terms o f its particular and historical aspects as well as its generic and universal meanings. Successful completion o f Religion 1 or another o f the introductory courses (2 through 10) is normally required for admission to courses numbered 11 and above. Completion o f two courses is usually prerequisite for admission to a major in Course or an External Examination major or minor. The major in Religion is planned through consultation with faculty members in the Department. Majors in both the Course and the External Examination Program are required to have completed the primary distribution course, and course or seminar work in three areas o f analysis and interpretation: historicalcritical, philosophical-theological, and socio­ cultural. Only one course cross-listed from another department can be counted toward the 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 4 Fall semester, 1986. 208 major. Majors in course will write a one credit Senior Paper, or, with the consent o f the Department, a two-credit Thesis; and, will take an oral comprehensive examination based on the Senior Paper and courses taken in the major. 1 . Religion and H u m an Ex p e rie n c e . This primary distribution course introduces the nature o f religious worldviews, their cul­ tural manifestations, and their influence on personal and social self-understanding and action. The course explores various themes and structures seminal to the nature o f religion and its study: narrative and sacred scripture; visions o f ultimate reality and their various manifesta­ tions in art, architecture, literature, and film; religious experience and its expression in ritual behavior and moral action; the relationships among religious experience, language, and reason; religion as both a legitimation o f and challenge to cultural norms. Members o f the Department will lecture and lead weekly discussion sections. Fall semester. Frost, Levine, Swearer. 3 . In tro d u ctio n to th e H e b re w S c rip tu re s . A comprehensive introduction to the history o f ancient Israel and Biblical Judiasm as known primarily, although not exclusively, through the literature produced and preserved by those communities. Special attention will be given to the cultural contexts, both national and inter­ national, in which the texts were composed, and to the various approaches—historical, literary, sociological, etc.—by which the texts have been interpreted. Fall semester. Levine. 4 . In tro d u ctio n to C h ristia n S c rip tu re s . 8 . In tro d u ctio n to Isla m . This course examines the New Testament writings in their historical and cultural con­ texts, introduces the tools—from the historical critical method to newer disciplines such as rhetorical criticism and sociological analysis— employed to discover the original meaning(s) of the documents, and investigates the conti­ nuities and the transformations o f Christianity from Jewish sect to independent religion. Spring semester. Levine. The development o f Islam from the time o f Muhammad to the present day. Special atten­ tion is paid to the varied aspects o f Islamic cultures: philosophy, theology, mysticism, and the world view o f the poets; contemporary Islamic society viewed through novels and essays. Not offered 1986-87. 5. P ro b le m s o f R eligiou s T h o u g h t. The purpose o f this course is to study various answers to the chief religious problems of the twentieth century. Problems include: the na­ ture o f religious experience, the existence of God, religion and morality, science and reli­ gion, and the problem o f evil. Answers include those given by Martin Buber, William James, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others. Students are encouraged to find their own answers and to work out their own religious beliefs. Spring semester. Urban. 6 . W ar and P e a c e . An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war, with consideration o f the arguments for holy wars, just wars, real politik, and pacifism. The first part o f the course will trace the evolution of major ideas o f war from the Bible to the present. A study o f America’s wars since 1940 will show the application o f these ideas in this nation’s response to organized violence. Fall semester. Frost. 7 . In tro d u ctio n to C la ss ic a l Ju d a is m . A survey o f the varieties o f institutional structures and beliefs of Judaism from the encounter with Hellenism to the codification of the Talmud. Particular attention is paid to the struggle between ancient tradition and cultural adaptation, the diversity o f pre- and nonRabbinic Judaisms (e.g., Diaspora accommo­ dations, the writers o f the Dead Sea Scrolls and the Pseudepigrapha), the formation of the Biblical canon, Targumim, Midrash, and Mishnah, the distinctions between orthodoxy and heresy, and the political and social factors in which this history took shape. Not offered 1986-87. Levin. 10. Re lig io n s o f India. A study o f Hinduism and Buddhism as doc­ trinal and cultural systems in the context of India’s historical development. The course focuses on major themes based on classical texts o f the Hindu and Buddhist traditions, e.g., the ritual hymns o f the Rig Veda, the mystical teachings o f the Upanishads, the Dialogues (Sutras) o f the Buddha, the social and political morality o f the Laws o f Manu, the myths and legends o f the Mahabharata, the poetry o f the Bhakti saints, and the challenge to tradition by the modem reformers. Fall semester. Swearer. 1 1 . Re lig io n s o f China and Ja p a n . The major religious traditions o f East Asia studied within the social and cultural contexts o f China and Japan. Particular attention is given to the establishment of the classical Confucian and Taoist traditions in China, the develop­ ment o f the distinctive Chinese Buddhist schools, the rise o f popular Buddhism in Japan, the interaction between religion, culture, and the state, and the modem fate o f the classical religions in East Asia, especially Japan. Spring semester. Swearer. 12 . Re lig io u s Rio g rap h y. Biography as a genre o f religious literature and as a way o f understanding the religious experi­ ence o f persons. Not offered 1986-87. 13 . C o m p a ra tiv e R eligiou s M y s tic is m . Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenome­ non within the religious traditions o f Asia and the West. The writings o f particular mystics, e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, Rabi’a, Mahadeviyakkha, are studied and such problems as mystic states o f consciousness, language and mystical experience, the mystic and traditional religious authority, mysticism and community are explored. Not offered 1986-87. Swearer. 209 Religion 14 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion. 20 . J e w is h T ra d itio n and S o c ia l Eth ic s . An investigation o f the nature o f religious faith, the problem o f religious knowledge, concepts o f deity, the problem o f evil, and the relation­ ship o f religion to ethics. Both critics and supporters o f traditional religious perspectives will be studied. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 16.) Spring semester. Urban. This course will examine the ways in which contemporary Jews ranging from Orthodox to Reform attempt to reconcile Jewish theological tradition with complex social and ethical dilemmas. Topics to be explored include: social and political activism (e.g., environmental/ ecological concerns, the nuclear arms race, the Sanctuary movement); women, feminism, and sexuality; the family, homosexuality, inter­ marriage; bioethics, abortion, death and dying, euthanasia and genetic engineering. These topics will be considered in terms o f both the internal Jewish debate and the larger issues o f Church-State relations and governmental regu­ lations. Fall semester. Berner. 16. Th e A p o s to lic A g e . An investigation o f the origin and expansion o f the Christian Church from the later writings of the New Testament until the Edict o f Constan­ tine, this course explores through the use of primary sources several key transition points in Christian history, including competition with Judaism, post-canonical developments o f leg­ end and doctrine, the causes o f and responses to persecution, Gnosticism, asceticism, the position o f women in the Church, and the distinctions between orthodoxy and heresy. Fall semester. Levine. 1 7 . C h ris tia n Th o u g h t in the M iddle A g e s . The development o f Christian thought from the Council o f Nicea (325) to the Rhineland Mystics (c. 1400). Attention will focus on the formation o f classical doctrines such as the Trinity, Incarnation, and Atonement as well as outstanding thinkers like Augustine, Anselm, Thomas Aquinas, and Meister Eckhart. Al­ though the primary emphasis is historical, attention is given to the contemporary rele­ vance o f medieval thought. Spring semester. Urban. 18 . M o d e rn C h ristia n Th ou g h t. Christian thought from the Reformation to the end o f the First World War. Representative figures such as Luther, Calvin, Hume, Kant, and Schleiermacher, movements within Roman Catholicism and Protestantism, and Christian relations with other religions are considered in detail. Not offered 1986-87. 19. Q u a k e ris m . The history o f the distinctive religious and social ideas o f the Friends from the time o f George Fox until the present. Particular atten­ tion is paid to differences in the development of Quakerism in England and America. Not offered 1986-87. 2 1 . B la c k R e lig io n and B la c k Lib e ra tio n . An intensive historically based examination o f the role Black Religion, religious institutions, and religious leaders have played in the freedom struggle o f the Black community in the United States in the 19th and 20th centuries. Limited to 15 participants. Prerequisite: previous courses in Afro-Ameri­ can Studies or permission of the instructor. Fall semester. Harding. 29 . Re lig io u s B e lie f and M o ra l A c tio n . An examination o f the relationship between religion and morality. Basic moral concepts of several religious traditions (e.g., Buddhism, Christianity, and Hinduism) will be studied and compared. The relationship o f moral teachings to the cosmological and theological framework in which they occur will be dis­ cussed. The course will analyze concepts o f virtue and moral reasoning, the religious view o f what it means to be a moral person, and the religious evaluation o f particular ethical issues, e.g., social justice, ecology, sexuality. Spring semester. Swearer. 30. Religion a s a C ultural In stitu tio n . (See Sociology and Anthropology 30.) 3 7 . T o p ic s in G re e k and R o m an R e lig io n . (See Classics 37) 5 9 . C ath o lic S o c ia l Th ou g h t. (See Philosophy 59/Political Science 59) 93. D ire cte d Re a ding . Staff. 95. llito ria l. Staff. 96. T h e s is . Majors in Course may, with Departmental permission, write a two-credit thesis. 9 7. S e n io r Pa pe r. Senior majors in Course will normally write a one-credit paper as the major part o f their comprehensive requirement. Spring semester. Staff. Courses offered occasionally: Religion and Lite ra tu re M o n a s tic is m E a s t and W est P s yc h o lo g y and R eligiou s Exp e rie n c e PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS The Department will arrange External Exami­ nations in the following areas, to be prepared for in the ways indicated. Preparation by seminar: Re ligio u s P e rs p e c tiv e s E a s t and W est (S e m in a r: 10 1). An examination o f the nature and structure of religious systems through the study o f seminal thinkers or schools o f thought as they influ­ enced and were shaped by the traditions of which they were a part. Thinkers considered include Nagarjuna, Shankara, Ramanuja, Thomas Aquinas, Spinoza, and Kierkegaard. Spring semester. Swearer and Urban. Th e Idea o f God in W e ste rn Th ou g h t (S e m in a r: 10 2). An examination o f writings which have con­ tributed most to Western concepts o f God. The study will include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible, Augustine, Aquinas, Calvin, Spinoza, Kant, Kierkegaard, and others. Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission of instructor. Not offered 1986-87. A s ia n Re ligio u s Thought (S e m in a r: 10 3 ). A study o f seminal writings in India and China which have had a decisive influence on the religious traditions o f these two cultures. The traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. Prerequisite: Religion 10 or 11, or permission o f instructor. Fall semester. Sponberg. Ru ddh ism in S o u th e a s t A s ia (S e m in a r: 10 4). An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part of the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma, and Thailand. The seminar focuses on three major themes: Buddhism and the legitimation o f the state, the syncretic character o f popular Bud­ dhist thought and practice, and the various responses o f Buddhism to the challenges o f the modem period. Prerequisite: Religion 10 or the permission of the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. Swearer. Religion and S o c ie ty (S e m in a r: 105). How have religious ideas and institutions shaped and been influenced by American cul­ ture? Topics include the varieties o f Protestant­ ism from Puritanism to the moral majority, the adaptation o f Roman Catholicism and Judaism to the American context, the encounter o f the traditional religions o f the Indians and Blacks with Christianity, and the patterns o f con­ temporary religious practices. Special themes will be revivals, millenialism, the impact o f class, alternative or sectarian groups, church and state, and the role o f women. Not offered 1986-87. Frost. C o n te m p o ra ry Re lig io u s Th ou g h t (S e m in a r: 106). Representative thinkers and schools o f thought in the present century. These include Karl Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A. N. Whitehead. Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission of instructor. Fall semester. Dunning. 211 Religion Lib e ra tio n T h e o lo g y (S e m in a r: 1 0 7 ). A study o f the principal themes o f liberation theology as it has developed in Latin America during recent decades; the preferential option for the poor, the relationship between salvation and political liberation, the Biblical critique o f injustice, faith and politics, the role o f social analysis in theological discourse, views concerning the Church, Christology and spiritual­ ity, and the conception o f theology as a critical reflection on liberating practices made from the stance o f participation in such practices. Read­ ings will be drawn from such Latin American theologians as Boff, Gutierrez, and Segundo. Attention will also be given to the relationship o f liberation theology to the Roman Catholic tradition, to the social and political movements which it has influenced, and to its critics. Spring semester. Lacey. J e w is h and C h ristia n S e lf-D e fin itio n (S e m in a r: 10 8). A study o f the various options facing both Judaism and Christianity in the first century C.E. and o f the processes by which each religion narrowed those options in the attempt to establish a normative identity during the following two centuries. This seminar focuses on the development o f the two systems as they defined themselves through the formulations o f scriptural canons, through debate with each other and with the secular authorities, and through their attempts to distinguish heresy from orthodox belief. Readings include selec­ tions from the New Testament, the Pseudepigrapha, patristic, and rabbinic sources, the New Testament Apocrypha, and records o f the Roman government. Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4, 7 , 16, or the permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Levine. F e m in is t In te rp re ta tio n o f S c rip tu re (S e m in a r: 109). Using various approaches to biblical study (historical-critical, feminist, literary, sociologi­ cal, theological), this seminar explores depic­ tions o f women in both Testaments, the Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and selected rabbinic, patristic, and Gnostic writings; the influence o f patriarchal structures on this litera­ ture and its interpretation; and the recovery of women’s history. Particular attention will be given to the myths o f creation and fall, including the ancient Near-Eastern goddess traditions; the subversive and the wise woman; the "femi­ nine” depiction o f deity; Jesus’ and Paul’s attitudes toward women and sexuality; and the relationship between orthodox institutionalism and women’s leadership roles. Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 3, 4, 7, 16, or the permission of the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. Levine. Preparation by course and attachment: Indian Religion Re ligio n s o f India (Swearer) C lassical Judaism in trod u ctio n to C la ss ic a l Ju d a is m (Levine) Com parative Religious Ethics Re ligio u s B e lie f and M o ra l A c tio n (Swearer) M edieval Religious Thought Hebrew Bible In tro d u ctio n to th e H e b re w S c rip tu re s (Levine) C h ris tia n Th o u g h t in the M id d le A g e s (Urban) Philosophy o f Religion P h ilo s o p h y o f Religion (Urban) M odem Christian Thought M o d e rn C h ristia n Th ou g h t (Urban) 212 Preparation by combinations o f courses: Early Christianity T h e C h ristia n S c rip tu re s (Levine) Th e A p o s to lic A g e (Levine) I Preparation by Thesis: Students who declare a major in Religion in their External Examination Program may, with permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as one o f their External Examination papers. C O U R S E S C O M P L E M E N T IN G R E L IG IO N O F F E R IN G S A T S W A R T H M O R E BRYN M A W R CO LLEG E: 0 0 1. Ele m e n ta ry H e b re w (Rabeeya) 1 0 1 . R e adings in H e b re w B ible: G e n e sis (Rabeeya) 10 4 . H is to ry and Lite ra tu re o f Ju d a is m I (Lachs) 10 5 . H is to ry and Lite ra tu re o f Ju d a is m II (Lachs) 2 0 1. T o p ic s in B iblical L ite ra tu re : A p o c ry p h a and Pseu de pig ra p h a (Lachs) 20 3. Re a d in g s in H e b re w Bible: Th e F iv e S c ro lls (Rabeeya) 2 15 . J e w is h L a w and F o lk lo re : T h e Life C yc le (Lachs) 2 16 . J e w is h L a w and F o lk lo re : T h e C a le n d a r C yc le (Lachs) ^ 3 04. P o s t-B ib lic a l H e b re w (Rabeeya) H A V ERFO RD C O LLEG E: 2 6 1 . L e tte rs o f Pa u l (McGuire) 2 7 6 . S u fis m (Sells) 3 10 . Life and T h e o lo g y o f M a rtin Lu th e r (Luman) 213 S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y J E N N I E K E IT H , Professor A S M A R O M L E G E S S E , Professor S T E V E N I. P IK E R , Professor and Chair R R A U L IO M U N O Z , Associate Professor J O Y C H A R L T O N , Assistant Professor R O R IN E . W A G N E R -P A C IFIC I, Assistant Professor3 The program o f this department emphasizes that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged in a common intellectual task. Studies in the Department are directed toward understanding the order, meaning, and coherence o f life in human societies and cultures. Toward this end, courses in the department variously emphasize the comparative study o f societies and cultures; the conditions o f social organization as well as disorganization; the bases o f human adapta­ tion; change as well as continuity as ubiquitous features o f the human condition; gender cul­ ture; and meaning and culture. Emphasis is also placed on the relevance o f Sociology and Anthropology to the study o f modem and, particularly, American society, and to the social problems o f the modem age. In addition to emphasis on the important mutuality of Sociology and Anthropology, members o f the department are variously committed to explor­ ing the mutuality between Sociology and Anthropology and neighboring disciplines, such as Religion, Psychology and Linguistics, Philosophy, Literature, Biology, History, and the other social sciences. R E Q U I R E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as 24, may serve as points o f entry for students wishing to begin work in the department. Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted, and completion o f one o f them will normally serve as prerequisite to all other work in the depart­ ment (Course 3 0 may, however, with permis­ sion o f the instructor, be taken without prerequisite.) Applicants for major will normally be expected to have completed at least two courses in the department. Course majors will complete a minimum o f eight units o f work in the Department, including a double-credit thesis tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring semesters o f the senior year, as well as course 50. Majors in the external examination pro­ gram are also required to complete course 50. Normally, majors will complete course 50 by the end o f their junior years, and prospective majors are encouraged to take the course during their sophomore years. Course 21 is strongly recommended for majors. The department emphasizes the importance of familiarity with appropriate elementary statis­ tics as well as computer literacy, both for work taken at the College and for subsequent career development. Toward underlining this, the Department crosslists Mathematics courses 1, 2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology and Anthropology 18, 19, and 20), any one o f which may be taken as one of the eight units o f work required for completion o f a major in Sociology and Anthropology. A R E A S O F S P E C IA L C O N C E N T R A T IO N IN S O C I O L O G Y A N D AN TH RO PO LO G Y Teaching and research interests o f members o f the Department cluster so as to create a number 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. o f subject matter areas within or between the two disciplines in which students may take a concentration o f work, in course or seminar format, or both. The Department here identi­ fies these general areas and the faculty members who work within them, and encourages inter­ ested students to meet with one or more o f the indicated Department members to explore program o f study possibilities. A) Social Theory and Social Philosophy (Muñoz, Piker) B) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology, and Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker) C) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, Keith, Wagner-Pacifici) D) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charlton, Keith, Legesse) E) Religion and Culture (Charlton, Piker) F) Psychology and Culture (Charlton, Le­ gesse, Piker) G ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life (Muñoz, Wagner-Pacifici) H) Modernization and Development (Keith, Legesse) I) Modem America (Charlton, Keith, Le­ gesse, Wagner-Pacifici) J) The Life Cycle (Keith, Legesse, Piker) K) Inequality (Charlton, Legesse, WagnerPacifici) L) Political Behavior and Culture (Keith, Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici) C E R T IF IC A T IO N F O R S E C O N D A R Y S C H O O L T E A C H IN G There are two normal routes to Social Studies certification. One o f these is through a major in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters of courses in other social sciences. Students major­ ing in History, Political Science, and SociologyAnthropology are required to take at least four courses outside their major; students majoring in Economics and Psychology are required to take six. The other route to certification is by taking at least twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f which six must normally be in one discipline and at least two more must be in a single other discipline. All students seeking social studies certification are required to take two courses in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in American history and one social science course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo subject matter are required. 1. M o d e rn A m e r ic a : C u ltu re , S o c ie ty and S ta te . This course will explore central themes and points o f conflict in American life: authority, community, sexuality, work, personal identity, politics, and heroism. This exploration will proceed by way o f an analysis both o f the institutional representations o f these central issues and their cultural expressions. Spring semester. 2 . In tro d u ctio n to S o cial and C ultural Change. The course has two themes. First, it examines how simpler societies maintain an intimate and stable relationship with the natural world, whereas modem societies are faced with major upheavals associated with rapid population growth, economic development, and ecological degradation. Second, the course focuses on social movements, prophetism, communalism, anarchism, and alienation as responses to economic and ecological crisis and as forces o f social transformation. Students will participate in an ethnographic encounter session as an experiment in cross-cultural communication. Fall semester. Legesse. 4 . C o m m u n ity : T h e H um an S tra te g y . This course considers the conditions under which both feelings and structures o f com­ munity emerge and persist, especially in the context o f modern society, and the conse­ quences for individuals o f participation in community. The stimulus for these questions is the recent shift in human social relations from the small, face-to-face groups in which most of our history was experienced, toward largescale, complex organizations. What are the consequences o f the co-existence o f these different types o f social relation for the quality o f human lives? Do we still need and/or want community? Where are we likely to find it? Aspects o f communal life examined include conflict management, charismatic leadership, ritual, maintenance o f distinctiveness, family, meanings o f work. Most course readings will be case studies o f various types o f community: hunting and gathering bands, utopian experi- 215 Sociology and An th ro p o lo g y ments, retirement villages, communes, kib­ butzim, "distinctive groups” (Amish, gypsies), religious communities (Shakers, Bruderhof), therapeutic communities. Spring semester. Keith. 5 . Fre s h m a n S e m in a r: In tro d u ctio n to C o n te m p o ra ry S o c ia l Th ou g h t. 19 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ex p e rim e n ta l D a ta . (Cross-listed as Math 2. Please see Mathematics entry for description.) 2 0 . S ta tis tic s . (Cross-listed as Math 23. Please see Mathe­ matics entry for description.) 2 1 . R e se a rc h D e sig n C ollo q uiu m . A general introduction to major theoretical developments in the study o f social life since the 19th century. Selected readings will be drawn from the work o f such modern social theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud, and Simmel. Readings from contemporary authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens, Lukes, and Rieff will also be included. These developments will be studied against the background o f the socio-philosophical climate o f the 19th century. Limited enrollment. Not offered 1986-87. Munoz. Introduction to the process o f research on human social life: creation o f research ques­ tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech­ niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generating theory. The roles o f theory, ethical issues, and cultural and historical context in the research enterprise will be addressed. Students will design and undertake individual research proj­ ects, and members o f the department will visit the class to discuss their own research experi­ ence. Spring semester. Charlton, Keith. 7. S e x R o le s , P o w e r, and Iden tity. 2 4 . P s yc h o lo g ic a l A n th ro p o lo g y . An exploration o f the social, political, and psychological implications o f gender, drawing on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and histori­ cal materials. The primary emphasis will be placed on developments in contemporary America. Fall semester. Charlton. Sometimes called culture and personality, this field explores the relationship between the individual and his or her culture. The course treats the following issues: a) the psychological, or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture; b) socialization, or the transmission o f culture from generation to generation; c) the cultural distribution of personality traits; and d) culture and mental health. Case materials will be principally, but not exclusively, non-Western, and the cross-cultural study o f child rearing will receive particular emphasis. Not offered 1986-87. Piker. 10. H u m an Evo lu tio n . This course emphasizes the human condition, or culture, as a mode o f adaptation to be seen in evolutionary and cross-species perspective. Topics such as communication, competition, sexuality, sociality, and intelligence are treated by extensive reference to non-human Primate as well as human materials. The course will also take up the following topics: the place o f Hominids in the Order o f die Primates; stages in the evolution o f humankind; and the evolution o f distinctively cultural systems of behavior. As regards the last, the course will give special emphasis to the evolution of language, the evolution o f the family and the incest taboos, and bio-evolutionary theses on human nature and culture. Cross-listed as Biology 10. May be used toward distribution requirements in group 4 only. Fall semester. Piker, Williams. 18 . S ta tis tic s fo r O b s e rv a tio n a l D a ta . (Cross-listed as Math 1. Please see Mathematics entry for description.) 216 25 . La n g u a g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty . (Cross-listed as Linguistics 25. See listing under Program in Linguistics.) Not offered 1986-87. 2 7 . A fro -A m e ric a n C ulture and S o cie ty. Black culture is examined at several stages o f its development in the twentieth century—as a culture o f survival, assimilation, pan-Africanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolution. The sociology o f Black American communities is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle, family structure, associational life, religious institu­ tions, and class structure, and how these systems react to racism, urban migration, economic deprivation, and political change. Not offered 1986-87. 30. Religion a s a C ultural In stitu tion . (Cross-listed as Religion 30.) The focus is primarily cross-cultural, and religion case ma­ terials will be drawn from both pre-literate and civilized traditions, including the modern West. The following topics will be emphasized: religious symbolism; religious evolution; reli­ gion as a force for both social stability and social change; psychological aspects o f religious belief; and religious change in modem America, with particular emphasis on both Fundamen­ talism and the "cults.” May be taken without prerequisites with permission o f instructor. Spring semester. Piker. 33. Ec o lo g y and S o ciety. Examination o f different types o f ecological conditions and how they influence pastoral, agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­ tems. Special attention will be given to the world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­ graphic pressures, environmental degradation, and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that have developed in response to ecological stress. Spring semester. Legesse. 36. P e o p le s and C u ltu re s o f A fr ic a . An introduction to traditional and modern Africa with emphasis on representative soci­ eties from East and West Africa. The course examines pre-colonial political and social insti­ tutions, African responses to colonial domina­ tion, and the impact o f urbanization and economic development during the post-colo­ nial period. Not offered 1986-87. Legesse. 4 3 . S o c ie ty and C ulture in S p an ish A m e ric a . The relationship between society and culture in Spanish America. Recent and historical devel­ opments in social stratification and ethnic relations will be considered as crucial factors underlying Spanish-American culture. Particu­ lar attention will be given to Spanish-American social thought as evidenced in social sciences research, theology, philosophy, and literature. Spring semester. Munoz. 4 4 . S o c ia l In e q u a lity. This course analyzes conflicting theoretical perspectives on the origins and meaning of social stratification. Empirical studies o f both a historical and cross-cultural nature will be examined for the ways in which they engage alternative readings of such issues as the nature and role o f class, the relationship o f specific classes to each other (the issue o f class boundaries), and the relationship o f class to other dimensions o f social stratification. Not offered 1986-87. 45. Field S tu d ie s in P rim a te B e h a vio r. An investigation o f primate ethology as studied in the animal’s natural environment. Particular emphasis will be placed on those studies re­ lating social behavior to habitat or population stress. The course will include both lecture and seminar format; although there is no scheduled laboratory, students will be expected to partici­ pate in at least one field trip. Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate background in anthropology. Not offered 1986-87. Williams. 46 . P o litic a l A n th ro p o lo g y. This course will utilize the comparative per­ spective o f anthropology to study the ways in which authority is acquired and accepted as legitimate, the ways in which decisions are made or avoided, and the ways in which conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or extended. Subject matter will include political communities in various cultural contexts and at various levels o f social and technological complexity. Not offered 1986-87. Keith. 4 7 . Ed uca tion and S o ciety. (Cross-listed with Educ. 47.) This course will explore the social and cultural functions and consequences o f formal and informal educa­ tion in both Western and non-Western soci­ eties. Modes o f intended and unintended socialization within the school and outside will be examined. A range o f factors which can promote or inhibit learning will be explored and linked to educational performance. Topics include: school as an agent o f social mobility and its relationship with the community; the school as a social system and the dynamics of classroom life; and the behavioral and academic outcomes o f curricular innovation. Students will be required to conduct weekly field work in an educational setting. Not offered 1986-87. 217 S ociology and An th ro p o lo g y 4 8 . M o d e rn O rg a n iza tio n s . A study o f the formal and informal structure o f modern, complex organizations. Special atten­ tion will be paid to social composition, internal dynamics, social control, decision-making, power and politics. Case examples from a variety o f settings—business, medical, reli­ gious, political—will be examined in light o f classical and contemporary theory and research in organizational analysis. Not offered 1986-87. Charlton. 49 . Th e M ea n ing o f W o rk : S o c io lo g y o f O c cu p a tio n s and P ro fe s s io n s . This course will take up theory and research pertaining to the social organization o f work and the meaning o f work experience in modem societies. Among the topics to be discussed are classic statments on the division o f labor, theories o f "post-industrial” society, occupa­ tional structure, labor market stratification, occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­ tional socialization, ideology and identity, career patterns, work and social relationships, work and family. Particular case studies will include various types o f blue and pink collar work, business and the corporate world, professions and semi-professions. Not offered 1986-87. Charlton. 5 0 . In telle ctua l Fou n datio n s o f C o n te m p o ra ry S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y . Examination o f fundamental and recurrent theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­ ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual history. This course will normally be taken by Course majors during their junior year. It is open to non-majors, though freshman and sophomores must have permission o f the Department chairman. Fall semester. Muñoz, Piker. 5 1 . A n In tro d u ctio n to A rc h a e o lo g y . (See listing under Department o f Classics.) 55. A g e in S o c ie ty . The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­ guishing universal aspects o f the aging process from the diverse effects o f social and cultural context on roles o f old and young people and the use o f age as a principle o f group definition. Specific problems will include relations be­ tween generations, political organization of 218 older people, and the role of older people in the family and the household. Fall semester. Keith. 5 6 . U rb a n A n th ro p o lo g y. Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and strategies o f group formation and maintenance, e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide range o f societies both geographically and culturally; and all students in the course will do a field work project. Not offered 1986-87. Keith. 6 0. S p a n ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty T h ro u g h Its N o v e l. (Also listed as SAL 60—see Modem Lan­ guages.) This course will explore the relation­ ship between society and the novel in Spanish America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be discussed in conjunction with sociological patterns in contemporary Spanish America. Not offered 1986-87. Hassett, Munoz. 6 3. P o w e r , A u th o rity , and C o n flic t: Le g itim a c y and Rebellion. Ths course develops a comparative, sociolog­ ical perspective on the issue o f political legitimacy. An understanding o f political legit­ imacy is sought via an examination o f specific political movements that challenge established authority and o f the responses o f those who are thus challenged. The analytical approach is two-tiered: a macro-level historical compara­ tive analysis is combined in each case with a micro-level analysis o f the cultural framing o f the movements and the responses. N ot offered 1986-87. Wagner-Pacifici. 6 6. U rb a n S o c io lo g y : Th e S o c ia l L ife o f C itie s . Placing the American metropolis in develop­ mental and comparative perspective, this sur­ vey o f urban life considers: classical theories of the city; issues o f community lost, saved, or liberated; origins and development o f cities; migration; spatial patterns; race and ethnicity; relationship o f suburban to urban areas; power, politics, fiscal crisis, and public policy; the urban future. Not offered 1986-87. Charlton. 68. U rb a n Ed u c a tio n . (See Education 68.) 80. C ollo q uiu m : Fre u d and M o d e rn S o cial T h e o ry . The colloquium divides into two parts. The first part is devoted to a close reading of selected items from the Freudian canon. The second part will examine Freud’s contribution to current social and cultural analysis. This semester, the colloquium will benefit from guest lectures by members o f the Swarthmore faculty. Besides selected works by Freud, works by Paul Ricoeur, Philip Rieff, and Habermas will be examined. Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology, Philosophy, Psychology, or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. Muñoz. 8 2. C o llo q u iu m : D e ve lo p m e n t and U rb a n iza tio n in th e T h ird W o rld . An examination o f the post-colonial social transformation that occurred in the Third World. This process will be considered in the context o f demographic and ecological change, the green revolution, and the rural-urban exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will receive special attention. Case material will be drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Not offered 1986-87. Legesse. 83. C ollo q u iu m : A r t a nd S o c ie ty. The course is divided into two parts. The first part examines the relationship between art and society from a sociological perspective. The second part introduces hermeneutics as a sociological method for the interpretation of art. This semester the class will examine selected works by Dostoevski and Neitzsche. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Muñoz. 90. R e s e a rc h In te rn s h ip . The purpose o f this course is to offer students research experience in professional contexts. Students participate in research projects in one o f the following locations: Philadelphia Geria­ tric Center, John F. Kennedy Community Mental Health Center, Public-Private Ventures, Swarthmore College President’s Office (Insti­ tutional Research). Field notes on the research activities are turned in to the Swarthmore instructor at a weekly on-campus meeting. Juniors and seniors with a B average who will commit themselves to at least one and one-half days work on their project per week are eligible for the course. Transportation costs will be paid by the department. Credit may be one, one and one-half, or two credits, depending on individual involvement in the program. Since specific projects available in each location vary from year to year, students interested in the course are encouraged to see the instructor before registration. Students are also strongly encouraged to take S& A 21 either before or during the semester they participate in S& A 90. Fall and spring semester. Charlton, Keith. 9 1 . W om en’ s S tu d ie s S e n io r S e m in a r. (Cross-listed as Women’s Studies 91.) Ad­ vanced study o f gender within the various academic disciplines, and across disciplines of topical issues as they relate to women’s studies. Theoretical and methodological questions that arise when women are placed at the center of study are emphasized. The class is normally limited to Women’s Studies concentrators in their senior year. Spring semester. Charlton. 9 3. D ire cte d Reading. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the students not dealt with in the regular course offerings. Consent o f the chair­ man and o f the instructor is required. Members o f the Department. 9 6 -9 7. T h e s is . T h e s e s w ill be re q u ired o f all C o u rs e m a jo rs . Seniors in the Course program will normally take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tu­ torial. Students are urged to discuss their thesis proposals with faculty during the spring semes­ ter o f their junior year, especially if they are interested in the possibility o f field work. Members o f the Department. Th e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachment, can be taken in preparation for External Examinations: S& A 30, 3 3 ,4 4 , 5 5 ,6 3 , 83. 219 S ociology and A n th ro p o lo g y S E M IN A R S 10 1. C ritic a l M o d e rn S o cial T h e o ry . This seminar will trace the development of critical modem social theory from the works of Marx to present day social theorists. Particular attention will be paid to selected works by Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Marcuse, Collotti, and Habermas. Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/ Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science; or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1986-87. Munoz. 10 2. C re atio n o f C om m unity. The central question for the seminar is under what conditions community can successfully be created. Utopian experiments, squatter settlements, and institutions such as retirement residences and monasteries will be compared as examples o f intentional and unintentional, planned and unplanned community creation. Not offered 1986-87. Keith. 103. P o litic a l A n th ro p o lo g y. A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the structures and processes of authority, conflict and group definition. Specific problems will include legitimation o f authority, decision­ making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­ ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects of politics. Readings will cover a wide range of cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in addition, each student will work intensively with ethnographic material from one tradition­ al society. N ot offered 1986-87. Keith. 10 4. N a tu re and C u ltu re : C o n ve rg e n t P e rs p e c tiv e s . (or Philosophical Anthropology) This seminar draws upon a growing interdis­ ciplinary field, the several components of which provide new and convergent perspec­ tives on human nature and its cultural elabora­ tions. Materials to be treated will come, most importantly, from the following areas: human evolution, linguistics, psychology, as well as a number o f fields within anthropology. The main issues to be treated include: bio-evolutionary foundations o f human nature; human intelligence; consciousness; human potential; the evolution o f morality; and anthropological perspectives on the current human situation. In 220 lieu o f individually done seminar papers, stu­ dents will work in sub-groups on issues which run through the entire seminar, and the results obtained by each sub-group will be discussed by the entire seminar. The syllabus will cover only about two-thirds o f the total reading to be done by members of the seminar. The re­ mainder wll be identified by the sub-groups as they work on their projects. Cross-listed as Linguistics 104. Prerequisites: permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Piker. 105. M o d e rn S o c ia l T h e o ry. An analysis o f selected works by the founders o f modern social theory and contemporary social theorists. W orks by Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Parsons will be discussed. Fall semester. Munoz. 10 7. R e lig io n a s a C ultural In stitu tio n . The following specific topics will be treated: religious evolution; religion as a force for both social stability and social change; the psycho­ logical bases for religious belief. Major theories to be considered include those o f Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund Freud. A crosscultural perspective will be emphasized, and attention will be paid to religious change in modem America. Not offered 1986-87. Piker. 108. S o cial In e q u a lity. This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical perspectives on the origins and meaning of social stratification. Empirical studies o f both a historical and cross-cultural nature will be examined for the ways in which they engage alternative readings o f such issues as the nature and role o f class, the relationship o f specific classes to each other (the issue o f class boundaries), and the relationship o f class to other dimensions o f social stratification. Not offered 1986-87. Wagner-Pacifid. 10 9. S o c ia l and C ultural C hange. This seminar will examine the theories o f social movements, modernization, Westernization, cultural diffusion, and stages o f development as they apply to the process o f social change in non-Western societies. Case studies will be drawn from China, India, Indonesia, Peru, Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and South Africa. Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/ Anthropology or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Legesse. Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/ Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Science; or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Munoz. 110 . S o c io lo g y o f Oc cupa tion s and P ro fe s s io n s . Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social life in cities, with particular emphasis on bases and strategies o f group formation and maintenance, e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship, residential separation, ritual. Readings represent a wide range o f societies both geographically and culturally; and all students in the seminar will do a field work project. Not offered 1986-87. Keith. This seminar will take up theory and research pertaining to the social organization o f work and the meaning o f work experience in modern societies. Among the topics to be discussed are classic statements on the division o f labor, of "post theories industrial” society, occupational structure, labor market stratification, occupa­ tional choice and recruitment, occupational socialization, ideology and identity, career pat­ terns, work and social relationships, work and family. Particular case studies will include various types o f blue and pink collar work, business and the corporate world, professions and semi-professions. Spring semester. Charlton. 1 1 4 . P o litic a l S o c io lo g y . This seminar develops a comparative, sociolog­ ical perspective on the issue o f political legitimacy. An understanding o f political legit­ imacy is sought via an examination o f specific political movements that challenge established authority and o f the responses o f those who are thus challenged. The analytical approach is two-tiered: a macro-level historical compara­ tive analysis is combined in each case with a micro-level analysis o f the cultural framing of the movements and the responses. Not offered 1986-87. Wagner-Pacifici. 115 . Fre u d and M o d e rn S o cial T h e o ry . The seminar divides into two parts. The first part is devoted to a close reading o f selected items from the Freudian canon. The second part will examine Freud’s contribution to current social and cultural analysis. Besides works by Freud, works by Ricoeur, Rieff, Habermas, and Foucault will be examined. 117 . U rb a n A n th ro p o lo g y. 118. Ec o lo g y and S o ciety. Examination o f different types o f ecological conditions and how they influence pastoral, cultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems. Special attention will be given to the world food crisis, to climatic change, demographic pressures, environmental degradation, and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that have developed in response to ecological stress. Spring semester. Legesse. 119 . A g e , C u ltu re , and S o ciety. The social and cultural significance o f age will be examined in this seminar. Generational conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping cultural definitions o f the life course will be major topics. Case material will include EastAffican and Latin-American age grades, mod­ ern retirement communities, life histories from various cultures. Seminar members will also do observation and interview projects focused on age. Not offered 1986-87. Keith. 180. T h e s is . Honors candidates who choose to do so will customarily write theses during the senior year. Students are urged to have their thesis propo­ sals approved as early as possible during the junior year. Members of the Department. W o m e n ’s S tu d ie s Coordinator: J E A N N E M A R E C E K Committee: N a th a lie A n d e rs o n (English Literature) A b b e Blum (English Literature) J o y C h a rlto n (Sociology/Anthropology) S h a ro n F rie d le r (Dance) S u s a n W illiam so n (Social Science Librarian) A Women’s Studies Concentration provides students with the opportunity to learn the contributions o f women to society, science, and the arts; to study gender and gender roles in a variety o f social and historical contexts; and to explore new methods and theories arising from interdisciplinary study. The concentra­ tion encourages students to examine critically the representations o f women in religion, in the arts and literature, in social and political the­ ory, and in the sciences. Students in any major may add a concentration in Women’s Studies to their program by ful­ filling the requirements stated below. Students intending to concentrate in Women’s Studies should submit their proposed program to the coordinator o f the concentration by the end of the sophomore year. All program proposals must be approved by the Women’s Studies Committee. Ec o n o m ic s 16 . W om en and M in o ritie s in th e Ec o n o m y . Ed u ca tion 3 1 . W om en and Ed u ca tio n . En g lish L ite ra tu re 3 9 . W om en N o v e lis ts . En g lish L ite ra tu re 5 6 . C o n te m p o ra ry P o e try . En g lish L ite ra tu re 8 2 /P s y c h o lo g y 5 2 . R e p re s e n ta tio n s o f W om en’s Id e n tity . En g lish L ite ra tu re 90. C ritic is m / T h e o ry C ollo q uiu m . Fre n c h 2 5 . L'A n c ie n Reg im e. Fre n c h 3 3 . Fe m m e s E c riv a in s . Fre n c h 7 6 . E c ritu re Fe m in in e . H is to ry 25 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty , and S o c ia l Change in M od ern Eu ro p e . Each concentration must include a minimum o f five credits o f Women’s Studies courses. Two o f these credits shall be outside the student’s major; one o f these credits must be the Capstone Colloquium. Students may elect, with the approval o f the Coordinator, to write a one-credit thesis or pursue an independent study as a substitute for regular course work. Students may further elect, with the approval o f the coordinator, to include in their programs courses on women and gender offered at Bryn Mawr and Haverford. Students will normally take the Capstone Colloquium, Women’s Studies 91, in the spring semester o f the senior year. Students must complete the equivalent o f a comprehensive examination devised by the colloquium instructor. Courses on Women and Gender currently offered: S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 7 . S e x R o le s , P o w e r , and Id e n tity. B io lo g y 9 3. D ire c te d Reading in Fe m in is t C ritiq u e s o f B io lo g y. W om en’ s S tu d ie s 9 1 . C ap sto n e C ollo q uiu m in W om en’ s S tu d ie s . 222 H is to ry 5 4 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty , and P o litic s . H is to ry 8 9. W om en W o rk in g , W om en W ritin g . M o d e rn La n g u a g e s 5 0 6 . S tu d ie s in M o d e rn G e rm a n L ite ra tu re : T w e n tie th C e n tu ry G e rm an W om en in Film and Lite ra tu re . M u s ic 38. W om en C o m p o se rs and C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f th e 20th C e n tu ry . P s y c h o lo g y 4 4 . P s y c h o lo g y and W om en. Religion 10 9. F e m in is t In te rp re ta tio n o f S c rip tu re . VI The Corporation Administration Board o f Managers Alumni Association Officers & Alumni Visitng Examiners Degrees Conferred Awards and Distinctions Council The Faculty Enrollment Statistics 223 T h e C o rp o ra tio n Eugene M. Lang, Chairman 912 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10021 Loren Hart, Treasurer Swarthmore College Swarthmore, PA 19081 Katherine Conner, Vice-Chairman 635 San Marino Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010 Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary Swarthmore College Swarthmore, PA 19081 William T. Spock, Secretary 10 Kershaw Road Wallingford, PA 19086 Suzanne P. Welsh, Assistant Treasurer Swarthmore College Swarthmore, PA 19081 B o ard o f M a n a g e rs Ex officio David W . Fraser Swarthmore College Swarthmore, PA 19081 Emeriti Boyd T. Barnard Dunwoody Village CH105 3500 West Chester Pike Newtown Square, PA 19073 Isabel Jenkins Booth #84 Kendal at Longwood Kennett Square, PA 19348 Eleanor Stabler Clarke #100 Kendal at Longwood Kennett Square, PA 19348 George B. Clothier 209 N. Fairfield Road Devon, PA 19333 Julien Cornell Central Valley, NY 10917 H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr. #916 The Benson East Jenkintown, PA 19046 Clark Kerr 8300 Buckingham Drive El Cerrito, CA 94530 Charles C. Price, III 15 Dogwood Lane Swarthmore, PA 19081 Richard B. Willis 7251 Willow Road Ambler, PA 19002 Term Expires December, 1986 Neil Austrian Showtime/The Movie Channel, Inc. 1633 Broadway Avenue New York, NY 10019 Samuel Hayes, III Harvard Business School Soldiers Field Boston, MA 02163 ‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association 224 Barbara Weber Mather Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz Fidelity Building 123 South Broad Philadelphia, PA 19109 Marge Pearlman Scheuer 101 Central Park West New York, NY 10023 Richard Hurd 167 Wharton Lane Bethlehem, PA 18017 *Ruth Wilcox Mahler Millbrook Road New Vernon, NJ 07976 *W . Marshall Schmidt W . H. Newbold’s Son & Co., Inc. 1500 Walnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19102 Sue Thomas Turner Box 121, Cook Road Alfred Station, NY 14803 Term Expires December, 1987 Katherine Conner 635 San Marino Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010 J. Parker Hall, III 1161 Pine Street Winnetka, IL 60093 ‘ Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr. 7826 Glenbrook Road Bethesda, MD 20814 Elise F. Jones 108 Beaumont Drive Newtown, PA 18940 ‘ Carolien Powers Maynard 219 Hudson Street Pelham Manor, NY 10803 Elizabeth J. McCormack Rockefeller Family and Associates 30 Rockefeller Plaza, Room 5600 New York, NY 10112 Janet Hart Sylvester 6648 32nd Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20015 Term Expires December, 1988 ‘ Nancy Y. Bekavac Watson Foundation 217 Angell Street Providence, R I 02906 Frederick A. Hargadon The College Board 45 Columbus Avenue New York, NY 10023-6917 Walter Lamb Merlin Road Chester Springs, PA 19425 William F. Lee, Jr. 101 Bryn Mawr Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010 ‘ Lloyd W . Lewis Kendal-Crosslands Kennen Square, PA 19348 Sara Lawrence Lightfoot 18 Rutland Square Boston, MA 02118 Walter T . Skallerup, Jr. General Counsel o f the Navy Washington, DC 20350 Term Expires December, 1989 Maria Klemperer Aweida 7184 Spring Court Boulder, CO 80303 David Baltimore Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research Massachusetts Institute o f Technology 9 Cambridge Center Cambridge, MA 02142 Christopher F. Edley, Jr. Griswold Hall, Room 208 Harvard Law School Cambridge, MA 02138 Eugene M. Lang 912 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10021 ‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association 225 Board o f M anag e rs Ann Lubin Buttenwieser 1080 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10028 *J. Martin Cornell 205 Parrott Road West Nyack, NY 10994 *Eleanor Duguid Craig Department o f Economics University o f Delaware Newark, DE 19716 Ramon Lee Poseí 212 Walnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19106 J. Lawrence Shane 21 College Avenue Swarthmore, PA 19081 William T. Spock 10 Kershaw Road Wallingford, PA 19086 Ira Tensard Wender, 499 Park Avenue New York, NY 10022 Committees O f The Board The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee. Executive Eugene M. Lang, Chairman Katherine Conner, Vice-Chairman Neil Austrian Samuel Hayes, III Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr. Walter Lamb Barbara Weber Mather J. Lawrence Shane William T. Spock Ira T. Wender Finance and Trusts Administration J. Lawrence Shane, Chairman William T. Spock, Vice-Chairman Nancy Bekavac Eleanor Duguid Craig H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr. Walter Lamb Barbara Weber Mather Ramon Lee Posel W . Marshall Schmidt Ann Brownell Sloane Janet Hart Sylvester Ira T. Wender Richard B. Willis Instruction and Libraries Katherine Conner, Chairman Sara Lawrence Lightfoot, Vice-Chairman Maria Klemperer Aweida David Baltimore Julien Cornell Christopher F. Edley, Jr. J. Parker Hall, III Frederick A. Hargadon Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr. Elise F. Jones ‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association 226 Clark Kerr Barbara Weber Mather Carolien Powers Maynard Elizabeth J. McCormack Ramon Lee Posel Charles C. Price, 111 William T. Spock Sue Thomas Turner Ira T. Wender Investment Samuel Hayes, III, Acting Chairman H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr. Graham O . Harrison William F. Lee, Jr. W . Marshall Schmidt Ann Brownell Sloane Ira T. Wender Richard B. Willis Property Walter Lamb, Chairman Ann Lubin Buttenwieser, Vice Chairman David Baltimore Boyd T. Barnard Julien Cornell Martin Cornell H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr. Samuel Hayes, III Richard Hurd William F. Lee, Jr. Lloyd W . Lewis Rudi Wilcox Mahler Ramon Lee Posel Marge Pearlman Scheuer Walter T. Skallerup, Jr. Janet Hart Sylvester two faculty members two student members Student L ife Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr., Chairman Maria Klemperer Aweida Ann Lubin Buttenwieser Martin Cornell Eleanor Duguid Craig Christopher F. Edley, Jr. Frederick A. Hargadon Elise F. Jones Sara Lawrence Lightfoot Ruth W ilcox Mahler Carolien Maynard Marge Pearlman Scheuer Sue Thomas Turner Sally A. Warren, ex officio three faculty members five student members Nominating Barbara Weber Mather, Chairman Nancy Y. Bekavac J. Parker Hall, III Frederick A. Hargadon Ruth W ilcox Mahler William T. Spock Development Neil Austrian, Chairman William F. Lee, Jr., Vice Chairman Boyd T. Barnard David Baltimore Nancy Y. Bekavac Julien Cornell Martin Cornell Eleanor Duguid Craig J. Parker Hall, III H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr. Samuel Hayes, III Richard Hurd Walter Lamb Lloyd W . Lewis Carolien Powers Maynard Elizabeth McCormack Walter T . Skallerup, Jr. Janet Hart Sylvester Sue Thomas Turner Ira T. Wender Richard B. Willis Thomas Henderer, ex officio Mark Sonnenfeld, ex officio Sally A. Warren, ex officio three faculty members three student members 227 A lu m n i A s s o c ia tio n O ffic e rs & A lu m n i Council P re s id e n t, Sally A. Warren ’65 11 E. 63rd St., Apt. 3A New York, NY 10021 Vice P re s id e n t, Freeman L. Palmer ’79 445 Old Lancaster Road Haverford, PA 19041 P re s id e n t D esign ate S e c re ta ry , Lillian Frank Youman ’57 Alexander Shakow ’58 6608 32nd Place NW Washington, DC 20015 752 ManciU Road Wayne, PA 19087 V ice P re s id e n t, Elinor Meyer Haupt ’55 138B Heritage Hills Somers, NY 10589 Terms Expires in June Zone A Delaware, Pennsylvania 1987 Nancy Deane Passmore ’30 Granite Farms Estates, Apt. A 112 1343 West Baltimore Pike Media, PA 19063-5531 William C. Adamson, M.D. ’40 1542 Susquehanna Road Rydal, PA 19046 William B. Carr, Jr. ’73 115 Vemon Lane Media, PA 19063 Mary Belin Rhodes ’58 Miller Road Waverly, PA 18471 Thomas J. Elverson ’75 414 Drexel Place Swarthmore, PA 19081 Betty Mack Twarog ’48 2601 Pennsylvania Ave., Apt. 1123 Philadelphia, PA 19130 1988 Deborah Frazer ’69 606 W . Upsal Street Philadelphia, PA 19119 Alan A. Symonette ’76 717 Dorset Street Philadelphia, PA 19119 Anna Rickards Sensenig ’30 2609 Woodleigh Road Havertown, PA 19083 1989 Ted Chronister ’56 900 N. Bancroft Parkway Wilmington, DE 19805 228 Mary Lo Broomell Eberle ’4 0 353 Wellington Terrace Jenkintown, PA 19046 Zo n e B New Jersey, New York 1987 Katherine Buttolph ’74 40 Laurel Drive Litde Silver, NI 07739 1988 Joan Schuster Faber ’60 300 Central Park West, 4F New York, NY 10024 Frank L. Lyman, M.D. ’43 68F Long Beach Boulevard N. Beach, Beach Haven, NJ 08008 Philip L. Gilbert ’48 174 Kilbum Road Garden City, NY 11530 Laura McKnight Stabler ’49 Box 213 Rocky Hill, NJ 08553 Giles K. Kemp ’72 15 Paddington Road Scarsdale, NY 10583 1989 Jenny Hourihan Bailin ’80 340 E. 5th Street, Apt. 1C New York, NY 10003 Douglas H. Blair ’70 19 Toth Lane Rocky Hill, NJ 08553 Zo n e C Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont 1987 Roger E. Levien ’56 28 Fresh Meadow Road Weston, CT 06883 Lois Wright Brown ’38 31 Hemlock Corner, RFD #1 Henniker, NH 03242 John C. Cratsley ’63 221 Nashawtuc Road Concord, MA 01742 1989 Richard A. Johnson ’59 27 Ashfield Lane S. Hadley, MA 01075 Alice Handsaker Kidder ’63 239 Randall Road Berlin, MA 01503 229 Alum ni Association O ffice rs & Alum ni Council Zo n e D District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia 1988 B. J. Yannet Stone ’57 5615 Warwick Place Chevy Chase, MD 20815 Robert P. Fetter ’53 2923 Carolina Avenue, SW Roanoke, VA 24014 1989 Robert C. McDiarmid ’58 1350 New York Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20005 Judith Livant Rapoport ’55 3010 44th Place, NW Washington, DC 20016 Zo n e E Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin 1987 James B. Kirkhoff ’48 2703 Leighton Road Shaker Heights, OH 44120 Demaris Affleck Carrell ’47 158 S. Prospect Street Oberlin, OH 44074 1988 Robert G. Merin, M.D. ’54 2725 Albans Avenue Houston, T X 77005 Joan Heifetz Hollinger ’61 502 Rock Creek Drive Ann Arbor, MI 48104 Virgil Loeb, Jr., M.D. ’42 24 Deerfield Road St. Louis, MO 63124 1989 David W . Hilgers ’69 404 Almarion Drive Austin, T X 78746 Jane Walker Kennedy ’55 6561 Clarkston Road Clarkston, MI 48016 Zo n e F Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, territories, dependencies, and foreign countries 1988 Anita A. Cava ’75 915 Placetas Avenue Coral Gables, FL 33146 230 1989 Francis M. James ’57 15 Graylyn Place Winston-Salem, NC 27106 Marilyn Holifield ’69 1915 Brickell Avenue, #C801 Miami, FL 33129 Zo n e G Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming 1987 Diana Royce Smith ’68 1930 Oak Avenue Boulder, CO 80302 Walter Cochran-Bond ’70 2843 N. Tanoble Drive Altadena, CA 91001 1989 Nancy Kramer Bickel ’62 1522 Summit Road Berkeley, CA 94708 David A. Bennahum ’57 1707 Notre Dame, NE Albuquerque, NM 87106 231 T h e Fa c u lty D a vid W . F r a s e r , B.A., Haverford College; M.D., Harvard Medical School, President. 324 Cedar Lane. J a m e s W . En g la n d , B.A., Kansas .State Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Missouri, Provost and Professor o f Mathematics. 925 Strath Haven Avenue. J a n e t S m ith D ic k e rs o n , B.A., Western College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier University, Dean o f the College. 531 Bryn Mawr Avenue. K e nda ll L a n d is , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President —Alumni, Development, Public Relations. 550 Elm Avenue. Eliza b e th C h a d w ic k , A.B., Bryn Mawr College; M. Phil and Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Dean o f the College, Lecturer in English Literature. 513 Ogden Avenue. R o b e rt A . D a rr , J r . , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven Avenue. J a n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue. M ich a e l D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in Library Training, University College, Dublin, Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of Nevada; M.A., University o f Utah, Science Librarian. 309 Rutgers Avenue. S te p h e n Le h m a n n , B.A., M.A., and M .L.S., University o f California, Berkeley; Ed.M., Harvard University, Humanities Librarian. 3 0 0 Harvard Avenue. S u s a n G . W illia m s o n , B.A., University o f California, Berkeley; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian. 602 Elm Avenue. Le ig h to n C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University o f Connecticut; Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate in Clinical Psychology o f the American Board of Professional Psychology, Director, Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. EMERITI Elis a A s e n s iO , M.A., Middlebury College, Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041. Ly d ia B a e r, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita o f German. Manatee River Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505. C a rl B a rU S , B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Professor Emeritus of Engineering. 404 Walnut Lane. Paul H . B e ik , B.A., Union College, M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461 Venetian Way, Winter Park, FL 32789. H e in ric h B rin k m a n n , B.A., Stanford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington Professor Emeritus o f Mathematics. Wallingford Arms, Wallingford, PA 19086 232 A lic e B ro d h e a d , B.S. and M.A., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emerita of Education. 144 Park Avenue. H ild e 0 . C o h n , Dr. Phil., University of Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German. Strath Haven Condominiums. Tatia n a M . C o s m a n , b .a . and M.A., Middlebury College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University, Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of Russian. 306 S. Chester Road. W illiam C . Elm o re , B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris L. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics. 288 Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063. L e w is H . E lv e rs o n , B.S., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for Men. Quidnet, Nantucket, MA 02554. Ro b e rt K . En d e rs , b .a . and PK.D., University o f Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professor Emeritus o f Biology. 311 Elm Avenue. E. J . Fa u lk n e r, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education for Men. 500 Osceola Avenue, Apt. 210, Winter Park, FL 32789. Ed w a rd A . Fe h n e l, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D., Lehigh University, Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow Road, Rose Tree, Media, PA 19063. Ja m e s A . Fie ld , J r . , B.S., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f History. 605 Hillborn Avenue. Lau n ce J . F le m is te r, B.A., m .a . and Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA 19081. M ilan W . G a rre tt, B.A. and M.A., Stanford University; B.A. and D. Phil., University of Oxford, Professor Emeritus of Physics. 16 Beach Road, Sevema Park, MD 21146. B a rb a ra La n g e G o d fre y , Dean Emerita of Women. Strath Haven Condominiums. Olga La n g , Graduate, University of Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University, Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W . 111th St., New York, NY 10025. S a ra h Le e Lip p in c o tt, B.A., University of N o rm a n A . M e in k o th , B. o f Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Illinois, Professor Emeritus o f Zoology. 431 West Woodland Avenue, Springfield, PA 19064. Ire n e M o ll, B.S. in Ed., University o f Kansas; M.A., Texas University for Women, Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street, Lawrence, KS 66044. Jo h n M . M o o re , B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University, Professor Emeritus o f Philosophy and Religion. Friends Home, 400 N. Walnut Street, West Chester, PA 19380. B e rn a rd M o r rill, B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; M.M.E., University o f Delaware, Ph.D., University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue. J . Roland P e n n o c k , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Richter Professor Emeritus of Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue. F ra n k C . P ie rs o n , B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University, Joseph Wharton Professor Emeritus o f Political Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue. Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College; D.Sc., Villanova University, Professor Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 507 Cedar Lane. H e d le y H . R h y s , B.A., West Virginia University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor Emeritus o f Art History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett Square, PA 19348. L u z e r n G . Liv in g s to n , B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Professor Emeritus o f Botany. 15 Dartmouth Circle. A lb u rt M . R o s e n b e rg , B.A., Harvard University; M .S., University o f Florida; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor Emeritus o f Natural Science. F r a n z H . M a u tn e r, Dr. Phil., University of Vienna, Professor Emeritus o f German. Apt. E106, Martin’s Run Life Center, Marple Township, PA 19063. Jo h n D . M c C ru m m , B.A. and M.S., University o f Colorado, Howard N. and Ada J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. 606 Ogden Avenue. J a m e s D . S o rb e r, B.A., Lehigh University; M. A., University o f Nebraska, Professor Emeritus o f Spanish. #57 Kendal at Longwood, Kennett Square, PA 19348. B e rn a rd S . S m ith , B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor Emeritus o f History. 233 Faculty W illis J . S te ts o n , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education for Men. 144 North Highland Road, Springfield, PA 19064. Astronomy and Director Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory, c/o Peter Rademacher, R.D. 2, Salem, New York 12865. R o b e rt M . W a lk e r, B.A. and M.F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University. Professor Emeritus o f Art History. 865 Central Avenue, L 504, Needham, MA 02192. G ilm o re S to tt, B.A. and M.A., University o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., University of Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate Provost Emeritus and Associate Dean o f the College Emeritus. 318 Dartmouth Avenue. H a n s W a lla ch , Dr. Phil., University o f Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 5 1 0 Bryn Mawr Avenue. D e re k T r a v e r s i, B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English. 12 Richmond Mansions, Denton Road, Twickinham, Midd, T W 1, 2HH, England. N e a l A . W e b e r, B.A., M .s . and D.Sc., University o f North Dakota; M. A. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. 1805 Aaron Drive, Tallahassee, FL 32303. P e te r v a n de K a m p , Cand. and Docts., University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University of California; D. Phil., University o f Groningen, Edward Hicks Magill Professor Emeritus of M . Jo s e p h W illis , B.C.E., University of Washington; M .S., Cornell University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. 306 Chestnut Lane. PROFESSORS M a rg a re t A n d e rs o n ,1 B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Brown University, Professor o f History. 214 Rutgers Avenue. G e o rg e C . A v e r y , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f German. 230 Haverford Avenue. R o b e rt C . B a n n is te r, B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford, Professor o f History. 737 Harvard Avenue. O le x a -M y ro n B ila n iu k , Cand. Ingenieur, Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M.S., M. A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan, Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. T h o m a s H . B la c k b u rn , B.A., Amherst; B.A. and M.A., University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Stanford University, Professor o f English. 609 Elm Avenue. D a vid L B o w le r, B.S. in E E ., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University, Professor o f Electrical Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue. T h o m p so n B ra d le y , B.A., Yale University; M.A., Columbia University, Professor o f Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan, PA 19065. G o m e r H . D a v ie s , B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; Ed.M., Temple University, Professor o f Physical Education. 225 Cornell Avenue. Le e D e v in , B.A., San Jose College; M.A. and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor o f English Literature and Director o f The Theatre. 512 Elm Avenue. R ich a rd B a rrie D o b s o n ,5 M.A., Ph.D., Oxon, Cornell Visiting Professor o f History. Swarthmore College. o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University, Professor o f Physics. 6 Whittier Place. H . S e a rl D u n n, B.S.E. and M.S.E., Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue. 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 5 Spring semester, 1987. Jo h n R. BOCCiO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute 234 S te fan o Fe n o a lte a ,5 B.A., Georgetown University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; D.Jur., Università di Roma, Visiting Professor o f Economics. Ja m e s D . Fre e m a n ,2 B.A., m .a ., and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of Music and Director o f the Orchestra. 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. J . W illiam F r o s t , B.A., DePauw University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Howard M. and Charles F. Jenkins Professor of Quaker History and Research, and Director o f the Friends Historical Library. 3 Whittier Place. Jo h n E . G a ilS ta d, B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Princeton University, Professor of Astronomy. 430 S. Chester Road. Kenneth J . G e rg e n , B.A., Yale University; Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. C h a rle s E . G ilb e rt, B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University, Professor o f Political Science, 223 Kenyon Avenue. P e te r H a c k e r,4 B.A., D. Phil., Oxford University, Visiting Professor o f Philosophy. Swarthmore College. Ja m e s H . H a m m o n s , B.A., Amherst College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Professor of Chemistry. 17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. Vincent H a rd in g ,4 B.A., City College o f New York; M .S., Columbia University; M.A., University o f Chicago, Lang Visiting Professor o f Religion. 401 Walnut Lane. M a rk A . H e a ld , B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of Physics. 4 2 0 Rutgers Avenue. Ele a n o r K . H e s s , B.S. and M.S., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f Physical Education. 302 North Chester Road. Robin son G . H o llis te r, J r . , B.A., Amherst College; Ph.D., Stanford University, Professor o f Economics (part-time). 1 Whittier Place. R a ym o n d F . H o p k in s ,3 B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; MA., Ohio State University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f Political Science. 308 Ogden Avenue. Gudm und R . Iv e rs e n ,1 M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center for Social and Policy Studies. 212 Elm Avenue. C h a rle s L . J a m e s , B.S., State University of New York at New Paltz; M.S., State University o f New York at Albany, Professor o f English Literature. 402 Laurel Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. Jo h n R . Je n k in s , B.S. and M .S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University o f California, Los Angeles, Professor o f Biology. 403 Walnut Lane. Je n n ie K e ith , B.A., Pomona College; M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University, Professor o f Anthropology. 612 Ogden Avenue. C h a rle s F . K e le m e n ,12 B.A., Valparaiso University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics. 606 Elm Avenue. T . K a o ri K ita o ,123B.A. and M.A., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Art History. 540 Westminster Avenue. University, Professor o f Astronomy. 540 Riverview Avenue. Eugene A . K lo t Z ,1 B.S., Antioch College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue. 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 4 Fall semester, 1986. 5 Spring semester, 1987. 12 Joint appointment with mathematics. W u lff D . H e in tz , Dr. rer. nat. Miinchen 235 Fa culty G e o rg e K ru g o v o y , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Philosophical Institute, Salzburg, Austria, Professor o f Russian. 562 Juniata Avenue. J a m e s R . K u rth , B.A., Stanford.University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Political Science. Strath Haven Condominiums. H ugh M . L a c e y , B.A. and M.A., University o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor o f Philosophy. 4 Whittier Place. A s m a ro m Le g e s s e , B.A., University College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue. N e ls o n A . M a c k e n , B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M .S., Ph.D., University of Delaware, Professor o f Engineering. 250 Haverford Avenue. Paul C . M a n g e ls d o rf, J r . , 1 B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue. Ph ilip M e tzid a k is , B.A., Dartmouth College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford, PA 19086. T h o m a s N . M itc h e ll,4 B.A., M.A., National University o f Ireland; M.A., Dublin University; Ph.D., Cornell University, Cornell Visiting Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College. K a th ry n L . M o rg a n ,12 B.A., Virginia State College; M.A., Howard University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f History. Apt. 728, Strath Haven Condominiums. D eborah G . K e m le r N e ls o n ,1 B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Brown University, Professor of Psychology. 211 Benjamin West Avenue. H e le n F . N o r th , B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Cornell University, Centennial Professor of Classics. 604 Ogden Avenue. M a rtin O s tw a ld ,3 B.A., University of Toronto; M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D.,' Columbia University, William R. Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics. 2 Whittier Place. H a ro ld E . P a g lia ro , A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor o f English Literature. 536 Ogden Avenue. R o b e rt F . P a s te rn a c k , B.A. and Ph.D., Cornell University, Edmund Allen Professor o f Chemistry. 110 Cornell Avenue. Dean P e a b o d y , B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. J e a n A s h m e a d P e rk in s ,2 B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Susan W . Lippincott Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven Avenue. S te v e n I. P ik e r , B.A., Reed College; Ph.D., University o f Washington, Professor of Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue. F re d e ric L P r y o r , B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard Avenue. G ilb e rt P . R o s e ,1 B.A. and Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Professor o f Classics. 551 Marietta Avenue. Da vid R o s e n , B.A., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f Mathematics. 336 North Princeton Avenue. R o b e rt R o z a ,2 B.A., University o f Toronto; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University, Professor o f French. 233 Cornell Avenue. R e rn a rd S a ff ra n , B.A., City College of New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota, Professor o f Economics. 201 Garrett Avenue. University o f Wisconsin, Professor of Philosophy. 410 Dickinson Avenue. R o b e rt E . S a v a g e ,3 B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. Professor o f Biology. 411 Vassar Avenue. 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 4 Fall semester, 1986. H a n s F . O b e rd ie k , B.S., and Ph.D., 236 F . M . S c h e re r, A.B., University of Michigan; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Joseph Wharton Professor of Political Economy. 35 Wellesley Road. I Alle n M . S c h n e id e r, B.S., Trinity College; Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of Psychology. 608 Elm Avenue. Rich ard S c h u ld e n fre i, B.A. and M.A., University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, Professor o f Philosophy. 8 S. Lemon St., Media, PA 19063. B a rry S c h w a r tz ,3 B.A., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Professor o f Psychology. 210 Garrett Avenue. J . E d w a rd S k e a th , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Illinois, Professor o f Mathematics. 400 Dickinson Avenue. i F ra n c is P . T a fo y a , B .s. and M.A., University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f French and Spanish. 6 2 0 North Chester Road. P e te r T . T h o m p s o n , B.A., The Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry. 203 College Avenue. P . Lin w o o d U rb a n , J r . , 1 B.A., Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M . and Th.D., General Theological Seminary, Charles and Harriet Cox McDowell Professor o f Religion. 20 South Princeton Avenue. Ph ilip M . W e in ste in , A.B., Princeton University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f English Literature. 510 Ogden Avenue. David G . S m ith , B.A., and M.A., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Centennial Professor o f Political Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose Valley, PA 19086. L a r r y E . W e stp h a l, B.A. Occidental College; Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore College. S im o ne Voisin S m i t h ,8 9 Licence et T im o th y C . W illia m s , B.A., Swarthmore Lettres, University o f Grenoble, Professor o f French. 125 Forest Lane. College; A.M., Harvard University; Ph.D., Rockefeller University, Professor o f Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue. S usan S n y d e r, B.A., Hunter College; M.A. i P e te r G ra m S w in g , B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., University of Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor o f Music and Director o f the Chorus. 614 Hillbom Avenue. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Eugene M. Lang Research Professor o f English Literature. 524 Westminster Avenue. Donald K . S w e a r e r , B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D. and S.T.M ., Yale Divinity School, Professor of Religion. 109 Columbia Avenue.123 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. Je ro m e H . W ood, J r ., b .a ., Howard University; Ph.D., Brown University, Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence Rd., Aldan, PA 19014. H a rris o n M . W rig h t, B.A., M.A., and Ph.D, Harvard University, Professor of History. 319 Cedar Lane. 8 Campus Coordinator, Grenoble Program. 9 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, fall semester, 1986. Faculty ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C h a rle s R . B e itz , B.A. Colgate University; M. A., University o f Michigan; M. A. and Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate Professor o f Political Science. 509 Harvard Avenue. M ich a e l W . C o th re n ,1 B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Associate Professor o f Art History. 406 N. Swarthmore Avenue. R o b e rt S . Du P le s s is , B.A., Williams College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Associate Professor o f History. 211 Rutgers Avenue. M a rio n J . F a b e r,12 B.A. and M.A., University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate Professor of German (part-time). 234 Benjamin West Avenue. G re g o ry L . F lo ra n t, B.S., Cornell University, Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate Professor o f Biology. 404 Elm Avenue. D o roth e a F re d e , Hamburg University; Ph.D., Gottingen University, Associate Professor o f Philosophy. 2 Whittier Place. S h a ro n F rie d le r , B.A., Colby College; M.F.A., Southern Methodist University, Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program. 517 Elm Avenue. S C O tt F . G ilb e rt, B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Associate Professor of Biology. 617 Fairview Road. N a n c y V . H a m le tt, B.S. and M.S., University o f Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Associate Professor o f Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue. Jo h n J . H a S S e tt, B.A., St. Francis College; C o n sta n c e C ain H u n g e rfo rd , B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley, Associate Professor o f Art History. 815 Westdale Avenue. M a r k J a c o b s ,3 B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate Professor o f Biology. 401 Dickinson Avenue. Ph ilip J . K e llm a n , B.A., Georgetown University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue, Springfield, PA 19064. M a rk K u p e rb e rg ,1 B.A., Amherst College; M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Associate Professor of Economics. 147 Park Avenue. T h o m a s P . L e ft , B.A. and M.F.A., Case Western Reserve University, Associate Professor o f English Literature and Technical Director for the Theatre. 6 Crum Ledge. G e ra ld L e v in s o n ,3 B.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago, Associate Professor o f Music. 2 Crum Ledge. Lillia n M . L i,2 A.B., Raddiffe College; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Associate Professor o f History. 8 Whittier Place. A n n K o s a k o w s k i M c N a m e e , B.A., Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor o f Music. 6 Whittier Place. Je a n n e M a re c e k , B.S., Loyola University; Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe St., Media, PA 19063. S te p h e n B . M a u re r, B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 206 Benjamin West Avenue. M.A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin, Associate Professor of Spanish. 514 S. Providence Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. A r th u r E . M c G a rity , B.A., Trinity University; M .S.E., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Associate Professor of Engineering. 135 Rutgers Avenue. 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1986. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 238 Brian A . M e u n ie r, B.F.A., University o f Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler School o f Art, Temple University, Associate Professor o f Studio Arts. 150 Brown St., Philadelphia, PA 19123. G eorge N lo s k o s , B.A., Davidson College; M. A. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin, Madison, Associate Professor o f French. 730 Yale Avenue. B rau lio M u ñ o z, B.A., University o f Rhode Island; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of Sociology. 500 Harvard Avenue. F re d e ric k L O rth lie b ,3 B.S. and M.S., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University, Associate Professor o f Engineering. 13 Green Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. Ern e s t J . P ru d e n te , B.S. and M.S., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f Physical Education. 914 Surrey Road, Media, PA 19063. C h a rle s R a ff, B.A., University of Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown University, Associate Professor of Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue. Rich ard L . Ru bin, A.B., Brown University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Associate Professor o f Political Science and Public Policy (part-time). 504Í4 Riverview Road. P e te r J . S c h m id t, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia, Associate Professor o f English Literature. 7 Crum Ledge. K enn eth E . S h a rp e , B.A., Dartmouth College; M .S., London School o f Economics and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale University, Associate Professor o f Political Science. 521 Elm Avenue. B a rb a ra Y o s t S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, Associate Professor o f Biology. 543 Marietta Avenue. E v a F . T r a v e r s ,3 B.A., Connecticut College; M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard University, Associate Professor of Education. 416 Park Avenue. Ju d ith G . V oet,3 B.S., Antioch College; Ph.D., Brandeis University, Associate Professor o f Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004. J a c o b W e in e r, B.A., Antioch College; M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D., University o f Oregon, Associate Professor o f Biology. 405 E. Rose Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. D o u g las M . W e is s , A.T.C., Associate Professor o f Physical Education. 117 S. Chester Road. C ra ig W illia m s o n , B.A., Stanford University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f English Literature. 602 Elm Avenue. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS N ath alie F . A n d e rs o n , B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A., Georgia State University, Assistant Professor o f English Literature. 302 N. Chester Road. B a rb a ra B u rre ll, A.B., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University, Assistant Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College. J o y C h a rlto n , B.A., University o f Virginia; S h a ro n Le e A r m s tro n g , B.A., Ph.D., University o f Delaware, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 6 0 6 Elm Avenue. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University, Assistant Professor o f Sociology. 409V4 Elm Avenue. Faculty J e ffr e y A . C h a ro n n a t, B.S., Stanford University; M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry. 510 Elm Avenue. Jo n a th a n C o p e la n d , B A ., Tufts University; Ph.D., State University o f New York at Stony Brook, Assistant Professor of Biology. Swarthmore College. S u s an P . D a v is , B.S., Springfield College; M .S., Smith College, Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse Road, Berwyn, PA 19312. R ich a rd Eld rid g e , A.B., Middlebury College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy. 423 Harvard Avenue. Rand all L . E x o n , B.F.A., Washburn University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of Iowa, Assistant Professor of Studio Arts. 8 Crum Ledge. S te ph e n S . G o lu b , B.A., Williams College; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Assistant Professor o f Economics. 318 N. Chester Road. C h a rle s M . G rin s te a d , B.A., Pomona College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles, Assistant Professor o f Mathematics. 8 Whittier Place. Rush D . H o lt, B.A., Carleton College; M.S. and Ph.D., New York University, Assistant Professor o f Physics. 513 Elm Avenue. La u rie La n g b a u e r,3 B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Cornell University, Assistant Professor o f English Literature. 513 Elm Avenue. A m y - J i l l L e v in e , B.A., Smith College; M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University, Assistant Professor o f Religion. Swarthmore College. K e nn e th C . L u k ,2 B.A., International Christian University, Tokyo; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f Chinese. 2126 Lombard Street, Philadelphia, PA 19146. Maryland, Assistant Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore College. Fra n c is M e a g h e r, B.A., Holy Cross College, Assistant Professor o f Physical Education. 3726 Woodland Avenue, Drexel Hill, PA 19026. Rachel M e r z , B.A., Western New Mexico University; M .S., University o f Florida; Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Biology. 515 Elm Avenue. Els ie B . M ic h ie , B.A., M.A., Brown University; Ph.D., Yale University, Visiting Assistant Professor o f English Literature. Swarthmore College. Ly n n e A . M o lte r, B.A. and B.S., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor o f Engineering. Swarthmore College. F ra n k A . M o s c a te lli, B.S., C. W . Post College; M .S. and Ph.D., New York University, Assistant Professor o f Physics. 302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA 19086. M ich a e l L . M u lla n , B.A., University o f California, Berkeley; Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 511 Harvard Avenue. M a rjo rie M u rp h y ,3 B.A., Jersey City State College; M.A., San Jose State University; Ph.D., University o f California, Davis, Assistant Professor o f History. 318 N. Chester Road. J o y c e J . N a g a ta , B.F.A. and M.A., University o f Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A., University o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee; Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (parttime). 3 Crum Ledge. Diane O ’ D o n o g h ue , B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M .A., Harvard University, Assistant Professor o f Art History. Swarthmore College. Elle n R . M a g e n h e im , B.A., University of Rochester; M.A., Ph.D., University o f S te p h e n M . P la tt, B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; M.S.E. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f Engineering. 4 Crum Ledge. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1987. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 240 I K. An n R e n n in g e r, B.A., University of I Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr I College, Assistant Professor of Education. I 915 Harvard Avenue. I Helene S h a p iro , B.A., Kenyon College; N ilgu n S u n g a r, B.S., Middle East Technical University, Assistant Professor o f Physics. 915 Harvard Avenue. M in g w h e i Tu n g , B.S., Jilin University; M.S. and Ph.D., Drexel University, Assistant Professor o f Physics. Swarthmore College. I M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D., California I Institute o f Technology, Assistant Professor I of Mathematics. Swarthmore College. W illiam N . T u rp in , M.A., University o f St. I Don S h im a m o tO , B.S., Stanford University; I M.A. and Ph.D., Brandeis University, I Assistant Professor o f Mathematics. Andrews; M.A., University o f Toronto; Ph.D., Cambridge University, Assistant Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College. I Swarthmore College. A n d re w M . V e rn e r, B.A., Duke University; M.A., Old Dominion University; Ph.D., Columbia University, Assistant Professor of History. 11 Benjamin West Avenue. I I I I Ann E . S h in n a r, B.A., Goucher College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Swarthmore College. I Faruq M . A . S id d iq u i, B.S., Bangladesh I I I I University o f Engineering and Technology; M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh, Assistant Professor o f Engineering. 525 Elm Avenue. I U s a S m u ly a n , B.A., Swarthmore College; I M.A.T., Brown University; Ed.D., Harvard I Graduate School o f Education, Assistant I Professor o f Education. Swarthmore College. I Th om as S te p h e n so n , B.S., Furman I University; Ph.D., The University of I Chicago, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. I 404 Elm Avenue. Robin E. W a g n e r-P a c ific i,3 B.A., Brown University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 604 Elm Avenue. B. T y re n e W h ite , B.A., Middle Tennessee State University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University, Assistant Professor o f Political Science. 318 N. Chester Road. R o g e r W o o da rd, B.S., North Carolina State University; M.Div., Southeastern Seminary; Ph.D., University o f North Carolina, Assistant Professor o f Linguistics. Swarthmore College. INSTRUCTORS Abbe B lu m , B.A., University of California, Berkeley; B.A. and M.A., Cambridge University, Instructor in English Literature. Benjamin W est House. Erik C h e e v e r, B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S.E., University o f Pennsylvania, Instructor in Engineering. 915 Harvard Avenue. M a rg a re t C h ris te n s e n , A.B., M .A.T., Cornell University, Instructor in Computer Science. Swarthmore College. T e re se L y o n s , B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Columbia University, Instructor in Modem Languages. Swarthmore College. G a ile R o c k e y , B.S., West Chester University, Instructor in Physical Education. 404 Elm Avenue. V ale rie R u b sa m e n , B.A., University of California; M.A., University o f California; M.A., Princeton University, Instructor in Political Science. Swarthmore College. C h ristin a S ta d e lm e ie r, B.F.A., Philadelphia College o f Art; M.F.A., Queens College, CUNY, Instructor in Studio Arts. Swarthmore College. 3 Absent on leave, 1986-87. 241 Fa culty LECTURERS (all part-time) U sh a B a la m o re , Teachers Certificate, Church Park Teachers Training College; M.A., Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer in Education. Swarthmore College. C aro le N e tte r, Maitrisse and DEA, University o f Paris, Lecturer in French. Swarthmore College. Education, University of Melbourne, Lecturer in English. 515 Elm Avenue. Elk e P la x to n , B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., University o f Colorado, Lecturer in German. 2022 Brandywine Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. E d w a rd D ix o n , B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University, Lecturer in German. Swarthmore College. R a d w a n S h a b a n ,4 B.A., Swarthmore College, Ph.D., Stanford University, Visiting Lecturer in Economics. Swarthmore College. S te ph e n N . Du n nin g ,4 B A ., Goddard College; S.T.B., Harvard Divinity School; Ph.D., Harvard University, Lecturer in Religion. 341 Greene Road, Berwyn, PA 19312 Le ah Jo h n s o n S m ith ,4 B.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, Lecturer in Economics. 406 Cedar Lane. M a rc e l L C h e rry , B.A. and Diploma of R o b e rt F is h e r , A.B., Marietta College; Ph.D., Indiana University, Lecturer in Chemistry. Swarthmore College. Tedd R . G O Un die, B.S., Muhlenberg College; M .S., Bowling Green State University, Lecturer in Biology. 213 Sandy Bank Road, Media, PA 19063. S te ph e n J a f f e ,4 B.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvania, Lecturer in Music. Swarthmore College. Ev g e n iya L . K a ts e n e lin b o ig e n , Moscow Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian. 211 Mortroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. R o b e rt K a t z , B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., University o f Pennsylvania, Lecturer in Spanish. Swarthmore College. M a r y K . K e n n e y , A.B., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Villanova University, Lecturer in Spanish. 404 Elm Avenue. A lla n S p o n b e rg ,4 B.A., American University; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; Ph.D., University o f British Columbia, Lecturer in Religion. 80 Murray Place, Princeton, NJ 08540 C h a rle s F , S to n e , III,4 B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Yale University, Lecturer in Economics. Swarthmore College. A la n T e S S ie r, B.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Lecturer in Biology. Swarthmore College. J a c k T o p io l,5 B.S., Yale University; M.A., University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting Lecturer in Economics. 635 Heather Lane, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010. M elin d a W a g n e r,5 B.A., Hamilton College; M.A., University o f Chicago, Lecturer in Music. 8424 Shawnee St., Philadelphia, PA 19118. ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time) Danielle B a u lt, Doctorat de 3e cycle, Université de Grenoble, Assistant in French. Swarthmore College. L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore College, Assistant in Physical Education. Swarthmore College. U rs u la M . D a v is , B.S., Colby Junior College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart West, Media, PA 19063. Diana Fre e d m a n , B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple University, Assistant in Physical Education. 1356 Sellers Street, Philadelphia, PA 19129. 4 Fall semester, 1986. 5 242 Spring semester, 1987. Dorothy K . Fre e m a n , B.M., M.M., Boston University, Associate in Performance (Music). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086. Lori F r ie s , Assistant in Physical Education. Swarthmore College. Robin H a s tie , B. Chir., M.B., Ph.D., Cambridge University, Assistant in Biology. 109 Haddon Avenue, Haddonfleld, NJ 08033. D ierdre K a n e , B.S., University o f Dayton, Assistant in Physical Education. Swarthmore College. C urtis L a u b e r,4 A.B., Duke University; M.A., Villanova University, Assistant in Physical Education. 110 School House Lane, Ardmore, PA 19003. M a rg a re t M . Le h m a n , B.A., Swarthmore College, Assistant in Chemistry. 765 W . Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087. H e rb e rt Le im b a c h ,5 B.A., Swarthmore College, Assistant in Physical Education. 15 Forest Lane. C a ro ly n R e ic h e k , B.S., Columbia University, Associate in Performance (Dance). Swarthmore College. G lo ria U . R o se n , B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Mt. Holyoke College, Assistant in Biology. 336 N. Princeton Avenue. N a n c e y R o s e n s w e ig , Associate in Performance (Dance). Swarthmore College. V ale rie R y a n , B.S., Widener University, Assistant in Physical Education. 1325 Chester Pike, Eddystone, PA 19013. Pa u la S e p in u c k , B.A., Bennington College, Associate in Performance. 309 Dickinson Avenue. N ita H a r ris S ic ilia n o , B.S., Russell Sage College, Assistant in Chemistry. 1287A Samuel Road, West Chester, PA 19380. R o b e rt M . S m a rt, B.A., Curtis Institute o f Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College, College Organist and Associate in Performance (Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue. Hong L in , B.S., M .S., Beijing Institute o f Aeronautics and Astronautics, Assistant in Physics and Astronomy. Swarthmore College. C . Jo s e p h S te fa n o w ic z ,4 B.A., Lafayette College, Assistant in Physical Education. 921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA 19061. Karen M e y e r s , Associate in Performance (Music). 735 Yale Avenue. Dale S tr a w b rid g e ,4 B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University, Assistant in Physical Education. 8 W ood Lane, West Chester, PA 19380. G e o ffre y M ic h a e ls , Diploma, Curtis Institute o f Music, Associate in Performance (Music). Swarthmore College. C h risto p h e r P a lm e r, B.S., St. John Fisher College, Assistant in Physics and Astronomy. Swarthmore College. Le e W im b e rly , B.A., Stanford University; J.D ., University o f California at Berkeley, Assistant in Physical Education. Swarthmore College. Standing Committees o f the Faculty 1 9 85-86 Academic and Cultural Support DUPLESSIS, Chadwick, Rubin (fall), Skeath, Siddiqui, Stewart Schuldenfrei, R., Shimamoto, Thompson, Westphal. Academic Requirements Admissions and Scholarships DICKERSON, Blum, Chadwick, England, Florant, Gaustad, Mullins, North, Savage, V., M AUER, Alperin, Barr, Charonnat, Davies, Eldridge, Macken, Meagher, Metzidakis. 4 Fall semester, 1986. 5 Spring semester, 1987. 243 Fa culty Asian Studies Tafoya, Thompson, Turpin LI (fall), PIKER (spring), Nagata, Swearer, Westphal. Foreign Language Study MOSKOS, Burrell, Chadwick, Exon, Verner B lack and Minority Concerns OBERDIEK, Bradley, Brock, Davies, G., Dunn, England, Florant, Golub, Savage, V. H ealth Sciences Advisory STEW ART, Gilbert, S., Hamlett, Mullins, Schneider, Stephenson, Weiner, Weiss B lack Studies W O O D, Hassett, James, Legesse, Schmidt Library Bookstore DURKAN, Aaron, Anderson, N., England, Gergen, Moscatelli SWING, Frede, Jenkins, Vemer Center for Social and Policy Studies RUBIN (fall), IVERSEN (spring), Hollister, Kurth, McGarity Computing Services RYAN, Blackburn, Boecio, Grinstead, Kelemen, Kellman, Mullins, Platt, Smith, L., Williamson, S. Physical Education and Athletics SKEATH, Charlton, Devin, Hess, Mullan, Peabody, Vanni Promotion and Tenure FRASER, England, Hungerford, Keith, Pagliaro, Pasternack Research Ethics WILLIAMS, Merz, Raff, Siddiqui, Turpin Cooper MCNAMEE, Bannister, Charonnat, Durkan, Friedler, Leff, Scherer, Weber Research Support BILANIUK, Barazzone, Grinstead, Krugovoy, I McGarity, Muñoz, Stephenson Curriculum ENGLAND, Hammons, James, Muñoz, Mullins, Wood Space U se and Energy Conservation CHEESMAN, Heintz, Kellman, McGarity, Mullins, Raymond, Roth Educational Policy, Council on FRASER, Beitz, England, Gilbert, S., Holt, Lacey, Sharpe, Swearer Teacher Education RENNINGER, England, Maurer, Metzidakis, I Peabody, Schmidt, Smulyan, Weiner, Wright j Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory SMITH, D., Legesse, Shapiro Faculty and S taff Benefits HART, Aaron, J., Bowler, Cook, Eldridge, Levine, Miller, T., North, Robinson, Saffian, Van Ummersen Women’s Concerns CHADWICK, Levine, Merz, Rockey, Shapiro, Smulyan, Williamson, S. Women’s Studies MARECEK, Anderson, N., Blum, Charlton, Friedler, Williamson, S. Faculty Procedures FRASER, Boecio, Bowler, Bradley, England, Gaustad, James, Wright Secretary to the Faculty Avery Fellowships and Prizes Parliamentarian ROSEN, Davis, S., Dickerson, Gilbert, C., Frost 244 Standing Committees o f the College Advisory Committee on Resource Use Faculty members: Hammons, James, Muñoz; Chairman o f the Board Committees on: Development, Finance, Instruction and Libraries, Investment, Property, and Student Life; the two Vice Presidents, Provost, and Dean; three students; chaired by the President o f the College, with the Assistant to the President as Recording Secretary. Divisions and Departments I. DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Charles L. James, Chair Art M u s ic Constance Cain Hungerford, Chair (fall) Michael Cothren, Chair (spring) James D. Freeman, Chair C la ss ics Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair Ph ilo so p h y Helen F. North, Chair P s yc h o lo g y English Lite ra tu re Jeanne Marecek, Department Head Harold Pagliaro, Chair Religion H is to ry Donald K. Swearer, Chair Robert S. DuPlessis, Chair M odern Lan g u ag e s Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chair (fall) John J. Hassett, Acting Chair (spring) II. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Braulio Muñoz, Chair Econ o m ics M a th e m a tic s Robinson G. Hollister, Jr., Chair J. Edward Skeath, Chair Education (P ro g ra m ) P h ilo so p h y Eva F. Travers, Program Director Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair Engineering P o litic a l S cie n ce Nelson A. Macken, Chair David G. Smith, Chair H is to ry P s yc h o lo g y Robert S. DuPlessis, Chair Jeanne Marecek, Department Head Lin g u istic s (P ro g ra m ) S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y Roger D. Woodard, Program Director Steven Piker, Chair 245 Fa culty in . DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING James H. Hammons, Chair B iology P h ilo so p h y Timothy C. Williams, Chair Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair C h e m is try P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y Robert F. Pasternack, Chair John R. Boccio, Chair En gin eerin g P s y c h o lo g y Nelson A. Macken, Chair Jeanne Marecek, Department Head M a th e m a tic s J. Edward Skeath, Chair 246 A d m in is tra tio n PRESIDENT’S OFFICE David W . F r a s e r , B.A., Haverford College; M.D., Harvard Medical School, President. C h ris ty A n n Fu s c o , B.A., Swarthmore Leah J . S m ith , B.A., Stanford University; M a rg a re t M . G io va n n in i, Diane E . W atSOn, Secretaries. Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, ' Assistant to the President and Director o f Institutional Research. College, Social Coordinator. VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE Lo re n H a r t, B.A., Grinnell College; J.D., Columbia University Law School; M.B.A., Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, Vice President for Business and Finance and Treasurer. S u za n n e P . W e lsh , B.A., B.S., University Kendall La n d is , B.A., Swarthmore College; Secretaries/Assistants. o f Delaware; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania, Assistant Treasurer and Budget Director. Pau lin e M . C a rro ll, M a r y C . K a s p e r, M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations. PROVOST’S OFFICE Ja m e s W . En g la n d , B.A., Kansas State Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Missouri, Provost. Je ro m e H . W ood, J r . , B.A., Howard University; Ph.D., Brown University, Associate Provost and Professor o f History. Es th e r L . B a r a z z o n e , B.A., New College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Associate Provost for Academic Resources and Director of Corporate and Foundation Relations. K a re n D . J o n e s , Jo a n n e M . K im p e l, Secretaries. DEAN’S OFFICE Ja n e t S m ith D ic k e rs o n , B.A., Western Assistant Dean for New Student Affairs. College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier University, Dean o f the College. S u s a n D in sm o re S m y th , BA., Wesleyan Rich ard S c h u ld e n fre i, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy, G ilm o re S to tt, Ph.D., G lo ria C a re y E v a n s , B.A., Western Washington College o f Education; M.S., University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford University, Consultant for Testing and Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students. Associate Provost Emeritus, Associate Deans. Vernon T . S a v a g e , A.B., Syracuse University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Illinois; Associate Dean; Director o f Black and Minority Affairs. CigUS Vanni, B.A., Swarthmore College, University, Coordinator o f Student Activities. N o rm a B o y le , A.A., Temple University, C a th y P e s c a to re , A lm a E. S te w a r t, Secretaries. ADMISSIONS OFFICE Ro b e rt A . B a rr , J r . , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, Dean o f Admissions. W a llace A n n A y r e s , B.A., Swarthmore College; Ed.M., Harvard University, Associate Dean o f Admissions. 247 Adm inistration B ren da M . B ro c k , B.A., Earlham College, Associate Dean o f Admissions. P h y llis H all R a y m o n d , B A ., Indiana University; M.A., Swarthmore College, Associate Dean o f Admissions. D a vid A . W a lte r, B.S., Swarthmore College; M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions. Rich a rd G . D iFe lic ia n to n io , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Denver, Assistant Dean o f Admissions. Eric A . P ro th e ro , B.A., Swarthmore College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions and Western Regional Representative. S u s a n K . U n te re k e r, B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, Assistant to the Dean o f Admissions. Ellen D o ls k i, B a rb a ra A . H a d ly , A g n e s S h o n e rt, Secretaries. A rle n e K . N lo o sh ia n , B.S., W est Chester University, Receptionist. ALUMNI RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS M a ra ly n O rb iso n G ille s p ie , B.A., Swarthmore College, Associate Vice President - Alumni Relations, Publications, and Public Relations. Diane W ild e r, B.A., Swarthmore College, Assistant Director o f Alumni Relations. Lo rn a G re e n e S h u rk in , B.A., Brooklyn College, Director o f Public Relations. Renee W h ith a m , B.A., Temple University, Assistant Director o f Public Relations. L a r r y L . E lv e ru , B.A., University o f Minnesota, Director o f Publications and Managing Editor o f the Alumni Bulletin. C a th e rin e D o w n in g , b .a ., Kent State University, Assistant Director o f Publications. Mimi GeiSS, Production Manager. N a n c y C u rra n , B.A., Pennsylvania State University, Class Notes Editor and Editorial Assistant. A n n D . G e e r, B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, Copy Editor. Elena C o v o n e , Ruthanne K ra u s s , Secretaries. BUSINESS OFFICE Lu th e r Van U m m e rs e n , C.P.A., B.A., Tufts University, Controller. Lo u isa R id g w a y , B.A., Vassar College, M.B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate Controller. N a n c y E . S h e p p a rd , Business Office L e w is T . C o o k , J r . , B.A., St. Lawrence University; M .S., Pennsylvania State University, Associate Vice President Business Affairs. Ju d ith F . V a lo ri, B.A., University of Maryland, Secretary. Manager. D o ris M o r ris o n , Purchasing Assistant. M a rg a re t A . T h o m p s o n , Bursar. C h ristin e H o u ric a n , b .a ., b .S., Temple University, Manager o f Bookstore. S u s a n S . W erner, B.A., Old Dominion University, Assistant to the Controller. H elen D iFe lic ia n to n io , Director of Elle n R . A u g s b e rg e r, Je a n En g lis h , La u ra M c La u g h lin , D ebra L . R a c z , B.A., Shelton College, J e a n R a is c h , Business Stenographic Office. Office staff. 248 Jo a n n M . M a s s a ry , Diane S ta s iu n a s , Ed ith R . W o o d lan d , Stenographic staff. June TaSSOni, Supervisor - Post Office. CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT I H. T h o m a s F ra n c is , B.A., Kalamazoo I College; M.A., Western Michigan University, I Director. I Ja n e t M a s s , B.A., Hunter College; M.Ed., I I University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant Director. H annah A m g o tt, B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., Middlebury College, Recruiting Coordinator/Office Manager. Le s lie M . B ru b a k e r, B.A., Cedar Crest College, Secretary. CENTER FO R SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES I Richard L . R u bin, A.B., Brown University; 1 M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, I Director (fall). Gudm und R . iv e rs e n , M.A., University o f Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University, Director (spring). N ao m i M a rc u s , Secretary. I COMPUTING SERVICES I W illiam C . R y a n , B.A., Swarthmore 1 College, Director o f Computing Services. Robin Ja c o b s e n , B.B.S., Temple University, Administrative Programmer. 1 J o d y A n n M a ls b u ry , A.B., Bryn Mawr 1 College, Associate Director. M a r y K . H a s b ro u c k , B.A., oberlin College, Academic Programmer. I Ja n e F . Ja m e s , B.S., State University of I New York at New Paltz, Assistant to the I Director. Eliza b e th R . F o r s te r , A.B., Bryn Mawr College, Academic Programmer. I W illiam E . C o n n e r, J r . , B.A., B.S., I Villanova University, Assistant Director 1 Manager o f Operations. I Dave R u e l, B.A., University o f New I Hampshire, Assistant Director - Manager of 1 Administrative Computing. I L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore 1 College, Administrative Programmer/ A lic e H . M c G o v e rn , B.S., Fordham University, Information Coordinator/Computer Operator. Lis a B ru n n e r-B ire le y , A.A.S., Delaware County Community College, Computer Operator. Jo h n W . S m ith , Computer Operator. H a ze l C . R a p p , Secretary. 1 Analyst. 1 DEVELOPMENT I Jo h n E . O w e n , B.A., Earlham College, I Associate Vice President - Development. M a rg a re t W . N ik e lly , B.A., Upsala College, Director o f Planned Giving. I Bruce D. A b e rn e th y , B.A., Swarthmore 1 College, Assistant Director 1 Development/West Coast Representative. M a rily n S c h ille r, B.A., Lycoming College, Director o f Information Resources for Alumni/Development. I T ro y H . En g le , B.A., Amherst College; S a n d ra M . B e ll, A s tr id D e v a n e y , B e rn a d e tte M . D unning, Ruth V. K e n n e d y , Secretaries. I M.S., University o f Massachusetts, Acting 1 Director o f Annual Giving. 249 Adm inistration S a lly F u lla m , B.S., Reed College, Associate Director o f Development. C u rtiS A . L a u b e r, B.A., Duke University; M.A., Villanova University, Associate Director o f Development. Eliza b e th B . C a m p b e ll, N a n c y L . En g lis h , G lo ria B u fu s , Jo s e p h in e Yo u n kin , Recorders. R o s e m a ry P h illip p i, Administrative Assistant/Annual Giving. Corporate and Foundation Relations Es th e r L . B a r a z z o n e , B.A., New College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Associate Provost for Academic Resources and Director o f Corporate and Foundation Relations. K a re n W . H o o v e r, B.S., McPherson College; M.A., Bethany Theological Seminary, Associate Director o f Corporate and Foundation Relations. K a re n E v a n s , M a ria F e r r a r a , Secretaries. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE P a tric ia A . W h itm a n , B.A., W est Chester State College; M.A., Miami University of Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer. P e g g y G io v a n n in i, Secretary. FINANCIAL AID OFFICE La u ra T . A lp e rin , B.A., Wheaton College, Director o f Financial Aid. Jo a n n e B a rr a c liff, Ele a n o r E . Eb n e r, H elen E lm e r , Vera B. M o rris o n , P a tric ia S e ria n n i, B.A., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University, Assistant Director o f Financial Aid. Secretaries. FOOD SERVICE C h a rle s W . S p ie g e l, B.S., University of Denver, Director. Ela yn e B. C h e s lo w , B.S., Cornell University; M.Ed., Framingham State College, J im H a h n , A.A., Paul Smith College, To m K o m e la s k y , Managers. Eliza b e th D a v is , Secretary. HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM B a rb a ra Y o s t S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, Health Sciences Advisor. 250 Bonnie B . H a r v e y , B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretary. HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES Worth H ealth Center Linda Ec h o ls , R.N., B.S.N., and M.S.N., University o f Pennsylvania; CRNP, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Director o f W orth Health Center. General Hospital, R a rb a ra A . S m e ta n a , R.N., College Health Nurse Practitioner, Brigham Young University. Vera H o w la n d , B.S., Widener University, University; M.D., Jefferson Medical College, Senior College Physician. M.D., Hahnemann Medical College, College Physician. M a ry J a n e O s m ic k , B. Med., University of Delaware; M.D., Temple University Medical School, College Physician. A la n Z w e b e n , B.S., SUNY, Stoney Brook; M.D., New York Medical College, College Physician. Elis s a R. C h a n s k y , R.N., Beth Israel Hospital, C o n sta n c e C . Jo n e s , R.N., Hospital o f University o f Pennsylvania, A n n e N ic h o ls , R.N., B.S.N., Gwynedd-Mercy College, C a ro l E . R o n an , R.N., Philadelphia J a m e s E . C la rk , B.A., West Virginia Pa u l S . Z a m O S tie n , B.S., Ursinus College; M.D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting Gynecologist. F ra n k P . G ia m m a tte i, B.A., Williams College; M.D., University o f Cincinnati, Consulting Orthopedic Consultant. C h a rle s D. H u m m e r, J r . , B.A., Amherst College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College, Athletic Orthopedic Consultant. A n ita M . K n O W le S , Health Services Secretary. Psychological Services Le ig h to n C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate in Clinical Psychology o f the American Board of Professional Psychology, Director. Paula S . R o s e n , B.A., University of I Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn Mawr College; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Graduate School of Social W ork and Social Research, Clinical Social Worker. Ro b e rt P . R o n n e vie , B.A., Boston College; M.A., Assumption College; C.A.G.S., Assumption College, Clinical Psychology Intern from Hahnemann University. M e la n ie A . W ilso n , B.A., Lebanon Valley College, Clinical Psychology Intern from Hahnemann University. S ila s L . W a rn e r, B.S., Princeton University; M.D., Northwestern University; Certified by the American Board of Psychiatry; Dean, Philadelphia Academy of Psychoanalysis, Consulting Psychiatrist. E liza b e th P . C o z in e , R.N., Paterson General Hospital, Secretary/Receptionist. LIBRARY STAFF C olleg e L ib rary M ichae l J . D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in Library Training, University College, Dublin, College Librarian. A n n S . R la c k b u rn , Secretary to the College Librarian. Adm inistration Acquisitions Ja n e H . A a ro n , B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel University; Associate Librarian and Head, Technical Services. Eliza b e th A m a n n , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S. in L.S., Rutgers University; Assistant Acquisitions/Public Services Librarian. S h irle y F . K ir b y , B.A., Washington Pau lin e M a rs h a ll, B.S., Simmons College; Continuations Assistant. M on iq u e C o n sta n tin o , Records & Purchasing Assistant. R o se M a rie Jo h n s o n , Assistant/ Acquisitions. M a rie C im in o , E liza b e th W o o lso n , A.B., Chestnut Hill College, Assistants. University; Periodicals Assistant. Cataloging Diana Z in n a to , B.A., University of Delaware; M.S. in L.S., Drexel University; Catalog Librarian. A m y V . M o r ris o n , B.A. and M.L.S., Rutgers University; Assistant Catalog Librarian. A n n e J . P e rk in s , Cataloging Assistant. N e tta S h in b a u m , B.A., State University of New York-Oswego; Cataloging Assistant. A n n e S w a n n , B.A., Swarthmore College, Cataloging Assistant. S o -Y o u n g J o n e s , B.A., Euha Womens University, Korea; M .L.S., Simmons College; Cataloging Assistant. Circulation and Reserve C a th e rin e J . S m ith , B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University, Circulation Librarian. Je a n P fe iffe r , Assistant. N a n c y C . B e c h , Assistant. M a ria n B . B ru c e , B.S., James Madison University, Assistant. Pa u lin e E . H a llm a n , Receptionist. C la ire R . S m ith , Receptionist. Diane v a n R o d e n , Receptionist. V iola G . H o ld s w o rth , B.S., Westminster College; M.E.D., Temple University, Receptionist. E d w a rd H . F u lle r, B.A., Widener College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel University, Special Collections Librarian. Bibliographic Instruction and Reference S te ph e n R . Le h m a n n , B.A., M.A., M.L.S., University o f California-Berkeley; Ed.M., Harvard University, Humanities Librarian. S u s an G . W illia m s o n , B.A., University o f M inda H a r t, B.A., Pennsylvania State University, Interlibrary Loan Assistant. Lo is G . P e te rs o n , B.A., Oberlin College, Interlibrary Loan Assistant. California-Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian. Cornell Library Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of Nevada; M. A., University of Utah, Science Librarian. M a rie C im in o , M e g E . S p e n c e r, B.A., University o f Richmond, Assistants. U nderhill Library G eorge K . H u b e r, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M .S. in L.S., Drexel University, Music Librarian. Friends H istorical Library J . W illiam F r o s t, B.A., DePauw University; C la ire B. S h e tte r, Cataloging Assistant. M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin, Director. J a n e M . T h o rs o n , B.A., Goddard College, Program Secretary; N a n c y P . S p e e rs , A lb e rt W . F o w le r , B.A., Haverford Assistant. College; M.S. in L.S., Syracuse University, Associate Director. K a z u e O y e , Conservation Assistant. Swarthmore College Peace Collection Je a n R . S o d e rlu n d , A.B., Douglass College; Ph.D., Temple University, Curator. B a rb a ra E . A d d is o n , B.S., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M.S. in Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin (Madison), Cataloger. College, M .L.S., University o f Pittsburgh, Archivist. M a r y Elle n C . C la rk , B. Mus., West Virginia University, Assistant. M a rth a P . S h a n e , B.A., Swarthmore College, Archivist. Ele a n o r M . B a rr , B.A., Mount Holyoke Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library M a rg a re t H ope B a co n , Ju d ith C. B re a u lt, F ra n c e s W illiam s B ro w ln , Jo h n Ed w in B ru s h , H a rrie t F ro re r D u rh a m , D a vid C . Elk in to n , La V e rn e Fo rb u s h , C aro lin e Biddle M a lin , Jo h n M . M o o re , Ly m a n W . R ile y , C ath arine M o r ris W rig h t. Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore College Peace Collection Irw in A b r a m s , H elen M . C a rr o ll, J u lie n C o rn e ll, H ila ry C o n ro y , M e rle C u rti, A lfre d A . F ra s e r III, L a r r y G a ra , Ro b e rt W allace G ilm o re , Phehe R . Ja c o b s e n , K e nda ll La n d is , E . R a ym o n d W ilso n . PERSONNEL SERVICES Le e R o b in so n , B.A., Rhode Island College, Director. J o a n K . K re h n b rin k , B.A., Pennsylvania State University, Personnel Administrator. PHYSICAL PLANT Gordon E . C h e e sm a n , B.S., Swarthmore College, Director o f Physical Plant. Plant, Ollie Van D y k e , Acting Assistant Director o f Physical Plant. Donald V . K e lle y , Jo s e p h R . S k in n e r, S te ve n F . W h e a to n , B.S., University of Ju n e M . C a rn a ll, Facilities Coordinator. Vermont, Assistant Directors o f Physical 253 Adm inistration Jo s e p h J . D e lo zie r, J r . , Maintenance Supervisor. D o ro th y D a lla m , A b b ie J o n e s , P a tric ia T h o m p k in s , Rachel W illia m s , Ja c q u e lin e D a tk e r, Purchasing. A lic e B a lb ie re r, Ele a n o r J . B re is c h a ft, Es th e r B . K e lle y , M a rie O m in s k i, Secretaries. Housekeeping Supervisors. REGISTRAR’S OFFICE Ja n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore College, Registrar. N a n c y S . B e ll, A g n e s K e n n e d y , N a n c y M a g y a rik , Recorders. Ev e ly n 6 . H u k , Senior Recorder. THE SCO TT ARBORETUM Ju d ith D . Z u k , B.A., Rutgers University; Jo s e p h in e 0 . H o p k in s , A d rie n n e S h e ro , M .S., University o f Delaware, Director. B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretaries. S te v e n F . W h e a to n , B.S., University o f A n d re w G . B u n tin g , B.S., Southern Illinois University, Curatorial Intern. Vermont, Assistant Director - Horticulture. Eric a G la s e n e r, B.S., University of Maryland, Educational Coordinator. Ja n n e E . L a r e n , B.S., Michigan State University, Educational Intern. SECURITY AND SAFETY SERVICES A l R o th , B.S., M.S. Ed., State University College at Buffalo, Director o f Security and Safety Services. O w e n R e d g ra v e , B.S., West Chester University, A.A.S., Delaware County Community College, Associate Director o f Security and Safety Services. Lin d a M ille r, B.S., West Chester University, A.A.S., Delaware County Community College, Assistant Director of Security. Le o n F ra n c is , Coordinator o f Safety M ich a e l J . F itzg e r a ld , B ria n H a r r is , Sergeants. P a tric k B r o w n , J a m e s E llis , Gre g H a r tle y , Jo h n K e lle y , J a n e t N o z ilo , B.S., West Chester University, Jo s e p h V a n d e g rift, B o b b y Van W ils o n , Security Officers. J u d y F e iy , R u sse ll S to c k n e r, S te p h e n S is s o n s , G e o rg e T ic k n o r, E v e M a g e e , Communications Officers. B a rb a ra N o r c ro s s , Secretary. Programs. UPWARD BOUND Ed w in A . C o llin s , B.A., Lincoln University; B.S. and M.Ed., Cheyney University, Director. 254 D e Lo iS M . C o llin s , B.A., Temple University, Associate Director. M e lv a N . M c M illa n , Secretary. DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS I A r t: Teresa F. Klingler, A.A., Hershey Junior M a th e m a tic s : Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary. I College, Secretary. I B io lo gy: Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A., - I I Swarthmore College, Secretary, George Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician, Ann M. Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore College, M .S., Cornell University, Laboratory Technician. M o d e rn La n g u a g e s: Eleonore Baginski, B.S., St. Joseph’s University, Secretary, Eleanor L. O ’Keefe, Language Laboratory Assistant. I I I C h e m is try : Dixie Andrews, Secretary, I James W . Bell, Instrument Coordinator. C la s s ic s : Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A., University o f W isconsin, Secretary. C om pute r S c ie n c e -A s tro n o m y R e se a rc h : Barbara C. Niebruegge, A.B., I Rad cliffe College, Secretary. Ec o n o m ic s : Sara-Page White, B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretary. Ed u ca tion : Maud W . Marshall, B.A., Goddard College, Secretary. Ele c tro n ic s T e ch nicia n : John j. Dougherty. M u s ic : Judy Lord, A.A., Wesley College, Secretary, Glenn A. Short, A/V Technician. P h ilo s o p h y: Fran Cuneo, B.S., West Chester University, Secretary. P h y s ic a l Ed uca tion and A th le tic s : Michele Sharkey, Patricia E. Trinder, Secretaries, Octavius Holland, David Lester, Equipment Managers, Mary Malinconico, Sports Information Intern, Marie Mancini, A. T., C., B.S., W est Chester University, Sports Medicine Intern. P h y s ic s : John R. Andrews, Technician, Wendy L. Piccard, Secretary. Po litica l S c ie n c e : Eleanor Greitzer, Jacqueline Robinson, Administrative Secretaries. En g in ee rin g : Frances L. Shero, B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretary, Grant Lee Smith, Mechanician, Charles A. White, Digital Electronics Technician. P s y c h o lo g y : Didi Beebe, B.A., Gettysburg College, Secretary, George Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician, Julia L. Welbon, B. A., W illiam Smith College, O ffice Assistant. English L ite ra tu re : Thelma M. Miller, R e lig io n : Eileen McElrone, Secretary. Secretary. S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y : Pauline B. H is to ry : Eleanor W . Bennett, Secretary. Federman, Secretary. Lin g u is tic s : Winnie Vaules, Secretary 255 V isitin g E x a m in e rs 1986 A rt En g lish Professor David Cast, Bryn Mawr College Professor Michael Davis, Mount Holyoke College Professor Renata Holod, University o f Pennsylvania Professor Elizabeth Johns, University o f M aryland Professor Michael Marrinan, Columbia University Professor Troy Thomas, Pennsylvania State University at Harrisburg Professor Maria DiBattista, Princeton University Professor Wai-chee Dimock, Rutgers University Professor Julia Epstein, Haverford College Dr. Michael Ferber, Coalition for New Foreign and M ilitary Policy Professor John D. Guillory, Yale University Professor Elaine T. Hansen, H averford College Professor David Kastan, Dartmouth College Professor Vicki Mahaffey, University o f Pennsylvania Professor David Quint, Princeton University Bio lo gy Dr. Deborah Allen, University o f D elaware Daniel Cosgrove, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Professor Christopher G. Goff, H averford College Dr. Karen Greif, Bryn Mawr College Dr. Gregory Guild, University o f Pennsylvania Dr. Jay Labov, Colby College Dr. David Smith, University o f D elaw are . C la s s ic s Professor A. J. Graham, University o f Pennsylvania Professor Charles Kahn, University o f Pennsylvania Professor Deborah Roberts, H averford College Professor Matthew Santirocco, Columbia University C o m p u te r S cie n ce Christopher J. Van Wyk, Ph.D., A T& T, Bell Laboratories Ec o n o m ic s Professor David Colander, Middlebury College Dr. Jaime de Melo, The W orld Bank Professor Holland Hunter, H averford College Dr. Sanjaya Lall, The W orld Bank Professor Lynn Hollen Lees, University o f Pennsylvania Dr. Ellen Magenheim, University o f M aryland Dr. Joseph Minarik, Urban Institute Professor Thad W . Mirer, State University o f New York Professor Jeffrey Miron, University o f M ichigan Professor Sean Nolan, Boston University Professor Kris Sjoblom, University o f Pennsylvania 256 H is to ry Professor Robert L. Beisner, American University Professor Lawrence G. Duggan, University o f D elaware Dr. William Duggan, Columbia University Professor Philip Evanson, Temple University Professor James B. Gilbert, University o f M aryland Professor James Henretta, University o f Maryland Professor Ronnie P. C. Hsia, Cornell University Professor Robert Moeller, Columbia University Professor William T. Rowe, The Johns Hopkins University Professor Diana Wylie, Yale University Lin g u is tic s Professor Sharon Armstrong, Elizabethtown College Dr. Robert A. Freidin, Princeton University Dr. Ellen Prince, University o f Pennsylvania Professor Donald Ringe, University o f Pennsylvania M a th e m a tic s Professor Paul Edelman, Camegie-M ellon University Professor Marvin Knopp, Temple University Professor Paul M. Melvin, Bryn Mawr College M o d e rn La n g u a g e s—Fre nch Professor Michel Guggenheim, Bryn Mawr College M od ern La n g u a g e s —Ge rm an Professor Ruth Angress, Princeton University M o d e rn La n g u a g e s—R u ssian Professor David Bethea, University o f Wisconsin Anne Frydman, Ph.D. M od ern La n g u a g e s—Spanish Professor John Garganigo, Washington University M u s ic Professor Thomas Oboe Lee, New England Conservatory Professor Kevin Mason, Washington University P h ilo so p h y David Charles, Ph.D., Center for H ellenic Studies Professor Joshua Cohen, Massachusetts Institute o f Technology Mary Devereaux, Ph.D., Bucknell University Professor Charles Dyke, Temple University Professor Emeritus Marjorie Grene, University o f C alifornia William Sullivan, Ph.D., L a Salle University Christopher J. Van Wyk, Ph.D., A T& T, Bell Laboratories P h y s ic s Professor Roger Walmsley, University o f Pennsylvania Po litica l S cie n ce Professor Thomas Bossert, Sarah Lawrence College Professor Douglas A. Chalmers, Columbia University Professor Milton C. Cummings, The Johns Hopkins University Professor Robert P. George, Princeton University Professor Harvey Glickman, H averford College Professor Richard W . Krouse, W illiam s College Professor Kenneth A. Oye, Princeton University P s yc h o lo g y Professor Sharon Armstrong, Elizabethtown College Professor Robert C. Becklen, Sarah Lawrence College Professor Philip Bersh, Temple University Professor Sara B. Kiesler, Cam egie-M ellon University Professor Leslie Rescorla, Bryn Mawr College Professor Jonathan Schull, Haverford College Religion Professor Randall Chesnutt, Pepperdine University Professor Stephen Dunning, University o f Pennsylvania Professor E. Ann Matter, University o f Pennsylvania Professor Donna M. Wulff, Brown University Professor Don Yoder, University o f Pennsylvania S o c io lo g y & A n th ro p o lo g y Professor Judith H. Balfe, City University o f New York Staten Island Professor Harold Bershady, University o f Pennsylvania Professor Eugene Burns, University o f Pennsylvania Professor Ira Cohen, Rutgers University Dr. Sheila Cosminsky, Rutgers University Professor Arlene Daniels, Northwestern University Carl Kendall, Agency for International Development Dr. Elizabeth McLean Petras, University o f Pennsylvania Robert Rubinstein, Philadelphia Geriatric Center 257 D e g re e s C o n fe rre d June 2, 1986 BACHELOR OF ARTS Robert Hardeman Abbot, English Literature Rikki Sue Abzug5, Sociology S ' Anthropology Hope Meredith Adams, Economics Eric Stephen Adler, Economics Jonathan Roberts Alger4, Political Science David Henry Allgeier, Biology David Lewis Anthony, Psychology Stefan Gwilym Armstrong, English Literature Christopher Lee Ashley, Economics Sarah Palmer Baily, Biology Ann Elizabeth Bassett, English Literature Christine Onderdonk Battin, Psychology Amy Diane Baum, German Caroline Grace Beaumont, Art History Deirdre Anneva Bell, Psychology Maija Lisa Bell1, Special M ajor: Language & Linguistics Catherine M. Benham, Economics Ninotchka Devorah Bennahum, History Marc Ethan Bennett, Political Science Richard Steven Bennett, Economics and Political Science Karen Kimberly Bentley, Special M ajor: Biology & Food Studies Rebecca Louise Bernard5, Religion Eva Christina Bertram, Political Science Kristina Lee Bieker, Biology Virginia Kathryn Boone, English Literature Hilary Michele Brest, M athematics Brian Douglas Bunker, Art and Physics Amy Jean Burrage, Sociology & Anthropology Michael George Caldwell, Political Science Sarah Ives Campbell, Special M ajor: Psycholinguistics Cimberli Ann Carpenter, French Danielle Casher, Special M ajor: Biochemistry David Christos Cateforis, Art History Jill Hope Chaifetz, Political Science Henry Ross Chalmers, Psychology Janie I-Tsen Chang, Special M ajor: Biochemistry Cristi Ann Charpentier, English Literature Stefan Graham Christian, English Literature Mark Christmas, Philosophy Anthony Raffaele Cianci, English Literature*23 April Powell Claggett, Special M ajor: Environmental Studies Christal Renee Clark, Psychology Kimberly Jo Clark, Psychology Christopher John Cohen, Biology Lucy Jane Collier, Literature Sheila Connelly5, Literature Jonathan Huw Conning, Economics Kendall Cornell, English Literature Laura J. Cornell, Physics Keith Andrew Corpus, English Literature Ashley Jill Cross, English Literature James Alan Crowell, Physics and Psychology Paul Adams Crowell, Physics and M athematics Joseph Palmer Cutter6, M athematics Hilary Ruth Damaser, English Literature with Concentration in Theatre Joseph Anthony D’Angelo, Jr., Economics Shepard Davidson, Economics Wendy Lee Davidson, Psychology Michael John Dennis, Economics Bharat M. Desai, Biology Marie-France Desrosiers, Psychology Christina Marie Devlin, English Literature Sarah White Doremus, Biology David Eric Dreifke, History Joanna Hull Dudley5, English Literature Sharon Jean Dusheck, Special M ajor: Psychobiology Alex Shaun Ellerson, English Literature Susan Lynn Elliott, Philosophy Matthew John Eppley, Biology and Psychology Alice Elisabeth Esselen, Spanish Paul Sam Fingersh, History Neal David Finkelstein, Economics and Psychology Abigail Sarah Fisher, Biology Valerie Lynne Fisher, Psychology Lynn Frances Fitzgerald, Biology Brendan Thomas Flynn, History Judy Fredericksen, Special M ajor: M odem Languages & Linguistics Eberhard Froehlich, Art and Greek Michael Lawrence Gallo, Literature Christopher Gareth Gaston, Philosophy x with the Concentration in A sian Studies 4 with the Concentration in Public Policy 2 with the Concentration in Computer Science 5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies 3 with the Concentration in International Relations 6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate 258 Stephen Bernt Gaull3, Political Science Alexander Charles Gavis4, Economics Jeffrey Craig Gerstel, Economics Irene Anedta Ghatt, English Literature Richard Albert Gilbertie, Philosophy Timothy David Gilligan, English Literature Lisa Gail Gillim, English Literature Nichole Sandra Glaser, Biology Kurt Alfred Goeringer, Economics Edward Arthur Goding, Biology Alexander James Graham, M athematics Shoshanna Green2, Special M ajor: M athematics & Linguistics Thomas Ethan Grubelich, Economics Kirsten Kay Gruesz, History Brooks Bradley Gump, Philosophy Jeffrey Gutkowski, Economics Kai Konstanty Gutschow, Art History Christopher Jon Haines, English Literature Richard O h Han, Biology Wook Han, History Gregory Philip Hannsgen, Economics Jeanne Marie Harris, Biology Rainer Roland Harstrick, Psychology Scott MacBain Hartzell, Biology Carrie Jo Haslett, Art History Geoffrey Davin Hazard, Economics Charles Keith Head, Economics Catherine Louise Hekimian, Psychology Rebecca Louise Henderson, Chemistry Merantine Richmonde Hens, Art History Karen Ann Hicks, Special M ajor: Biochemistry Erick Eldon Hinshaw, Special M ajor: Chinese Studies Rebecca A. Hinton4, Political Science Nathaniel Jacob Hirsh, Economics Hilary Laura Hochman, History Mika Christine Hoffman, Linguistics Lisa Hohenemser, Psychology David Louis Homer, M athematics and Physics Jeremy Joseph Hood, Economics Melinda Kathryn Hoyt5, Music Joan Kao Hsiao, M athematics and English Literature Christopher Tin Fah Huang, Biology John Stephen Huitema, Psychology Jane Elizabeth Hurchalla, French123 Martha Lee James, Psychology Vivica Sophia Jansson, Spanish Gavin Phillip Joffe, Biology Rebecca Louise Johnson, Economics Gregory Ernest Kaebnick, Religion Oussama Taher Kanaan, Economics Rebecca Anne Kaufmann, Economics John Fitzgerald Keichline, Psychology Bernard Joseph Kelley, Economics Kurt Russell Kelty, Biology John Thomas Kerester, Economics Joel Lance Kier, Economics Taras Peter Kihiczak, Psychology and Economics Elizabeth Jean Killackey, Political Science Peter Rami Kingstone, Political Science Jennifer Eve Kline, Literature Barbara Louise Kloch6, Psychology Cheung-Kwai Kong, Mathematics Tracy Weil Korman, English Literature Brian Paul Koscelansky, Economics David Clark Kravitz, Special M ajor: Biochemistry Jeffrey Andrew Krieger, Economics Sharon Krummel, Special M ajor: Religion & English Literature Matthew A. Kubasik, Chemistry Bettina Lauf, Biology Megan Elizabeth Laycock, English Literature Karen Hope Leidy, Spanish Mari Susan Lemelson, Special M ajor: Political Psychology Joanna Ruth Levison, History Mark White Lewis, Psychology Judd Adam Liebman, History Steven Lipchin, Economics Shelley Debra Lippman, Special M ajor: Psychology & Law Donald Miller Lloyd-Jones, History Margaret Louise Logan, Psychology Martha Grace Loukides, Psychology Jacqueline May Lowey5, English Literature Rob Ernst Luginbuhl, Economics Zachary D. Lyons, Philosophy Walid Abdul Majid, Physics and M athematics Alexa Faith Malis, German Christine Elizabeth Marx, German Lisa Ann Maslankowski5, English Literature 1 with the Concentration in Asian Studies 4 with the Concentration in Public Policy 2 with the Concentration in Computer Science 3 with the Concentration in International Relations 5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies 6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate 259 D egrees C onferred Angus Howard McCorquodale, Economics David Edwin McIntyre, Music Natalie Joan McKie, History Utz Lars McKnight1, Political Science Henry Woods McLaughlin IV, M athematics Amy Jo McMichael, Biology Donald Robertson McMinn, Economics Lisa Marie Meehan, Economics Joshua William Miller, Special M ajor: Chemistry & Psychology Jenney Kit Milner, Special M ajor: Linguistics & Psychology Jane Elizabeth Mitchell, Economics and Psychology Lynelle Ruth Morgenthaler, Linguistics Laurie Ellen Muchnick5, English Literature Robert Najar, Art Marc Achmad Natanagara, Biology Mary Louise Neff6, History Andrew Nielsen Newitt, Biology Joseph James Norton III, English Literature William Frederick Ogden V , Spanish and Economics Ramona Maria O ’Halloran6, Biology Karen Elizabeth Ohl, M athematics and Physics Jeffrey Keith Olick, Sociology & Anthropology Rachel Emerson O ’Malley, Biology Michael Anthony Orgera, Economics Gregg David Orsag, Philosophy Peter Hoveter O rth123, Political Science Carl Alexander Palmer, Economics Margaret Dagny Palmer 1, History John Harold Palmieri, M athematics Catherine Paplin, Art History Albert H. Park, Physics Kristin Helaine Parris, Biology Scott David Parrish, Political Science David Francis Patton, Political Science Tamara Wendelynne Payne, Psychology Michael Cameron Pedrazzini, Physics Linda Bridget Pendleton, Sociology & Anthropology Julie Corinne Freeman Phillips, English Literature Melanie Carol Phillpot6, English Literature Kathryn Ann Piffat, Biology Mindy Sarah Pincus6, English Literature Houman Pourafzal, Economics Elliott Ira Rabin, English Literature Kristen Rainear, Chemistry Jennifer Jean Rickard3, Political Science Yolanda Carmen Rodriguez, Economics Rebecca Sofia Rosenberg, Biology Christina Maria Rossetti6, M athematics Wenda Gail Rachel Rottweiler, History Amelia Clara Rudolph, Religion Jessica Ann Russo, Economics and English Literature Gregory Edgar Jean Salinger, Economics Doriet Elinore Sallis, Sociology & Anthropology Ellen Caroline Sasse, Special M ajor: Linguistics & Psychology Carol Ann Savary, Special M ajor: Chinese Studies John Ellis Schaefer, Jr., Economics Stephanie Ann Schaertel, Chemistry Murray Douglas Brent Scheel, Religion Anthony Rosen Schlein, Biology Marc F. Schmidt, Biology Karen Elizabeth Schultz, Chemistry David Lansing Schutte, History James Edward Seely, Physics Jeffrey Vahan Selverian, M athematics Rosanne Shanker, M athematics Susannah Esther Sheffer, Philosophy Jed Steven Shumsky, Special M ajor: Biochemistry Michael Dov Silton, Economics Kent Scott Smith4, Economics Kevin Neil Smith, Economics Tia Maria Smith5, Sociology & Anthropology David Marc Sobel, Special M ajor: Psycholinguistics Marian Frances Staats, Psychology Nina Steinberg, Economics Mitchell Bruce Stern, History Susanna Victoria Stem, Philosophy Elizabeth Carmen Stevenson, Biology David Lawrence Stitzel, Psychology and Sociology & Anthropology Maura Diane Sullivan, Greek Adam Parsons Summers, M athematics Lisa Carol Summers, History Sethaput Suthiwart-Narueput1, Economics 1 with the Concentration in Asian Studies 4 with the Concentration in Public Policy 2 with the Concentration in Computer Science 5 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies 3 with the Concentration in International Relations 6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate 260 Kirk Henning Swenson*23, Physics and Psychology Faizalali Nazir Syed, Economics Eng Meng Tan, Economics Robin Susan Taubenfeld, Art and Sociology & Anthropology Cynthia Terrell, Political Science Janet Mary Theiss, History Eugene Sydney Thompson, History Joseph Camillus Thompson, Physics Thomas Fox Thornton6, Sociology & Anthropology Nicholas Tiffin, History Anne Elizabeth Titterton4, Political Science Matilde Rosario Toledo, Sociology & Anthropology Angela Yee Tung, English Literature Lynne Carole Turner, Political Science Lori van Dam, Political Science Richard Garth Vanden Bergh, Economics Joann Villamarin, Political Science Sally Vongsathom, Art History Rachel Wallach, Biology Peter Joseph Walsh, Psychology Edward Whiting Washburn, Political Science Katherine Elizabeth Watkins, History Nancy Beth Watzman, History Andrew Benjamin Wedel, Biology Barbara Ann Weene, Philosophy Aaron Weissblum, M athematics Reed Andrew Wellman, M athematics Martin Eugene Welsh, Economics Heidi Ann Wendel, Economics Roman Julian Whittle, Political Science Stephen Bert Wiley, Sociology & Anthropology Bettina Renate Winckler, Biology Wayne Albert Wivell, Biology Joanne Aileen Wood, Philosophy Kerry Allen Wrobel, Economics and Psychology Thomas Donald Wynne, Biology John Mark Yetter, History Peter Jin-pyong Yim, Physics BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Eric Stephen Adler, Engineering Felix Baffour Asare Asiedu, Engineering Kellie Ann Broscious, Engineering Daniel William Clark, Engineering Stephen Mark de Bruyn Kops, Engineering Michele Denise Fowler, Engineering Anthony J. Gmitruk, Engineering Pedro Miguel Gregorio, Engineering Peter John Gregory, Engineering Thomas Ethan Grubelich, Engineering Geoffrey Davin Hazard, Engineering Timothy Andrew Holst, Engineering Oussama Taher Kanaan, Engineering Charles Sylvain Klee, Engineering Cheung-Kwai Kong, Engineering Janette Renee Lawrence, Engineering David Michael Layshock, Engineering Jeffrey Scott Leiser, Engineering Shehryar Khan Lodhi, Engineering Steven Parker Manwell, Engineering Rajendran Naidoo, Engineering Lise Nielsen, Engineering Margot Lucille Paijmans, Engineering Carl Alexander Palmer, Engineering Houman Pourafzal, Engineering Rafael Mayo Richards, Engineering John Ellis Schaefer, Jr., Engineering Rosanne Shanker, Engineering Adam Parsons Summers, Engineering Eng Meng Tan, Engineering Michael Albert Votaw, Engineering Charles Spofford Woodruff, Engineering X with the Concentration in Asian Studies 4 with the Concentration in Public Policy 2 with the Concentration in Computer Science 3 with the Concentration in International Relations 5 with the Concentration in Women s Studies 6 Secondary School Teaching C ertificate 261 A w a r d s and D istin c tio n s HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS—24 MAY 1986 H IG H E S T H O N O R S : HONORS: Stefan Graham Christian, John Harold Palmieri, Sethaput Suthiwart-Narueput. Stefan Gwilym Armstrong, Christopher Lee Ashley, Catherine M. Benham, Ninotchka Devorah Bennahum, Marc Ethan Bennett, Amy Jean Burrage, Jill Hope Chaifetz, Christina Marie Devlin, Lynn Frances Fitzgerald, Timothy David Gilligan, John Stephen Huitema, Rebecca Louise Johnson, Tracy Weil Korman, Megan Elizabeth Laycock, Judd Adam Liebman, Steven Lipchin, Rob Ernst Luginbuhl, David Edwin McIntyre, Lynelle Ruth Morgenthaler, Gregg David Orsag, David Francis Patton, Elliott Ira Rabin, Wenda Gail Rachael Rottweiler, Amelia Clara Rudolph, Murray Douglas Brent Scheel, Nina Steinberg, Maura Diane Sullivan, Nicholas Tiffin, Katherine Elizabeth Watkins, Nancy Beth Watzman, John Mark Yetter. H IG H H O N O R S : Robert Hardeman Abbot, Jonathan Roberts Alger, Eva Christian Bertram, Henry Ross Chalmers, Jonathan Huw Conning, Kendall Cornell, Ashley Jill Cross, Abigail Sarah Fisher, Christopher Gareth Gaston, Alexander Charles Gavis, Kirsten Kay Gruesz, Christopher Jon Haines, Gregory Philip Hannsgen, Charles Keith Head, Hilary Laura Hochman, Mika Christine Hoffman, Peter Rami Kingstone, Joanna Ruth Levison, Alexa Faith Malis, Donald Robertson McMinn, Jeffrey Keith Olick, Scott David Parrish, Doriet Elinore Sallis, Lisa Carol Summers, Janet Mary Theiss, Edward Whiting Washburn, Stephen Bert Wiley, Joanne Aileen Wood. DISTINCTION IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY Rikki Sue Abzug, Maija Lisa Bell, Richard Steven Bennett, Rebecca Louise Bernard, Hilary Michele Brest, Brian Douglas Bunker, Michael George Caldwell, Danielle Casher, David Christos Cateforis, Lucy Jane Collier, Paul Adams Crowell, Judy Fredericksen, Michael Lawrence Gallo, Nichole Sandra Glaser, Shoshanna Green, Kai Konstanty Gutschow, Richard Oh Han, Melinda Kathryn Hoyt, Gregory Ernest Kaebnick, Charles Sylvain Klee, Cheung-Kwai Kong, Donald Miller Lloyd-Jones, Jenney Kit Milner, Karen Elizabeth Ohl, Michael Anthony Orgera, Carl Alexander Palmer, Albert H. Park, Tia Maria Smith, Kirk Henning Swenson, Thomas Fox Thornton, Richard Garth Vanden Bergh, Joann Villamarin, Heidi Ann Wendel, Bettina Renate Winckler, Charles Spofford Woodruff, Thomas Donald Wynne. ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES PHI RETA K A P P A : Rikki Sue Abzug, Jonathan Roberts Alger, Maija Lisa Bell, Richard Steven Bennett, Eva Christina Bertram, Hilary Michele Brest, Brian Douglas Bunker, Danielle Casher, David Christos Cateforis, Stefan Graham Christian, Christopher John Cohen, Lucy Jane Collier, Kendall Cornell, Paul Adams Crowell, Abigail Sarah Fisher, Judy Fredericksen, Michael Lawrence Gallo, Alexander Charles Gavis, Nichole Sandra Glaser, Shoshanna Green, Kirsten Kay 262 Gruesz, Kai Konstanty Gutschow, Richard Oh Han, Gregory Philip Hannsgen, Charles Keith Head, Mika Christine Hoffman, Gregory Ernest Kaebnick, Cheung-Kwai Kong, Jenney Kit Milner, Karen Elizabeth Ohl, Michael Anthony Orgera, Carl Alexander Palmer, John Harold Palmieri, Albert H. Park, Scott David Parrish, Tia Maria Smith, David Marc Sobel, Lisa Carol Summers, Sethaput Suthiwart-Narueput, Kirk Henning Swenson, Thomas Fox Thornton, Joann Villamarin, Heidi Ann Wendell, Bettina Renate Winckler, Joanne Aileen Wood, John Mark Yetter. S IG M A XI Kristina Lee Bieker, Danielle Casher, April Powell Claggett, James A. Crowell, Paul Adams Crowell, Bharat Mohanlal Desai, Sharon Jean Dusheck, Abigail Sarah Fisher, Lynn Frances Fitzgerald, Nicole S. Glaser, Shoshanna Green, Scott MacBain Hartzell, Rebecca Louise Henderson, Karen Ann Hicks, Matthew A. Kubasik, Martha Grace Loukides, Amy Jo McMichael, Karen Elizabeth Ohl, John Harold Palmieri, Albert H. Park, Stephanie Ann Schaertel, Anthony Rosen Schlein, Marc F. Schmidt, Jed Steven Shumsky, Joseph C. Thompson, Rachel Wallach, Peter J. Walsh, Bettina Renate Winckler, Thomas D. Wynne. T A U B E T A P I: Geoffrey D. Hazard, Oussama T. Kanaan, Charles S. Klee, Cheung-Kwai Kong, Carl A. Palmer, Houman Pourafzal, Charles S. Woodruff. FELLOWSHIPS The Jonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant to Michael Clapper ’87 The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to Miriam Jorgenson ’87 The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Scholarships to Serena Canin ’ 88, violin; Rani Vaz ’87, violin; Kevin Aires ’ 88, viola; Stephen Feldman ’88, cello Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships: Serena Canin ’88, Stephen Feldman ’88, Michael Casper ’88 Phi Beta K appa Fellowship to Lisa Carol Summers ’86 The Hannah A . Leedom Fellowship to Wook Han ’86, David Kravitz ’86, and An-Yu Liu ’85 The Lang Graduate Incentive Fellowship to Jonathan Alger ’86 and Mark Montgomery ’83 The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Sheila Connelly ’86, Amy McMichael ’86, and Heidi Wendell ’86 The Thomas M. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley M cCabe M emorial Fellowship to Daniel Glessner ’83 The Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Marie-France Desrosiers ’86, Tia Smith ’86, and Eleanor Wright-Hoyt ’83 AWARDS AND PRIZES The Academy o f American Poets Prize to Alexander Gavis ’86, first prize; Emily Gibson ’88, second prize The Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry to Anna Mitchell ’87 The American Institute o f Chemists Award to Stephanie A. Schaertel ’86 The American Chem ical Society Scholastic Achievement Award to Danielle Casher ’86 The Paul H. Beilc Prize in History to David L. Schutte ’86 The Tim Berman M emorial Award to John Schaefer, Jr. ’86 The Heinrich W . Brinkmann M athematics Prize to Hilary M. Brest ’86, Paul A. Crowell ’86, and Karen E. Ohl ’86 The CRC Press Freshman Chemistry Achievement Award to Noel Bisson ’89 The Robert H. Dunn Trophy to Steven Gandia ’88 The Flack Achievement Award to Alexandra Paplexopoulou ’88 The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award to Matthew D. Lore ’88 The John Russell Hays Poetry Prizes: to Alexander Gavis ’86, first prize; Jennifer Ruark ’87, second prize The Philip M. Hicks Prize to Michael Gallo ’86 The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to Lori J. Kenschaft ’87 The Ivy Award to Thomas F. Thornton ’86 The Kwink Trophy to Carl Palmer ’86 263 A w a rd s and Distinctions The M cCabe Engineering Award to CheungKwai Kong ’86 The Lois M orrell Poetry Award Kirsten Gruesz ’86 The A . Edward Newton Library Prize to Jonathan Kulick ’88, first prize; Jennifer Kline ’86, second prize; Catherine Paplin ’86, third prize The O ak L ea f Award to Ramona O ’Halloran ’86 The May E. Parry M emorial Award to Jennifer Rickard ’86 The W illiam Plummer Potter Prizes in Fiction: Stefan Christian ’86, first prize; Ben Fulves ’87, second prize: Cynthia Leive ’88, third prize The Dinny Rath Award to Michele Fowler ’86 and Ramona O ’Halloran ’86 The Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay to Michael Caldwell ’86 T he Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize to Eberhard Froehlich ’86 and Alicia Higham ’88 The Peter Gram Swing Prize to Melinda Hoyt ’86 The M elvin B. Troy Award to Daniel Tarlin ’87 and Darko Tresnjak ’88 En ro llm e n t S ta tis tic s ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASSES 1985-86 Seniors Juniors Sophomores Freshmen Graduate Students Special Students TOTAL MEN 167 151 193 177 WOMEN 147 127 187 158 TOTAL 314 278 380 335 688 619 1307 1 0 1 5 9 14 694 628 1322 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1985-86 225 207 119 . 93 . 79 . 76 . 50 . 31 . 31 . 25 . 25 . 24 . 20 . 19 . 17 15 N ebraska.................. ........... 3 A la sk a ...................... ........... 2 Alabama .................. ........... 2 A rkansas.................. ........... 2 H aw aii...................... ........... 2 Louisiana ............... ........... 2 Mississippi ............. ........... 2 Nevada .................... ........... 2 O klahom a............... ........... 2 Puerto Rico ........... ........... 2 Wyoming ............... ........... 2 Io w a.......................... ........... 1 Id a h o ........................ ........... 1 Kentucky ............... ........... 1 South D a k o ta ......... ........... 1 Virgin Islan d s......... ........... 1 . 12 Vermont ............................ 12 Georgia ............................... 11 M ichigan............................ 11 Washington ...................... 11 New M e x ic o ...................... 10 Oregon ............................... 10 Arizona ................................... 9 Maine ..................................... 9 K ansas..................................... 8 New H am pshire.................... 7 Rhode Island ...................... 7 W isconsin............................... 6 Indiana ................................... 5 Tennessee ...............................5 Utah ..................................... 4 West V irg in ia...................... 4 Total U .S.A. . . . . . . 1238 Ohio Japan ..................................... 7 South A frica ...........................6 Canada ................................. 5 France ..................................... 4 Hong Kong ............................. 4 United Kingdom ..................4 Belgium ................................... 3 Ghana ................................... 3 G re e c e ..................................... 3 India ....................................... 3 Mexico ................................... 3 Pakistan . . ...............................3 Jamaica ................................... 2 China . Switzerland.......................... 2 Venezuela ............................ 2 Argentina . Austria . . . Bangladesh B o liv ia ___ B ra z il......... Chile ......... Colombia . Cyprus . . . F i j i ............. Finland . . . Israel ......... Jordan ___ Kuwait Lebanon ............................... Malaysia ............................... Mozambique........................ Netherlands ........................ Philippines .......................... Saudi A rabia........................ Singapore ............................. Sweden ................................. T urkey................................... West G erm any.................... 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Total from Abroad ........... 84 GRAND TO TAL . . . . 1322 265 In d e x Absence from examinations, 57 Academic honesty, 57 Administration and staff, 247 ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 17 Application dates, 18 Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement Tests, 18 School subjects recommended, 17 Advanced Degrees, 59 Advanced Placement, 19 Advanced Standing, 19 Advising, 36 Alumni Association Officers, 228 Alumni Council, 228 Alumni Office, 38 Ancient History and Civilization, 91 Art History, 69 Arts, Studio, 41, 72 Asian Studies, 74 Astronomy, 76 Athletic fields, see map Athletics, 4 2 , 1 8 2 Attachments to Courses, 50 Attendance at Classes, 56 Automobiles, regulations 40 Awards and Distinctions, 262 Awards and Prizes, 61 Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 59 Bachelor o f Science Degree, 59 Bequests, 9 Biology, 77 Black Cultural Center, 35 Black Studies, 83 Board o f Managers, 224 Committees of, 226 Botany, see Biology Calendar, College, 5 Career Planning and Placement, 37 Center for Social and Policy Studies, 11 Chemistry, 85 Chinese, 160 Classics, 89 College Entrance Examinations, 18 College, committees of, 243 College jobs, 23 Comprehensive Examinations, 46, 59 Computer Science, 94 Computing Center, 11 Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 11 Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 53 Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering, 9 Corporation, officers of, 224 Courses o f Instruction, 66 266 Course Program, 45 Creative Arts, 53 Curriculum, 45 Dance, 42, 174 Degree Requirements, 59 Degrees offered, 59 Degrees conferred, 258 Dining Hall, 34 Directed Reading, 50 Directions for Correspondence, 2 Directions for reaching the College, 272 Distinction in Course, 48 Distribution requirements, 46 Divisions and Departments, 245 Dormitories, 34 Drama, 42, 124 Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 11 Economics, 98 Education, 105 Education Abroad, 53 Emeritus Professors, 232 Endowed Professorships, 14 Endowment, 9 Engineering, 108 English Literature, 115 Enrollment statistics, 265 Equal Opportunity Office, 250 Equal Opportunity Statement, 2 Examination regulations, 57 Exceptions to the four-year program, 49 Exclusion from College, 58 Expenses, 20 External Examination (Honors) Program, 45, 48 Extra-curricular activities, 41 Faculty advisors, 36, 46, 47 Faculty, committees of, 243 Faculty members, 232 Faculty Regulations, 56 Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 2 0 , 6 0 Fellowships, 64 Financial Aid, 21 Fine Arts, see Art History Foreign students, 265 Formats o f Instruction, 50 Fraternities, 35 French, 161 Friends Historical Library, 10 Friends Meeting, 35 Geographical distribution o f Students, 265 German, 164 Gifts, 9 Grades, 56 Graduate study, 59 Graduation requirements, 59 (see also Distribution requirements) Greek, 90 Grenoble Program, 54 Handicapped Student Services, 36, 50 Health care, 35 Health Sciences Advisory Program, 52 History, 128 Honors Program, (See External Examination Program) Honors Examiners, 49, 256 Housing, 34 Insurance, 34 Interdisciplinary work, 51 International Relations, 139 Judicial Bodies, 40 Lang Music Building, 11, 42 Language Laboratory, 11 Latin, 90 Leaves o f Absence, 58 Libraries, 9 Linguistics, 141 Literature Program, 144 Loans to students, 22 Madrid Program, 54 Map o f College grounds, 270 Martin Biological Laboratory, 11 Master’s degrees, 59 Mathematics, 146 McCabe Library, 9 Media, Student, 43 Medieval Studies, 155 Modern Languages and Literatures, 156 Music, 41, 169 Music, performance, 170, 173 Normal Course Load, 50 Observatory, 11, 186 Papazian Hall, 11 Pearson Hall, 11 Philosophy, 177 Physical Education and Athletics, 182 Physical Education requirements, 58, 182 Physics and Astronomy, 184 Political Science, 192 Practical work, 51 Pre-medical Program, 52 Prizes, 61 PROGRAM O F STUDY, 45 Freshmen and Sophomores, 46 Juniors and Seniors, 47 External Examination (Honors) Program, 48 Psychological Services, 36 Psychology, 200 Public Policy, 206 Public Relations, 38 Publications, College, 38 Publications, Student, 43 Registration, 57 Religion, 208 Religious life, 7, 35 Requirements for Admission, 17 Requirements for Graduation, 59 (see also Distribution requirements) Residence, regulations, 34 Russian, 166 Scholarships, 23 Scholastic Aptitude Test, 18 Scott Arboretum, 12 Sharpies Dining Hall, 34 Social Committee, 41 Sociology and Anthropology, 214 Spanish, 167 Special Major, 47 Sproul Observatory, 11, 186 Student conduct, 40 Student-run courses, 51 Student Council, 40 Student employment, 23 Student Exchange Programs, 53 Study Abroad, 53 Summer school work, 58 Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 10 Tarble Social Center, 35 Theatre, Courses in, 124 Transfer, application for, 19 Tuition and other fees, 20, 60 Tutorials, 50 Upward Bound, 43 Visiting Examiners, 256 Vocational Advising, 36 Volunteer Program, 43 Wilcox (Florence) Gallery, 11 Withdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons, 37 Women’s Center, 35 Women’s Studies, 222 W orth Health Center, 35 267 S w a rth m o re College Cam pus M ap E xp la n a tio n o f B uildings 1. Parrish Hall— Adm issions O ffice, adm inistration offices, business offices, 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. classroom s, and dormitory Parrish Annex—Faculty offices, Com munications Center Scott Building—R elief m ap o f campus Hall Building—D ance Studios and Security O ffice Lang Music Building— U nderhill M usic Library, dance, music Martin Biological Laboratory and Animal Laboratory—Biology, religion, language laboratory, and education 7 . Cornell Science Library 8 . Du Pont Science Building— Chemistry, m athem atics, physics, and astronomy 9 . Beardsley Hall— Art history and studio art, Com puting Center, and W ilcox G allery 10. 11. 12. 13. Hicks Hall—Engineering Trotter Hall—Social sciences and C enter for Social and Policy Studies Arts Center— Pearson Theatre, dram a, and studio arts Papazian Hall—Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratories 14. Friends Meeting House 270 15. Whittier House 16. Scott Arboretum Office 17. Wister Greenhouse 18. McCabe Library 19. The Old Library 20. Worth Health Center 21. Beniamin West House— Birthplace o f Benjamin W est (designated a national historical landm ark) and faculty residence 22. Bond Memorial and Lodges—Dormitory space and m eeting rooms 23. Robinson House—B lack Cultural Center 24. Ashton Guest House D o rm ito rie s and R esid en ces Tennis Courts 1. Parrish Hall Cunningham Fields A. Dana Dormitory Clothier Fields B . Hallowell Dormitory Bam C. Wharton Hall Lamb-Miller Field House— Physical education 0 . Willets Dormitory 30. Tarble Pavilion—Physical education E. Worth Dormitory 31. Ware Swimming Pool F. Mertz Hall 32. Squash Courts 6. Palmer Hall 33. Service Building H. Pittenger Hall 34. Heating Plant I. Roberts Hall 35. Fraternity and Social Lodges «1. Mary Lyon Building 36. Sharpies Dining Hall K . Woolman House 37. Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial L Professors’ Houses 38. Sproul Observatory—Astronomy and M. Employees’ Houses computer science N. Courtney Smith House— 39. Scott Outdoor Auditorium President’s House 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. D ire c tio n s fo r Reaching S w a rth m o r e College DRIVING From the Pennsylvania Turnpike T a k e E x i t 2 4 (V a lle y F o r g e ) . F r o m th e t o ll b o o t h , tra v e l a b o u t 2 m iles o n 1 - 7 6 t o th e G u l p h M ills e x it , th e n fo l lo w R o u t e 3 2 0 S o u th a p p r o x im a te ly 1 4 .5 m iles t o C o lle g e A v e n u e . (B e w a re : R o u t e 3 2 0 has u n e x p e c te d tu rn s a lo n g th e w a y .) T u r n rig h t o n t o C o lle g e A v e n u e a n d fo l lo w th e r o a d to P a rris h H a l l . ( T h e e n tra n c e t o th e A d m is s io n s O f f i c e is th r o u g h th e a rc h w a y a t th e b a c k o f P a rris h H a l l .) From the N e w Je r s e y Turnpike T a k e E x i t 3 a n d fo llo w signs to th e W a l t W h it m a n B rid g e . A f t e r crossin g th e B r id g e , fo llo w signs f o r 1-9 5 S o u t h . Pass P h ila d e lp h ia In te rn a tio n a l A i r p o r t a n d c o n tin u e fo llo w in g 1-9 5 t o C h e s te r, P a . E x i t o n t o 3 2 0 N o r t h , a n d g o a p p r o x im a te ly 3 m ile s t o C o lle g e A v e n u e . T u r n le ft o n t o C o lle g e A v e n u e a n d f o llo w th e ro a d to P a rris h H a l l . ( T h e e n tra n ce t o th e A d m is s io n s O f f i c e is th r o u g h th e a rc h w a y at th e b a c k o f P a rris h H a l l .) From the South T r a v e lin g o n 1-9 5 fr o m th e s o u th , e x it at C h e s te r, P a . (C h e s te r Business D is tr ic t : R o u t e P A 3 2 0 , P A 3 5 2 E d g e m o n t A v e n u e ) . F o ll o w 3 2 0 N o r t h f o r a b o u t 3 m ile s t o C o lle g e A v e n u e . T u r n le ft o n t o C o lle g e A v e n u e a n d fo llo w th e ro a d to P a rris h H a l l . ( T h e A d m is s io n s O f f i c e is th ro u g h th e a rc h w a y at th e b a c k o f P a rris h H a l l .) T R A IN T h e C o lle g e is re a d ily accessible fr o m P h ila d e lp h ia b y tr a in . A m t r a k train s f r o m N e w Y o r k a n d W a s h in g to n a rrive h o u r ly a t P h ila d e lp h ia ’ s 3 0 th S tre e t S ta tio n . F r o m 3 0 th S tre e t S ta tio n , th e S E P T A M e d ia L o c a l takes 2 1 m in u te s to reach th e c a m p u s. AIR A n e xpress b u s r u n s f r o m th e a ir p o r t to 3 0 th S tre e t S ta tio n w h e re y o u can ta k e th e S E P T A M e d ia L o c a l tra in d ire c tly t o th e S w a r th m o r e c a m p u s . T h e c o m b in e d fa re is less th a n $ 4 .0 0 , a n d th e t r ip re q u ire s a b o u t o n e h o u r . T a x i service is also a va ilab le . T h e fa re is a p p r o x i­ m a te ly $ 1 8 .0 0 , a n d th e tr ip re q u ire s a b o u t 3 0 m in u te s .